Transcript #137

MuggleCast 137 Transcript


Show Intro


Jim Dale: [as Professor McGonagall] This is Professor McGonagall welcoming you all to MuggleCast hoping you enjoyed – Dobby! Dobby, come here! Here! Dobby! [as Dobby] Yes, I’d just like to say how very pleased I am to introduce MuggleCast to all of you! Thank you! Thank you!

[Show music starts]

Andrew: Hey, everyone! Welcome back for another edition of MuggleCast. I’m here with Matt.

Matt: Hey, everyone. This is Matt.

Andrew: And…

Matt: This is MuggleCast.

Andrew: Wait, you’re who?

Matt: Uh, this is Matt?

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Obviously.

Andrew: I don’t know who you are, to be honest, but we’re back for – this is going to be a Special Edition of MuggleCast. There’s no other hosts this week. We’re here just to narrate, so to speak. Get it?

Matt: No.

Andrew: Because the Jim Dale interview.

Matt: Oh, oh right.

Andrew: Yeah. So this week is, of course, our big interview with Jim Dale, along with Micah Tannenbaum, a fellow co-host here on the show, and Aziza from Portus. Portus2008.org. Anyway, there’s not going to be any special content this week. We’re just going to give you a few announcements. Matt, we had a great live show the other day, didn’t we?


The Live Show


Matt: We did. You know, that was a really good show. A lot of people were really up for it, and a lot of peopled listened. How many people did we have?

Andrew: Oh, we had over 100,000 people, easily.

Matt: Oh, at least.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: At least ten or twelve.

Andrew: Million.

Matt: [laughs] Whoa.

Andrew: Anyway, Episode 136 was our live show where we went – we streamed a live feed of us onto the Internet so everyone could listen and then call in and ask questions about the big news this week, which was Deathly Hallows being split in two.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: We actually asked Jim Dale about his thoughts on that and that will be coming up in just a few minutes in the interview.

Matt: That’s right.

Andrew: But anyway, we want to say thank you to everyone who tuned in for that live show, and thank you, everyone, who has listened to it thus far. It’s basically a regular episode of MuggleCast, only we were having a ton of fun. Ben came back, Jamie came back really quick, Kevin Steck came back. So a lot of fun. Definitely, and everyone’s been saying it was the best live show ever, so check it out, Episode 136. We’re very proud of that.

[Show music fades out]

Matt: That’s right. And we’re also planning on doing a lot more. I know Andrew said in the past, so we were planning on doing more of those live episodes, but we – they didn’t really get a chance to do that. But, Andrew, are we really going to do anymore live episodes? Are you up for that?

Andrew: Yes, absolutely we will do more live episodes in the coming months ahead. We don’t know when exactly, and we apologize to anyone who missed our live show this week, but I’m thinking what we’ll do is we’ll create a mailing list, a MuggleCast mailing list, and that way, so people don’t miss upcoming shows, we will send out an e-mail a few days before, or as soon as we know we’re doing a live show. So everyone can make sure that make it because a lot of people were upset that they missed Episode 136 live, but as we have promised, we said we were going to a live shows as soon as Warner Brothers broke the news about the movie split and they did, and we did a live show the day later.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So sorry, guys, but next time. We’ll let you know next time.

Matt: Yeah.


MuggleCast is Owning Podcast Alley


Andrew: Matt, what are we owning this week?

Matt: We are owning Podcast Alley.

Andrew: Yeah, Podcast Alley.

Matt: We freaking rule, man.

Andrew: We freaking rule! We’re number one this month, so far. Thanks to everyone who’s been voting for us. It’s MuggleCast March, so we have to win.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And we encourage all of you to continue voting. You can only vote once a month, but don’t forget to vote next month for MuggleCast Maypril and then MuggleCast May, MuggleCast Mune, MuggleCast Muly.

Matt: MuggleCast May just doesn’t sound very good. You’ve got to be more creative than that, Andrew. Come on.

Andrew: Muggle…Muggle May? Muggle May?

Matt: How about MayCast?

Andrew: MayCast?

Matt: Or Muggle…

Andrew: Muggle May.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Muggle May.

Matt: Muggle May.

Andrew: Okay. Anyway, thank you to everyone who’s voted for us. We – you know, it’s out of nowhere this month. We’re number one. Everyone decided to help us out this month, so thank you. Thank you, thank you.

Matt: We have a very comfortable lead, too, on it.

Andrew: Yes, we do. At least a couple hundred votes. And we find that important to stay high up in that Top Ten list because we want people new to podcasting to visit Podcast Alley, which they do, and see that MuggleCast must be a great podcast. [laughs] And it is, I mean, you know.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. Anyway, let’s waste no more time this week, Matt.

Matt: All right. Let’s do it.

Andrew: We’re going to jump straight into the interview with the one and only narrator of the U.S. and Canada Harry Potter audiobooks, Jim Dale. We’re going to be joined now by Micah Tannenbaum and Aziza.


Jim Dale Interview


Andrew: All right, Matt, Micah, and I are now joined by Aziza from Portus. Hey, Aziza.

Aziza: Hey, guys. Yay!

Andrew: We’ve got a big interview coming up in just a couple minutes.

Aziza: We do.

Andrew: But do you want to explain your job at Portus so everyone can get to know you a little bit?

Aziza: Sure will. I am the Portus’ public relations chair, so basically I make sure that all of you guys know what you need to know about Portus, and I keep you updated with the monthly newsletter as well as the Portus Previews, which is the official podcast for Portus in which we kind of interview all of the special guests, wizard rock bands, podcasters, everyone who will make Portus what Portus is going to be in July. So, yeah, basically, I’m the one that knows what you’ve got to know for Portus.

Andrew: Sweet. You’ve been doing a great job.

Aziza: Oh, thank you.

Andrew: HP2008.org, Portus2008.org.

Aziza: Yes. And really visit the website. The website is a great resource for everything, and we have a MySpace page, a Facebook page, and even a LiveJournal page.

Andrew: Awesome.

Micah: All your bases are covered.

Matt: We’ll put that all in the show notes, too…

Aziza: Yeah, you guys friend us.

Matt: …so they can find it.

Andrew: Yeah. We each have each other in our top eights on MySpace, so we’re like best friends.

Aziza: Yes, we do. Yes we are.

Andrew: That automatically means we’re best friends. [laughs]

Aziza: Totally.

Andrew: Okay. I think it is time to call him, right?

Aziza: Call him. Oh my god! Okay, I’m sorry.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: Everyone take a drink of water. Oh, so nervous! Are you guys nervous?

Andrew: I am, actually. I’ve been drinking all my water. I’m going to be out before we even call him. [laughs]

Aziza: And everyone’s going to be like, “Excuse me, Mr. Dale, I have to go pee.”

Matt: “Excuse me Mr. Dale…”

Andrew and

Aziza: Yeah.

Aziza: All right, I’m going to take a sip of water and then we’ll call him.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: All right.

Aziza: And we’re now joined by Jim Dale, the U.S. narrator of the Harry Potter books. Mr. Dale is a Tony Award winning actor, and will be joining us at Portus this July since he might know a little bit about this Harry Potter stuff. Hello, Mr. Dale.

Jim: Hi, it’s nice to be with you.

Aziza: It’s great to have you here, and hear that voice. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah. It’s kind of surreal hearing it outside the audiobooks.

[Jim laughs]


Jim’s Take on the Split Movie


Andrew: We’ll start off the questions today with a recent news story. I’m not sure if you’ve heard about this yet, but they’ve decided to split the final film into two parts. Did you hear about this?

Jim: Yes, I read about that. You know, my only problem with the films is, you know, if a story is written for the screen and then it has a beginning, a middle, and end, including all the characters, when you take an existing story that lasts – when you listen to it or read it, it lasts twenty-seven hours, and you try to condense that into a two-hour film you’re surely missing out and losing a lot of parts of all the story, all the side stories, and all the characters. I think sixty characters were missing from one of the films due to the fact they had to edit the story down so much. So that’s a pity, but if they’re going to make it into two films, then at least it gives all of us a chance of seeing and hearing a little bit more of the stories and the subsidery characters in the story. I’m very pleased that they’re doing that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Aziza: Yeah.

Matt: Definitely.

Andrew: And that’s why producer David Heyman said that they want to give it – they want to do the final film more justice. So this is the only way they can do it.

Jim: Absolutely, yes. Well, you know, if they gave every film that justice each film would last about ten hours.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: That is true. What are you thoughts about the movies in general? Real quick, before we get into the…

Jim: Well, that was – actually what I just said to you is the way I feel. If it’s written for the screen that’s one story, that’s one thing. If it’s written to be read or to be listened to and then adapted for the screen you are bound to lose such a lot of it, such a lot of the content. When J.K. Rowling describes a scene it can take two whole pages. You are taken with her through a journey of what that scene is and what it looks like. She has something under every stone that she lifts up, something for you to appreciate, understand, focus on. But when it’s captured on film that one scene of the view can last for two seconds, then it cuts away. So those are the things that you lose when you adapt something for the screen. You lose the writer’s lovely technique of description.


If Jim Could Have a Role in the Movies


Andrew: Yeah. That is such an interesting answer. Now about the movies, a little bit more, if you were approached for a role which one would you take? Which one would you choose? If you could pick any?

Jim: I don’t know, I suppose at my age, I mean years and years ago I would for Dobby, I suppose, or something.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: I put a long nose on me. But I’m too tall for that. But anyway, I would probably go for Dumbledore.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Jim: The unfortunate thing was, you know, Richard Harris was playing Dumbledore for a few years, and Richard was saying, you know, after one or two films you’re finding you’re sitting around on the set for weeks, and weeks, and weeks, and weeks not doing anything, and he was getting a little bored with it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Aziza: Right.

Andrew: You wouldn’t want that.


Jim’s Relationship with Harris


Matt: Well, since you talked a little bit about Richard Harris, what kind of relationship did you have with the late actor?

Jim: We were friends. I made a film with him in – how was it – Budapest. We met in Budapest, and I did a film called The Hunchback. It was with Mandy Patinkin and Salma Hayek as well, and we were there for many, many, many weeks and Richard and I had a lot of time to spare, so we spent time together. And I got to know him and realized he was one of the nicest actors you could ever meet.

Matt: That’s just really nice to hear. He does seem like that kind of person, too.

Jim: Absolutely. Wonderful singer as well.

Matt: Oh, really?

[Aziza and Matt Laugh]

Jim: “MacArthur Park.” That wonderful song he recorded, “MacArthur Park.” It’s one of my favorite songs. I couldn’t believe I was meeting the guy who actually sang it. I was a fan. I was a great fan.


Getting Chosen to Narrate Audiobooks


Matt: Okay, let’s get into the books themselves a little bit now. So, Mr. Dale, how did you get chosen for the job?

Jim: Please just call me Jim. I, you know, please, no more.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay, Jim. They told me to say that.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: So were – did you get approached for it? Did you audition for the job?

Jim: Well, obviously they said, after I got the job, they said we were looking for someone who could do a few voices perhaps, and the man who was trying to find the right narrator was called Tim Ditlow, and Tim heard that Jim Dale, the actor, was in an off-Broadway production of Travels With My Aunt. It was a very famous film with Maggie Smith many, many years ago, the aunt and the nephew. And he was told that there were three actors speaking in the play, all dressed in identical suits, with identical mustaches, with identical hairstyles, and they were doing a total of 33 different characters: women, children, foreign people, you know, with strange accents, unbelievable policemen, and villains. And so he thought, great, so he hired me to do the job of reading for Harry Potter and then found out that Jim Dale only played the nephew and the aunt. The other guys played 31 roles between them. So I really got the job under false pretenses.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: But I’m very pleased I did.

Aziza: As are we. [laughs]


Preparing for a Reading


Matt: What kind of process do you take when you prepare for a reading?

Jim: Well, never having narrated an audiobook before – I think I had tackled one many, many years ago; it must’ve been so bad it was never released.

[Matt laughs]

Jim: So I really didn’t know how to do it, so I had to use my own inventiveness. And I realized when I read the first page, that it would be a good idea to mark the characters as I got to them, not only on the script but also on a separate notepad. And also to read the first sentence that that character speaks into a tape recorder prefacing it with, say, “Page One, Dumbledore” and then read the first sentence that Dumbledore speaks. And I realized if I did that, then I could go to the studio with this tape recorder and tape, and anytime I was a little confused as to what voice I had invented then I would replay the tape to voice 27, say, which was on page 31. And that was in the script, so I knew it was voice 27. I would rewind the tape or wind the tape back onto voice 27, listen to it, and then it would jog my memory as to the voice for that particular character. And I thought, well, that seems a good way to go. Then also you do have to attack that script by marking it constantly, because the writer doesn’t say the sentence like, “Dumbledore said, ‘Da-da-da-da-da-da.'” It’s always the opposite. “‘Da-da-da-da-da-da,’ said Dumbledore.”

[Matt laughs]

Jim: So, therefore, you have you have to know who is speaking prior to that line. So, all the dialogue has to be marked either with the initial of the character or you identify the character with a certain color.

Matt: Oh.

Jim: So, sometimes that page looks like a rainbow…

Matt: [laughs] Yeah.

Jim: …of different colors, but of course you have to memorize what the colors mean and what names they represent.

Matt: I could imagine. How many times would you say you read the books?

Jim: I am very lucky if I get a chance to read it once.

Matt: Oh, really?

Jim: I’m given the book on maybe Saturday, and on Monday I am supposed to be in the studio recording it.

Andrew: Wow.

Jim: Now, see what happens is that we are – I think the publishing company negotiates for the right to make the audio book, but then of course we have to wait for the real book to be published, and then a copy of it sent to us after it’s been corrected, etc., and we get it very, very late, so we’ve only got maybe seven weeks or eight weeks before the book comes out onto the shelves at the bookstore, which means that if our tape is not on the shelf on the same day, then the kids can’t wait for the audio book. They’ll buy the book and then their parents will then say, “We’ll buy you the book, but we’re not getting you the tapes as well.” So, we have to do a very, very quick job of recording…

Andrew: Mhm.

Jim: …and everything that goes on after that. See the recording of the book is quite easy for me. I rush through my recording of it, but then it has to go through the hands of some very, very clever people called the editors, and it’s the editors who find every mistake in that script that I have recorded – every mistake has to be corrected, so I have to go back into the studio. Then, only when they’ve finished that can they determine how many CDs it will need for the package. Only then can the package be designed. All of this has to be done and then taken to the factories, and everything has to be printed and published and packed and sent out to those shops throughout America in time for that opening day the book is released. So, it is very, very fast, and I just cannot take my time. In the first one or two or three books of Harry Potter, I was able to do that because the books were already on the market. They were in no hurry to get the audiobooks out. The books had been sold. So I could think of maybe one or two or three different voices for a particular character and then choose – make it my choice as to which of those three voices I would finally select. Later on I just did not have the time to do that. I just had to think of a voice, say to myself, “is it or isn’t it? Yes it is,” and then tape it, as I said, on my little tape recorder, and then move on to the next voice, because later on as you will appreciate – you know, when you get one hundred and thirty four voices in Book 5, that’s a lot of voices to invent.

Matt: Yeah.


The Voices in the Audiobooks


Jim: Also, I may have mentioned that Book 7 was a hundred and fourty seven voices…

Aziza: Wow.

Jim: …which broke the previous record. But then people say, “So she invented another seven characters, or eight characters.” And my answer to that is no, what she did in Book 7 is she took out sixty characters that were in Book 5 and invented another seventy one characters.

Andrew: [laughs] Oh, wow!

Matt: Oh, my goodness.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: So all that added up adds up to a hundred and forty five voices, I think. So it wasn’t a matter of just inventing seven more voices, it was a matter of inventing fifty or fifty-five or sixty new voices which everyone will know.

Matt: Distinct voices.

Jim: Yeah. So that was a problem.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Because you run out of voices!

[Matt laughs]

Jim: My wife, she’s reading in bed late at night and she hears me screaming out “Where are you? Where are you?”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: So it’s always very difficult. Sometimes I don’t even know who Jim Dale is at the end of the day.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: That’s funny.

Matt: That’s funny.

Aziza: Well, with Deathly Hallows, since you created so many voices for it, what was your – did you have a favorite character that was excluded to that book or did you have a favorite scene while you were reading in DH?


A Tedious Process


Jim: Let me explain something. As I’ve just explained how quickly we have to do it, you’ll appreciate that when I read the book, I am really browsing through it very quickly to get to the characters, to get to the characters, to identify who they are, what they are, and then invent a voice for them and record it and then move on. And when you have so many voices to invent you can’t spend too much time as a reader would, just sitting there, swallowing, tasting every word that is written by J.K. Rowling. You have to just scroll through the script as it were, quite quickly, to focus on
what is very important, which is the construction, the designing of that character’s voice because you have to become that character, you have to get into the head of that character and see the world through their eyes, whether they’re a snake or a spider or a villian or a hero. You have to be in their head. So at the end of the day when I’ve got all the tape ready to record I haven’t really followed the story that closely, so the first time I actually read the story and focus on it is when I’m recording it.

Andrew: Mhm.

Jim: Then, of course, we’re in such a great hurry that there are no takes. Two, three, four, five or six. We don’t do it that way. I have to keep reading until something happens causing them to have to stop the tape. Something happens in the way that there might be a page that has to be turned. That would make a sound, so I have to stop – they have to stop the tape then. If I just touch my shirt and it makes a scratching sound, that can be picked up by the microphone. We have to stop and go back on that. So there are many instances when we have to keep stop-start, stop-start, stop-start. And while we’re doing that, yesterday’s recording is being listened to and the editors are now coming back into the studio today to ask me to rerecord stuff I did two days before. So it’s all very fast and furious and mind-boggling at some times. And I have no idea what I’m doing half the time.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Because I’d – I’d forgotten the mood that I was in. Two days ago I’m asked to record one line. What was the mood that I – my character was in? So it all takes a lot of working out before you come up with the final – the final version of it.

Matt: Yeah. I can just imagine just all that stuff to think about and all these people coming at you.

Jim: This is not just me. This applies to every narrator who narrates a book that contains characters whose voices have to be heard. So it’s not just Jim Dale, it’s every narrator goes through this and has their own technique, their own way of capturing the story for their listeners to understand and appreciate and enjoy.

MuggleCast 137 Transcript (continued)


The People Involved


Andrew: You keep mentioning all these people involved in this whole audiobook process. I’m wondering how many people exactly are involved just working on your narration between the editors and the people listening to you…

Jim: Well, I would say the immediate people there would be me sitting in a small cubicle not daring to move because you have to just face the microphone constantly.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Through the glass divider there are three people sitting out there. One is the engineer, one is the producer, and one is a somebody who can be called the producer’s assistant. It’s just another ear. What they are listening to is you – waiting for you to make a mistake…

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Because that’s when they stop you. You put an “S” on that word. You left out an “a” or you left out the “the.” You left something out or we couldn’t hear you on that one. So it’s stop-start, stop-start quite a lot. So those are those people. And then the tapes are then sent to the editors, and on a Harry Potter book there could be six editors in the next room and someone is in charge of them. And then after the editors then come the other people who will be doing all the packaging design, and then the people who will be working in the factories. So there are hundreds of people involved in it.

Matt: Wow.


Jim’s Favorite Parts


Aziza: Do you ever get to just read it for your own enjoyment?

Jim: I’ve not the time.

Aziza: Oh.

Jim: I really don’t have the time. I go from – see, I’m not just a narrator. I’m a working actor in the theater.

Aziza: Right.

Jim: And I have scripts that I have to read, I have scripts that I have to learn. I have rehearsals that go on from 10 o’clock in the morning until 5:30 at night. And then I have things to do in the evening concerning a one man show. So there’s quite a lot of activity in my life other than narration.

Aziza: Right. Did you ever have a part of the books that made you laugh out loud or even tear up or anything like that in your fast-taking?

Jim: Oh, you mean of Harry Potter?

Aziza: Right, right.

Jim: Oh, yes. There were so many things. I would fall off – I’d be falling about with laughter at some of these silly voices. Aunt Marge is a lovely example.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: You know, you have to find these voices. Aunt Marge, you know, [imitating Aunt Marge] she sort of talks like this. She was wonderful! She, or, he, I saw in a pub once. He was sitting – this fat, jovial sort of colonel with a big red nose and a bushy mustache and he had a gin and tonic in his hand, and it was the way he was talking! And then I realized that, you know, when you get a lady and a fellow – an older man and an older lady, there’s not much difference between them, so the voice was quite acceptable to be that of a woman as well as a man. I realized that. You know, when you see two people sitting on a park bench, an old man and an old woman, you can’t tell which is which! She sits just like he does. She doesn’t sit with her legs crossed with her toe pointed. She sits like an old man sits…

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: [laughs] People get almost identical later on, not just the way they behave sitting there, but the way they talk as well.

Micah: Yeah.

Jim: So Aunt Marge – I don’t know what his real name was, bless his heart, but he was the inspiration for Aunt Marge.

Matt: Aw.

Jim: When I was using that voice it made me laugh a lot, so that’s when you – the producer was saying, “Will you please stop laughing? We’ve got a book to read.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: But you’ve got to have fun or it would drive you crazy.


Favorite Voice


Micah: Yeah. Well, I think that’s a fair assessment of Aunt Marge. But looking back on the whole series, what character’s voice was your favorite to do?

Jim: I suppose Dobby. I think everybody knows the story about Dobby, but if you’d like me to repeat it I will.

Aziza: Right. I would love to hear it too, because it’s one of my favorite things.

Jim: Well, it was Dobby was when I was in a theater – I was doing a pantomime called “Jack, Jack, and the Beanstalk,” but there was also another pantomime in the same group of buildings, one called “Snow White and the Seven Dwarves,” and I didn’t know that there was a dwarf in the elevator when I backed into it. There were people coming in and we were squashing in and then suddenly in the silence while the elevator was going up I heard this voice saying, [using his Dobby voice] “Excuse me, sir, can you take your bum out of my face?”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: And there was this little fellow standing there. I said, “I’m sorry. I do apologize.” [using the Dobby voice again] “It’s all right, sir, they all do it. They all do it.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: And I remembered that voice, and from a long time ago when I was a young pop singer in England when I was about twenty-two years old. So these voices stay with you. You know, you really have to try to bring back memories of distinctive voices, and I’ve found that the most distinctive voices of the people from my youth were those of the comedians on the radio. You had to have a distinctive voice so that people would know who you are or, you must admit, all comics just have to say “Good Evening” and you know exactly who they are, and it was the same in the old days. So I remembered a few old comics, and I used their voices as a stepping stone towards the characters’ voices, and it worked many, many times.

Micah: Yeah, and because Dobby was your favorite, I mean, was that death scene in Deathly Hallows particularly difficult to do?

Jim: Absolutely! Yes, of course it was.

Matt: Aw.

Jim: But as I’ve said you have to get into the head of all of the characters, and there comes a time when the characters are, you know, they become real to you. And I think you’ve got to see the world through their eyes, and it was very, very sad. Very sad.

Matt: Yeah.


Most Difficult Voice


Micah: What would you think was the hardest voice for you to come up with?

Jim: Not the hardest but the most aggravating. I hated doing too much of Hagrid.

Andrew: Aw.

Matt: Aw.

Jim: Well, the first time I did Hagrid it was a lot of dialogue, and I lost my voice within twenty minutes, and we had to stop recording. That’s how bad it could be, because Hagrid, you know, the gravel voice, I won’t do it now.

Matt: Right.

Jim: It really does – you shouldn’t ever treat your vocal chords like that. Your vocal chords are your instrument, and you can play various tunes on the instrument, but if you break that instrument or cause it to malfunction, then you’re going to be out of a job. You’re not going to be able to do it. So you really have to take great care of your voice, like all opera singers have to, like all pop singers have to as well. Of course it’s the way of earning money, and if you destroy it or ruin it by treating it like that then you’re not going to be around for very long. So I really hated it. There was one scene, I forget what book it was, but Hagrid had been on holiday. Now J.K. Rowling could’ve asked Harry to say, “How was your holiday?” and Hagrid to say [does Hagrid’s voice] “Fine, I’m back now.”

[Micah laughs]

Jim: That’s all he had to say, but instead he went on for four, five pages explaining where he’d been, what he did, who he…you know. Oh, it went on and on and on.

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: I was dying for him to give it up and fall asleep.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Jim: So that was a problem. Anything that’s a strain to the voice be very wary of.

Andrew: Interesting.

Jim: But what it does is teaches you not to create voices with that gravelly effect.

Andrew: [laughs] Right.

Jim: Don’t do it, it’s silly.


J.K. Rowling’s Involvement


Matt: You pretty much give all of Jo Rowling’s characters’ voices. Does she ever put any input in voices when you’re reading?

Jim: No, not really. I met J.K. about three times, I think. The first time was after – she had already published books three and four, I think, so she arrived in New York and I was asked to go and meet her in this party, so I took along all my four books and she very kindly signed all four books, you know, she listened to me recording. She never – she said she knew my work as an actor in England and trusted me. So that was enough and she didn’t tell me I was doing anything wrong, and we really only had – the communication between J.K. Rowling and the producer was about the pronunciation of certain words that she herself had invented and perhaps wanted us to read in a certain way, or pronounce in a certain way. So those are the only contact notes we had with her. I did do a reading on American television one morning with J.K. standing at my shoulder. One shoulder was a white owl and the other shoulder was J.K. Rowling, so it was all a bit weird and frightening. Actually have the author listen to you read.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: But she was very complementary and she’s a lovely lady.


Messing up the Reading


Aziza: Do you have a blooper reel of maybe when you have messed up in the series or have misread something?

Jim: Do I have what?

Aziza: A blooper reel? Kind of like, um…

Jim: Oh, I wish we did. There was no time for doing that. If it was – see what happens between – I know nobody’s listening to this, so just between you and me.

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: If I really want to do it again I just swear.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: And they have to stop the tape. It works every time.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: But that’s sort of very seldom. Because I, you know, when you jump from one character to another to another, each character’s in a different mood. One is angry, one is sympathetic, one is appealing, one is frightened; and they’re all on the same page. So not only do they have different voices but they have different emotions that must come out in that voice. That can be very straining. And there’s no practice, there’s no rehearsal time for that. We don’t rehearse in any of these, we just turn the mic on and say go. And that’s it ’til lunchtime.

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: Those are the problems, you know. Like I said, trying to create all that from – with your voice the way you would read it on the page. I have to transfer all those emotions into something that can be heard by the listener. And sometimes when there are five or six different characters on the same page the dialogue jumps from one to another to another to another. It can drive one crazy.


Taking Care of his Voice


Aziza: Right. You mentioned that you have to take care of your instrument, which is your voice, very carefully.

Jim: Yes, mhm.

Aziza: Do you drink tea, or do you do anything to do that?

Jim: The only thing I take is not ice cold water, that’s crazy. You have a room temperature water. And a lot of people said, well, do you keep going dry? The answer is of course you do because every time you talk moisture is coming out of your mouth in the way – in your breath. So consequently, you can go all day without having to go. Do you know what I mean?

Aziza: Right.

[Aziza and Jim laugh]

Jim: And so I just drink water occasionally. But sometimes there’s more saliva in your mouth than there should be and it can be heard in your voice. So for those occasions the secret that all narrators know, or should know, is that you have a green apple in the studio with you.

Aziza: Oh.

Jim: And what you do is you take just a bite, not a great bite, just a bite of the green apple, chew on it, and then spit it out into the wastepaper basket. And that clears your mouth of all the sounds of saliva.

Aziza: Right. That’s…

Andrew: Interesting.

Aziza: Yeah.

Jim: These are little tips. But you should never take chocolate in there to chew.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: You mustn’t do this. Just keep your voice as fresh as it can be.

Aziza: I think I may take that green apple advice, as well. [laughs]

Jim: Absolutely. Works every time.

Matt: That’s perfect.


Stephen Fry’s Narrations


Micah: Jim, I know you mentioned before that you don’t always get time to read the books for enjoyment, but have you ever listened to Stephen Fry and his narrations of the books?

Jim: No, I haven’t. Stephen does it all for, I think it’s just for England.

Andrew: Right.

Jim: I do it for America and Canada. No, I haven’t. I think my grandchildren haven’t either because I – my publishing company over here immediately send my audiobooks over to England for my grandchildren, and my grandchildren have a queue of people, of their friends, who want to read the American version just to hear the different voices. I’ve no idea what Stephen sounds like. My relationship with Stephen Fry goes back to Me and My Girl, the Broadway musical that I did here in New York. And Stephen Fry wrote most of the dialogue for Me and My Girl. The original script, I think, was lost, but Stephen’s wonderful at the old jokes. And I was complaining to him – he came to my apartment prior to his rehearsal – and I was saying some of these jokes are so old, Stephen, you know, and I knew them at school. Can we change them?

[Andrew laughs]

Jim: Stephen says no, I think we’ll leave them in. And I said, but Stephen, look, there’s one joke here, you know, he says to the chef – he says to the cook, what’s this? And the cook said it’s bean soup, and he said, I don’t care what it’s been, what is it now?

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: We’ve all heard this. No, let’s leave it in. You know, it got the biggest laugh of the night.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Because what happens, you see, is what is an old – an old joke to me – an old joke to me is only a joke I’ve heard.

Andrew: Uh-huh.

Jim: A new joke to someone is only a joke they haven’t heard, and some of these jokes from Me and My Girl go back two or three hundred years. There was a joke book called Somebody Miller’s Jest Book, 1740 or something like that, and some of these jokes were in that – Joe Miller’s Jest Book, it was called – and some of the jokes that the children are still telling at school today – not originally from that book, but they were printed in that book as jokes that existed at that time. And so, you know, there’s no such thing as an old joke – as a new joke – it’s just a joke you haven’t heard. And so, consequently, all the old jokes that we were brought up with here – that we were brought up with in England were incorporated into Me and My Girl, and the American audiences had never heard them and treated them as new jokes. And that was the terrific success of Me and My Girl; it went on for a couple of years – two or three years on Broadway. With Emma Thompson playing…

Aziza: Fantastic!

Jim: ….in the original production in London with Robert Lindsey.

Aziza: Wow.

Jim: And I did it over here with Marianne Plunkett, a wonderful, wonderful actress. It was great fun.


Jim’s Family


Aziza: Yeah, that sounds amazing. Jim, you had mentioned your family and your kids. Are they a fan of the books?

Jim: Oh, absolutely. In fact, we have a connection. I have three sons, all of them connected with show business. One of them actually is an actor touring in England at the moment in – what is it – Fiddler on the Roof. I have another son who runs a studio designing and making sets for commercials and for films. And my third son is connected to Harry Potter in a big way. Every film for Harry Potter that they do, there are helicopter shots, and my son, Adam Dale, if you Google him, the first name that comes up is Adam Dale, and he is a top, top cameraman; a helicopter cameraman.

Aziza: Oh wow.

Jim: And Adam’s done the last – he’s just finished the last – I think he’s still doing it – the last Harry Potter film.

Andrew: You know, I was just going to say, we just found out last week they’re filming at Millennium Bridge in London and they are doing…

Jim: That’s right.

Andrew: …helicopter shots. Is he in that?

Jim: Yeah, but what happened was Adam phoned me and he said, “it’s been great fun today because I took my son down” – I’ve got a grandson called Angus. And he took Angus down to the film set – they were shooting this Bridge – and left Angus while he went up in the helicopter, shooting very low over the River Thames. Then the helicopter landed and they put Angus in it and so Angus went for his first trip in a Harry Potter helicopter last week.

Micah: That’s awesome.

Aziza: I’m jealous.

[Andrew, Aziza, and Jim laugh]

Jim: So little Angus – he’s about seven or eight now. Eight, I think.

Aziza: Aw.

Jim: He met all the cast, which was wonderful.

Andrew: Cool.

Aziza: Yeah, I’m definitely jealous now.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Aziza: Did they ever ask you – your grandkids or your sons – did they ever ask you to do any of the voices?

Jim: The voices?

Aziza: Mhm. For Harry Potter.

Jim: My grandchildren? Oh yes. Of course, they love it. See, I don’t see them a lot. If I go over to England and I stay in a hotel I have to wait there until everybody’s available to me.

Aziza: Mhm.

Jim: Some of them have homework, some of them have girlfriends, some of them are out, some are busy, some are…

Aziza: Aw.

Jim: The thing for me to do is bring them to America. Then I can wake them up at 2 o’clock in the morning and take them fishing if we’re at my house in the country.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: I do have them 24/7. Yeah, seven days a week, 24 hours in a day for me to talk to. So that’s the time, and we don’t have a lot of time talking about Harry Potter. We have a lot of time talking about who they are. I want to know who they are.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Trying to find out who my grandchildren are. I don’t see them that very often.

Aziza: Right.

Jim: Not often, so I have to take every opportunity in finding out who these little people are.

[Aziza laughs]

Micah: You mentioned your relationship with Stephen Fry, but do you have any sort of relationship with Mary GrandPre?

Jim: No, none at all.

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: One can only answer “yes” or “no.”

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: Well then, moving on.

Andrew: Moving on.

Matt: Neither do we, really.


Jims Thoughts on the Series as a Whole


Andrew: [laughs] Yeah. Let’s talk about the books a little bit more. What are your feelings about the entire series as a whole? I mean, now that it’s complete…

Jim: Absolutely brilliant. When I read the first book I was blown away by it, as were most people. I couldn’t believe that this writer had so much to say and that she was going to tell this one story over seven books.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Ron L. Hubbard is reputed to be the one who has written the longest fictional story, which is over one million words long.

Aziza: Wow.

Andrew: Wow.

Jim: Now, I don’t know how many words J.K. Rowling has written in the total seven books of Harry Potter, but I just admire someone tremendously who has – in her head, not on a computer – in her head worked out a very complicated story with so many different voices, so many different characters who are vocal and have their own say. And she had it all worked out from the word “go.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Anybody who has that kind of mind, to me, is a genius. I will use genius for J.K. Rowling. I think she’s absolutely brilliant. I’m in awe of the way that she kept this story in her head, on scraps of paper. Perhaps only later did she use a computer.

Andrew: Absolutely.

Jim: But she was quite prepared to plan the whole seven books without the computer. She didn’t know they were going to be this successful.


Jim Knew Jo had the Answers


Andrew: Yeah, definitely. Well, did you ever have any questions about the series that were answered later on?

Jim: No, not really, because I knew that she had the answers. It’s no good puzzling your brain out. You know, everything will be explained as we go along and, sure enough, it was.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Jim: You just have to trust the writer and, in this case, she never let anyone down, I don’t think.

Andrew: Yeah.


Thoughts on the Characters


Matt: Yeah, definitely. Jim, you’ve read all the books, obviously. Do any of the characters in the book – do you relate to more than others? Is there any character you relate to the most?

Jim: You see, as a narrator, it’s like an actor when you’re given a role – a character to portray in a play or a musical. You have to get to know that character and you probably get love him. It doesn’t matter whether he’s the hero or the villain, you are interpreting the author’s words to create a character. So, I love all the characters…

Matt: Mhm.

Jim: …and I would create it on stage and off in narration. You have to. You have to love these people. They’re all so real to me.

Matt: Mhm.

Jim:I don’t think any of these voices come over as caricatures. I think they all are a little more than real. I mean, Peeves, you know, yes, Peeves…

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Jim: Those eccentric voices, but that, you see, there are people in this world who we call in England – over here you call them, you know, great-aunts. In England, we call them eccentrics.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Really.

Jim: These people, at a certain age, they become acceptable to us. Those with the most outrageous voices. [doing a stereotypical great-aunt voice] You know, the ones who talk like this here?

[Matt laughs]

Jim: But there are people who talk like that.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: They’re not exaggerating. That’s just the way they talk! [stereotypical great-aunt] They always have and always will, dear!

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: Wonderful. You know, I’ve met these people and they are real. They don’t treat themselves as caricatures. You yourself musn’t treat them when you use an outrageous – that’s the word I think, an outrageous voice. People do have outrageous voices, same as they have outrageous gestures, or they wear outrageous costumes.

Andrew: Right.

Jim: This is who they are and you have to respect that.

Matt: Mhm.

Jim: They create far more as a character than just some normal bloke who always wears nothing, or talks in a boring voice, and when you say “Hello” to him, he’s stuck for an answer. These are the people who are boring on Earth, but the eccentrics are the wonderful ones. We always wished we had an eccentric in the family. Every family in England wants it’s own eccentric. You know, it’s wonderful.

Matt: Yes.

MuggleCast 137 Transcript (continued)


Other Voice Impressions


Aziza: You have such a huge wealth of character voices. Do you ever do impressions of real life figures?

Jim: Yes. In fact I broke into show business that way. I went to London for an audition for a touring production in a musical. It was – these were discoveries. These were people that they discover in various towns…
 

Andrew: Mhm.
 

Jim: …and if you’re that good you join the show and tour with them. Until they discover somebody who has more talent than you in another town and you’re in a sack.
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: This guy came to our local town and I went along with two or three hundred other people from all the surrounding districts for an audition. And I was doing singing and a little bit of tap-dancing then and I thought, “Oh! I’ll do impressions. I’ll use voices.” So I waited by the side of the stage and when they announced my name I walked onto the stage and tripped over a big curtain that was – and I fell flat on my face…
 

Matt: Oh!
 

Jim: …in front of hundreds of other people who immediately laughed because, obviously, this guy is an idiot, he tripped over as soon as he came in. He’s not going to get the job. I limped to the microphone and I did my impressions, and from the back of the theatre I heard a voice saying, “Those impressions are terrible!”
 

[Micah laughs]
 

Jim: And I remember shouting back, “I think they’re very good!”
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: “But we don’t know who your mother’s butcher is.” I said, well, I think that’s funny, doing impressions of people you never heard of. And I said, “They know these people in Rothwell.” He said, “We’re not in Rothwell…”
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: That was where I was born. “Did you tour through the country doing impressions of people nobody has ever heard of? So realistic that fall you did when you came on. That was funny.”
 

[Everyone laughs]
 

Jim: “Come back tonight!”
 

[Aziza laughs]


Jim’s Career in a Nutshell


 

Jim: And that’s exactly what I did. That night I went on – I was thrown on, actually, by two stage herders. One grabbed my legs and
one grabbed my arms – I was only 17 – and they swung me three or four times and as he said, “Jim Dale,” out flew this body twelve feet in the air, you know, twelve feet into the center of the stage…
 

Andrew: Wow.
 

Jim: …and I just crashed onto the center stage and it was about 4-5 minute act, and afterwards the audience sort of loved it, and they asked to join the show, which I did, and I was with them for a year and a half. That’s how everything started, you know. From then an agent came to see me and said, “When you come out of the Royal Air force in two years time phone me because I’d like to represent you as a stand-up comedian as your agent. You’d be a stand-up comedian.” And I joined him. Within months of me being a stand-up comedian I was asked to warm an audience up for the first Rock-n-Roll show in England which I did. And I sang a song on somebody’s guitar, and after that they said, “Can you come back next week as a singer?”
 

Andrew: [laughs] Oh my gosh.
 

Jim: And then they had me as a singer. Then George Martin, The Beatles George Martin, phoned up and said, “I’ve just become a recording manager and I’d like you as my first recording artist. Will you become a pop-singer?” That’s how that started. And then two years later I was asked to join the Edinburough Festival playing Shakespeare. Then Laurence Olivier came to see the show and said, “Would you like to come to the national theatre?” Then the national theatre sent a production to America in 1973 with me playing Petruchio in a show called “Scapino” which I helped to write. And it was “Scapino” that was the play staged on Broadway for a year and a half, and then now, the rest is history. Disney came along and offered me three films. After that, in 1980, came “Barnum,” the big musical, and…

Aziza: Right.

Jim: …that was 27 years ago, and since then I’ve just worked in America, except for one trip to London to play Fagan in Cameron Mackintosh’s “Oliver” at the London Palladium. But I’ve been here in New York since then, and that’s how my career sort of progressed from that very first time I went on that stage to do impressions and voices.

Micah: So this all started from tripping over a curtain?

Jim: That’s right.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Andrew: That’s crazy.

Jim: Absolutely. Yes. But I think what one should mention is, yes, it got a laugh, tripping over the curtain, but the movements that I incorporated into my act were the results of having studied ballet, and tap, and national dancing, and judo…

Aziza: Wow.

Jim: …and eccentric comedy dancing for six years prior to that. I’d been dancing since I was nine, and it’s the movement that I learned doing all those – ten lessons a week, sometimes – after school, straight into dancing lessons for two lessons, and then on Saturday mornings as well, another two. And so all of this physical training was invaluable when it came to working in the British musicals.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Wow.

Matt: Wow.

Micah: [laughs] So…

Jim: As a young stand-up comic, if they didn’t laugh – if they didn’t laugh I would very deliberately limp off the stage slowly.

Andrew: So they’d feel bad for you?

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: Then suddenly you’d hear someone clapping because they’d say, “Oh God, he’s a cripple!”

[Everyoone laughs]

Jim: And then I’d run back on, forgetting that altogether, and take a nice big curtsy, like some big lady in a ballerina, you know. So it was all fun.

Aziza: So you said you did judo. You could probably easily kick all of our butts then.

Matt: Probably.

Aziza: Yeah probably.

Jim: Say that again?

Aziza: You studied judo. You could take all three of us right now.

Jim: Oh, no no no no no. See that happened one night. Somebody called something out from the second balcony, and you’re not allowed to say anything – not in musicals – and it’s – you shouldn’t do it, but I did. He called something out and I said, “I’ve got one word for you,” and like an idiot, he called back, “What?” and I said, “Jump.”

[Everyone laughs]

Jim: So I go outside the stage door and three of them are waiting for me. Now it doesn’t matter whether I’ve done judo. I promise you when three guys attack you, you really can’t defend yourself. You just go on the floor, you curl up in a ball, you let them do what they want, and then hopefully you can get up. And the very next night after that, I walked on the stage with a black eye and my arm in a bandage…

Andrew: Oh no!

Jim: …saying, “A funny thing happened to me on the way home last night.” You know the old musical joke, “A funny thing happened to me on the way to the theater” – on the way home from the theater.

Aziza: Oh dear.

Matt: The theater’s dangerous.

Jim: Oh yes. But you’re kids, you know, you can jump off a roof when you’re a kid and not hurt yourself. You can get beat up as a kid, as you often are, and not hurt yourself too much.

Micah: Now, Jim, you’ve been around…

Jim: What you do learn is not to call out to somebody, “Jump!” That’s what you learn.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: But get ready to make sure they’re smaller than you.

Jim: That’s true. Yeah.


The Harry Potter Fandom


Micah: Now, Jim, you’ve been around the series for quite some time now. What do you think of the Harry Potter fandom as a whole? The sort of how the fans…

Jim: Oh, I think it’s unbelievable. I didn’t – I didn’t appreciate how many fans and how ardent these fans were. Living in New York can be quite isolated – such isolation. [laughs] If that’s the right word. By that I mean, you have an apartment. Most people in New York live in an apartment and they don’t even know the people who live above them or below them, maybe even next door.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: Where as if you live in a small town, obviously you get to know many, many, many people. So, I hadn’t done many readings in New York City and I was asked to go on a tour of some of the cities of America. And it was only when I arrived in these places, these smaller towns, that I realized that there were such a fanatical group of people called Potterheads.

Andrew: Yeah.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: And they packed these theaters. We did one in the San Fernando Valley and they had to – the wall was one of these walls you could fold back, and they folded the wall back and there was a car park. And there were, I think, about a hundred seats put in the car park for the overflow of people.

Andrew: Oh, my gosh.

Jim: So, I was amazed at how popular Harry Potter was. I hadn’t understood it, but I realize now. And they were there in the hundreds everywhere I travelled, you know, to promote Harry Potter. I couldn’t believe – lots of places, I’d look at the audience – I usually bring the children up on the stage at the end of a reading and I give them certain parts of the script for them to read.

Andrew: Oh, that’s a great idea.

Jim: But I don’t want them just making up voices. They have to do an impression of Jim Dale doing the voices.

Andrew: Right, right.

[Micah laughs]

Jim: That’s fun. And then they get prizes of the latest CDs of Harry Potter, you know. So, I do this, and I remember one place I asked for the children to come up and I looked around and most of the people there were adults. I got about ten children on the stage but I had to ask for two adults to come up, as well, to make out the twelve people because I put them in teams of four, you know. But, it’s not just children who are ardent fans.

Andrew: No.

Jim: Who are true Potterheads. It’s a lot of adults as well.

Micah: Oh, yeah.

Jim: I was truly amazed.

Andrew: There are listeners…

Jim: But thrilled! Because, come on, I mean, I was a pop singer, I was a rock and roll singer, I was one of the few in England at that time and we didn’t have many rock and roll singers. There was another guy called Tommy Steel and another one called Cliff Richard, but there weren’t that many, so the girls wanted to scream at what they thought was going to be a bejeweled sacred monster.

[Aziza laughs]

Jim: Pounding on the stage and, of course, Jim Dale arrived in a checked shirt and jeans.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Jim: They were screaming, they were screaming their heads off and I remember thinking, why weren’t they here a few weeks ago when I was limping off the stage?

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Jim: As a comic? You know, this is fake. This is not for real. They’re not screaming at me, they’re screaming at anybody who sings a pop song. So, I’ve been through that period of being mobbed at traffic lights at silly teenagers. And it was embarrassing. Even to this day, I never go into a restaurant on my own. And if I do go with friends, I always face the wall. It’s just a habit that I’ve got into. It’s like carrying your sucky blanket with you or something.

[Andrew and Aziza laugh]

Jim: So, when I – suddenly, at my age, I’m now – go along to do a reading, and it’s like being a pop star again.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: It’s wonderful! It’s wonderful because nobody knows Jim Dale over here, unless they go to the theater. I mean that, seriously, and that’s my joy in life.

[Matt laughs]

Jim: I love going into a small town in America and nobody knows me. But if I was a big film star, or a television personlity, or as they say, “A house-hold name,” then I would be mobbed. And I had that and it’s not nice. It’s – because you can never say, “Today, I’m going out and nobody’s going to recognize me.” Everyday, it’s the same. And it can drive you crazy. So, I am thrilled with the fact that I show up to these readings, and nobody knows Jim Dale until I’m introduced. In fact, at one radio station, there were three or four men there. And the man came into the room and – who was about to get me into the studio, and he looked around. He said, “Jim Dale? Anybody?”

Andrew: Oh no! [laughs]

Jim: I said, “I’ll be him, I’ll be him.”

[Andrew, Micah and Aziza laughs]

Jim: So, what I’m saying is: I’m not known. So, I’m not mobbed in the streets. That’s the joy. And it’s fun now, so much fun at my age to have a whole new audience of youngsters…

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: …who love the sort of thing I’m doing.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jim: And I couldn’t be more thrilled.

Andrew: Yeah.


End of Show Announcements


Matt: All right, well that does it for our Part One of the interview with Jim Dale. If you guys want to catch on to Part Two of the interview, just go onto Portus2008.org and catch on Portus Previews, and there you’ll find the Part Two version of our exclusive interview.

Andrew: That was great. Jim Dale’s a great guy. We had so much fun with him.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: And we look forward to seeing him at Portus…

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: …this year.

Matt: He’s really a fun guy to talk to. I mean, he’s so much fun. He’s very – he’s so old-school.

Andrew: His thoughts on the movies and how they portray the stories is so interesting.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, he’s so wise. And it’s just – we’re very lucky to have him on the show.

Matt: I loved his take on the movies – on how they’re portrayed. I mean, what he doesn’t like about movies to film.

Andrew: So, visit MuggleCast.com for a link over to Portus Previews to check it out. Or just go to Portus2008.org for Part Two. Well, Matt, we’re not going to do anything else this week. As we said at the beginning, this is a very abbreviated show.

Matt: Yeah, it is. Well, it’s because it’s a long interview. I mean, it’s only half of the whole interview too.

Andrew: Right. And plus, we did that fantastic live show early this week which was…

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Andrew: …two hours and twenty minutes. So….

Matt: I don’t know how you guys did the whole twelve hour thing. That’s just two hours, it just got knocked out of me.

Andrew: You know, the twelve hour show – everyone – a lot of people – well, everyone loved it. I mean, everyone who listened loved it. And we had such a fun time doing it, so maybe we’ll do it again sometime.

Matt: Yeah, why not?

Andrew: Because it’s a lot of work. That’s why not. But, we’ll be back to our normal antics next week. There is a chance that we may skip MuggleCast (a new episode of MuggleCast) next week. Just because, we need a little break. We’ve been really busy this week preparing for these episodes. And….

Matt: And we had a triple header this weekend, pretty much.

Andrew: We did. MuggleCast triple header. One night was the live show, one night was recording this, and one night was recording Jim Dale. A lot of work, man.

Matt: Technically we redid the same episode twice. That’s why it was a triple header.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because we – well, should we just tell them?

Andrew: Go ahead. Reveal it.

Matt: Okay, well, technically we did the same show twice. We recorded with Micah, who was in the interview with us and, apparently, it wasn’t – my Internet was really horrible. I couldn’t hear anything they were saying so Andrew and I are just redoing the closing for everybody. That’s why Micah’s not on right now, so…

Andrew: We had Make the Music Connection, we had rebuttals, we had news discussion.

Matt: We had a lot of stuff but we can probably hold that off until the next episode.

Andrew: Yeah, we’ll do that and I think that may be a little bonus for PicklePack members. The lost episode.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: So, PicklePackers, look forward to that. Anyway, like I said, we may be taking next week off because we need a little break. We’ve been so – seriously, we’ve been very busy this week with all this MuggleCast stuff, but we’re very happy with it, right, Matt?

Matt: Yeah, oh yeah, totally!

Andrew: It’s been a good week for MuggleCast and its listeners.

[Show music begins]


Contact Information


Andre: So, thanks, everyone, for listening. I do want to remind everyone if they have and questions about our interview with Jim Dale, or any news that they’ve seen this week, or anything else you want to discuss on a future episode, you can call into the MuggleCast hotline. Those numbers are: In the United States 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677, and if you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast, just remember no matter how you call us, keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible, so you sound crisp and clear. You can also visit the MuggleCast website for our handy feedback form or contact anyone of us at our first name at staff…

Matt:dot mugglenet dot com.

Andrew: Thank you, Matt. How about community outlets?

Matt: Yeah, why not?

Andrew: [laughs] We got the MySpace, the Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.fm, fanlisting and the forums. You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, and don’t forget to vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley.


Show Close


Andrew: I think that does it for this special edition of MuggleCast, Episode 137 with Jim Dale.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Matt, thanks for being on the show today. Thanks for being the only host that could come in and talk today.

Matt: Aw, it’s okay. It’s not like I had anything else better to do.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s a Saturday night. What are we going to do?

Matt: Nothing.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: I’m Andrew Sims.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: We’ll see you next week, or in two weeks, for Episode 138. Buh-bye!

Matt: Buh-bye!

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Jim: So, all of that is in the hands…

[A phone rings]

Jim: Oh dear, just a minute. Can you hold on, I’ll just get rid of this person.

Matt: Oh yes.

Andrew: No problem.

[Everyone laughs]

Aziza: Ummm…blooper.

Jim: There we are. That was my wife…

Aziza: Awww.

Jim: I told her I was talking to you.

———————–

Transcript #136

MuggleCast 136 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music plays]

Mason: You’re just one minute away from listening to the best Potter team in podcasting live. But first, here’s a piece of information you need to know. Have you always wanted to make an impact online? Now’s your chance. GoDaddy.com has domain names for as low as $1.99! But that’s not all. GoDaddy.com also offers world class hosting and fast and easy website builders. Plus, with you being a listener of MuggleCast Live, you can save an additional 10% on any order by entering code “Muggle.” Oh yeah, that’s “Muggle.” M-U-G-G-L-E, “Muggle.” Some restrictions do apply, but feel free to see the site for details. I want you to get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[“Celebration” by Kool & the Gang plays]

Andrew: Because we get one more movie this week, this is MuggleCast Live Episode 136 for March 13th, 2008. I should have said the intro earlier.

[Music continues]

Andrew: Thursday March 13th 2008. Good evening ladies and gentlemen, I am Andrew Sims and as everyone by now Warner Brothers has announced that Deathly Hallows will be split into two separate films. MuggleCast is coming at you live tonight for a special episode, and we’re going to discuss all the announcements that have happened in the past few days. I am very pleased to tell you that we have here tonight the best team in Potter podcasting. We haven’t tested these guys, and I will be very embarrassed if it doesn’t work. Starting first with the lovely, heartwarming, Laura Thompson.

Laura: Hey everybody I’m really, really excited to be here to talk about this very, very exciting news.

Andrew: Second, MuggleCast news anchor, Micah Tannenbaum, is here.

Micah: Hey, I’m just happy to not be doing work.

Andrew: Micah, you’ve been so busy lately.

Micah: I have.

Andrew: I feel bad for you. Third, everyone’s favorite Southern Californian co-host, but soon I will be taking over that position, Matthew Britton is here.

Matt: Hey everyone. I just drank about a 24 pack of Mountain Dew, and I am all set.

Andrew: That’s fascinating.

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Andrew: And fourth and finally this evening, the person I’m about to introduce will probably be bigger news than the movie split announcement. Ben Schoen has returned to the show!

Ben: Hi. I’m excited to be back, I haven’t done this in a long time, so I’m sorry if I sound a bit rusty, but I’m sure I’ll get back into things maybe, kind of, sort of. Don’t know.

Andrew: Ben, where’ve you been?

Ben: Oh, you don’t even know. You don’t even want to know Andrew.

Andrew: [crying] Where’ve you been Ben? I’ve missed you.

Ben: Well I’ve heard the rumors. I’ve heard the rumors about “personal issues”, whatever those may be.

[Andrew and Ben laugh]

Andrew: What could they be?

Ben: Just stuff. Just stuff, you know, just living the life.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Out doing my thing.

Andrew: Well it seems these days you only come back for the big announcements. Last time you were on the show Dumbledore was gay. I mean he still is, but…

Ben: Yeah.

Andrew: …you know.

Ben: Come on Andrew. It’s not like that changes. Come on.

Andrew: It doesn’t make any difference. Anyway, we’re here live tonight. Coming up in the second hour of the show we are going to have a couple other people on the show. I don’t want to spoil the surprise.

Ben: Andrew, it actually feels like I’m on a radio show right now. This is really weird.

Andrew: Why’s that? Why’s that?

Ben: Because I haven’t done this since – I did it in October one time and then before that I hadn’t done it since – like the live shows we did in June on the MuggleCast tour. And then before that I hadn’t done it since like…

Andrew: Oh right.

Ben: …February.

Andrew: Right.

Ben: So…

Andrew: I thought you were going to say, “Because it sounds so professional. Because you’re playing music, Andrew. You’re broadcasting to hundreds of people.” No, it’s not that?

Ben: No, but I would like to comment that you do sound pretty good at this.

Andrew: Oh thank you.

Ben: Like I can tell that you had a lot of practice…

Andrew: Thank you.

Ben: …like a hundred thirty-six episodes worth of practice.

Andrew: [laughs] I also read that broadcasting book.

Ben: Oh, that Broadcasting For Dummies?

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: I remember that. One time in the early developments of this show and me and Andrew were arguing about something, and he – he was basically, “I read a broadcasting book Ben. You can’t argue with me.” But – yeah.

Andrew: Oh yeah – no. But you guys used to always make fun of me because you would think every time I said something insightful about broadcasting you guys would be like, “Oh you just got that from the book.” [laughs]

Ben: I miss you guys though. The listeners and like Laura. I missed you a lot Laura just so you know.

Laura: Aw, I missed you too.

Ben: You’re my favorite female MuggleCaster. I mean I still listen to the show on a daily basis. Like I just listen to the episodes…

Andrew: Daily?

Ben: …over and over again.

Andrew: Oh really?

Ben: Yeah.

Andrew: Here I was …

Ben: I’m a huge MuggleCast fan. It was like half-an-hour from a host to a fan. I just love the show so much.

Andrew: Well that’s [laughs] – 1,200 people listening right now. Twelve hundred people.

Ben: Really?

Laura: Oh my god.

Ben: 1,200? That’s a lot of people.


Discussion: Two Separate Films


Andrew: That’s a lot of people. I’m kind of nervous. No, Anyway let’s get into it. Let’s get into why everyone’s listening tonight. Yesterday, the L.A. Times actually broke the story that Deathly Hallows is going to be split into two separate films. The first part, Deathly Hallows: Part I will be released November 2010. Part I

Ben: Is that what they’re going to call it though?

Andrew: Yes – yes, this is what they’re going to call it.

[Ben laughs]

Andrew: Part Two May 2011. Well let’s start with the names – let’s start with the name. Well, first of all I have to – someone’s like talking in the background. Is there a TV on in your room Ben? In Emerson’s room?

[Prolonged silence]

Ben: Actually like…

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: There’s two people in this room with me right now, and I’m actually in Emerson’s dorm room here at Notre Dame…

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: …and Emerson and his girlfriend are off in the corner whispering sweet nothings in each other’s ears. So …

Andrew: Aw. [laughs]

Ben: It’s not my fault guys. And like I don’t have a headset anymore because I retired from podcasting for a while, but now I…

[Ben starts breaking up]

Andrew: And you’re breaking up.

Ben: …environment.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: But yeah I’m sorry. Sorry about that.

Andrew: It’s all right. So – okay so…

Ben: I’ll try to turn them off. I’m sorry.

Andrew: Yeah, thank you. Tell them to get a room. Gosh!

Matt: Aren’t they in a room though?

Ben: This is their room.

Andrew: Oh. That was the joke people. [laughs] All right, so what do you think about the names? Becausese we were speculating about this on – a few weeks ago like what would they call it? You think Part I and Part II is a good idea? I mean when I read it in print I thought, “Oh, that’s not bad.”

Laura: I think it makes the most sense honestly. I mean, what else would you call it?

Ben: Yeah exactly.

Andrew: Well, I don’t know?

Matt: We cut the entire title in half. Harry Potter and the

Andrew: Harry Potter and the

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: I don’t know maybe. I just thought that maybe if they were focusing each movie on like a certain plot maybe they would be like, Harry Potter Deathly Hallows

Ben: They would bring a subtitle to it.

Andrew: Exactly – yes.

Matt: Yeah.

Ben: Well actually I think a subtitle would be better than just calling it Part I. I think maybe they will come up with a subtitle. Do you think that’s a possibility?

Andrew: I would think so because I don’t know if that’s enough separation – Part I and Part II. I don’t know.

Ben: Well I think – I think from a marketing perspective how – how great is that going to be – how well is that going to sell saying, “Go see Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part I.” You know?

Andrew: Right. [laughs]

Ben: If they had some type of subtitle to it I think it would sell – it would sell a lot better, and people would like it a lot more I think.

Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum any thoughts on this?

Micah: Well, not really. I mean Part I, Part II, I could really care less. I’m just going to just go see the movie anyway.

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: So…

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Movies Micah, movies.

Andrew: Movies. Yeah, good point.

Micah: Yeah movies. Or I can pull what I did with Order of the Phoenix and not see it until five months later.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: Micah, you still do the news? Do you still do the news, Micah?

Andrew: Of course he still does the news.

Micah: I do.

Ben: Sorry – sorry, Andrew.

Andrew: Of course! Of course!

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Another question that W.B.’s already getting a lot of – well critics are saying that they’re just in this for the money. I have a feeling this is going to be speculation for months, probably years. Well obviously years because the movie doesn’t come out for years.

Ben: Well, of course it’s about the money. I mean, come on, why else would they make two films? I mean, I understand wanting to do the series justice and I really think David Haymen is a real Harry Potter fan in that he would want to do the series justice, but ultimately the reason it was approved from the top was because of the money. I mean…

Andrew: Of course.

Ben: You want to prolong it to make as much money as possible. I mean it’s already – Andrew, you and I were talking about this the other day, and it’s already the biggest grossing franchise ever…

Andrew: Right.

Ben: There’s only five of the films out.

Andrew: Right, and – is it for the money? I mean, see, the thing is Heyman said in that L.A. Times article, “I swear to god, it’s not for the money,” which I thought was funny because it feels like they are expecting it, and when Heyman’s already going, “I swear to god, it’s not for money.”

Matt: Well probably the money decision was probably just for the initial decision on making it into two parts. But I don’t think the money part is really a decision for the entire film-making process.

Ben: Well, what do you mean, Matt?

Andrew: Yeah, what do you mean?

Matt: Well, basically – they probably thought and considered – I mean, they definitely put money as a consideration for the film. But, I mean, every single Harry Potter film always had the money, and in consideration, it wasn’t just this film in particular.

Ben: I see.

Laura: Yeah, and what people also aren’t considering when they say that W.B. is only in this for the money, making this such a big event is good publicity for them. So yeah, money is part of it, but so is publicity, and getting a good name for themselves, and putting out a movie that people are going to love.

Ben: Right, but what does publicity lead to?

Laura: Well money, of course, yeah.

Ben: Money.

[Andrew and Ben laugh]

Laura: There’s no doubt that money is an inherent cause behind doing this, but at the same time, I don’t see what the big deal is because I’m a Harry Potter fan, almost everyone that I know is a Harry Potter fan, and we’re all psyched that they’re making two movies out of it, so why is everyone complaining? It doesn’t matter…

Ben: Well, I don’t think people are really complaining. I mean, there are just people saying that it’s all about the money, but I’ve looked around, I’ve seen people writing on my wall on Facebook, and just – people’s MSN names, people’s Skypes, little Skype messages, you know – that you can put under your name or whatever, and everyone is stoked about this. Every Harry Potter fan loves this idea. Nobody really cares that it’s about the money, it’s just a few film critics or whatever who want to try to be critical about it…

Andrew: See, but…

Ben: …everyone’s looking to be critical.

Andrew: But it’s not – there are people on the MuggleNet comments, there have been a few e-mails. I mean, you’re right. They’re like on Facebook and everyone’s going “Ahh, I’m so excited!” I mean, how can you not be excited? But I think some people are worried that if they’re in it for the money, if these people believe that they’re in it for the money, then they believe that it won’t be as good, because they’re not really trying to do the books justice, they’re just trying to do it for money. Do you see what I’m saying?

Ben: Oh, I see what you mean. I don’t think money is really the motive behind it. I mean, it’s such a long book, you know? It’s a really long book…

Matt: Yeah.

Ben: …the only thing like – the only reason I think why you can be critical of it is because they didn’t do it for Order of the Phoenix. Order of the Phoenix was the longest book in the series, and I really don’t quite understand Heyman’s logic when he says, “Well, we can cut it out in these earlier films, but we can’t cut it out now.” I mean, it’s all – J.K. Rowling said herself that she looks at all seven books as just one huge novel, and I don’t know why the pieces in the seventh are any more important than the pieces in the fifth.

Micah: Yeah, and the reason why they’re in this position is because they cut so much out of the previous films…

Laura: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: They’re kind of in this place because they can’t afford not to make two films. You know, some of the people that are making comments though would be the same people that would complain if they decided not to cut it into two, and it turned out to be this two and a half hour movie that didn’t, you know, follow the plot the way they thought it should. So you can’t really have it both ways, in the sense that you’re arguing it now that it’s split into two because it’s a financial thing. I don’t really think it’s a financial thing though either because guys like David Heyman are working on this, and they care about the series too, they care about the books and making sure that everything gets in there. This should also be seen as something where Warner Brothers actually cares about the fans, and are finally giving them what they want.

Matt: Mhm.

Ben: Yeah, I think we – I think we should just embrace it, rather than worry about, you know, if money’s the motive because I think we are going to get two great quality films because Warner Brothers is going to allow no less, and J.K. Rowling is going to allow no less. So, regardless of whether or not it’s about the money, it doesn’t matter because they’re going to be two good films, and it’s giving the fans what they wanted all along. Like what Micah said.

Andrew: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Now, Steve Kloves, screenwriter for all of the Potter films but Order, correct?

Laura and

Matt:

Yeah.

Ben: Right.

Andrew: He sent an e-mail over to the Baltimore Sun, I believe it was, and said that they were actually seriously considering doing it for Goblet of Fire. And what’s ironic is, just a couple episodes ago we were saying that was – that movie was one of the films that progressed the best, and included everything. Right Micah? I think you were the one raving about it…

Micah: Well, I said that they were able to take about the first hundred pages of the book and really roll it into five minutes from everything that happened in those opening scenes. I actually thought they did a really good job with it, compared to maybe something like Order of the Phoenix, where they were just all over the place, but yeah. I mean, really from Goblet of Fire onward you could make two films out of any of these books, I mean, even with Half-Blood Prince if you really wanted to. I mean, I was kind of surprised to see that for Goblet of Fire, though, because I thought that Mike Newell did a really good job.

Andrew: He did.

Ben: On the other hand, I do understand the necessity of why they would want to include the seventh book, all elements of the seventh book, because when Jo wrote it, she had to include absolutely everything that was pivotal to the series. You know what I mean? As she was writing the last book, each chapter was like the journey, Harry’s journey. And I guess I understand why it would be difficult to cut that out. I mean, I know I was kind of saying the opposite a minute ago, but I guess I do see that now that I think about it more.

Andrew: Mhm. Yeah.

Micah: And Warner Brothers is on the hook. I mean, they have to include literally – well, I guess not literally – but close to everything now.

Andrew: Yeah, they do.

Micah: I mean, they’re going to get so much you-know-what…

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: …for leaving anything out at this point because now they have two films to incorporate as much as possible.

Andrew: Yeah. The bar has been raised so much higher now.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I just can’t imagine how much more critical people are going to be. They’re going to complain about the littlest sentence that is not included in these movies now. [laughs] Matt?

Matt: Well, with also another point to add for the money making strategy, a lot of people complain that the whole decision for making more money was basically separating it into two new films, but they’re also making two full-length films which is going to spend the studio twice as much more money to make.

Ben: Right, but…

Matt: So they’re going to have to find another way to get it all back.

Andrew: But how much does it hurt Warner Brothers? I mean…

Ben: Oh yeah. Come on!

Andrew: Look at…

Ben: It’s Harry Potter. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah, well…

Andrew: How much did they make when they were named the top-grossing franchise of all time? It was in the billions, wasn’t it?

Ben: Oh, definitely. Definitely in the billions.

Andrew: I’m sure someone’s going to say in the chat in about two seconds. By the way, MuggleCast.com/Live – if you want to send in some feedback via e-mail, go there, send in your message and it will pop up on our computer screens and we’ll read some of the better stuff. But anyway, I just think the bar is set really high at this point and I would be – I’m scared and [laughs] I think Warner Brothers should be scared.

Ben: Scared of what?

Andrew: The expectation thing. I mean, you know…

Matt: Of course.

Andrew: I think this is great. I really do believe that David Barron and David Heyman, the two producers, do firmly want to do the final film justice because it’s the final book and this is it. This is do or die. If you make this last one bad, the series is going to be remembered as the series that was – eh, okay. It had good movies, but the most important one of all time [makes raspberry sound] flopped.

Ben: Well, see, when you think about it, though, they could actually make this one of the greatest things ever by splitting it into two films. But if they do it wrong, it could just go horribly wrong, you know? Horribly bad. You see what I’m saying?

Andrew: How?

Ben: Like, if they don’t choose to split it in the right part. Does that make sense?

Andrew: Yes, that’s true. We’ll get to that in a second, but Matt, what were you saying?

Matt: Shoot, I don’t know. I was listening to Ben.

Andrew: MuggleCast Live – no room for error.

Matt: Yeah.


Discussion: Where to Split the Movie?


Andrew: [laughs] Let’s focus now on three questions Heyman brought up in the article. And you know what? Okay, I know he listens to the show now because he asked questions in the article in the L.A. Times and he didn’t answer them. So he clearly wants us to answer them, so let’s do it. Question one: Where should they make the split? Ben Schoen, where should they make the split?

Ben: Oh my gosh, Andrew! That’s a difficult question.

Andrew: Your name is Ben Heyman and you and David Yates and Kloves, you’re all sitting in that meeting going, “Where should we split it?” Where would you split it?

Ben: Well, I’m guessing somewhere midway through the book.

Andrew: [laughs] Well said! Well said.

Matt: I definitely see that, yeah. I agree with you, Ben. Definitely.

Andrew: Well, isn’t it sort of obvious, though?

Ben: Well, if you want to be mean about it, Andrew.

Andrew: No, no! I’m not trying to be mean. I feel bad now.

Ben: Gosh! See, Andrew, this is why I didn’t do MuggleCast for so long.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: I come on here and you just beat me down.

Andrew: [laughs] Whatever.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: No. Does anyone have any ideas for where to split it?

Matt: Well, we talked about this, Andrew.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: In previous episodes.

Andrew: Okay, but now it’s official so we have to be official.

Matt: And didn’t we come to the conclusion is was when Harry said Voldemort’s name, and then they were outside telling them to come out, that they were trapped at Malfoy Manor?

Laura: Right. Yeah.

Matt: And that was about midway in the chapter. I think that’s the conclusion that we went to. Wasn’t it, Laura?

Laura: Yeah. Basically, what happens is at the end of the Deathly Hallows chapter, which is right before “Malfoy Manor”, Harry says it and they hear a dozen people outside the tent saying, “Come out with your hands up. We don’t care who you are. We’ll kill you if you try to do anything.”

Matt: Exactly.

Laura: So I think that would be a great place to split it. Just imagine the first movie ending there.

Matt: Yeah. Because people are going to be so excited/upset, and they’re just going to want to run back and see this Part II movie because you’re leaving them at this cliffhanger. That’s like the best thing to do when you want to split a movie in half is leave a cliffhanger for people who haven’t read the book or haven’t done anything, who don’t know what’s going to happen next to speculate.

Andrew: See, that’s the thing, though. I mean, people will have already read – the majority of people will already have read the book. So is it really a cliffhanger? Are you really going to be on the edge of your seats for six months? Which we’ll get to in a minute – the wait.

Matt: It’s the closest cliffhanger you can get for half the book.

Ben: Well, what about – does anyone think that a – do you think doing one three-and-a-half hour movie would be better than doing two? I mean, I’m sure you guys discussed this before, but…

Matt: But will it be even – do you honestly think it will be a three-and-a-half hour movie? Because two movies…

Laura: I was going to –

Ben: No, no, no, no.

Matt: …would be like an hour-and-a-half.

Ben: No, I know. I’m saying if they were to do just one three-and-a-half hour movie as opposed to two separate films, do you think that would be better than what they’re doing now?

Matt: It’s hard to say. I technically – if it would be like one three-and-a-half hour movie or two two-and-a-half hour movies, I would decide on two movies because then they would add more, keep more stuff in from the books.

Ben: Right, but I’m just saying – I’ve been thinking about how, what they were able to do with the past movies and how they were able to condense so much into two-and-a-half hours. If they were given an extra hour, why couldn’t they do it justice? I don’t know.

Matt: Well, do you think they put into account of how many people wish that they put more into the movie than the books, and they’re putting that into more account after this last film? So that’s probably – maybe why.

Andrew: I wonder if they have a rule about how long Warner Brothers will make a film. I mean, to memory, they haven’t ever really split a film before in this way, so…

Micah: Well, didn’t Steve Kloves say something about an extra hour-and-a-half to work with now when he did that interview with the Baltimore Sun?

Andrew: Sorry, say that again.

Micah: He said something about having an extra hour-and-a-half, at least, to work with now. So that kind of made me wonder the range of how long the films were going to be.

Andrew: He did say that? I didn’t…

Matt: I didn’t read that.

Micah: In the Baltimore Sun.

Matt: Really?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Huh. I might have missed it.

Micah: Let me bring it up here. One second.

Andrew: A few people writing in to the MuggleCast feedback. Cara from Parsippany, New Jersey: “It should” – in all caps – “It should be split where Xeno says: ‘I have to tell you about the Deathly Hallows.'” That’s not a bad idea.

Laura: No, that’s not bad either.

Andrew: Going that it’s the title.

Laura: The only reason I was thinking what we were talking about sounded really good is actually, it’s not quite halfway through the book. It’s actually over halfway. But at that point you start getting into all of the much more detailed scenes, like where they go to Gringotts and of course, the final battle. And I guess I felt like if they had more time with the second film to just work with the climax, they could really do it good justice instead of having to worry about a bunch of other information from earlier on in the book.

Ben: Andrew, just so you know, Shannon from New Jersey just wanted to let us know that they’re also splitting The Hobbit in two.

Andrew: Oh, they are? Okay.

Ben: So there’s another film like this.

Laura: Oh, that’ll be good.

Micah: Copycats.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: No, I didn’t know that. Matt, did you know that? You seemed like you…

Matt: Yeah, I did, actually. But they announced it before they decided to split The Deathly Hallows.

Andrew: Have they said anything? I know it’s not Warner Brothers, but have they said anything like what they’re going to – how long the two parts are going to be, etc. etc.?

[Prolonged silence]

Ben: Hello?

Matt: I don’t know.

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Sorry, sorry. I thought Skype had ended or something.

Andrew: There was an awkward silence. [laughs]

Matt: I didn’t know that was directed to me. No, I don’t really know. I have no idea.

Andrew: Oh, okay. All right.

Micah: Well, Andrew, I found who said that. It wasn’t Steve, it was Alan Horn who’s the President and COO of Warner Brothers.

Andrew: They have an extra hour…

Micah: It was in that L.A. Times article. He was the one who said that they’ll have at least another hour-and-a-half to work with.

Andrew: All right, so look at Order of the Phoenix, two-and-a-half hours. Add an hour-and-a-half to that, that’s four hours. So splitting each one into two hours at least – I think that’s good.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that’s…

Laura: I think that would be great, yeah.


Discussion: The DVD(s)


Andrew: I think two-and-a-half hours would be perfect, though, because then you won’t have too many people complaining because it is two films. Gosh, it feels like such a long time, though. Especially when it goes to DVD. That’s another question. Let’s jump into that real quick. Are they going to package it all together?

Ben: Well, I bet that – no, what I bet that they’re going to do – actually, since they come out so far apart – how far apart do they come out again?

Andrew: Six months.

Ben: Six months apart. Since they’re coming out six months apart, they’ll probably – they’re going to want to milk this for all it’s worth. So they’re going to release the first movie, then sometime in between there and the second movie, I bet they’re going to release the DVD. Then after the second movie comes out, they’re going to release the DVD for that. And then later on down the road, they’re going to release them packaged together.

Andrew: Complete collection.

Laura: Yep. Christmas time.

Andrew: [laughs] Exactly!

[Laura laughs]

Micah: So you see, financial gain.

Andrew: Yeah, I mean, you know…

Laura: I think it’s a win-win situation, honestly.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Ben: I think everybody wins, to be honest.

Andrew: Yeah, and that’s what I was saying to who? I guess maybe Matt I was saying that, everyone does win. I mean, who loses here? Seriously. The crew? [laughs] Who have to work for it?

Ben: Maybe.

Laura: Our wallets.

Matt: People who don’t have as much money to buy two DVDs?

Andrew: I guess. Everyone makes more money, MuggleCast will last an extra year. You know, everyone wins. Everyone wins.

Matt: But would that really make sense for them to release Part I and Part II separately, though?

Ben: Absolutely.

Laura: Yeah, I think they would.

Matt: Studios have been known to delay a DVD release for almost an entire year.

Laura: Yeah, I don’t know. I mean, I honestly like what Ben said about releasing them both separately and then around Christmas time releasing a box set. That makes the most sense to me.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: And also, look at all the collector editions and things they have. I mean, we just posted on MuggleNet the other day that they’re going to have the special Blu-ray books. And on top of this, Warner Brothers has a special Order of the Phoenix edition thing. You know, the timing isn’t – if, say the first part was coming out in June, I would say “Yeah, definitely. They’re definitely going to have Part I out for Christmas.” But I don’t know. The timing’s interesting as well.

Ben: You know what I really wish they would do? I wish they would take the Lord of the Rings model and release an extended edition. You know what I mean? For like the previous films. They should have done this all along. They should have had – because that would please the purists. You know what I mean?

Matt: Yeah.

Ben: You could go to the theater, see the two hour movie, the two-and-a-half movie or whatever, and then when it came out on DVD, you have something to look forward to. You know what I mean? Like, “Oh my gosh! Oh my gosh!” Imagine how excited the fans around MuggleNet, the people listening to this podcast would be if when the DVD came out, it was like seeing a whole other – a whole different film with more scenes added to it, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. And we also know from especially the first two films from the actors’ and crew’s interviews, that they have so many things that they shot that were taken out that were actually pretty good.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: But it was cut down for time. So we know at least Sorcerer’s Stone and Chamber of Secrets have those scenes just lying around somewhere in the studio.

Andrew: Yeah. Teri from Wisconsin writing in live via the MuggleCast feedback form: “Movie 2 will be released in” – oh no, Part II, she means – “will be released in 2011. That’s the 10-year anniversary of Movie 1. Time for an anniversary issue?” Yes. [laughs] Another edition to be released. Oh, it just…

Matt: God, it’s been 10 years.

Laura: Oh my gosh! That’s…

Matt: Just for the movies, not the books.

Laura: Oh! I feed old.

Andrew: Yeah. We’re going to – it’s going to be what? Thirteen years once the movies come out? Thirteen years since Sorcerer’s Stone, or fourteen years?

Ben: Andrew, what I want to talk about it what this means for us.

Andrew: What does this mean for us, Ben? Personally, I planned on ending next year. Like, that’s it. I’m throwing out my MuggleCast recording box out and being done with it.

Ben: Well…

Andrew: Will you be here in 2011?

Ben: Definitely. I’m never going away. I’m back for good, folks.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: You can’t get rid of me.

Andrew: Ben, will you go on the record now saying…

Micah: Can we quote you on that?

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. Will you go on the record now saying you’ll be on this week’s pre-recorded episode of MuggleCast 137?

Ben: I will not go on the record saying anything.

[Laura laughs]

Ben: Because, Andrew, I don’t want to disappoint the fans. What if tomorrow I’m driving and my car flips over, and I don’t make it to record the show?

Andrew: That’s very thoughtful.

Ben: You know what I mean? It just wouldn’t be very nice of me. But think about it…

Matt: Do you want to make a little nice goodbye on this episode, just in case?

Ben: Well, I think we should all say goodbye if that’s the case. I mean…

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Ben: You know, “God willing…”

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: But as I was saying, this means two more movie premieres which I am so excited about.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Because, I mean, the last two premieres have been two of the most fun times in my life. Because the first premiere was when I met Andrew…

Andrew: Oh!

Ben: …and I met so many people from MuggleNet.

Andrew: Emerson. Wait, was that…?

Ben: No, I met Emerson before that.

Andrew: That was the first time I met Emerson.

Ben: Then there was just so many times, so many good times at those movie premieres, it’s just really exciting. I can’t wait to go to them again.


Discussion: How to Make them Truly Separate?


Andrew: Yeah. It’s a very interesting vibe around the premieres. I mean, along the red carpet all the fans are there, of course. And everyone is just so excited. And Emerson always does his trademark revving up of the crowd [laughs] getting them all chanting “MuggleNet.” [laughs] Oh, which is always funny. Heyman Question Number Two: “How do you make them one but two separate and distinct stories?” I think this is a very interesting question, because, what do you do here?

Matt: So wait, they want them to be distinct?

Andrew: His words are: “How do you make them one but two separate and distinct stories?” So they have to be able to connect once they put them together on the DVD, but how do you make them separate in that people will be satisfied with each part? I mean, because there’s – this is a six-month difference you’re seeing each of these, so…

Laura: Well, I guess the best way I can think of doing that – and I mean, I’m not exactly sure how they’re going to film this and how it’s going to work, but instead of filming it in two parts, they should film it as one big movie and then cut it, I think.

Ben: Isn’t that probably what they’re going to do?

Laura: It would make the continuity better. I think so, but…

Matt: Yeah, they’re filming it all together.

Laura: Oh, they are? Okay, because I thought maybe with the six month difference they might take advantage of the time to do some additional filming after the first one comes out, so…

Matt: Well what they did with the other films is when they do a trilogy, or a series of films, is also that they change the main theme of the music in the films. Like each movie has its own certain theme. Like in the Harry Potter movies, Harry Potter 1 was mainly Hedwig’s Theme, second one was Fawkes and Lockhart, the third one was Double Trouble, whatever it was, was that what it was called?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Double, double. Yeah, that was a – oh, we won’t get into that…

Matt: So if they keep playing that in the background, it would probably…

Ben: Something wicked this way comes…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, imagine that, if they – if in the trailer, it was like a mash-up – I don’t know, is this what you’re trying to say Matt? It’s a mash-up of like all the soundtracks that we’ve heard so far. How cool would that be?

Ben: I don’t know how cool it would be, because I don’t know how cool those tracks go together.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: That’s true.

Ben: Hey guys, guys, Emma from Olympia, Washington has a good question. She was wondering “Which of your guys dream director would have been for Deathly Hallows?”

Andrew: David Yates, hands down.

Matt: Who?

Andrew: [laughs] David Yates.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: I’m sort of…

Ben: Actually, actually, I mean, I think he’s going to do a good job, but…

Laura: Yeah…

Ben: Part of me – part of me would just like to see Peter Jackson because he’s such a pimp.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Can I say pimp? Is that okay?

Andrew: Yeah, no, that’s fine.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: You just did.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I love David Yates, I think he did a really great job with Order of the Phoenix, I think these next two – or three movies, rather, are going to be phenomenal, but I’ve always wanted to see Terry Gilliam direct a Harry Potter film.

Matt: Really?

Ben: You have to remind me who that is.

Matt: Yeah, I could see that.

Laura: He was one of the Python cast, and he directs all these just bizarre and out there movies, but he just provides a very distinct personality to them, and I think he has a very offbeat way of directing that would have been great for Harry Potter. I think actually he was being considered at one point. I know J.K. Rowling said she wanted him to do it, but they – Warner Brothers didn’t want to use him because they thought he would be too mean with children, or something along those lines, so…

[Ben laughs]

Laura: Apparently he’s kind of a tyrant on set…

[Matt laughs]

Ben: Yeah.

Laura: But he produces great films.

Ben: Oh, guys, guys, Andre from Kansas has a really good question, I’m sorry Andrew if this makes you mad that I’m bringing up all these questions, but get over it. This is a really good question I have to ask.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Ben: Andre says: “How are they going to make sure non-fans understand the concept of two different films in promotion?” Or production. Either or.

Matt: They’re going to have big bold letters before each movie saying: “Part I” and “Part II.”

Ben: No, but don’t you think it would be confusing to some people? I think it would be.

Matt: They may make a montage before the Part II movie.

Andrew: I think…

Matt: Maybe a bad dream of all the stuff that happened to Harry and he wakes up or something…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Do you think they will do a recap in Part II?

Micah: Probably.

Matt: Or do you think it will go straight right into it?

Micah: You will probably get some scenes that are played at the beginning of the movie that kind of take you through what happened in the first part.

Ben: I think you have to.

Micah: Yeah, I agree. I agree with what Ben was saying – or to answer what Ben was saying before, I think that will be solved by having subtitles, and also – and one thing I think you could do though is, you could really break it up and say Part I was more about Harry learning about the Horcruxes, and maybe that’s how they will try and move it in that direction, and the second one is more about him finding them and destroying them.

Ben: That’s a good idea Micah.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s a very good point.

Ben: David Yates, Steve Kloves, Heyman, you listening to Micah Tannenbaum?

Andrew:

[laughs] Micah Tan, the MuggleCast newsman.

Micah: I want fifty percent of the revenue.

[Andrew, Ben and Matt laugh]

Ben: Hey, has Micah got anything out of Jo lately? Like “What’s Bugging Micah,” isn’t that what it’s called?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t know Micah, it’s been a bit of a loll, hasn’t it?

Micah: Yeah, she…

Ben: Yeah, Micah, go demand something.

Andrew: Ben, I got to…

Micah: Like a site update, with her thoughts on the split?

Andrew: Yeah, that would be nice. She should post her thoughts on the split. Although, we do that that the L.A. Times said that the – Heyman said that she was cool with it. She was quote on quote “Cool with it”. Yeah, I would like to hear her thoughts more in depth though.

Matt: What do you feel about the phrase? “Cool with it”, it just doesn’t seem like she’s that all real about…

Andrew: Yeah, I have a hard time picturing that phone conversation. [in a British accent] “‘ello Jo, what do you think of splitting it in two?” “It is cool…”

Ben: I’m cool with it.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: It is cool, man. It is cool.

Andrew: Ben…

Ben: She’s probably like, “That’s straight dude.” That is probably what she said…

Andrew: That is straight dude. [laughs] Yeah man.

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Micah – no not Micah – Andrew were you going to ask me a question?

Andrew: Well, I know Dumbledore is dead but I would love to know what he would think about that, if we were to ask him the question…

Ben: Oh man, It has been a while. [as Dumbledore] “It is our choices Harry…”

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Ben: “…far more then our abilities that determine what we truly are.”

Andrew: Ah, yes!

Ben: That quotes probably wrong. That quote is probably way off, get mad at me about it, write on my Facebook wall…

Andrew: But that is the one that you always say…

Ben: Really? Okay, good…

Andrew: You are promoting you’re Facebook an awful lot this episode. Are you low on friends?

Ben: Well, see that year – I haven’t been on in so long. I just need to boost my Facebook friend count. Just to help my self-esteem a little bit…

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Tomorrow’s feed is going to be like, Ben Schoen added 3,000 friends…

Ben: Yeah…

[Ben and Matt laugh]

Micah: We were actually going to ask Jim Dale about what he thinks about your Hagrid and Dumbledore…

Ben: Oh, you have to! Please, please, please…

[Laura and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: See, yeah…

Micah: How is Hagrid, Ben?

Andrew: Yeah, how is he?

Ben: [as Hagrid] “Great!”

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Hagrid needs some work. You have no idea how much time and effort goes into doing these impressions. You would be surprised…

[Andrew laughs]


Discussion: Suspense or Resolution?


Andrew: Heyman question number three! Do you break it with a moment of suspense, or one of resolution?

Laura: Suspense.

Andrew: I guess we were talking about this. But do you?

Laura: Yes.

Andrew: I don’t know because then you don’t fell completed.

Laura: But that’s the point, it is not supposed to fell complete. It is a two part movie…

Andrew: Laura, but look, you are sitting there in a threatre knowing you are going to have to wait another six or seven months to see the next part. Do you want to be hanging on the edge of your seat? And then for six, seven months…

Micah: She’s already read the book.

Laura: Well, yeah. I won’t be…

Matt: It’s not like she’s going to be biting her nails…

Laura: Because I am literate and I read…

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: But – Okay, fine you got me…

Matt: But we are going to be a little disapointed regardless because it is not going to be the entire story.

Ben: What do you mean?

Matt: Well, it’s halfway.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s not completed. That is way I am saying you should feel like there is a resolution, so you feel completed.

Laura: No, but see here’s the thing, I can just imagine if all of us somehow went and saw this movie, right when it came out, together. If it ened on a cliff hanger we would all come out of that threatre bubbling in excitment. If it ended in a resolution we would all be like, that was pretty good. But, I would much rather be excited for the second half.

Matt: Well, see…

Ben: I don’t Know…

Matt: I was talking to you about that. About part two of Pirates of the Carribean
and part three. Like at the very end when Barbossa comes back to life…

Laura: That was awesome…

Matt: It’s either an upset, or a cliff hanger that would just leave you off. So…

Laura: Yeah but there, yeah I agree but it still counted as a cliff hanger.

Matt: Yeah, but it is definitely going to be a cliff hanger. There are not many upsets in the middle of the book anyway. So…

Andrew: I am making a poll, keep talking.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Oh, okay…

[Prolonged silence]

Laura: It will be a cliff hanger.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: Yeah…

Matt: Yeah…

Laura: That is all I have to say…

Andrew: Micah your thoughts please.

Micah: Well. No, I think, based on the stuff we talked about, whether it is Harry saying the name Voldemort, and all those goons showing up and taking them to Malfoy Manor. That would definitely be a cliff hanger. Or even them walking into Malfoy Manor and the door closing behind them and that is the end of the first movie. I mean again another cliff hanger. I really cannot see it ending with some sort of resolution, because that is boring to be honest with you. It’s boring…

Matt: I agree with you Micah…

Micah: Thanks, which part?

Matt: The part where they are being taking to Malfoy as the cliff hanger because you could see them like talking, conversing inside. But weren’t they in a carriage, when they were taken off, or something?

Micah: I don’t remember.

Matt: Well they being carried in something, which would be kind of cool if they panned out, from them being carried away and then the camera just goes up this huge mansion, into Malfoy Manor, or something. And then it just ends right there.

Micah: Yep.

Laura: Hey, you guys. Sorry to interupt, but did you know that J.K. Rowling wrote into our MuggleCast Live address?

Andrew: No way!

Micah: Oh, wow.

Andrew: No way.

Laura: She says…

Micah: How’s she doing?

Laura: Yeah. She said: “Yo dog! I was not down with the split. I told that fool Heyman not to cut my work in two, but he said, ‘Chill, Jo! I needs to get paid.'”

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: ‘I needs to get paid’?

Ben: Wow. Looks like the truth finally comes out.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Someone check that IP address.

Matt: I didn’t Jo was from East Compton.

Laura: Thanks, Jo!

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Micah: Yeah. I was just going to say that.

Andrew: Does it say Wisconsin? Yeah.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]


Discussion: The Wait


Andrew: All right, well, next thing to discuss here – we’re out of Heyman questions. If he does another one on a future thing, I’ll do Heyman question number four! But, anyway, is the wait really that bad? This is another thing that people are particularly complaining about because they’re saying, “Oh, six months. Oh, man!” I’ll give my point of view, but first I want to hear you guys.

Laura: It doesn’t really bother me.

Matt: No.

Laura: I mean, if you think about it – I mean, I realize it’s all the same story and it would be great if they could come out at the same time, but six months is shorter than we’ve ever had to wait for a new movie before [laughs] so there’s an upside.

Ben: Yeah. Definitely look at it that way. Before, when we had to wait for movies – looking at it from a marketing perspective once again, six months is probably the most reasonable amount of time because any shorter than that is probably too short and any longer than that is probably going to be too long. If they wait – if they had a year of time in between the movies – like I said, it’s the same story, so I guess six months – think about how many movies you remember that you saw six months ago. I don’t know. I don’t see very many movies.

Matt: Well, it’s also being released in the holiday season for Part I and in the Summer for Part II. And I would definitely much rather watch the movie during my Winter break and my Summer break…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Oh, yeah. For sure.

Matt: … and have the excitement…

Micah: Well, I hope you’re out of college by then.

Andrew: Ooh. Um, burn?

Matt: Well, yeah. I’m going to be… [laughs]

Micah: I’m just joking.

[Laura laughs]

Micah: I’m joking!

Ben: Ooh, slam by Micah Tan!

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Micah: I’m just hoping – I’m hoping he’s going to graduate college by then. I mean, come on.

Andrew: Well, Micah, sorry we all can’t be in your position.

Micah: [laughs] Thanks.

Andrew: Mr. Ooh work!

Ben: Micah has a Master’s degree, guys. He’s better than us.

Andrew: He does, doesn’t he?

Ben: He’s the master. Everyone bow to the master. The master, Micah.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Bowing. Bowing.

Ben: Sorry. I’m done.

Andrew: Asterik bow. Little update from J.K. Rowling on the feedback form. She’s from Scotland this time. I think this is the real one. “Yo, yo, yo! I don’t appreciate ya’ll dissing my rep, yo!”

Sorry, Jo. It’s 2:41 AM over there. Why’s she up so late?

Ben: Well, see…

Laura: Maybe she’s writing.

Andrew: She could be. Her next children’s book.

Ben: Book eight!

Andrew: Book eight? [laughs]

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Book eight and movie nine. Movie nine and ten! Um, here’s my thing about the movie split. Why are people complaining? If you’re getting at least two and a half – you’re getting two more movies. So, why would you complain if you’re getting at least one two hour movie and then a second two and a half hour Movie 6 months later? When in the meantime, between all the other films, we’ve been waiting at least a year, sometimes two years. I don’t get it!

Ben: Because people are complainers. They always find reasons to complain.

Andrew and

Matt:

Yeah.

Ben: That’s how people are. People are going to find a way to whine and complain about anything. It doesn’t matter if they – there is no perfect formula for something like this. There’s nothing that’s going to please everyone. I mean, if they did just one film people are going to bitch and if they do six films people are going to cry about it. It doesn’t matter. People are going to whine no matter what.

Matt: That’s just the way it is. Let’s face it, our fandom is really…

Laura: Whiny?

Matt: Oh my god. Is that Evanna Lynch? Did she just write to us?

Andrew: Don’t get people’s hopes up.

Matt: Um, Evanna from Ireland? She says: “Hello, MuggleCasters. It’s Evanna Lynch. I love your show. I’ve been listening since Episode 50. I just wanted to say ‘Hi’ to all you guys.”

Andrew: No we’re – Uh, that’s not her real e-mail address. I don’t think…

Ben: Guys…

Matt: Not her?

Andrew: …that’s her. [laughs]

Matt: You guys, I’m to easily distracted. You can’t do that to me. Stop sending in fake e-mails!

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Or I could be completely wrong and that could be her, but I don’t know if she…

Matt: I blame Andrew if it’s really you Evanna.

Andrew: No. I don’t think it’s really her. I reasonably – if I was a betting man, I would say that’s not her.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Matt: You’re a cheating man, Andrew.

Andrew: Hey, by the way, for the record, anyone want to compliment me? I’m pretty sure I did call this a couple months ago.

Laura: I wonder why you called it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Why? Go ahead, Laura. Tell the world. [whispers] Because I’m smart.

Laura: Because, well, I don’t want to rat you out.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: I feel like I’m going to get you in trouble.

Andrew: Okay, Laura. Yeah. All right. Whatever, Laura.

Ben: What happened? What did Andrew call? I’m confused.

Andrew: Lately, I’ve been…

Micah: He called the split.

Andrew: Lately, I’ve been starting things by saying “If I was a betting man…” and I would give people some fun facts. But it’s only if I was a betting man. I’ll tell you later.

Micah: If I was a betting man…

Ben: Oh, so you’re not a betting man?

Andrew: No, I am.

Micah: No, he is.

Andrew: I’ll explain it to you later.

Micah: If he was a betting man that went to the set of Half-Blood Prince

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: No, if I was a betting man who went to the set of Order of the Phoenix, because that one’s not embargoed anymore.

Micah: Oh. Well, yeah.

Ben: So Andrew, so Andrew, so you’ve got three more sets to go to, is that how it’s going to shape up?

Andrew: [laughs] Three more sets, baby!

Ben: Or two more sets, actually.

Andrew: Oh yeah, two.

Ben: Actually, I’m going to both of them.

Andrew: No, actually, I’m on Half-Blood Prince right now. I’m on Half-Blood Prince right now. I’m here. Live., not funny, okay.

Ben: Yeah, not at all.

MuggleCast 136 Transcript (continued)


Discussion: The Trailers


Andrew: Another question we should talk about – Matt and I were discussing this yesterday. The trailers – okay, so we have a trailer for Part I. Now I’m thinking that there will be a trailer for Part II at the end of Part I. Because it’s six months beforehand, and that’s usually when the trailers come out for the films. At least six months before the film comes out.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Now Matt, what’s your argument, which is absurd?

Matt: It’s not absurd!

[Ben laughs]

Matt: I just think that since six months usually the rule when they release the theatrical trailer for a film – or no, teaser trailer – they’re just going to debut it for Part I of Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows, the first part. Do you know what I’m talking about?

Ben: I don’t think that’s really that absurd. I mean…

Laura: I don’t think that’s a bad idea at all.

Ben: I mean, it’d be a nice little preview at the end, if they put it at the end of the movie just as a…

Andrew: But Matt’s saying you’d put it before the movie.

Matt: Well see, Andrew was telling me that people who haven’t read the book or don’t know the story would be confused, when they haven’t seen the first part yet and they’re watching the trailer for the second part. Yet…

Andrew: Matt’s saying the preview for Part II would play during the trailers of Part I, before Part I even plays.

Ben: Absolutely not. Sorry Matt, that’s absurd.

[Andrew and Ben laugh]

Laura: I think it’s more likely that they would play it after the film.

Andrew: Right.

Ben: Yeah. That way would tend to make sense.

Andrew: It just doesn’t make sense. See, but I do understand what you’re saying, Matt, because a trailer’s a trailer and normally a trailer would be played at the beginning. But in this case, I just don’t think it would work. But at the same time, you have to think that since they are going to be playing this Part II trailer in movies that aren’t Harry Potter, how do you set that up? I mean, you really do have to create two separate plotlines for the film, so it’s completely understandable.

Laura: They could have flashbacks from Part I, like a few seconds at the beginning of the trailer.

Andrew: Oh, I hate flashbacks! Flashbacks in trailer are the worst, because in trailers you want to see the new stuff, you don’t want to see stuff you already saw!

Ben: Well, I mean, a brief flashback.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They’re filming the whole movie at once, though. So they’re probably going to…

Andrew: Yeah, but obviously they’re going to film all the scenes in Part I first, and then…

Matt: They don’t do that, they didn’t do that for Lord of the Rings.

Ben: Yeah.

Andrew: Oh, really?

Ben: That’s not how they do it, I don’t think that’s how they do it.

Matt: They film – they film like the first – they filmed Movie 3 before they started filming actually the first scenes in the first movie.

Ben: Well, I mean, I’m guessing when they film a Harry Potter movie, they don’t start at the beginning, I mean, there are certain scenes that probably – I mean, it all depends. They have someone who plans it all out, I doubt they say, “Okay…” Because, imagine if you have two scenes in the Great Hall, they’re probably going to do all the Great Hall scenes at once or something, you know? I’m guessing.

Andrew: Yeah, that would – yeah, that would make sense.

Matt: Mhm. Well, because they tear down whatever they film that they don’t need anymore. So it’s just smart to say that they would film all the Great Hall scenes, all at once and then go to another set.

Andrew: Well, but the Great Hall is permanent, that’s one of the permanent fixtures.

Matt: Okay, well, I’m sorry…

Andrew: I do see what you’re saying, though, I do understand what you’re saying.

Matt: The Weasley House.

Andrew: Sure, sure.

Matt: Sure.

Ben: Sure!

Matt: I’m so going to rub it in if they debut it first, before the movie. Just telling you that.

Ben: Yeah, yeah. If I was a betting man, I’d put all my money on that not happening.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Ben, that’s my thing!

Ben: I’m sorry.

Andrew: I don’t go anywhere near your Gimme a Butterbeer thing, so…

Ben: Oh, don’t you even!

Andrew: [laughing] What? What?

Ben: Don’t you even! Don’t you even think about it!

Andrew: [laughs] What! Don’t you even go near my – thing!

Ben: No, but that’s not a butterbeer, though. That’s like – I don’t know. Give me a butterbeer.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: How about this, how about this – instead of a trailer debut after the film, how about a five-minute preview or little clip of the next film?

Laura: Ehh…

Andrew: [movie trailer voice] And now, your sneak peak at Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part II!

Matt: Like, they give you the first chapter of the next book at the end of the epilogue in a book series.

Ben: Yeah – why didn’t they do that? I mean, why didn’t Jo do that with Deathly Hallows? Not Deathly Hallows, but with the other books?

Matt: She probably hadn’t written it yet.

Laura: Is – yeah.

Ben: Probably because it’s not practical.

Laura: I don’t think it would usually be the authors who would do that. It’s usually the publisher that adds it in. And it’s usually done on books that have been out for a while. Like I don’t think they’ve actually…

Ben: Books that are…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: What about Twilight?

Ben: And books that are not really as…

Laura: Yeah.

Ben: Good or as popular as Harry Potter.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. The thing is, they want to keep the suspense up for Harry Potter. So…

Ben: Well think about Harry Potter. I honestly believe – I’ve been thinking about this more and more – and I was talking to a girl who goes to my high school the other day, and I was like, “People who have not read Harry Potter have missed out on the biggest cultural phenomenon of all time.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: They’re absolutely insane for not having read it, because it’s just one of those things that everybody loves! I have not met someone who has read the books, and is like, “Those really suck.” Everyone’s like – it’s always praise, it’s always, “Wow! I couldn’t put it down!” and, I don’t know. If you haven’t read it, you suck. Plain and simple.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: And I mean even if people picked it up and started reading it now, it’s not the same. You know?

Ben: No, definitely not! Because think about – like I said, I always talk about how we are living in such a unique time, because we knew what it was like to not know how Harry Potter ended. You know? It’s kind of like the people who were around when Lord of the Rings was first coming out. They didn’t know how it ended and so it was really a unique time. People missed out. I didn’t, but sucks to be them.

[Laura and Micah laughs]

Andrew: I was thinking yesterday, that this is really – when this announcement was revealed from the L.A. Times yesterday, this is really the biggest thing we’re going to have in a while.

Laura: Oh.

Andrew: And I say that completely unenthusiastically because these big news days are always so great in the fandom.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, it is kind of a shame. What else do we have to look forward to? The Dumbledore being gay thing – I hate to bring it up again, but it came out of nowhere and it was such a big thing in the fandom. It felt like a huge news story. I was running down the streets of New York City and I was skipping! Wasn’t I, Laura?

Laura: Yes, you were.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Singing it through the streets!

Ben: Andrew, I’m sorry, but I wouldn’t tell people that.

Matt: Yeah, I was just thinking I wouldn’t say that.

Andrew: We’re all friends here.

Matt: Probably not something you want to reveal!

Ben: Well I mean, here’s what’s going to happen; we’ll wait a few months and when Jo decides another character is gay…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah!

[Laura laughs]

Ben: Then we’ll flare up, and that’s what will happen.

Andrew: Isn’t it amazing that she has that power, though? She can create so much activity and hype out of just one little thing.

Ben: The next thing will be James Potter was a serial killer bo profession. Or something insane…

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Ben: …that shakes the foundations of the fandom.

Micah: She like to…

Laura: We always wondered what his job was.

Andrew: That’s true. Micah Tan?

Ben: I had a question – oh Micah go ahead.

Micah: I was just going to say, she likes throwing things out there. Look at Aberforth.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah!

[Laura laughs

Andrew: There’s always these random little things!

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Did you honestly think I was going to let it go by without mentioning him and his goats?

Andrew: No. Because you love those goats…

Ben: I’ve got a question.

Andrew: …more than Aberforth.

Ben: I’ve got a question, guys.

Andrew: What?

Ben: I don’t know if you guys ever talked about this – if we talked about it and I wasn’t on that episode, but did the gay thing with Dumbledore kind of give a lot of field to the Christian Right and the people who hate Harry Potter?

Andrew: It did.

Ben: Do you know what I mean? It’s just like, Harry Potter‘s already about witchcraft and now there’s homosexuals in it! So if your kids read Harry Potter, they’re going to become witches and homosexuals! You know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Gay wizards.

Andrew: That’s true.

Laura: You know what? The thing is though, I feel like with people who already have that view towards Harry Potter, you can’t reason with them anyway, so you might as well just go all out with it. Kick Dumbledore out of the closet and just make a rude hand gesture at the idiots and…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Ben: Do you guys know what we haven’t done in a while? Called Laura Mallory.

[Ben and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Called Laura Mallory! Oh no. I don’t really want to try to call her but…

Laura: No!

Andrew: Well…

Ben: But I love her though! She’s so sweet.

Laura: It’s ten o’clock! You can’t call her!

Andrew: It’s ten o’clock. Well, you know…

Laura: She’s probably put her kids to bed…

Andrew: Let’s just do it, just for fun, I mean…

Laura: Oh! You guys, don’t do that.

Andrew: We’ve done it so many – Why?

Matt: Don’t do it!

Laura: It’s too late. [laughs]

Andrew: It’s too late! You’re concerned about the time of night?

Laura: What?

Ben: It’s Laura Mallory, come on!

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: It’s rude!

Andrew: It’s rude, it’s rude!?

Ben: Let’s wait a few hours.

Andrew: Good idea.

Matt: Laura, what’s the curfew in Georgia, anyway?

Andrew: Yeah! It’s like 7 PM.

Laura: Well, everything closes at like 8 o’clock, so she’s probably fast asleep by now.

Andrew: Ooh, snap.

Matt: Ooh.

Andrew: But – yeah, let’s not call her, actually. We’ve done that enough.


Calling Jamie


Ben: Let’s call Jamie though. I miss Jamie.

Andrew: You want to call Jamie?

Matt: Yeah, let’s call Jamie.

Laura: Yeah, it’s not like he…

Andrew: We’ll call Jamie.

Laura: Yeah, it’s not like he hasn’t called you at odd hours of the morning.

Andrew: Jamie does call me at odd hours of the night!

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: What time does he call you?

Andrew: Oh, he’ll call me – well, actually he’ll call me when it’s 4 AM his time. Because he’s having fun in England. Jamie – see, here’s the thing with Jamie; I asked him to be on the show today. He has a thesis paper to complete and he’s been working all…

Matt: For his major.

Andrew: For his major. It’s very important. And he has been working on it for the past few days straight and he said, “No, I’ve really got to finish this.” so – I didn’t tell him we were going to call. I don’t know if anybody IMed him and told him we were going to call, but let’s just see what happens.

[Phone rings]

Andrew: These English phones!

Jamie: Hello?

Andrew: Jamie?!

Laura: Jamie!

Jamie: Hey! What’s up?

Andrew: Jamie…

Ben: How’s your thesis, dawg?

Jamie: Uh, it sucks, dawg!

[Laura laughs]

Jamie: Is this live on air?

Andrew: Yes, this is live on air! [laughs]

Jamie: Oh all right. I won’t say what I was going to say about my thesis then.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Jamie: I can’t talk about that. In other words – no, in that case, it’s going very, very, very well. Yeah, I’m really enjoying it.

Andrew: Good, good. Are you working on it right now or did we wake you up?

Jamie: No, you didn’t wake me up. What I’m doing actually, is I’m taking a break from my thesis to write a two thousand word paper that also has to be handed in in ten hours.

Andrew: Oh.

Ben: That’s a nice break.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s good.

Jamie: Sorry? What?

Ben: I said, “That’s a nice break, isn’t it?”

Jamie: It is a very nice break, yeah. All I can think about is, it has to be handed in by twelve, so I can’t wait til 12:01 when I can go and enjoy myself. But with this paper, I’ve been trying to work out what, in my degree, I can screw up and still come out with a good mark. And this paper fortunately, I can put it on the list of things I can screw up. So I don’t think I’m going to spend too much time on this. I’m going to go back to the stuff that’s actually important.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Jamie: What’s up?

Andrew: We know you’re busy but before we let you go, since this is a live show, we’re talking about the movie split, can we have your thoughts real quick?


Jamie’s Thoughts on the Movie Split


Jamie: It’s cool. [laughs]

Andrew: It’s cool? That’s what J.K. Rowling said! Oh my God! All you English people.

Ben: Jamie, for some reason you sound like you’re strapped for time. It sounds like you waited til like three days ago to start your thesis or something maybe.

Jamie: Well, Ben, Ben, I can tell you haven’t been on the show for long, your A-game material is pretty low.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Do you think you could come out with something better for Episode 138? I suggest you get some practice in or something. You know…

Andrew: Jamie is very stressed.

Ben: You can tell how stressed he is, guys. It’s okay, Jamie. You don’t have to turn bitter towards me. It’s okay.

[Jamie laughs]

Andrew: Anyway…

Jamie: No, no, I think it’s cool. I think it’s cool. I think Warner Brothers has finally realized that people just want to see awesomeness, which normally translates to more and more time spent on preparing battle and for example the bridge collapsing, that sure is going to be expensive but it’s going to be worth it, because everyone’s going to love it. I’m pleased with two films. Two trips to the theatre, two premieres.

Andrew: Exactly!

Jamie: You know?

Andrew: Exactly, man.

Jamie: Two’s always better than one, right?

Andrew: Right! Exactly. Nobody can lose in this situation, right? Everybody’s making money, everyone’s podcasting longer, everyone’s running their websites longer.

Jamie: I’m sure there’s a few people who aren’t happy, Andrew.

Andrew: [laughs] Well I’ll tell you what. You come up with a list of people and we will discuss that on the next show you’re on.

Jamie: Wow. Okay.

Andrew: We’ll…

Jamie: I’m going to come up with a list of everyone who’s unhappy.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, I was saying the crew would probably be unhappy, but I mean, everyone is making more money…

Jamie: True.

Andrew: Who loses?

Jamie: True. What’s up with you guys then?

Andrew: We’re just podcasting. Being celebs.

Jamie: Really?

Andrew: I have to say, Jamie, everyone’s very excited that you’re on right now. I’m not looking at the chat but everyone was hoping you were going to be on the show today.

Jamie: Well, I’m pleased to be half-back. Kind of back.

Andrew: Half-back. [laughs]

Jamie: Back, yeah. It’s great.

Andrew: Back, but on the telephone.

Matt: Is this really a surprise, Jamie, that we called you?

Jamie: Well, it said ‘unknown,’ and I know that Skype says ‘unknown,’ but recently I’ve been telling Ben I’ve been staying up late doing my thesis and that I’m stressed, and most people would be consenting to my cause, but it could have been Ben calling me to try to rile me up, a couple of times.

Micah: Well, you just generally pick up phone calls from unknown people, don’t you?

Jamie: Well, it’s not particularly dangerous.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: It’s not dangerous unless someone gave out your number – Ben!

Jamie: No! If someone gave out my number, that would suck.

Andrew: Ben gave out my phone number, so…

Jamie: Well, actually…

Andrew: I still get calls.

Ben: Miker?

Jamie: I didn’t say that, Ben.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Anyway, Jamie…

Ben: I love you, Jamie. I love you.

Jamie: Whatever.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: You know you love me! Don’t even go there! You know you love me!

Jamie: Don’t even go there, man! You American men! Dude…

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Anyway…

Ben: Sorry, guys. He’s obviously stressed out, forgive him please.

Jamie: I am stressed out! I am stressed out! I keep getting these moments of panic when I’ll go into a comfort zone and I’ll be like, “I love my life.” And then two seconds later I’ll remember I’ve got to write a million words before twelve o’clock.

Andrew: Yeah.

Jamie: It sucks, it sucks.

Andrew: Yeah.

Ben: Well, maybe if you had started sooner. I hate to be Captain Obvious…

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Perhaps, Ben, perhaps…

Ben: I’m just kidding! I love you. I love you. I’m kidding, Jamie.

Jamie: You’ve already said this, but I know I should have started earlier. It’s ridiculous saying that it’s like if someone…

Ben: I know, but it’s fun to watch you get riled up.

Andrew: Guys, leave…

Jamie: But I’m not riled up, now, Ben. I feel sorry for you!

Ben: We’ll call it that. It’s okay…

Andrew: All right, we’ll end it here before you guys are FaceBook poking each other in a poking war. Jamie, we’ll let you go. Best of luck with your thesis, dude, seriously.

Jamie: Thank you, thank you.

Andrew: Unlike Ben, I understand that it’s important.

Jamie: Enjoy the show. Bye!

Andrew: Bye, Jamie.

Laura: Bye, Jamie.

Micah: Bye.

Andrew: Ben, why do you have to do that to him? He’s stressed!

Ben: Okay, you don’t understand. Every time Jamie gets on AIM, he messages me and tries to rile me up.

[Andrew laughs]

Ben: So I rile him back.

Andrew: Funny, funny. Anyway…

Ben: It’s a total war we have going on. We love each other though.

Andrew: I know. We know you guys do. Anyway, glad we got him on. He answered pretty quick too. I was expecting him to take forever to answer.

Ben: Guys, you know who we should call?

Andrew: Who?

Ben: Kevin Steck! I haven’t heard from him in a while!

Andrew: Kevin Steck?

Ben: Yeah!

Andrew: No, Kevin Steck will never be on this show again.

Ben: [as Kevin] Andrew, I am here!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Kevin Steck is joining us! Hey!

Ben: [as Kevin] I think Deathly Hallows is a good movie. Thanks. Bye.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Well said!

Matt: It’s like a voice-mail message.

Ben: Oh, Kevin’s actually going to be on in the next half-hour?

Andrew: No! No.

Ben: Oh, no way.

Andrew: That’d be silly.

Matt: You’re such a tease!


Muggle Mail: Potter at the Oscars


Andrew: [laughs] Okay, so let’s wrap up this discussion a little bit and then we’re going to take a break and regroup here. One last e-mail I guess we’ll talk real quick about – Oscars. Ashley, 27, of Salem, Oregon wrote in via the MuggleCast feedback,

“Exciting news today! I was hoping that the seventh movie would get some recognition from the Academy a la ‘Return of the King’. How do you think splitting the movie in two will affect its chances of winning gold? I feel like, especially with the first part in November and the second part in May instead of the other way around, the chances are slim and the movie will get any nods at all.”

Won’t get any nods at all – I guess she means.

“Interested to hear what you all think. Love the show!”

I don’t know. Matt, you’re up on this Oscar stuff. What do you think it means?

Matt: To be honest, I don’t really think it applies to Harry Potter. With just the acting. Because it’s not a really character – well-acted on the kids’ parts, I hate to say. Maybe they would just get nods. They would definitely just get nods for the first film.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Part II is too late for Academy Awards because it’ll be released right after the Academy Awards of 2011. It’s really the only speculation we could probably have mostly is whatever happens in part one of the movie.

Andrew: Good point.

Laura: Am I remembering correctly or did it get a nod for Prisoner of Azkaban special effects?

Matt: Yeah, well, that’s what I’m saying…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Nods for special effects and set design and costume.

Andrew: But it won’t win.

Matt: I’m thinking mainly with actors or director – I mean, no offense to David Yates – since none of the other films have gotten a nod. And I believe that every single director were awesome directors regardless of people’s opinions on how the Harry Potter film went. They’re all really great directors and they didn’t even get one nod.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I’m with you on that one. I don’t see Harry Potter as ever getting any big Oscar wins or anything like that sadly.

Andrew: No.

Matt: But wasn’t – I think John Williams was the highest for getting a nod for Best Film score. I think that’s the closest we’ll get for a popular genre for people that get nods for.

Laura: I don’t know.

Matt: Wasn’t he nodded? I think he was. For like, “Hedwig’s Theme.” I think that was nominated.

Andrew: Yeah, I think you may be right. Hey, we’re going to take a break now, but before that Laura and Ben have got to hop off because it is midterms time and they have some studying to do.

Laura: That’s right.

Andrew: So, Laura and Ben, thank you for joining us this evening.

Laura: Mhm.

Ben: I’m glad to be back, I’m glad to rear my – not ugly, but pretty head, I guess?

[Everyone laughs]

Ben: Thanks again. I’m glad to be back guys. I’m glad to do this. It was fun. It was a lot of fun.

Andrew: It was fun!

Ben: It’s good to talk about Harry Potter again.

Andrew: It was. Yeah.

Laura: Yep.

Andrew: And I guess we’ll see you when the next gay character is announced.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Ben: Yep! See you then!

Andrew: All right, thanks guys!

Ben: Bye, everybody!

Laura: Bye, everybody!

Andrew: Bye, Laura. Bye, Ben. Love you!

Laura: Love you too! Bye!

Andrew: All right, everyone. We are going to take a quick break, but when we come back we are going to introduce two more hosts that are going to be joining us and we’ll be taking your calls. It’s 10:04! MuggleCast Live! We’ll be back in just a few minutes! You’re listening to MuggleCast Live!

[“Have a Nice Day” by Bon Jovi plays]

[“See You Again” by Miley Cyrus plays]


Back To The Show


Andrew: MuggleCast Live! 10:14 Eastern on the Eastern coast, as I just said. Welcome back to the show everyone! A couple more people have joined us since the break. First up, Eric Scull!

Eric: Hi, everybody!

Andrew: Eric Scull! How are you doing, buddy? How was Lost?

Eric: Lost was okay. There were sort of two big reveals. I liked the first one and not the second.

Andrew: Oh! Can you spoil it for everyone?

Micah: Don’t spoil it!

Andrew: No, no! Spoil it for everyone. [laughs]

Eric: I’m not going to spoil it. Not going to spoil it. Lost is available on iTunes tomorrow for $1.99.

Andrew: [laughs] And how much is Apple paying for you to say that?

Eric: You know, I wish they were paying more than, one penny. And they’re not even paying a penny. So, I wish they were paying more than nothing.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay.

Eric: Free plug there.

Andrew: Okay, next, the other person who is joining us this week – this is like a double whammy. I’m loving this show. We’re getting some people back!

Micah: But it’s funny, because we kind of…

Andrew: Spoiled it already!

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Eric: We’re supposed to be going.

Andrew: Kevin Steck has returned.

Kevin: Hello!

Matt: Yay!

Andrew: Kevin! Kevin Steck!

Kevin: Can you guys hear me?

Andrew: Yes. We can hear you. How are you doing?

Kevin: Pretty well.

Andrew: It’s been a while. How long has it been, Kevin? I forget.

Kevin: Oh, it’s been months!

Andrew: Months, yeah.

Kevin: Probably four or five months.

Matt: At least a week.

Andrew: [laughs] At least a week!

Kevin: Yeah.

Eric: I call Kevin every week, and I say, “Dude, I miss you.”

Andrew: Do you really?

Eric: I do!

Kevin: Yeah, he’s crying all the time.


Friendly Reminders from Eric Scull


Andrew: Speaking of that, Eric, calling people – I don’t like bringing personal issues on the show, but it was Sunday morning. I’m resting peacefully because I put MuggleCast up the night before and I always rest peacefully the night after I release MuggleCast – and I wake up around 9:30 to my Apple iPhone ringing. It’s Eric Scull. I don’t answer it because I’m half asleep, I’m like “Whatever.” I roll over and go back to bed. I listened to your voice-mail and you called me to tell me to put my clock forward an hour. Why?

[EVeryone laughs]

Eric: Well, Andrew, I actually…

Micah: Don’t you know the iPhone is smart enough to do that, Eric?

Andrew: [laughs] Yes, exactly.

Eric: Wait, this is two separate questions! Is the iPhone actually smart enough to do that?

Andrew: Yes!

Eric: Damn it! Okay, fine.

Andrew: Well, it’s a cell phone! All cell phones do that!

Eric: Right, right, of course, the iPhone. What does that thing not do? Okay, but seriously – well, Andrew, when I had first called you – which was when I went to Andrew Sims in my little contacts – I didn’t – I had to touch the buttons to do that. I couldn’t just touch the screen…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: …like iPods.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: I’m very happy with my phone. It’s a Motorola KRZR. When I called you, I had other intentions entirely. I was going to tell you something. I forget exactly what I was going to tell you.

Andrew: Oh, I see.

Eric: But, see, by the time I actually – I had something in mind to tell you and then by the time the voice-mail went on I was like, “What am I going to do?” so I decided then to tell you what I had just found out, which was that the time…

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Actually, yeah, you know what, Andrew? I’ll lie and it’ll be a better story. I knew you were sleeping in and I just wanted to remind you…

Andrew: Oh, thank you.

Eric: That you were – that morning – you were going to sleep in an extra hour longer than you’d planned to.

Andrew: Thank you. That’s very kind.

Eric: Sure.

Andrew: But let’s get right back into our DH discussion, being split in two. Kevin and Eric, I don’t know if you guys heard, but the movie is going to be split in two. I don’t know if you guys knew this.

Kevin: I heard, definitely, yeah.

Andrew: Kevin, we’ll start…

Kevin: It’s been all over the news.


Kevin’s Reaction


Andrew: Yeah, it has. Kevin, we’ll start with your reactions.

Kevin: I like it.

Andrew: From a computer programmer’s standpoint, from the standpoint of a minority of Windows users in this Skype chat, how do you feel?

Eric: Including me! Including me.

Andrew: Yeah. Including you.

Kevin: Linux. And Linux, come on.

Andrew: And Linux, of course. How do you see this split?

Kevin: I like it because I think they’ll have more time to devote to the last movie. I think it could do nothing but good.

Andrew: Yeah. And Eric?


Eric’s Reaction


Eric: I think a lot of people are upset about the four month difference, which I have no problem with – in releasing in the movies, I mean, that kind of made sense to me when they said D.H. would be split and then one’s releasing, what? In November 2010? May 2011? Is that what the deal is?

Andrew: That’s correct. That is correct.

Kevin: Yeah, it is.

Eric: That’s six months apart.

Matt: Yeah. It’s six months.

Eric: All the same, no. I think David Yates directing again is another good sign to me. I really like the Order of the Phoenix movie. I thought at least he can handle the material pretty well.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So actually I just think exactly what everyone I guess has been saying on the show – gives it more ability to focus and keep everything in, gives it more time – and it was about time they announced something. If you look at MuggleNet’s main page, almost – I’d say at least sixty percent of those articles are somebody whispering to someone else at the last minute, “Yeah, D.H.? Psst!”

Andrew: Yeah. And the funny thing is that, just that morning, SnitchSeeker reported that Matt Lewis revealed it to someone too and after that I was thinking to myself…

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: …”Okay, W.B.! Come on! It’s time. You’ve had at least four leaks at this point from crew, from your own cast…

Eric: Exactly.

Andrew: …from these tabloids and then Barron and Heyman were – we discussed in that interview with them a few weeks ago, it’s like “Come on! It’s time! Just do it!”

Eric: Everybody was saying it.

Andrew: Be Nike and just do it!

Eric: Just do it. Exactly. Just like Nike. I have to tell the listeners just now that they’ve been saved from a two and a half minute spiel which would have said exactly what you just said, Andrew, in your twenty-five seconds or so – which is basically just what everybody’s whispering – it’s just W.B., just do it. So, I’m very happy with this announcement.

Andrew: Me too.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Me too.


Lengths of the Movies


Matt: But what do you guys necessarily think – because in some of the interviews they said about being split in two I don’t know if it was David Barron or Steve Kloves, but they mentioned that the split is giving them a more chance to relax. I seem to think it’s going to be more kind of hectic that they have actually more stuff to do.

Kevin: Well, I think the relaxtion would come from the fact that they don’t have to pay as much attention to what details they integrate into the films. They’re given, basically, double the time for a single book.

Andrew: Mm.

Kevin: But now they don’t have to be as nit-picky about which details they choose to exclude and include into the movie.

Matt: Yeah.

Kevin: Takes the pressure off a bit.

Eric: Well, that’s the other question though. Will they use the time? I mean, are we looking at two two and a half hour movies here? Two two-hour movies?

Andrew: We…

Eric: Because if they do two ninety minute movies or the battles – that’ll be horrible…

Andrew: We did discuss this earlier…

Eric: …then I’ll have an issue with it.

Andrew: …Micah?

Micah: Um. No, yeah, Eric, we talked a little about it before because Alan Horn, who’s the President and, I guess, Chief Operating Officer for Warner Brothers was quoted in that L.A. Times article as saying, “They will have at least an hour and half more to work with now.” So I don’t know how you would take that…

Andrew: Telling.

Micah: …as far as how long…

Eric: Okay.

Micah: …the first movie will be but you’re guaranteed that the second movie will be…

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: …at least 90 minutes, so.

Matt: And they haven’t even really confirmed that both movies will be the same length.

Micah: I don’t…

Andrew: Presumably they would.

Eric: No, I don’t think you can until the finished cut product…

Andrew: I think presumably they would be though, wouldn’t they? I mean…

Eric: Same length? Or…

Andrew: Yeah, because I think you’re trying to find some balance. Although, I guess I can see how the second one would be longer because also you’re including…

Eric: It depends how they cut it.

Matt: I think what will really – when they said hour and a half extra, I think they meant that the second one will be at least an hour and a half if not more.

Eric: Or 90 minutes. The good thing about this is instead of worrying about what makes the cut, you know in the news articles they say – there were some things in Book 7 you just can’t take stuff out of – because there’s no other movie to explain it, you know. So, instead of worrying about what makes the cut of the films, you’re now worried about what makes the cut of the first film or what makes the cut of the second one. You’re basically guaranteed that whatever they deem important is – a lot more things are able to make it into the movies.

Kevin: I also find it hard to believe that they would split the movie and make each ninety minutes long, because…

Eric: Yeah.

Kevin: …they could have fit that into a single movie. They have to justify splitting it into two movies.

Eric: My feelings.

Kevin: I think time is their justification.

Micah: Right. I mean, what do you guys think about the standard now? I mean, they – we were talking about this before but the bar has been raised massively now. I mean, they have really no wiggle room, no room for error, because they’re taking this upon themselves to split it into two. They have to get everything in possible.

Eric: How – how so?

Micah: What do you mean?

Eric: I mean – oh okay. So you’re saying that they have to get everything in now. What exactly are you saying when – when you say that?

Micah: Well I’m saying that you’re looking at the fact that they took the movie and they’re splitting it into two parts and…

Matt: They don’t have an excuse.

Micah: Arguably they’re both going to be longer than two hours. They don’t – exactly Matt. They don’t have an excuse for not including something major or – or the fans want in this film.

Eric: Okay.

Micah: They cannot afford to not do that.

Eric: Okay because you’re foreseeing an army of fans that are very upset that they’re going to have to wait six months extra, plus the addition of a movie ticket cost, you know that sort of thing or not.

Andrew: Basically. No that’s pretty much it.

Micah: I’m just talking about it including everything possible in these final two films.

Eric: Yeah. They have to make it worth our while I think.

Matt: They know that they – that we’re going to be completely judgmental, I mean just by us alone. We’re totally going to have way more expectations out of this movie.

Eric: Actually I have less. I’m really happy that they did this and I think it was dragged on so long that maybe when I first heard it I wouldn’t have liked it and I think I probably did say I didn’t like it. Now I’m feeling like maybe it’s the better thing to do because we haven’t really tried this with any of the movies before. Yeah do I wish they would’ve maybe done this with the earlier movies, maybe. But you know this is Book 7, I mean Movie 7 is a movie on its own. So we’ll see how this happens. We’ll see how this works.

Andrew: Yeah, should we talk more about…


The Cast


Matt: What do you guys – oh sorry.

Andrew: No go ahead please. No you probably had a better question, I insist.

Matt: Oh, I was just thinking how big this cast is going to be because are they going to include – are they going to do all the casting all at once? Because this is like two movies and they introduce Griphook. Didn’t Verne Troyer who played Mini-Me – is he playing Griphook?

Eric: I heard that.

Matt: Because he played him in the first movie.

Eric: Oh did he?

Micah: Right, you’re looking at an all inclusive cast I think.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I mean they’re bringing everybody back.

Eric: But for which part, is the other question?

Kevin: I think they would do it for both parts.

Micah: Well…

Kevin: It seems to me what they’re going to do is they’re going to film it all at the same time…

Andrew: They are.

Kevin: …and then cut it down the center just like they did with – I think Lord of the Rings did that. Where the movies were all filmed…

Matt: They didn’t – I don’t think they included the cast members that weren’t introduced yet.

Kevin: They don’t – they don’t have to. But they can film it all at the same time.

Matt: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah.

Eric: That’s not exactly what I’m saying. I’m saying when the movie itself is cut – if the movie follows the book, Movie 1 is going to be really drawn out and boring and Movie 2 is going to have the dragon from Gringotts and the attack at Hogwarts you know what I’m saying? They might have to rearrange Book 7…

Matt: I agree.

Eric: …to accommodate sort of, well…

Andrew: No I think that’s a good point because you do have to find a balance of action and – and drama in each one.

Eric: In each of these films. Since no that there are two.

Matt: But they’re two different films.

Andrew: It doesn’t matter though. With every movie you still need action and a pinnacle.

Matt: There is, there’s the wedding scene, there is the Horcrux scene…

Eric: Seven Potters.

Matt: …there’s when Harry goes to his house, there’s going to be a climactic scene right there.

Eric: Right.

Matt: It just – they have two different tones if you think about it. There’s a way to cut the movie into two different tones. Like the second part is going to be a very big blockbusterish kind of fighting sequences because they have Voldemort, they have Hogwarts, they have all those scenes together, they have Gringotts. The first one is going to be more like Harry finding closure with himself and his family and a lot of things. And – and…

Eric: But that doesn’t happen until the end of the book.

Matt: Well I’m just saying though, he visits his – his family’s house and there’s closure there because he finally visited. There’s just going to be different feelings for each film.

Kevin: I agree.

Micah: I mean it goes back to what I said before, you’re looking at Harry essentially learning in the first movie and then actually taking more action in the second movie and I don’t know how you would name those films subtitle-wise but you know. I just think that it’s – it’s going to be interesting to see how they divide it up because as you were saying Matt it’s two totally different sort of atmospheres but in the end I just hope that they get it right because I – I still go back to the whole point of there’s no margin for error right now.

Matt: There isn’t.

Andrew: The bar is – the bar is too high, yeah.

Kevin: Do you think…

Eric: I think – sorry, Matt?

Andrew: It was Kevin.

Kevin: It’s okay. I was just going to ask, do you think that they had the six months gap because of a DVD release or are they planning to release a DVD in between for the first half so people can watch it in transition to the second?

Matt: I think it’s mainly for the holiday seasons. Most of the big movies come out either in Christmas break or Summer. And that’s when the book…

Kevin: That’s true.

Matt: …was released – that’s when each of the movies was released too. Order of the Phoenix was released in Summer. Half-Blood Prince was going to be in the Winter season.

Eric: Well one, two and four, and now the first part – well one, two, four, six and the first part of seven are releases in November. Only four – I mean sorry only Movie 3 and what Movie 5?

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: And seven Part II is going to be released in June or this Summer whenever that is.

Matt: It’s definitely Winter break – one of the bigger holiday seasons. Christmas break has always been very popular. So it makes sense that they start with winter just to get everything started.

Eric: Plus that’s when the book is set.

Matt: Sorry?

Eric: That’s when the book is set. If you look at – if you want to split the book up in the middle you get the sort of July through maybe January to February would make the first movie and the second movie would be…

Matt: Yeah. That makes sense, yeah.

Eric: It’d be kind of the same time of the year. It would be cool to see if they…

Kevin: Like chronologically?

Andrew: Yeah.

MuggleCast 136 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Rating of the Two Movies


Andrew: Yeah. Micah Tannenbaum you have an e-mail to read?

Micah: Yeah I got an e-mail from Madison in Douglasville, Georgia, and they were wondering – and we spoke briefly about this in the past, but what do you guys think the movies are going to be rated? I mean same or different based on action. What is the actual rating going to be? I mean two movies, at least one could…

Andrew: Go for R. Go for it.

Micah: Yeah I kind of agree with that.

Andrew: You do?! I was kidding.

Micah: No, the second one, the second one. Not the first one. The second one.

Kevin: Now regardless, they’re – they’re going to rate them the same.

Andrew: Yeah they would have to.

Kevin: Because people who see the first half they are going to want to be able to see the second.

Andrew: Plus when they go on the DVD together it is like, “Rated PG-13. Also rated R.” [laughs]

Eric: No, who says they’re going to go on the same DVD?

Andrew: Well presumably.

Kevin: I’m sure they are going to package them.

Andrew: Yeah we talked about this earlier too.

Eric: Yeah they’re going to package them. But I don’t think the same – I mean they’re two separate…

Kevin: Not initially. But after both their release they’re definitely going to package them together.

Andrew: I just want them to stick them together. Like it’s just one long five hour movie.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: That would be cool though.

Kevin: With an intermission.

Andrew: Yeah with a… [laughs]. Yeah…

Eric: Like elevator music.

Andrew: No, yeah. Like elevator music, “We’ll take a five minute break.” They’ll get Jim Dale to the narration. [tries to imitate Jim Dale] “We’ll take a five-minute break.” I’m not even going to try. Not even going to try.

Micah: He’s going to yell at you, for that.

Andrew: By the way – he will. By the way quick plug, Jim Dale interview coming at you Sunday night/Monday.

Eric: It’s going to be Dale-icious.

Andrew: Dale-licious. Eric wants to call the episode Dale-licious.

Eric: Sorry.

Andrew: Hey – no, no. It’s not a bad idea. It’s like delicious only it’s Dale-licious because it’s Jim Dale.

Eric: [laughs] It’s Jim Dale.

Andrew: Hey speaking of Jim Dale we’re going to start taking some calls now. But before people start calling in we do need to lay some ground rules for calling in.

Matt: He’s going to – Andrew is going to lay the smack down.

Andrew: Yes, I am. First of all this is going to sound mean but this is in order to keep the show flow going. First of all, no shout outs please, okay. I mean we’ve done it before and I know people have fun hearing their name and all that but no shout outs please for this episode. No pickle pack references as well. We still love you but no pickle pack references please.

Eric: We love you, but we hate you.

Andrew: Yeah and mute your stream before calling, don’t forget because we don’t want to hear ourselves. Also have a question prepared beforehand. Last time we were getting so many people calling in and saying, “I forget what I was going to say.” Also, only call in once. Do not make repeated calls please. If I keep seeing your name pop up I will not take your call, okay? Seriously it’s just – we just get bombarded and we’re trying to create order.

Kevin: I missed you Eric.

Eric: I missed you Kevin. I really did. I missed you.

Andrew: [laughs] But hey…

Eric: I’m going to take this.


Caller: Releasing the Movies at the Same Time?


Andrew: Let’s do this. Let’s get bombarded right now why don’t we. Let’s take the first call from my favorite – my favorite MuggleCast listener, Lucas is on the line.

Caller: Yeah, sure.

Andrew: Lucas you’re talking to the most popular – no, no the most – the best Potter team in podcasting. What’s going on?

Caller: Yeah I was wondering, do you guys think that they could – some – whatever it is – some theatres would release the movies together? They would release the first movie first and then they would release the second one at the same time like a two parter with an intermission and stuff.

Andrew: Yeah, but…

Matt: Yeah I thought about that too though. I think they will do that but after the second one is released.

Andrew: Are they allowed to though?

Eric: That’s not…

Matt: They did that with Lord of the Rings.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Kevin: Yes they did, yeah. I attended one of those events and it was one of the worst mistakes I’ve made.

Matt: Me too.

Kevin: Oh my – Uh.

Eric: Now, are you talking about independent movie theaters?

Kevin: It was twelve hours in a theater.

Eric: Because I mean.

Caller: Just any movie theater. I don’t know.

Eric: Well, technically I mean, if you want to look at – I mean, wide releases, that doesn’t typically happen. I wouldn’t say with wide releases – the exception being something like Star Wars. When the Special Editions came out in ’97, they had, what all three in the same – in theaters at the same time? But surely most of the theaters across the States didn’t bring the old Lord of the Rings back when the new one was out, did they? I mean, I would assume it would be independent.

Matt: Well, no, they wouldn’t necessarily. It would be like a special screening.

Eric: Yeah, special screenings. That sort of thing.

Kevin: I know the theater around me, actually – what they did for Lord of the Rings was right before midnight they played the first two. So, you came at, I think it was 8 o’clock. They played the first two and then turned on the new one.

Eric: Oh, that’s interesting because in order to do that, a lot of the theaters have to – Well, first of all, a little bit of theater business – I was a projectionist. They have to reacquire the reels.

Kevin: Right.

Eric: They have to pay and reacquire the reels and the rights to film – or show that film. So, we’ll see if they do that, but I don’t know that…

Kevin: I think it would be cool, I mean.

Eric: It’d be cool.

Kevin: I mean, you’d go like at ten o’clock to see the first half, and then take a small intermission and then see the next one at twelve.

Eric: And if not, people will be doing that with their DVDs at home.

Kevin: Right, if the DVD is released before then.

Eric: Right.

Matt: That’s pretty much a given. They will definitely.

Eric: Well, no it’s not. It’s not. Movies…

Matt: No, it is.

Eric: Certain Christmas movies – certain Christmas movies – don’t appear on DVD till next Christmas.

Kevin: Yeah, but hype-wise.

Matt: It doesn’t even matter if it’s out on DVD. They’ll still have like a re-release for it. Not all movie theaters will do it, but like certain very popular theaters in a certain area will probably do a special where they release that movie right before the Part II. And definitely people want to see it especially if they could see it in the big screen one more time before.

Eric: You’re right.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It would increase theater sales, and if it were any movie I’d be disagreeing. But Harry Potter-wise I’m pretty sure it would probably be a good idea to re-release even if they do it wide, just before – at least in most theaters, maybe in IMAX or something.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Kevin: Well, it really helps the hype, I mean.

Eric: It does.

Andrew: Yeah.

Kevin: They do it with even just normal movies. All of a sudden you’ll walk into bookstores and see Harry Potter everywhere. Just refreshing peoples memories about it.


Caller: Part I Ending at Shell Cottage


Andrew: Yeah. Let’s take another call now. Joe Martin!

Caller: Oh sweet! I’m on.

Andrew: Yeah man! What’s going on? You’re talking to the best Potter team in podcasting. Welcome to the show.

Kevin: You made the cut.

Andrew: You made the cut.

Caller: Sweet. I wanted to ask you guys about what you thought about the first part ending at Shell Cottage.

Andrew: Shell Cottage after Dobby’s buried?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that would be nice.

Matt: Pretty somber note, though.

Andrew: I would walk out crying.

Eric: It’s a heck of a somber note.

Kevin: Seems like the perfect way to end it.

Eric: It’s kind of…

Caller: It’s the most you can get of resolution in the middle.

Eric: But is that the middle of the book?

Matt: It’s pretty far in the book, though.

Eric: It’s pretty far.

Matt: Right after that is the Gringotts scene and then the Hogwarts scene pretty much.

Eric: Yeah. If you want to count major scenes in order to guesstimate which movies they’ll be in.

Matt: Mhm. That would pretty much mean that the last of the second part would be two very big scenes, and then that would probably be what it would consist of, just two big fight scenes.

Andrew: Which would make sense, I think. I mean you got to give a lot of time to the final battle throughout Hogwarts.

Caller: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: Yeah. So I don’t now, I – seriously, I would be crying. Dobby was the only part in that book that made me cry, and that scene – Oh my God. I cry just thinking about it. [laughs]

Matt: I actually think Shell Cottage would probably be best for the beginning of the second film because Dobby’s death will probably be a good first step for that film rather than a last death.

Andrew: Yeah, I agree, but I don’t think that’s going to be the first death. I mean, don’t forget Mad-Eye. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: He has to die.

Eric: And Hedwig.

Andrew: And everyone.

Eric: That’s going to be a – I want to see a “Behind the Scenes.”

Micah: And the Muggle Studies teacher, too.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Everyone forgets about her!

Andrew: Because she doesn’t matter! That’s why.

Micah: I’m sure she feels…

Kevin: I don’t think she feels anything, Micah.

Micah: Yeah. That’s what I just said.

[Andrew and Kevin laugh]

Eric: Charity Burbage. Moment of silence for Charity Burbage. But no – honestly look, I want to see a featurette from the guys who have to explode Hedwig. I want to see them, and their penitent hearts – the guys who do the effect of blowing up Hedwig. I just want to see that featurette on the DVD.

Kevin: I don’t think…

Eric: I know I’m getting way ahead of myself, but…

Kevin: I don’t think they’re really going to show, I mean come on.

Eric: They got to do a tribute, come on.

Matt: An explosion with all these feathers going in every direction?

Eric: Yeah! Well that’s how JKR wrote it.

Matt: They would never do that.

Eric: I mean, it’s as graphic as it is in the book. It won’t be inaccurate.

Matt: No, it’s not. You just see it as an explosion. That’s all you see.

Caller:: Right and you’re supposed to connect – I remember that you did not connect the dots with Hedwig being destroyed.

Eric: Meh.

Andrew: Joe, thanks for calling.

Caller: All right.


Caller: All the Scenes?


Andrew: We’re going to get someone else in here now. Let’s take this guy. Hello, Wes?

Caller: Yes.

Andrew: Dude, I think we owe you some thanks because you…

Caller: Because of my song?

Andrew: …Have created some songs – Actually maybe I should try to play it right now.

Caller: Can you play the MuggleCast one?

Andrew: The new one?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: You know I think I – oh, well I’ll be darned. I have it right here. Hey, I’m good. Let’s just play a quick sample. Here we go.

[Song plays]

Andrew: Yeah! Are these your vocals Wes?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Oh you’re good. Mikey B!

[Caller and Eric laugh]

Andrew: Pretty good.

Matt: [laughs] Oh, you dork.

[Andrew laughs]

Caller: Thank you guys.

Andrew: So, do you have a question? Thanks for the songs by the way.

Caller: Yes…

Andrew: I’ve been meaning to include this on the show or something, but I guess this will do.

Caller: Yeah, if you could do that that would be amazing.

Andrew: Oh, it’s right now. Oh sorry, go ahead.

Caller: My question was, now that they have the movie going to be in two parts, will they add all the main scenes? You know, like Seven Potters, Gringotts, and all of that and also leave in all the details.

Andrew: I think they have to. I just think the bar is set so high now. There’s no room for excuses. You’ve got to include, frankly I think, every chapter.

Matt: They already promised us that.

Andrew: No they didn’t. What do you mean?

Matt: Pretty much. Well they pretty much stated that’s what they were going to be doing. There’s no room to edit anything so they’re going to be adding all the stuff for especially the fans of the books.

Andrew: Hmm.

Matt: So it would just be like a slap in the face if they decided to add more scenes or just drag on other scenes just because they’re just cheaper to film.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: This is true. Any other thoughts on this? Anyone?

Eric: Yeah, Andrew I needed to add you on LJ.

Andrew: Okay…

Eric: Can I have your username? Can you add me?

Andrew: Why? Why? Why is that important?

Eric: Because we’re not friends on LJ.

Andrew: Okay, cool. Well anyways, if you do want to call us, I want to remind everyone right now. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677 and if you’re in Australia you can dial 028-003-5668. And Wes thanks for calling in. Okay, see I try to be nice and let a girl on, but then she’s on hold. I don’t get it. Anyway, hello caller you’re on MuggleCast Live. You’re talking to the best team in Potter podcasting.


Caller: David Yates Directing


Caller: Hey, I was just interested in what you think of David Yates directing because…

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: …my friends and I are really not happy about that.

Andrew: Ma’am, please, what’s your name and where are you from?

Caller: I’m Rose and I’m from Canberra.

Andrew: Canberra, oh what time is it there?

Caller: It’s 1:42 PM.

Andrew: Oh, nice.

Eric: Aussie love. Aussie love.

Andrew: Aussie love.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay, yeah we haven’t talked about this yet actually. Well, just a little bit. David Yates. See I think it’s hard to say.

Matt: It is. Definitely.

Andrew: Because we’ve only seen one movie. I’m definitely going to lay an opinion out there once Half-Blood Prince is out, but right now I think it’s hard to say because you’ve just got to see where he’s going with the films at this point.

Eric: Rose, what don’t you like about him?

Micah: Yeah, I was just going to ask that.

Caller: What? Pardon?

Andrew: What don’t you like about David Yates.

Caller: Well, we just really didn’t like Movie 5. We thought they left way too much out and the stuff they left in was just sort of lame and we just really didn’t like it.

Matt: Well it’s also…

Andrew: I have to be honest…

Matt: Oh sorry.

Andrew: I just wanted to say I didn’t really like his directing style either. I wasn’t really a fan of the transition scenes through the newspapers and stuff. I just really didn’t like that. Go ahead Matt, or Micah, or Kevin. [laughs]

Kevin: I was just going to say I think he did a pretty good job considering the amount of time he was given. I mean it’s very hard to judge his directing because he was sort of forced to create a unique transition because of the limited time he was given.

Andrew: That is true. This was the longest book.

Caller: Yeah, but it was the shortest movie and they could have made it a bit longer, and then made Snapes worse memory longer. I was so disappointed with that scene.

Andrew: I was too.

Caller:: And I thought he could have been done a better job.

Kevin: But you also have to remember the director has very little to do with the actual scenes.

Matt: Exactly, thank you, Kevin.

Kevin: So…

Matt: The director only has so much direction that he can go with it.

Kevin: Right.

Matt: I just – I for one like David Yates. Just by some of his other works that I’ve seen. I did not like the way the fifth film was written. The screenplay was I thought really horrible. Especially its – the screen writer has a lot to do with how long the film will be also. So it’s not entirely all David Yates’ control.

Eric: Well let’s – Matt, let’s broaden the question then. I mean I’m assuming since David Yates wants to come back for seven and he’ll do movies five, six, and seven, are we to assume that the writer and director will be the same from now until the end?

Matt: Yes.

Micah: I suppose.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Well Steve Kloves has done – he’s done – he’s still on?

Andrew: Yes.

Micah: Yes.

Andrew: Why don’t you check Mugglenet before you come on?

Eric: Well then Rose’s question is the same. Do you have confidence in the team with David Yates as the director? I mean it might not be David Yates’ fault that – I mean I agree, the one area that I agree with is that I didn’t like the cut – the cutting of Snape’s first memory. It was very short. I didn’t like that. But I guess the question remains the same because – because the team we had for Movie 5, you know, is going to be the same team.

Caller: Yes, exactly.

Kevin: But the team also is given a lot more time. So…

Eric: With Movie 7.

Kevin: Right with Movie 7. Considering the amount of time they had with Movie 5, they didn’t do that poor of a job. You know?

Andrew: I don’t think so either.

Caller: But that…

Kevin: I think a lot of…

Caller: They could have just made it longer.

Kevin: Right, but I think a lot – I think David Yates gets a lot of the…

Micah: Heat.

Kevin: …feedback from the movie when it’s really the person who writes the screenplay that determines the length of the scenes. I mean if there’s no dialogue there’s only so much he can do with a scene.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I really love Movie 5.

Matt: I definitely – but I see David Yates as being the best character director so to speak.

Kevin: I agree character director.

Matt: He interacts with the actors the best.

Kevin: Yep.

Matt: You could see that just with Daniel Radcliffe alone. He actually gave him tips on how he can be more depressed and actually cry. I mean he gave him the shaking effect when you just come up to someone and abruptly shake them really fast and they start tearing up.

Caller: Well I thought that Dan Radcliffe – we weren’t impressed with him either in Movie 5. It just seemed to be very over done how he…

Matt: Well not necessarily impressed with his acting I’m saying – but he was definitely a lot better than what the other directors tried to make him do – to cry for.

Caller: Yeah.

Matt: Like Mike Newell…

Caller: Movie 3.

Matt: …what he did with making cry.

Andrew: Movie 3 was just…

Matt: There is an atrocious scene in Movie 3 with him.

Caller: Yeah that was cringe worthy.

Andrew: One other…

Eric: To be perfectly…

Andrew: Really quick, one other positive thing about David Yates is that he gets along really well with actors and actresses and I think that he’s…

Matt: He’s a fan of the books. He’s actually…

Andrew: No – no he’s…

Matt: …read and got into – he read them a few times.

Andrew: No, but what I’m saying is he’s – the cast and crew really like him as a person more so than others – other directors. So I really think that is a huge plus…

Kevin: Oh definitely.

Eric: Just going with what Rose was just saying about Harry, I do think if you want to compare it to Harry in Book 5 he was way more angry in Book 5 than he was in Movie 5. So if you do want to talk about over acting he…

Matt: We’re not talking about comparison between the books and the movies though. We’re talking about in a director’s aspect.

Eric: You’re talking about Harry acting though – Dan Radcliffe.

Caller: No but…

Andrew: Hold on. Go ahead, Rose.

Caller: Just painted it. I thought it was a little better and it showed. It wasn’t just straight out anger. “I’m so angry all the time” and – it was I think there were just more emotions in there.

Eric: See, I felt differently. I felt in the book he was angry a lot longer before we knew why he was angry – before we were able to make the connection. We only found out at the end really about the connection between him and Voldemort and that’s something – I mean you could argue we found out at Christmas with the Occlumency scene but to be perfectly honest you know how that was used and how that could be abused happened at the very end of the book and Book 5 is a very long book, it’s the longest book. I felt that we didn’t find out fast enough why he was so angry. And that is an opinion thing. That is something you can read completely the opposite way.

Matt: Well I personally – I mean my opinion of Book 5 – of Movie 5 is horrible. I don’t like the movie that much.

Caller: Yeah.

Matt: But I do like David Yates as a director. I think if he just got more – extra – I see him in Movie 6 as being a lot better than what he did in Movie 5, and in Movie 7 I see – I think he’s going to do a really good job. Out of all the directors previously he’ll probably be the best because he actually can relate to everyone on the crew and just on a better level than the other directors had.

Caller: I suppose so.

Andrew: All right Rose, well thank you for calling in. Take some others.

Caller: Thanks for taking my call.

Eric: We really appreciate that, Aussie love.

Andrew: No problem.

Caller: Bye.

Andrew: Oops, I cut her off. My bad. Couple of things guys, before we take another call. Don’t call the other MuggleCast hosters; you have to come talking to the big mama. That’s me; I’m the big mama. So call me!

Matt: [singing] “Mama he’s a big girl now.”

Andrew: [singing] “Mama I’m a…” – I will play it; don’t tempt me.

Matt: Yeah, I know.


Caller: Deathly Hallows Quality


Andrew: Another caller right now Estaban Rohas! Rohas!

[Eric and Matt laugh]

Eric: He’s got an awesome last name.

Andrew: What’s up, Estaban Rohas?

Caller: Well, just listening to the show, having fun pronouncing my name.

Andrew: Oh thanks Rohas.

[Caller and Matt laugh]

Andrew: What’s going on dude?

Caller: Oh, nothing much…

Andrew: Wait, wait. First I have to tell you: you’re listening to the best Potter team in podcasting. Go ahead.

Caller: Oh yeah, of course I am. I know.

Andrew: Wait, wait, wait. What are we?

Caller: Never mind.

Andrew: No, no. We’re the best Potter team in podcasting, right?

Matt: Will you stop gloating Andrew and just let him ask the question.

Andrew: Okay, Never mind. Sorry.

[Caller laughs]

Andrew: Go ahead. Best Potter team in podcasting

Caller: Well, I just want to ask you guys more of a book related question. Well, remember when they told a release date, and Andrew sort of like – I think it was Andrew – worried that Jo wouldn’t have enough time to make the book good enough. After reading it, and going through Chapter-by-Chapter, and saying what you think the movies going to be like, do you really think that Deathly Hallows turned out as good as it can be?

Eric: Sorry, you’re asking us a book question?

Andrew: It’s a book – yeah, is this about the book?

Caller: Yeah sort of, but it’s sort of movie related. Do you think that Jo could have made Deathly Hallows a lot better than it already is?

Eric: I do.

Andrew: Yeah, I think so too. You can say that about any book, any book can be better.

Matt: You can’t really, you can’t necessarily say that it’s better because it’s her story.

Andrew: Right. We’re probably going to anger – that’s very true.

Eric: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: I agree with that.

Eric: Let me just say that from gathering, from what I think the team is going to do with this movie, the hindsight’s 20-20 as we’ve said in the show before, and I think that if there’s anything that anyone’s uncomfortable regarding Book 7 in the translation to the movie; it’s going to be so much different, just to begin with just because it’s being translated for a movie. I think it’ll – because they have to worry about splitting it into two, I think the – which we know they’re worried about – I think the final product will be very smooth running, almost not I’m not going to say as patchy as the book because the book wasn’t patchy. It wasn’t patchy at all; the book was well written, but I think they’re going to be able to, just through the process of making it ready for a movie, they’re going to – I don’t want to say – shape it up. They’re not going to add things obviously, they might, but.

Caller: Yeah, they might.

Eric: You see, I would like them to add things, but at the same time I think they’re just going to polish it, maybe where some of us feel the book wasn’t polished, but again, I’m liking the book the second time around.

Caller: Do you think they’re going to add some of the other characters that they missed in the other movies, like Bill and Charlie, to make things neater?

Eric: Maybe.

Andrew: I think they like – bar raised, bar raised. They need to cast everyone in this.

Ben: I agree.

Eric: I think they need Miranda Richardson back.

Ben: Yeah, I agree too.

Eric: They need Miranda Richardson back.

Andrew: They do. Of course

Eric: But they did not…

Matt: But is she physically in the movie though?

Andrew: Wait, actually, hold up.

Matt: In the book.

Eric: They need her in the movie. Even if she’s not…

Andrew: Wait a second! Hold on!

[Eric keeps talking]

Andrew: Eric Scull stop! I need to say something. Goblet of Fire premiere, November 2005 that woman, that you-know-what-I-want-to-call-her. I can’t remember, it was either Emerson or Melissa, and they said would you come back for the fifth movie, and she said no, I’ll let someone else do it.

Eric: Maybe that’s like Bill Murray, I love, but the man doesn’t do sequels. He has withheld Ghostbusters 3 for 20 years now. He’s not a team player, and he’s a great person, so I haven’t heard about that, but I believe you, Andrew. That would be horrible, but I really want to see Rita Skeeter in Movie 7, and I don’t care if she wasn’t physically in the book, but they need a cut scene of some sort where she’s torturing Bathilda or doing something…

Matt: Well…

Eric: Because her book is there. Because her book is such a prominent figure, I don’t think they could sell that without bringing her in…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Or I would love to see her do creative stuff like this.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: She probably just thought that her role wasn’t that big in Book 5, and it’s even less, it’s not even in existence in the other books, so.

Andrew: Oh, I know, but the point is just that she said no to coming back, which I thought was kind of lame.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Kevin.

Eric: I thought so too.

Matt: You don’t want to make her promise.

Kevin: I was just going to say…

Andrew: Well, if you’re that set on not coming back it seems absolutely ridiculous. Kevin?

Kevin: Actually I was just going to say that I think she had a bigger role in Book 7 than in Book 5.

Andrew: She did. No, she did. I’m just saying that in general, not wanting to come back to the films, so.

Matt: Does she even come back in the books, or is it just an interview?

Andrew: No, no, no. I’m just saying in general, she said “no” to coming back. It had nothing to do with Order of the Phoenix.

Kevin: The actress actually said that?

Andrew: The actress, yeah, yeah.

Eric: Which, why would you do that, in a way, you know?

Andrew: Because some people just don’t – I guess, I don’t know – not happy with it.

Matt: Well you can’t please everybody, come on guys…

Andrew: I guess.

Matt: …she’s an actress. She’s not forced to play this role.

Andrew: I know. Drama queen!

Eric: Maybe.

Andrew: All right, well, Esteban…

Matt: But she’s so good.

Andrew: Thanks for calling.

Caller: Oh yeah, oh, oh, sorry for sounding so excited at first, because, well, I just got through, and…

Andrew: You didn’t sound excited.

Eric: Don’t apologize! We love your name, dude!

Caller: I thought I was talking, like, really fast.

Andrew: You sound like you’ve been playing Super Smash Brothers Brawl all day.

Caller: Actually, unfortunately, I haven’t, because I was at school all day.

Andrew: You call yourself a Nintendo fan. Tsk, tsk! All right. Well thanks for calling…

Eric: School! Who needs that?

Caller: Don’t worry, as soon as this is over I’m going to be brawling all night.

Andrew: Oh good, good. All right.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Talk to you later, Esteban.

Caller: Okay, see you.

Andrew: Esteban Rohas! Rohas!

Eric: Hey, Kevin.

Kevin: Yes?

Eric: Do you have any of the next gen systems?

Kevin: Any next gen systems? No, I actually don’t own one, but my roommates own a 360 and a Wii.

Eric: Awesome. Those are the two I wish I had owned.


Caller: Bring Back Lily


Andrew: Hello, Katie?

Caller: Hello.

Andrew: You’re listening to the best Potter team in podcasting. What is going on?

Caller: Nothing. Oh my God, I’m so excited!

Andrew: Oh my God!

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: I didn’t mean that in a mocking way. I get excited too, I really do. Anyway thanks for calling. Sorry, you’ve been trying to call, but the thing got screwed up somehow.

Caller: Oh it’s okay.

Andrew: Anyway, where are you from?

Caller: I’m from North Dakota.

Andrew: North Dakota.

Matt: That’s really cold.

Caller: It’s frozen tundra.

Andrew: I didn’t know anybody lived there. I thought that was just…

Caller: I know, I’m like the only person, but that’s okay because I’m kind of awesome.

Andrew: Oh, okay, well what is your awesome question, if you’re so awesome?

Caller: Okay, well I was wondering how they’re gonna bring Lily back into the story.

Matt: Yeah. That’s…

Eric: I missed the question.

Matt: That’s one of the biggest probably question marks I have for that. Bringing Lily back, because we talked about how they cut Lily out in the fifth movie…

Eric: As a young woman.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: The only thing I can think that they would probably do is, maybe in the sixth film, since they have the footage, try to bring her in as a memory for Harry.

Kevin: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking, too.

Matt: Because, I mean, you have to know at least what she looks like as a young child because they bring her back in the Resurrection Stone as that age. Don’t they?

Eric: No. Maybe. I don’t know.

Matt: They bring them as younger than themselves. Or maybe it’s just how old they were when they died.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But I think in the book it says that they were the same age Harry was…

Eric: Whoa!

Matt: …when they were brought back.

Micah: Well not only that, but the whole scene with Snape and when he learns about Snape and Petunia and Lily, so she would obviously have to be there as well.

Eric: I don’t think…

Matt: I forgot about that scene.

Eric: Well, being the Half-Blood Prince, this is a comment I have for Movie 6, I wish that they would really utilize Alan Rickman, or make this Snape character more the focus of Movie 6 than the Voldemort stuff, which I want to see. I just don’t think we’re going to get that. I have a fear that in Movie 6, we’re gonna get what David Yates has said we’re going to get in an interview, which is a lot of the gossip-drama-relationship-type aspect. I’m worried that again come Movie 7, maybe now they’ll have enough time to do everything right, but I really – I’m worried about all these things they’ve been putting off and the Snape character. You know, this question, how they’re going to do the Lily thing, I think they need to get started or should have already gotten started with Movie 6, trying to make Snape a more fit character to even have that make sense in the movie aspect of things.

Matt: Well, in Movie 6, Snape is the villain. Let’s just say that. Snape is pretty much the villain in Book 6.

Andrew: Fair enough.

Eric: Well, until – he helps Draco.

Matt: He ends up being the villain though.

Eric: But he saves Draco.

Matt: What?

Eric: I was gonna say when he saves Draco, but…

Matt: Right, but….

Eric: I don’t know. I just watched Movie 5 yesterday morning and you kind of realize at the end when he’s in Umbridge’s office and he says, “They’ve got Padfoot at where it’s hidden,” it does hit hard that Snape is actually the one who sent the Order there to the Ministry of Magic, so I like that.

Matt: You knew that though. I knew that in the fifth book, though. How he just stops and tilts his head a little bit. But going back to Lily, what do you guys think they’re going to do?

Kevin: I definitely think a flashback of some sort.

Eric: David Yates is good at those.

Andrew: Yeah.

Kevin: Yeah, he is. I see Harry looking at a picture of his mother older and then somehow zooming into the picture and showing her younger.

Andrew: There you go, yeah, or, I mean, they’re adding that scene in Half-Blood Prince now, why not add a new scene where Harry will ask, say, Hagrid about his mother’s past and – flashback! Explanation. Setup.

Matt: Well, you never know, though. I mean, in Slughorn’s office he may have a picture of Lily.

Eric: Oh, wait! That’s the whole point. Slughorn goes on and on and on about Lily in Book 6.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: How good she was at potions.

Andrew: That’s true.

Matt: There’s definitely ways they could probably plug her in.

Eric: So there’s any opportunity. This is a great question and I’m glad we remembered that because there’s any moment where Slughorn’s raving about her to actually say anything worthwhile about her. Or even to say some kind of offhand comment about Severus Snape following her around.

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: You know, anything like that. Anything like that would be suitable. They need to start thinking about it, though, and at least with this D.H. split that we found out about, they’re thinking “Well, we’re going to hit a pitstop. We’re going to need to deal with this a little bit more intelligently than we have before.”

Andrew: Micah, do you have anything to add to this?

Micah: No, just the scenes that I brought up before and also when – I think you could have a flashback scene in Deathly Hallows possibly when he is reading the letter in the bedroom, and you could also have possibly something with – remember, we’re going to go through that whole night again in Movie 7 where Voldemort recounts exactly what he did when he entered Godric’s Hollow.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Right.

Micah: So there’s going to be a lot of Lily exposure in this movie. The question is how are they going to bring her back?

Andrew: I think…

Micah: You know, initially?

Andrew: Yeah. I think it just comes down to something as simple as adding a scene.

Kevin: Yeah.

Andrew: Adding a scene. Katie, thank you for calling.

Caller: Yeah, can I just say that you guys are doing a really awesome job. Like, this live show is awesome.

Andrew: Why thank you. Thanks. Have you listened to them in the past? Are you comparing them to other ones?

Caller: Well actually, I listened to the entire thing when you released it, whatever, you know.

Eric: The seven episode…

Andrew: Twelve hour, yeah.

[Eric laughs]

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: That was really good.

Eric: I have to applaud you. I didn’t even listen to that.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Well, thank you, Katie very much. We really appreciate…

Caller: One more question.

Andrew: Oh.

Caller: I’m sorry.

Andrew: I’m just kidding. [laughs] Go ahead.

Eric: This isn’t really a two question show.

Caller: Okay, we’re kind of starting a new podcast.

Andrew: And you want a plug? And you want us on?

Caller: No, no, no…

Andrew: And you want to know how to podcast?

Caller: [laughs] Well, kind of.

[Andrew laughs]

Caller: Okay, we talk about you guys.

Andrew: Oh. Wait, is this MuggleTalk?

Caller: [gasps] Oh my god!

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Andrew did the plug. Andrew did the plug for her. She didn’t even need to plug her show. He comes up and tells the whole world they can’t plug, and he plugs for her.

Andrew: Hold on, so where are you going with this? All right, you’re part of MuggleTalk.

Caller: Well, yeah. We’re just kind of having technical problems.

Andrew: Uh-oh.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, can it be something I can answer real quick?

Caller: Yeah, how do you get rid of echoes?

Andrew: How do you get rid of them?

Caller: After you’re done recording.

Andrew: Turn the volume down. Are you recording the Skype conversation?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. Turn your microphones – turn your headsets down when you’re recording. The problem is your microphones are picking up your headsets. We have this problem all the time, but we all record our own separate audio tracks so I mute everyone when they’re not talking. For example, I have one of my earpieces up to my microphone right now so Eric, say something.

[Prolonged silence]

Kevin: Hello?

Eric: I was muted too, sorry. See, what happens is I mute myself when I’m not talking.

Andrew: That’s a good idea.

Eric: Also a good solution.

Andrew: Do you hear the echo now?

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: Do you hear the echo now?

Caller: Yeah, a little bit.

Andrew: Also I can create really bad echo by doing this. Now everyone talk.

Eric: Hello! You turned that machine on, didn’t you, Andrew?

Andrew: No, it was a little thing with the mixer. But yeah, just mute your things when you’re not talking. That’s all, that’s all.

Caller: Okay.

Andrew: And yeah, just turn your headsets off. Well, thank you.

Eric: See you soon.

Andrew: And thank you for calling.

Caller: Goodbye. I love you guys.

Andrew: We love you, too. [laughs]

Caller and

Matt:

Awww.

Andrew: Listen to MuggleTalk!

Caller: [laughs] Oooh, yay!

Andrew: [laughs] All right, thanks for calling.

Caller: Bye.

Andrew: Bye.

Eric: Hey, guys. I just had a thought, Andrew and guys. Assuming…

Andrew: [laughs] What?

Eric: No, I said I just had a thought.

Micah: It was the way you…

Kevin: Andrew and guys.

Micah: Yeah, Andrew and guys.

Eric: Andrew and…

Micah: Just the way you…

Andrew: What are you talking about?

Eric: Well, Laura’s not on here, right?

Andrew: No.

Eric: I am sorry.

Micah: It was the way you said it. I thought you were making Andrew – go ahead.

Andrew: Awkward.

Kevin: Excluding Andrew from guys.

MuggleCast 136 Transcript (continued)


Caller: Epilogue Scene


Andrew: Debbie Kim!

Caller: Hello?

Andrew: Debbie Kim, hello.

Caller: Hi.

Andrew: You’re on MuggleCast. You’re listening to the best team in Potter podcasting. What is going on?

Caller: Hi. I was wondering – you know how the trio’s obviously going to age when they’re filming this?

Andrew: Yes.

Caller: What do you think they’re going to do for the King’s Cross scene? Like, make-up?

Andrew: In the Epilogue?

Caller: The last scene.

Andrew: The Epilogue?

Caller: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t…

Kevin: That’s a good question.

Andrew: Do you think they’ll actually have…

Kevin: Fillers? Like, fill-ins?

Andrew: Older actors?

Caller: I think older actors would really ruin it, but the make-up thing…

Kevin: I don’t see…

Matt: No.

Kevin: I don’t see them doing any other thing though because you can’t really age the actors that much using make-up.

Matt: No.

Andrew: Yeah.

Kevin: And I feel like it would come off sort of cheesy if they tried to do that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: I agree.

Kevin: So I think that they probably have to have fill-ins, just older versions of themselves.

Andrew: Yeah, see I wouldn’t even call them fill-ins because they are much older so…

Kevin: Right.

Andrew: You would – but they’re, you know, they’re older Harry. They’ll be billed as older…

Matt: Knowing that David Yates – they’ll probably have adult actors portray the trio but what will probably happen, since knowing it-s David Yates directing, they-ll probably have a little memory montage of him and Ron and Hermione at Hogwarts, on the Hogwarts train when they were leaving, or coming back, or something.

Andrew: Aw, that’d be nice! Awww! That’d be so nice!

Matt: Kind of like him reminiscing then it kind of flashes back to his kids, his son running over to Hogwarts. And then it’ll be like – that’ll be the end.

Andrew: Mhm.

Caller: Yeah.

Matt: It’d be a cute shot.

Caller: I kind of have another question, too…

Andrew: Okay, go ahead.

Caller: That’s with the split. Do you think – you know how you’ve talked about in India, I think, they do intermissions?

Andrew: Yeah?

Caller: Do you think some theaters, internationally or even here, would keep Part I for awhile and then maybe bring it back to Part II

Andrew: That’s what we were talking about earlier.

Eric: They can’t. They’re contractually bound to return – theaters get movies and they’re allowed to have them for a certain amount of weeks. Then they have to return to the distributer. The distributer – I mean, what we were talking about earlier – is doing a wide re-release of Part I in conjunction with Part II, in which case the distributers would sent the reels that the companies would get together and movie theaters would have to pay for the reels again, but they could not keep them for months…

Kevin: Right.

Eric: It’s a security hazard and everything.

Kevin: Also remember we were talking about them releasing the DVD prior to the second part, in which case they would probably…

Caller: Oh, true.

Kevin: …contract out with Warner Brothers I mean, Warner Brothers would love having movie theaters show the first part then the second.

Eric: I agree.

Kevin: All it’s going to do is have more people come and see the movie.

Eric: Mhm, more movies.

Caller: I think…

Kevin: It’s going to promote their DVD, it’s going to promote they’re new movie…

Andrew: Absolutely.

Kevin: …so it’s a win-win situation.

Andrew: Everyone wins!

Eric: I agree.

Andrew: That might be the show title today: Everyone Wins!

Eric: Everyone wins?

Andrew: Debbie, thank you for calling!

Caller: Thank you for picking up!

Andrew: Oh, thank you for calling. Again.

[Kevin laughs]


Including Scenes not in the Book


Eric: Hey, guys, on that subject, I just want to say something real quick. Do you guys think Movie 7, with the split – now it’s my opinion that Movie 7 won’t work, and several other things – I mean, Movie 7 won’t work if they show Hogwarts only when it appears in the book. Do you guys agree with that or do you not agree with that? What I mean is they would need to – they need to show what’s happening at Hogwarts before sort of half way through the second part of D.H. when they finally get there. I think they need to show a more worldly – like what’s going on, that sort of thing, and…

Kevin: Yeah, I think they’re going to do tidbits of updating you with the other characters that aren’t being shown. But I don’t think it’s going to be…

Matt: I hope not.

Eric: Because that’s something that doesn’t happen at all in the book. But that’s one of the things we were talking about flaws in the book. Things I don’t like are that you go so long and then find out all the stuff that has happened…

Kevin: And you don’t…

Eric: With the exception of Ginny’s break into Snape’s office and that sort of thing, but they could turn those into whole scenes and kind of keep the whole world effort kind of thing going.

Andrew: Matt…

Kevin: You don’t want the Neville’s catch-up scene being, you know, twenty minutes long. So…

Eric: Exactly. And that’s what happened.

Andrew: Matt, why don’t you want it – why are you concerned?

Matt: What? Oh!

Andrew: Why are you concerned?

Matt: I don’t – I honestly – I hope they don’t put Hogwarts in the first part at all. It’s not relevant and it’s def…

Andrew: Def?

Eric: It’s completely relevant!

Matt: Because it’s taken…

Eric: Harry’s wondering what Ginny’s doing…

Matt: No it’s not!

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: But it’s not part of the books!

Kevin: But…

Eric: It’s completely relevant.

Matt: But they don’t want to add anything…

Eric: Yes, it is part of the book. It’s…

Andrew: One at a time, one at a time, one at a time.

Eric: It’s in the background…

Matt: The whole story’s from Harry…

Eric: …of the book.

Matt: The whole story’s from Harry’s point of view. We don’t want to skip off to Hogwarts for a little scene that we just don’t want to think about.

Kevin: The only…

Eric: In order to make a movie they need to – but in order to make the world real they have to also – I mean, I just think it would be intuitive and creative and, I mean, Harry’s wondering what Ginny’s up to at that very moment. I think in order to keep…

Matt: Who cares?

Eric: …the characters going – otherwise, most of the characters are not going to show up until the Battle of Hogwarts. We’re…

Matt: Exactly.

Eric: …talking all the teachers, all the characters, all the students.

Andrew: See…

Eric: All of that.

Andrew: Wait…

Kevin: I think that would be fine.

Matt: It’s not necessary to add all that stuff at Hogwarts…

Eric: So…

Matt: …in the first film.

Andrew: I…

Eric: With the exception of – I mean, post-wedding scene, we’re talking a cast of eight characters.

Matt: It’s a – it’s…

Kevin: Harry determining…

Matt: …Harry’s personal…

Kevin: Oh.

Matt: …movie between – Harry comes back to Hogwarts in the second part. We don’t want to see Hogwarts until it’s actually necessary of what’s happening.

Andrew: Yeah. Guys, let’s save…

Eric: It’s always necessary.

Andrew: Let’s save this con…

Matt: This is not…

Andrew: This would be a good topic for…

Matt: Audiences are…

Andrew: …a pre-recorded show.

Matt: The audiences are already knowing that they’re not going back to Hogwarts after the end of Book 6 because that’s what Harry…

Eric: Well, get a surprise. I mean, I think David Yates could totally do something worthwhile. I mean – and tell a movie story. That’s…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: …what Cuaron was – that’s the good thing about Cuaron. He wasn’t afraid to differentiate from the book if he was telling the story. He told the story. You know, whether he did that good or not is anybody’s opinion. But Cuaron was able to tell a story.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And I think if you’re telling the story of what the world is actually doing falling to a dictator – here’s the other question then that follows this question. Do you think Voldemort’s going to be realistic or not? Is Voldemort realistic in the books? Are they going to try and make him realistic in the movie by giving him a worthwhile sort of fear and following?

Matt: We’ll put this…

Eric: Are they going to take…

Matt: …in another podcast though, Eric.

Andrew: Yeah. Let’s keep…

Matt: This is getting…

Andrew: This is…

Matt: …way too long. We’ve got to have some more callers.

Andrew: This is…

Matt: So we’ll add this to…

Andrew: Another time. Yeah, of course. Now I’m waiting for the calls to come in. Jamie actually is bored, so he wants us to call again. I’m not sure why. But actually…

Eric: You called Jamie before?

[Kevin laughs]


Caller: Nothing


Andrew: I think – yeah, we – yeah, man. We called him before. Let’s get another caller in here right now. Hello, caller! You’re listening to the best Potter team in podcasting! What’s going on?

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Lisa, hello?

[Prolonged silence]

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: She’s…

Kevin: Oh, boy.

Eric: …taking our suggestion…

Andrew: That’s what happens when you start the show.

Eric: …and muting herself.


Caller: Meyer Signing


Andrew: Janine you’re on the Potter – best podcast – whatever it is.

Caller: Hi! You actually said my name right!

Andrew: Hey! Well, of course. Janine’s a pretty simple name.

Caller: Well, lots of people say ‘Jay-knee’ instead of Janine.

Andrew: ‘Jay-knee’? Oh, I know someone named Janine.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Maybe that’s why. Anyway what’s your question…

Caller: Oh.

Andrew: …today?

Caller: Great! I’m, like, following your rules. And I have a – sort of a Twilight question for you, Andrew.

Andrew: Uh-oh. Okay.

[Caller laughs]

Kevin: Oh boy.

Matt: Andrew hasn’t even read the books though.

Andrew: Make it quick though. Make it quick. Go ahead. Go.

Caller: Stephanie Meyers is having a book signing in San Diego. I want to know if you’re going to be there.

Andrew: Yes, I’ll be there. Okay, taking the next call. Oh, darn. The next caller hung up.

[Matt and Kevin laugh]

Andrew: No, seriously. I’m planning on going. I’m…

Eric: Yeah. Twilight has…


Caller: Possible Movie Split


Andrew: Chloe! Hello, Chloe!

Caller: Hi!

Andrew: Hi! Yeah, way to rumble your mic before.

Caller: Uh-oh.

Andrew: Never mind. [laughs] Anyway, what’s up? What’s going on?

[Kevin laughs]

Caller: Not much. I’m so excited that I got through!

Andrew: Well, you get through every show! Why is this exciting? [laughs]

Caller: I know. Well, I was sitting around and I was having technical difficulties.

Andrew: Oh.

Caller: And I was, like, that’s not fun.

Andrew: Well, what’s your question?

Caller: However…

Andrew: Do you have a question?

Caller: Yeah. I do have two questions.

Andrew: Let’s hear ’em.

Caller: Okay. So, one: I thought maybe a good splitting point for the movies – it’s a little predictable. But maybe right after Ron leaves?

Andrew: Yeah. No, you know what? A lot of people were sending that in via feedback. I think…

Matt: Yeah, they were.

Caller: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that’s a…

Kevin: Yeah.

Andrew: …very valid one. Because I think that’s a big cliff-hanger. Especially for people who don’t – haven’t read the books.

Caller: Who haven’t read the books, yeah.

Andrew: The main trio guy has left? [gasps] Or one if the main trio guys has left? Yeah. And your other question? Sorry I’m rushing. I’m…

Caller: [laughs] Yeah, my other one is for the DVDs. Do you think that they might release the first part of the movie on the DVD, and then give you, like, a credit or a number, and then send you the second one?

Andrew: No, they…

Eric: What?

Andrew: …want to do this for the money.

Caller: I mean – yeah. I wasn’t sure.

Andrew: Let’s…

Kevin: Yeah…

Andrew: …face it…

Kevin: …I don’t think so.

Eric: Unless you want to pay 60 bucks upfront and be promised the second part of Movie 7. [laughs]

Andrew: I would…

Eric: I wouldn’t trust the company.

Andrew: Yeah. Good point.

Kevin: And wait for the shipping.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: At that point…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …you’re just losing money too if…

Caller: Yeah. I wasn’t sure if they would…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: The best they would probably do is just give you, like, a little card in the DVD case and just say pre-order your book via WarnerBrothers.com or something.

Andrew: Exactly.

Eric: Or next movie.

Caller: Next movie.

Matt: Oh, next movie, sorry. Next movie.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Caller: I mean – yeah. So – I wasn’t sure.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: That would be, like – yeah. And I really – I actually – I really like the Ron idea because – especially if people haven’t seen the movies and – oh, I mean the books. Haven’t read the books. And…

Andrew: Mhm.

Caller: They have no idea what’s going on and then W.B. gets to freak everybody out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Well, good questions, Chloe. Thank you for calling in, Chloe. Chloe.

Caller: All right.

Andrew: Chloe.

Caller: Thank you.

Andrew: Chloe. Chloe. [laughs]

Eric: Bye, Chloe!

Andrew: Bye!

Caller: Bye!

Kevin: Bye!

Matt: Bye!


Caller: Grindelwald/Dumbledore in the Movie?


Andrew: I think our phone lines are down. Our actual phone lines because nobody is calling via the phone. So they’re all calling via the MuggleCast Skype thing. Anyway, Elliot, you’re on the live Potter podcast thing – best. What’s going on?

Caller: No way!

Andrew: Yeah way!

Caller: [laughs] Good! I’m excited!

Andrew: [laughs] I could tell from your voice.

Caller: Okay, question.

Andrew: Okay!

Caller: Okay.

Kevin: Answer.

[Andrew laughs]

Caller: I was wondering what you would – guys thought about…

Andrew: Marco Polo.

Caller: If they would try to play up the whole Grindelwald/Dumbledore thing. You know, after J.K. Rowling…

Andrew: Oh please, yes.

Caller: And all that stuff…

Andrew: Please yes.

Caller: …they try to make it a bigger deal.

Andrew: [laughs] Please yes!

Matt: I don’t think so.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: I think they’d just leave it the way it is.

Kevin: I think so too.

Matt: It’s – because in J.K. Rowling’s last interview recently, she emphasized it very much that Dumbledore is a character that happens to be gay, not…

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Matt: …a gay character.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: So it’s not relevant to the story. They wouldn’t add it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Caller: I don’t – I wouldn’t really want them to. I just wasn’t sure if they would.

Matt: Yeah, I don’t think they will.

Andrew: Oh man.

Matt: Especially – just the whole situation.

Andrew: But see, Michael Gambon has been…

Eric: Has been real…

Andrew: Has been, you know – what have they been calling it? Mucking it up or whatever the English term is.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: He’s been playing around with that whole ‘Dumbledore is gay’ thing. So that would be funny. But – like, a little wink? Or…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know. [laughs] They’re so – or what if he’s, like, looking at, like, a little diary? And there’s pictures of Grindelwald… [laughs]

Eric: Oh, no, no, no, no. Okay.

Andrew: I would die.

Eric: They’ll – actually…

Andrew: I would die.

Matt: No.

Eric: I had just said that I thought it was relevant. I thought we were talking about something else. No, I don’t think the ‘Dumbledore is gay thing’ is relevant. And it should not be in – I mean…

Matt: If we didn’t know – if we did not know about it before she told us…

Andrew: Well, of course.

Matt: …there’s no reason…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: …for them to…

Eric: But Michael Gambon can joke around etc. But yeah. It’s just that I don’t think it will be anything they will keep in, you know.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: You know.

Andrew: All right, Elliot. Thanks for calling in.

Matt: Thanks!

Caller: Yeah, thank you!

Andrew: No problem. Bye! Okay, let’s take one more caller. Then there’s two people we’re going to call. Jamie and then someone else.

Matt: Okay.

Eric: Okay.


Caller: Epilogue Actors


Andrew: I won’t ruin the surprise. Oh, caller! Wonderful, perfect! Karen, hello!

Caller: Hi!

Andrew: Hi! Can you bring your volume up a little bit?

Caller: Oh.

Andrew: By a little bit, I mean a lot.

Caller: I’m sorry. It’s my friend’s computer.

Andrew: Your friend’s computer? Good excuse.

Matt: Doo, doo, doo, doo, doo.

Andrew: In the mean time, Ben, oh – Matt will sing a song.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Karen, you’re really low.

Caller: Can you hear me now?

Andrew: No – we can but you’re really low.

Caller: Is that better?

Andrew: Yeah, what’s your question? Sure.

Matt: Yeah, better, better.

Andrew: What’s your question?

Caller: Okay, well I just wanted to comment on something you said before, about the epilogue.

Andrew: Okay.

Caller: And how the trio actors couldn’t play the older – sorry.

Andrew: The older actors?

Caller: Okay. About how the trio actors couldn’t play the older versions of themselves?

Andrew: Right.

Caller: I just want to point out, that at that time they’ll be nineteen and…

Eric: Twenty-three.

Andrew: Yeah, but you’ll still…

Matt: No!

Andrew: They’ll still be looking…

Matt: They can change the age!

Caller: Yeah! And in Back to the Future which was made in ’85, and they took people from 20 to 40, and it worked out fine.

Eric: Perfect example! Christian Glover, and was it Lea Thompson played…

Caller: Ah-huh.

Eric: Played Michael J Fox’s parents, and they were his age, and because they had to go back 30 years in time so he could see them when they were young. So they played their young selves and their old selves. I think it’ll be okay, with today’s makeup – if they can make a whole Planet of the Apes, they can do an older Harry, Ron and Hermione! They’ll be 20, 23 at the time. Dan’s what? 18 now? And we’re talking in three years time, so he’ll be 21.

Caller: Yeah.

Eric: I think that’s definitely plausible.

Caller: And I mean the only way I could see them not wanting to film it, is they’d have to cast all the kids, but, I mean, I think they could definitely do it.

Eric: Mm. Yeah.

Matt: It’s also more than 10 years, though.

Kevin: Yeah.

Matt: They’d have to be at least 20 years older, I’m thinking. Because…

Micah: Well, think about Eddie Murphy…

Matt: Harry’s the youngest – Harry’s the youngest one they’re playing. Well that’s different, he’s more of an adult. I think the trio’s still going to be aging, really quickly. But I just don’t think they have the facial features to portray at least 15-years-older than they actually are.

Kevin: Right. It might not come off well, but – you don’t want it to be – I think I’ve used the word before – corny. You don’t want it to be…

Eric: But, the whole epilogue was corny, Kevin.

Matt: Yeah, but, I mean…

Kevin: Corny in the sense of, “Wow, this looks like they tried too hard to make Dan Radcliffe look old.”

Matt: It’s just easier if they have separate actors portraying them – their characters. It shows that it’s been a long time since it happened.

Eric: I don’t know how I feel about that.

Kevin: It’s sort of like Narnia.

Eric: Yeah.

Kevin: You know, in the movie, they couldn’t have made those actors look any older, I mean, some of them were extremely young at the time, yes…

Eric: Yeah.

Kevin: But some were old enough, I mean, some of them were…

Eric: Actually, you’re right. I think Kevin and this caller have both brought up very good examples of how it could or couldn’t work.

[Skype phone starts to ring]

Andrew: Excuse the ringing.

Eric: I still appreciate the optimism, but, Kevin, I think you’re right too.

Andrew: Yeah. Karen, thank you for calling. Can we plug your website real quick?

Caller: Hmm?


Caller: Website Plug


Andrew: Can we plug your website real quick? You have created some great designs for MuggleCast…

Jamie: Hey! What’s up?

Andrew: Hold on, hold on, oh, sorry Jamie, hold on one second. I screwed up the whole – oh! There we go. Yeah, so, Karen, what’s your website, sorry?

Caller: My website is KarenKavett.com, and there’s a link to the MySpace, which is MySpace.com/KarenKavett.

Andrew: Sweet. You are a great designer.

Caller: If you don’t mind, can I just plug one other thing? My newest project…

Andrew: What is it? Sorry?

Caller: My newest project is the Duct Tape Experience. I make Harry Potter related things out of duct tape. I’m selling them.

Andrew: [laughs] Cool! I think I’ve seen some of those on EBay, you sold a couple of wallets, or something?

Caller: Yeah. Those are in the process of selling now.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Eric: Can you make a duct tape Hogwarts for me? Please?

Caller: A duct tape Hogwarts? Like the castle?

Eric: Yeah, totally.

Caller: Sure, if you want.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Donate it to MuggleCast, send it to the P.O. Box.

Andrew: There you go.

Eric: Or just take some pictures. I’m bookmarking your site right now, Karen. I think that should be a task. That should be a task. A duct tape Hogwarts. I think you can do it. I’m looking at your portfolio, it’s amazing, I have faith. You can do it.

Andrew: All right, Karen, thank you for calling.

Eric: And if not, you’ll get so tired of duct tape, you’ll think, “What a dumb idea this was to begin with.”

Caller: I don’t think I could ever get tired of duct tape.

Eric: Neither could I.

Andrew: Thanks, Karen, for calling.

Caller: Thanks!

Andrew: Bye!

Caller: Bye!

Andrew: All right, let’s get Jamie in here now. Oh geez, I think I’m going to have to call him again, I think I screwed this – hang up. This darn Skype. They always get you with something or another. Anyway, we’re not going to take anymore calls today. Thank you for everyone who’s been calling in, sorry we couldn’t get to your call! We just get bombarded with calls, and it’s rough, trying to…

Jamie: Hey!

Andrew: Get everyone in. Jamie! What’s going on?

Jamie: Not a lot.

Eric: Hey, dude!

Jamie: Hey, dude, what’s up?

Andrew: Yeah, sorry.

Matt: What’s going on?

Micah: It’s been a long time since we last spoke.

Kevin: Yeah, a long time.

Jamie: Yeah, like an hour.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: In that hour I’ve achieved so much.

Andrew: Jamie, we were making MuggleCast history! Kevin Steck is back on tonight!

Jamie: Really?

Andrew: Say hello, Kevin.

Kevin: Hello Jamie.

Jamie: What’s up, Kevin?

Kevin: Not much.

[Andrew laughs]

Jamie: Hey, Kevin?

Kevin: Yeah?


Jamie Inventing New Words For Things


Jamie: You know in Harry Potter, what the coin after a “cah-noot” is?

Andrew: The coin after a “cah-noot”?

Jamie: Cah-noot. That’s right, isn’t it?

Andrew: Do you mean a Knut?

Eric: Do you mean getting larger, Jamie?

Jamie: Yeah, what’s next? Kevin, answer it!

Kevin: Um – no, not on the spot.

Eric: Dude, Kevin…

Jamie: There’s another one, the silver one. Do you know what I mean?

Kevin: No.

Eric: Dead air.

Andrew: I can’t remember. Okay, Jamie just hang up. Hung up. I don’t know why.

Kevin: Hang up? [laughs]

Eric: I would hang up on you too, Kevin. That’s depressing.

Kevin: Hey! He put me on the spot!

Eric: I know, man. He puts me on the spot all the time, it’s horrible.

Andrew: Let me try to get him in, real quick. Apparently the call dropped. He just said, “Can you hone again?” Yes, I’ll hone, Jamie, when I get this working. What does hone mean?

Eric: Kevin! Look it up!

Andrew: Fail to call ordinary phones. I think we’re out of Skype Out credits. I think that’s the problem.

Eric: Oh!

Andrew: I think we’re out of Skype credits!

Eric: Call Papa!

Andrew: That is the kind of budget we have here on the show these days. We had two fifty to use. Oh, darn! I was going to call. Let me try to call someone else real quick.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: Anyway, yes. How about that Deathly Hallows split? Did you hear about that?

Matt: Yeah. No. What’s going on?

Andrew: Apparently, they’re splitting Deathly Hallows into two films because they want to make money. Actually, no. They want to – well basically, yeah, they want to make money.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Well I got an e-mail here…

Andrew: Go for it. Go for it.

Micah: We could talk about it for a couple minutes.

Andrew: Go for it.

[Skype phone starts ringing again]

Andrew: Actually, wait [laughs]. Apparently we can call U.S. numbers.

Kevin: Purchase four credits there, Andrew?

Andrew: No, I don’t know. Apparently the U.K. thing’s not working.

[Ringing tone continues]

Andrew: Let’s see if he answers. I hope he answers. Mystery caller. Not even you guys know who I’m calling. That’s half the fun. Anyone want to take bets?

Matt: I don’t?

Andrew: You don’t know? Oh, you know.

Matt: Yeah, I know.

Kevin: Should I read off the number?

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Yeah. You should, actually.

[Matt laughs]

Voicemail: Hey, this is Alex. I’m sorry I missed your call, but if you leave your name and number…

Andrew: Alex Carpenter. Too busy for us.

Voicemail: I’ll get back to you as soon as I can. Have an awesome day.

Andrew: Have an awesome day?

Voicemail: To page this person, press 5 now.

Eric: Oh, sweet. Let’s leave a voice-mail.

Andrew: Yeah, we’re going to.

[Voicemail beeps]

Andrew: Listen, okay. You text me, you’re like ‘Yo, man, I’ll be on the show. Just call me, because my internet’s not working.’ And where are you? You’re not here. Thanks.

Eric: Hey, hey, hey, hey, hey Mr. Remus Lupins.

Andrew: The Remus Lupins.

Eric: Mr. The Remus Lupins.

Andrew: Alex just texted me. ‘You call?’ Yes, I just called, sir. Let’s try calling him one more time. Obviously, this is going – places. “Failed to call ordinary phones.” Skype is not working well for us today. Anyway, I think it is time to wrap it up for today.

Matt: Yeah, just yeah. I think it’s time.

Andrew: It is getting long. Hey everyone – that’s what she said.


Deathly Hallows Composer


Micah: So much for the e-mail.

Andrew: Oh, sorry, Micah. What’s the e-mail?

Micah: It’s from Brad in Canada. He wanted to know with this finally been announced, what do you think about John Williams coming back.

Andrew: Ooh.

Matt: Aww!

Kevin: That would be cool. That would definitely be cool.

Andrew: Matt you’re a soundtrack nerd. What do you mean? Why are you so bummed? Oh, he can’t.

Matt: Because it’s not going to happen.

Andrew: Why is it not going to happen? Tell everyone.

Matt: Because Nicholas Hooper will probably be on it.

Andrew: I thought you were going say because he already has some movies to score.

Matt: No, it’s just that usually the directors and composers usually stick with each other. Nicholas Hooper and David Yates already have a pretty good relationship, so Nicholas Hooper – if David Yates directs it, Nicholas Hooper will compose it.

Andrew: I see.

Eric: Ah.

Andrew: Makes sense.

Eric: Hmm. Yeah.

Andrew: All right, well…

Matt: That’s sad.

Eric: Actually, I’m fine with Nicholas Hooper doing it. Just John Williams would be a nice, nice tie. You know, maybe they should let John Williams direct Part II – compose Part II. [laughs]

Matt: Maybe they’ll give him a – maybe John Williams will lend Nicholas Hooper a theme or something, maybe.

Kevin: Well they’ve – he’s already done that. They tend to…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: Yeah, I mean like a new one.

Eric: We need Alex Carpenter.

Andrew: Alex Carpenter – It’s not going to happen tonight.

Eric: Okay.


A Few Shout Outs


Andrew: But with that, we will wrap it up for today, for this live episode of MuggleCast. We hope everyone has enjoyed listening tonight. There are a few people we want to thank. First of all, UStream, for hosting us tonight. UStream.tv. Everyone who is listening now, knows the site very well. It’s fantastic. You can stream your videos for free, and your podcasts for free. It’s great. So thank you so much to Tim and everyone else at UStream. Also, I want to thank Lucas for helping moderating the chats tonight. Also, shout-out goes to my old high school, Shawnee TV, because they hooked me up with an Ethernet cable that I needed today in order to connect. I needed a really long Ethernet cable and I didn’t want to spend $150 to buy one. So I got one from them. Sweet.

[Music begins to play]

Andrew: Also, Mason just wanted me to mention real quick that he’s still accepting donations for the American Cancer Society. Visit MuggleCast.com for a donation link. He says, “Because of you guys we’ve broken a thousand dollars for cancer!”

Eric: Oh my God.

Andrew: For the American Cancer Society.

Matt: Woo!

Eric: Really cool. I’m really proud of everyone for that. And I still haven’t donated, so I’m going to donate. I’ve wanted to, so I will.

[Matt scoffs]

Eric: No, seriously.

Matt: Shame on you.

Eric: It is simply a matter of funds.

Andrew: Do it tonight. Five dollars! Five dollars.

Eric: Will it still be there tonight?

Andrew: Yeah, of course. Five dollars is the minimum donation. Just go to MuggleCast.com and there’s a link there. You might have to scroll down a little bit, but it is there.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that does it for today. This is going be Episode 136. I’m probably going release this later tonight, I think.

Matt: Yeah. No, no. no. You forgot to thank the people that were listening.

Andrew: Oh, and thank all of you. Thank you all!

Micah: Oh, way to kiss up!

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: The chat just said “I love Matt. I love Matt. I love Matt. I love Matt.”

Andrew: Oh brother. Oh brother!

[Eric and Matt laugh]

Andrew: 780 people listening right now, thank you for – thank so much everyone for listening very much. I think at our peak we had 1,300 people listening.

Eric: Wow.

Andrew: Which is definitely a new record for us.

Eric: Definitely before I came on.

Andrew: Yeah, thank you. Yeah, Eric. It just cut in half once you joined in.

Eric: Sorry.

Andrew: Just kidding.

Micah: Just like the movie.

Eric: Kevin, man, Kevin.

Andrew: Kevin, thanks for coming on.

Kevin: You’re welcome.

Andrew: I expect you back soon.

Kevin: Well…

Andrew: Silence? Okay, maybe not.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: “Remember, you’re paying me, Andrew.”

Kevin: Yeah, that’s true,

Eric: “I expect a cheque.”

Andrew: Oh yeah, that’s right. I paid you. Hmm.

Micah: Don’t forget.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Jimmy D.

Andrew: Jimmy D.?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Jimmy D.

Micah: Yeah, coming up soon.

Andrew: What are you talking about?

Kevin: Probably forgot.

Andrew: Is this a Journey reference?

Eric: After the show…

Micah: No, Jim Dale. [laughs]

Andrew: Oh, Jim Dale!

Eric: Geez. Jimmy D.?

Andrew: Oh yes.

Eric: God.

Matt: I thought it was like a drink made off from Sunny Delight or something.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, right. You guys all know that we will be – you know, you think, “Aw. They recorded two hours. They’re done for this week. MuggleCast is over because…”. Heck no! We’re recording another show tomorrow that will be released Sunday night or Monday, as usual. And this show will probably go on the feed tonight, Thursday night. So it’s been a great show!

Matt: Oh yeah!

Andrew: So thank you. It’s been great. We had returns of Ben and Kevin, and Jamie came on and we almost had Alex Carpenter on, so it was a win-win – Everybody wins! Everybody wins!

Eric: After the show I’m going do my Alex Carpenter impression.

Andrew: Okay.

[Matt laughs]


Show Close


Andrew: All right. Man, I almost don’t want to leave. I don’t want to leave. But we have to.

Matt: I know. We been prolonging this ending for what, ten minutes?

Andrew: Well, there was a lot to say. I mean…

Kevin: Yes, 10 minutes.

Eric: Well I’ll just do it now. Because we couldn’t get the real Alex on, so I’m going to do my Alex Carpenter impression. Okay. Ready?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Okay. [singing “Looking for Trouble”] “I don’t care how much you write, I’m not going back to Privet Drive. Spend the summer at the Burrow with my girl. Yeah! We’re going looking out for trouble, We’re gonna finish this, this time around. Everybody! Ba-ba-ba-ba-ba-ba!”

Andrew and

Matt:

Uhhh.

Micah: And 1,000, 900, 800…

Kevin: The number of listeners…

[Everyone laugh]

Eric: Sorry. Ba-ba-ba-ba-ba.

Andrew: Thank you everyone for listening. We’ll see you Sunday for Episode 137, I think.

Matt: Bye!

Andrew: Bye everyone!

Kevin: Bye!

Eric: Bye!

Matt: Bye everybody!

Micah: Bye!

[Song continues to play]

———————–

Transcript #135

MuggleCast 135 Transcript


Show Intro


Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the Internet’s leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto www.AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast today for details.

[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Because audiobooks keep us sane – well, Mikey and Matt sane – this is MuggleCast Episode 135 for March 8th, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: All right, we are back for another week of MuggleCast. No bleeping this week. I think we’re bleeped out for the next about thousand episodes.

Matt: We are?

Laura: Aww, darn.

Andrew: Yeah, sorry. I know, I know. It was a lot of [bleep]-ing fun, but…

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: …we have to stop now.

Eric: Bleeps are so hard to do in the audio editor. I don’t know about you, Andrew, but that always upsets me when I have to put bleeps in.

Andrew: It took a couple of minutes, but it was worth it because everyone loved that episode, that intro. People are thinking it was our best intro ever.

Laura: Yeah, except for one person.

Eric: I haven’t heard it. I need to.

Laura: One person e-mailed and said that she was fed up with us. She would never listen again.

Andrew: Oh, yeah.

Matt: Really?

Andrew: I love the people, yeah, that was funny. [laughs] Yeah, some people like to pretend like they’re unsubscribing to make us feel bad, but really – Hey, if you aren’t going to listen, whatever. Don’t threaten us.

Mikey: Hey. I would feel bad if they, you know…

Andrew: I don’t, because I know they’re lying. They’ll come back next week. They’ll be back. I know they’ll be back. It’s – I don’t know.

Matt: Is it like a tradition now for the show, we gripe about something?

Andrew: No.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: No, and it’s funny because originally we were – I came up with an idea for that intro early in the week, and then I scraped it last minute, but then I was like, “All right, maybe we should do it,” because I was afraid too many people were going to take it like we were actually complaining, but we don’t complain. I’m dead serious when I say that. We…

Eric: Andrew, when you look on iTunes, and discover that we have half the subscriptions we did last week… [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. No, but that’s not the case. Everyone was loving last week’s episode, and I’m confident we have another good episode for everyone today. We got lots to discuss this week. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: Are we going by seniority?

Mikey: Oh no, I usually go last, but…

Andrew: Mikey likes…

Mikey: I can format, that’s fine.

Matt: No, it’s okay. If you want to go last, that’s fine.

Mikey: No! Anyway, anyway! Matt, Matt, Matt!

[Laura laughs]

Mikey: Anyway, I’m Mikey B.

Matt: And I’m Matt Britton.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

[Show music plays louder]


News


Andrew: MuggleCast news contest winner Edith is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Edith!

Edith: My name is Edith Lerner and I am very excited to be reading this week’s top Harry Potter news stories.

Jim Dale, narrator of the U.S. Potter books, will be presenting at HPEF’s Portus 2008 this July. Portus representative Aziza Aba Butain talks about how excited they are to be hosting him:

“This will be Jim Dale’s first ‘Harry Potter’ conference. We’re all very excited and honored to have a guest so involved with the series be apart of Portus’ programming. Mr. Dale is quite the dynamic, accomplished speaker, and we can’t wait for Portus to arrive.”

If you’re interested in attending Portus, you must register. Visit Portus2008.org for more information. Don’t forget, MuggleCast will also be hosting a podcast at the conference as part of their Podcast Palooza. This is one conference that you’ll definitely not want to miss.

On March 2 Wizrocklopedia.com announced the 2008 Wizard Rock People’s Choice Awards winners. Fans around the world voted for their favorite bands in several categories, such as Best Male/Female Vocals, Best EP, Band of the Year, Best Holiday Song, and Best Album Art. The Lifetime Achievement Award goes to The Whomping Willows. Congratulations to Matt and all of the winners.

Ralph Fiennes, the actor who plays Lord Voldemort in the Potter films, has revealed in an interview with “Ain’t It Cool News” that he won’t be appearing in the sixth film. When asked whether he is signed for Deathly Hallows he says, “not yet.”

On ITV’s “This Morning,” Damian Lewis, Helen McCrory’s husband, said that Helen is filming her scenes as Narcissa Malfoy this week. Damian said she’s “extremely excited” and is following blogs that are also exciting.

A newspaper in Norway reports on some scenic filming being done in a small village called Bjorli. The crew is filming shots that will be used outside of the Hogwarts Express.

The Telegraphhas a short piece about Jo Rowling continuing to write in cafes:

“I will continue writing for children because that’s what I enjoy,” reveals Jo, who greatly misses the child wizard.

“It’s left me with the biggest emptiness in my life.”

<>She will, however, leave behind the magical world of Hogwarts.

“I believe that it’s good for me and good for my readers that I bring myself to work on something different,” she says.

In a search for inspiration, Jo discloses that she has returned to the Edinburgh cafes where she completed her first novel while unemployed and living on benefits.

“I am very good at finding a suitable cafe. I blend into the crowd and, of course, I don’t sit in the middle of the bar staring all around me. In 90% of cases, it’s the cafe staff who allow me to work without being bothered.”

That’s all the news for this March 8, 2008. Back to the show.


News Discussion: Ralph Fiennes


Andrew: All right, thank you very much, Edith, and great job. Next week we will have the runner up to our MuggleCast news contest, so look forward to that. So we have a couple items of news to discuss this week. Not much going on. One thing, not really worth discussing, but we thought we would mention that Ralph Fiennes in an interview revealed that he will not be in Half-Blood Prince.

Eric: What? [gasps]

Andrew: I have a feeling he’ll be back in flashbacks, if we’re to take what David Yates did in Order of the Phoenix.

Eric: Oh, okay, you mean like stock footage, that sort of thing.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Like what they did with Cedric Diggory…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …without having Robert Pattinson in Order of the Phoenix.

Andrew: Yeah, exactly.

Eric: Cool beans.

Andrew: Not that big of a deal, right?

Mikey: It’s not that big of a deal.

Laura: No. It’s not like he did anything.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He wasn’t there, so…

Mikey: I forgot Voldemort existed in Half-Blood Prince. It was Draco.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s true.

Matt: Well, in all honesty, he’s not really in the whole series that much, physically. He’s mostly just mentioned. So that’s why we think it’s a huge deal, or some of the fans think, when he’s not going to be in the movie.

Eric: Well, still, no, I mean, I thought that if they were going to show the different ages of Voldemort throughout the years and, you know, if we do the Pensieve lessons with Dumbledore, that sort of thing, I thought it would be cool to have actually Ralph Fiennes play a Voldemort from a few years before he underwent the magical transfortation. You know, like when he – you know, recently. Like a younger Voldemort…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: …before he lost his nose. And that would be cool.

Matt: He would definitely act it out really well. I mean he’s a terrific actor, so that whole dynamic scene with him and Dumbledore in his office.

Eric: But then again, Voldemort left school to change his face, so it was pretty early.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Ralph Fiennes isn’t that young.

Matt: He got all that plastic surgery.

Eric: Well, he’s pretty young. He’s younger than Alan Rickman, isn’t he?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Ralph Fiennes?

Mikey: Alan Rickman’s up there in age.

Eric: Sixty-something.

Laura: Yeah, but it would still be a stretch to have him play someone in his early twenties.

Eric: Yeah. No, easily, easily.

Andrew: Well, that’s why they have cast child Tom Riddle, and then also middle aged – or younger Tom Riddle. I mean around the…

Eric: They’re going to have to stretch those, though.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I think they’re going to have to stretch those actors to play like a between 6-11 and 12-18, you know, that sort of thing.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: It’d be like Dan Radcliffe all over again.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Joking.

Andrew: So I mean that’s about it for that. And then also, we got a voicemail that sums up our next news item.


News Discussion: Jim Dale


[Audio]: Hi. My name is Claire and I’m from Illinois, and I was just reading the MuggleNet news, and I thought that it was so exciting that Jim Dale is going to be at Portus. I was just really like, oh my gosh! So just wanted to say how excited I was about that. Anyways, you guys have an awesome show, keep it up. Pickles.

Andrew: Jim Dale at Portus!

Laura: I’m really excited about that, too. It should be pretty cool.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: How cool is that?

Eric: Jim Dale at Portus; that’s pretty cool.

Matt: He’s the man.

Andrew: Yeah. And what was cool for us was that MuggleNet – Portus gave us the news to break, and of course we posted it on MuggleNet Wednesday night, and I have to say, this is huge for Harry Potter conferences ’cause this is the first time a Harry Potter conference has had someone so important in the Harry Potter…

Matt: Series.

Andrew: Series, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, no, I agree, I agree.

Laura: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, totally.

Mikey: I actually have all six of the audio books. Or seven. [laughs]

Eric: Very nice.

Mikey: That’s what it is!

Eric: Very nice, Mikey.

Mikey: You know, I forgot. Actually, no, I have one Stephen Fry, so I have six of his and one Stephen Fry one, so…

Andrew: We are – we’ve always raved about Jim Dale in the past. I want to play a little sample for you guys now to get a taste in case you’ve never heard Jim Dale.

Jim Dale Audio: A braver man than Vernon Dursley would have quailed under the furious look Hagrid now gave him; when Hagrid spoke, his every syllable trembled with rage. “You never told him? Never told him what was in the letter Dumbledore left for him? I was there, I saw Dumbledore leave it, Dursley! An’ you’ve kept it from him all these years?” “Kept what from me?” said Harry eagerly. “Stop! I forbid you!” yelled Uncle Vernon in panic. Aunt Petunia gave a gasp of horror. “Ah, go boil your heads, both of yeh,” said Hagrid. “Harry – yer a wizard.”

Andrew: His voice is just so soothing and oh…

Matt: Very British. Magical.

Mikey: Personally, I think Jim Dale does the best part doing all the voices for everyone.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Like my favorite – I think my favorite has to be the Hagrid voice he does. It’s just so like – There’s a point where I listened to all seven, well it was before the seventh book was out, I listened to six audio books, and then I decided to watch the movies, and hearing Hagrid in the movie just wasn’t right because I was so used to the Hagrid in the audio books.

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: I was like, that’s not Hagrid! It seriously…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: He does some amazing voices.

Eric: Robbie Coltrain, you faker, you wannabe.

Mikey: [laughs] Robbie Coltrane, you’re great as Hagrid, but no. Honestly, like he does amazing voices for all the characters.

Matt: Yeah, he does.

Andrew: Yeah. I remember he said in an interview he does over 120 voices or something?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: I have the whole thing, it’s great.

Eric: He’s really talented.

Andrew: Yeah, so Jim Dale will be at Portus 2008, the same conference that we are doing a live MuggleCast at.

Mikey: Whoo!

Andrew: And I have to say, most of us are going to be there, it’s looking like. So we’re going to have a nice big panel, we’re going to be doing a nice show, so visit Portus2008.org for more information. If you sign up for the full registration you get to see Jim. He’s going to be doing multiple things at Portus; this isn’t just like one, you know, quick little thing. He’s doing a lot on Saturday, and we’re going to be doing the podcast on Friday.

Eric: Cool.

Andrew: So visit Portus2008.org, register, and get involved. If you haven’t been to a Harry Potter conference before they are so much fun.

Mikey: They’re fun. They’re fun. I’ve been to three.

Andrew: You’re in a Harry Potter fandom world when you go into this hotel. It’s crazy.

Matt: Yeah, ’cause pretty much everybody’s at the lobby.

Andrew: If I was a betting man I would say that this will definitely be the biggest Potter conference ever in terms of awesomeness.


Announcement: Jim Dale Interview


Matt: And speaking of that news, MuggleCast and Portus 2008 are proud to announce that we will be interviewing Jim Dale, the narrator for the U.S. audiobooks for an upcoming episode of MuggleCast and Portus Previews.

Andrew: But we need your help! Please send in your questions or queries for Mr. Dale via the MuggleCast hotline. We will select the top five questions and pose them to Mr. Dale himself. As a reminder, if you’re in the United States dial 1-218-20-MAGIC, if you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677, and if you’re in Australia you can dial 02-8003-5668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast.

Matt: Please have your questions sent in by March 13 at 6 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. We are all very excited to hear what you have to ask Mr. Dale and are looking forward to bringing you this wicked piece of news.

Jim Dale Audio: As if a normal boy cares what’s on the news.


Announcement: Relay for Life


Andrew: We have a few announcements for everyone this week, and we’re going to start with a message from Mason, who we talked about last week. He’s playing an active role in raising money for the American Cancer Society, so this is a little message from him.

Mason: Hey, everyone. This is Mason, the guy who does the GoDaddy ad at the beginning of the show. I got on the show today because I personally wanted to tell you that I appreciate all the donations my Relay for Life Team has received so far, and really, I can’t explain how much this means to us. At the moment we’ve almost raised a thousand dollars towards cancer research. Cancer is a disease that can affect anyone, and with your help we can get one step closer to finding a cure. If you’d like to donate please visit the link in the Show Notes on MuggleCast.com. The minimum donation is just five dollars, and I assure you, your contribution will not go unnoticed. Not only will you help out a great cause, I promise to personally thank each and every listener who has donated on a future episode of MuggleCast. Thank you for taking time to listen to me, and I hope you enjoy the rest of the show.

Eric: Dude, anytime, Mason. We will listen to you anytime.

Mikey: His voice is so soothing.

Andrew: Including at the beginning of every episode.

Mikey: His voice is really soothing.

Eric: He is.

Laura: Yeah, I know.

Mikey: When he’s not going…

Laura: When he’s not doing the GoDaddy ads.

Mikey: When he’s not going, “Listen Up!”

Matt: [imitating Mason’s GoDaddy voice] Oh Yeah.

Mikey: “Yo! Listeners!” It’s really soothing, and it kind of makes me want to go, “Oh, Mason, I’ll give you fifty dollars right now.” And so…

Andrew: I’m sure he would accept that.

Mikey: I know.

Matt: He should do an audiobook.

Mikey: He will, and I’m going to go ahead and donate to that because, you know, it’s a good cause.

Laura: Yeah, it really is. I know I appreciate it, and I’m sure a lot of other people appreciate what he’s doing, too. So, listeners, you should definately donate if you haven’t already.

Mikey: Yes.

Andrew: Visit MuggleCast.com. Donate five dollars. There’s a minimum donation of five dollars. You can donate more. I donated twenty. I think, Matt, you donated twenty.

Mikey: I have.

Matt: Mhm. Yep.

Mikey: I didn’t donate fifty. I donated twenty.


Announcement: Podcast Alley


Andrew: Lastly, this week, MuggleCast has been doing great on Podcast Alley this month, for the month of March. So visit PodcastAlley, and place your vote for us. We’re number two right now behind Keith and the Girl, and we’re sandwiched in between Keith and the Girl, at number one, and Keith and the Girl TV, at number three. So, keep voting for us. Get us up there in the number one spot. This is MuggleCast March, meaning we have to be number one. Or uh…something bad happens. So, visit PodcastAlley and place your votes. Vote for us, it’s really easy. Just put in your e-mail address, confirm your e-mail, and boom! You’re done.

Matt: Just like that.


MuggleCasters Recommend Twilight


Andrew: Before we get to Muggle Mail this week, we have one e-mail from a listener that concerns a little promotion we’re doing this week. Matt, you want to read it?

Matt: Sure. This e-mail comes from Melissa, 16 of Pennsylvania. And she writes:

“Hey, MuggleCast! I heard you guys were reading “Twilight”, and I myself have become a recent fan. I was just wondering what you thought of it so far. What do you guys think of Bella? Edward? Personally, Bella kind of annoys me. Would you recommend it to other Harry Potter readers? I have. Thanks, guys, for your show is lovely. Melissa.”

Andrew: So, a few of us have been reading Twilight. Laura.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Matt.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And I.

Matt: I am ahead of everybody.

Andrew: Matt just finished.

Matt: I’m done!

Andrew: You finished the third one?

Matt: I’m done. I finished today.

Andrew: Until the fourth one comes out.

Matt: Well, yeah, but that’s like three months.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So it’s a relatively new series though?

Matt: Um, it’s a couple years old. Isn’t it?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: It came out in 2005?

Laura: Yeah, that’s right.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: Oh, so that’s much newer than Harry Potter.

Andrew: But it’s growing quickly in our fandom.

Matt: At a rapid rate, too, I mean…

Laura: It’s actually often times being called the series that’s, you know, quote unquote – and it’s kind of a pun here – “eclipsing Harry Potter” and all that other stuff.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Ha-ha-ha…

Laura: And there’s a lot of articles written about it just because so many Harry Potter fans are kind of moving onto new series like Twilight.

Matt: Mhm.

Laura: To kind of bridge the gap.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: And this just seems to be the series that a good portion of the fandom is flocking to at the moment.

Andrew: Yeah. I wouldn’t say “moving on,” because then people are going to be like, “Oh, you guys are giving up on Harry Potter.” People are looking for a new series to read, and I have to say Twilight is very refreshing.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s very nice to read outside of Harry Potter, because, honestly, I don’t really read anymore except for Harry Potter, and I started reading this and I was like, this is great.

Matt: Mhm. It’s very easy to read as in there is not so much you really have to think of as in contrast with Harry Potter, where, you know, the series goes very deep and interconnects to other things and parallels.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: And New Moon, it’s kind of a relaxing read, and for a lot of the fans, female fans especially, it’s a romantic novel that has a fantasy in itself in it.

Andrew: What if I told you guys that you could read any of the Twilight series or thirty-five thousand other books for free? One of them, though?

Eric: I would say, “Dude…”

Matt: Wow… that’s… I would say, “HUH!?”

Laura: I would say, “That’s too good to be true, Andrew!” [laughs]


Audiobooks


Andrew: Oh, no it’s not, because today’s podcast is brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider in spoken word entertainment. Audible has over thirty-five thousand titles to choose from to be downloaded and played back anywhere, just like MuggleCast, just as easily, including the Twilight series. Log onto www.AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast to receive your free audio book. You can choose from any of the thirty-five thousand titles, and they have the Twilight series. So if you’re looking for a new book to read, check out Twilight and check out a new way to read it with auidiobooks. And I have to tell you, audiobooks are really handy to read. Matt and Mikey have both used audiobooks too. Mikey, you were just listening to Harry Potter right before the show.

Mikey: Yeah, I actually started listening to the two chapters that we had to read for today’s segment.

Eric: Did you finish those, by any chance?

Mikey: Yeah. I finished them. It’s one of those things where I called Andrew on my way back from work, and I was like, “Hey, Andrew. What books and I supposed to read – what chapters am I supposed to read?” I luckily had Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows on my iPhone as an audio book, and I started listening to the chapters while I was driving home, and bingo, I got through it. It’s a great way to just kind of catch up and kind of review stuff.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Obviously I have already read the book. Plus they are great for long drives.

Matt: Yeah.

Mikey: Cross country drives, having the books on tape. I have quite a few different books on tape and the Harry Potter ones are really good.

Matt: Yeah, just along with what Mikey said, I usually – my favorite audio book is actually Jim Dale’s Sorcerer’s Stone. I usually listen to it when I am kind of an insomniac. When I don’t sleep really sleep at night, what I do is I just lay in bed and turn off the lights and listen to it. And it’s just listening to your book on tape makes you feel relaxed and calm, and you just kind of move into your own world.

Andrew: So visit AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast and get your free audio book. We would recommend Twilight this week if you want a new series to check out Harry Potter. I tell you what, I am not a big reader, and Twilight just like the Harry Potter series got me hooked on reading a book constantly. I definitely recommend it if you’re looking for a good read.

Mikey: Really? I will have to check that out.

Andrew: Yeah. AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast. Get it for free, Mikey.

Mikey: All right.

Andrew: Legally. Legally. Get it for free legally.

Mikey: What is this “legally” thing?

[Laura laughs]

Matt: It means don’t steal it, Mikey.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Mikey: What are you talking about!?


Muggle Mail: Dumbledore’s Views


Andrew: Anyway. Muggle Mail this week…

Mikey: [laughs] I don’t like that! I don’t like what you guys are implying here.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: At all.

Andrew: Let’s read that first one from Anya.

Laura: Okay. Our first Muggle Mail comes from Anya, 24 of New Mexico. She writes:

“Just wanted to say I really enjoy listening to you guys. You keep me from going insane in my work cubicle during my night shifts. On to the main event. I just wanted to say that on Episode 134 there was a debate about the fact that Dumbledore’s views being in agreement with Grindelwald’s and how it wasn’t originally good. There was also a statement to the effect that he was succumbing to peer pressure due to his infatuation with Grindelwald. What no one is taking into account, even though it’s mentioned later on, is that Dumbledore’s little sister was attacked by Muggles for being a witch, and his father was subsequently thrown in Azkaban for taking his revenge on said Muggles. This coupled with the fact that the wizarding community is forced to hide themselves from the rest of the world would cause anyone to question their beliefs concerning Muggle rights and other such topics. Especially considering these things, I completely understand Dumbledore’s point of view on the subject and believe that, had Ariana not died that day, Dumbledore may not have ever questioned that Grindelwald’s ideas needed to be put into motion.”

Yeah.

Mikey: No, I agree.

Laura: I mean – yeah – I mean I definitely understand the point you’re making, but at the same time it kind of goes along with that idea of stereotyping an entire group of people based on what a small number of them did.

Eric: And I think that – I think that you have to also know that Dumbledore still didn’t hate Muggles for, you know, no matter what they did to his sister, or whatever. No matter the fact that his father was in jail for that.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: I think he cared a lot – you know, when he does – when we do find out what happened to Dumbledore’s father, you know, you show that – it’s kind of understood that his dad did a wrong thing, and I think Dumbledore felt that. So even though you can see the pattern about how Dumbledore would begin to qestion Muggles and stuff, he was still pure of heart enough to tell Grindelwald that, you know, it had to be “for the greater good,” that sort of thing, and to keep Grindelwald in check as best he could.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: He didn’t hate Muggles, despite their attacks.

Matt: Well, also the position that Dumbledore was in – having everyone know what his father did. I mean he – a lot of people in that kind of situation would do almost anything to make the family name right again.

Laura: Well – and actually Dodge, in like the second chapter – or which chapter was it, where it had the letter from Dodge to The Daily Prophet? Like with…

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Basically the – it was called “In Mem…” I forget. Well anyway…

Mikey: Memoriam?

Laura: He actually said that a lot of people had heard about what happened and assumed that because his father attacked them, that he must feel the same way about Muggles. And like, from the very beginning of his first year he tried to make that very clear that he didn’t think that was acceptable. However, I seem to recall, and I can’t remember what chapter this happens in – if it’s before this point in the book or if it’s after – where we find Dumbledore actually saying someting along the lines of, “It’s our duty to actually be above the Muggles so that we can protect them.”

Andrew: Yeah, I remember that, too.

Laura: Which I find interesting. It was almost like a superiority complex in terms of thinking that you could actually save them from themselves. But…

Matt: It kind of – it kind of reminds me of The Golden Compass. Of what The Magisterium tried to portray…

Laura: Right. Yeah.

Matt: …for the kids, stealing their daemons.

Eric: Yeah, except they just wanted power, and that’s clearly more like Grindelwald.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Dumbledore may have actually wanted to do – I keep reminding, or remembering the thing Hagrid said to Harry, that Muggles would want magical solutions for everything if they knew that wizards existed, so, [imitating Hagrid] “I reckon they’re better off not knowing.” But, like Dumbledore – like I see a society where Dumbledore would’ve, sort of, possibly offered to help Muggles. You know, maybe he felt sorry for them for not having magical ability.

Matt: Mhm. Yeah.

Eric: Or something.

Matt: Mhm. He probably – oh, nevermind. I lost it.

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Well said anyway.

Eric: All the same. It’s – it’s – we’re reading a lot into it.

Matt: Yeah. I think we made our point on that subject.


Muggle Mail: Ariana


Eric: Next e-mail comes from Sheyna, age 23, of Norfolk, Virginia, and she’s talking about Ariana.

“Hey guys, I love your show and the different discussions you have about the characters, plots, and subplots during Chapter-By-Chapter.” Yay! “As soon as I heard Laura say that the attack on Ariana may have been a sexual one I had to e-mail you all. I’m a recent graduate with my degree in psychology and I’m now working with children. The thing with children, and especially girls, is that they’re so eager to please everyone because they’re learning a lot of new things themselves and want to share it with everyone. When Ariana learned she could do magic she did not understand that she was supposed to not use it outside of the house, or in front of Muggles. When she showed it to them, they probably teased her or said she was a freak or a monster and possibly beat her up. They could have also been scared. With children this young, and especially girls, this would cause her to try and get rid of the offending trait, but
as magic is something you’re born with she could not get rid of it, and at moments when she was most excited or angry it would burst out of her uncontrollably. It’s like a child who gets told, “You’re never supposed to get angry,” but not told why. When they feel angry they suppress it and keep moving, but when they’re extremely stressed or feel in danger – they do not actually have to be in danger – they go into a complete, seemingly unprovoked rage. This is just my opinion. Keep up the great work.”

I think it’s good that you guys, last week, and this person, Sheyna – sorry, I pronounced it Shana, it’s Sheyna – goes into the psychology behind Ariana. I like that about you guys last week, and I think it’s really interesting stuff to talk about because Jo wasn’t clear in the books exactly what had happened.

Laura: Yeah, I think that’s also a very logical, like, set of reasoning you came up with there. I really like that. The only reason I kind of brought up the whole idea of a sexual assault was because she was so vague about it, I wasn’t sure if she thought it was something that she didn’t really need to tackle in the book, because that’s not really what the book is about. But at the same time the book isn’t about the psychology of children either, so it’s very possible that this could be what happened.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 20, “Xenophilius Lovegood”


Andrew: All right, well, we are going to take it to Chapter-by-Chapter. And this week we’re discussing chapters 20 and 21. Starting off with Chapter 20, “Xenophilius Lovegood.” It is Xenophilius, right?

Matt: Yeah, I was going to ask you.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, I think so.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: I think – I always called him Xenophilius. I think that’s cool.

Matt: I just called him Mr. Lovegood.

Andrew: It’s a crazy name. It’s like…

Matt: Yeah. Well, it’s not exactly the most normal family either.

Andrew: Yeah. It must have sucked when he was lining up in elementary school, always being in the back of the line.

Eric: Well, then again, I mean, anything from Lucius, Sirius, Remus, you know, all that stuff. It’s – they’re not common names that J.K.R. uses…

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Eric: But they’re cool. We accept them because we get so familiar with them.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I think that someone should write a paper on that. There’s probably an editorial. MuggleNet’s world class editorials about the names in the Harry Potter series. Not the significance, but that they’re really cool and kind of obscure. Like, we don’t have a Bob.

Matt: Yeah…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: We should invent, like, a Harry Potter baby book or something.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Well, we do have a Bob Ogden. Sorry.

Andrew: Harry Potter baby book? [laughs]

Matt: Yeah, a baby book. That’d be awesome.

Eric: Actually, I am fully behind that. Matt, you and I have to co-author it.

Matt: Okay. Half the whole book is going to be with “-us” at the very end of the word – of the name, too. Xenophilius, Remus, Sirius.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: How many can you name? Keep going, keep going, Matt. Come on, you’re at four.

Matt: Regus, Philius…

Andrew: Regus. [laughs]

Matt: Nigellus.

Eric: [laughs] Nigellus. That’s a last name.

Matt: I know, but it had the “-us” in the end. I had to go with something.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: I wouldn’t name my baby Nigellus.

Andrew: Tonks. No.

Eric: Tonks isn’t a… [laughs]

Matt: Tonksus.

Andrew: This chapter focuses on Xenophilius and their – the trio’s meeting with him. It’s sort of a classic – the classic situation where a good guy that you trust turns – turns bad…

Eric: Hm. Kind of.

Andrew: When he calls men on the trio.

Eric: You know, I mean, there’s so many gray areas. You find out why.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: So, Eric, you want to start of with a little quote?


The Trio’s Situation


Eric: Yeah, yeah, sure. Okay, so very early on in the chapter, Ron’s saying, “Someone’s on our side, mate.” He’s really happy because they’ve just got back from the forest where they’ve seen the doe, recovered the sword, that sort of thing, and Ron is really, really feeling good about that. Hermione’s still kind of agitated at Ron, but what I wanted to talk about – what struck me first is that there’s a bit of celebration, whoop whooping, on Ron’s part. But then again, the help that they got from the doe and finding the sword helped them destroy the only Horcrux they knew about. So are they actually – as of the beginning of this chapter, do you guys think they’re actually in a good situation? Because to be perfectly honest, they destroyed – I mean, yeah, it’s good they’re one Horcrux down, but that’s the only one they have any clue about. So I don’t really think that they’re, you know, in that great a situation.

Andrew: I think – I think they had reason to celebrate ’cause progress is progress…

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: …and at this point…

Matt: They were desperate for some.

Andrew: …they weren’t making that much progress, so I think it was well deserved.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: And they have to get their motives up somehow, you know? So…

Eric: You’re right.

Matt: They’re used to stuff happening by accident.

Andrew: I do see what you’re saying, though, Eric. It’s kind of…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah. Oh, talking about what Matt just said – stuff happening by accident – that is another note later, but…

Andrew: Yeah.


“Voldemort” is a Taboo


Eric: That I have. So the second note here is that “Voldemort” is actually a taboo. What did you guys think when this was explained? Do you not think it’s really one of those brilliant moments in the books where J.K.R. has done something clever?

Andrew: I think it is.

Laura: Yeah. Oh, I agree.

Matt: I think it is. I think – I’m kind of upset that we don’t really find out how they did that.

Andrew: Exactly. That’s what I was going to say.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Is it a spell or is it just – like, how does that work, too? Is it like – is it because everyone’s a wizard they’re all connected magically somehow? So when a wizard says a name it like – it takes like a shock or a current through the magical world and they all sense it or something?

Eric: It could be.

Andrew: I like that idea. The current idea.

Eric: It’s got to have a range too. You know, you think, if it’s – like world wide range, that sort of thing, I mean. Then again, the Ministry is backing it, so you could put a taboo.

Matt: Yeah, the Ministry does everything.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Well, they probably have like a…

Eric: Like a floo network.

Matt: Yeah, like a little center like with computers or magical things everywhere that just like ring a bell and this little scroll comes out and says, “Ron Weasley just said Voldemort,” or something.

Eric: Yeah. Well, there’s always something about the spoken word too, that has its own sort of magic. That’s why you have to do incantations in a series, you know. I mean, it’s – there’s something about it, and having Voldemort’s name be a taboo where they could be able to trace it makes a person traceable, as Bill told Ron. Brilliant, brilliant stuff. I was very, very happy with this. I mean there’s all these little brilliant moments in Book 7 that I really do like no matter what my opinions may be on the whole, I like it.

Matt: Well, just to add one more thing to this; it probably goes along the line of underage wizardry and how they can track it, probably.

Andrew: I was going to say that too, yeah. I mean I think the Ministry can track anything and even if it comes down to, you know – well, yeah, look at the Floo Network. They were tracking that. The Order of the Phoenix, they had to go through Umbridge’s fireplace. So I think it’s just that.

Eric: They had a lot of tracing stuff. They really want to trace people.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think it’s necessary, though, because with magic – with, you know – I talked a few weeks ago about how out of control our world would be with magic in the real world, but when you think about it, that’s probably why all the tracing is in place, because you need to have a way to track everyone. Otherwise, can you imagine criminals in today’s society being – you know, we have a hard enough time tracking down with clues. With the Ministry being able to track down anyone, I think it really enforces the law to a point.

Eric: I completely agree with you.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: And truthfully, you know, you can tell that the Ministry is the ones that put the tracker on Voldemort’s name, most likely under the guise of only Death Eaters would say his name outright.

Matt: Right.

Mikey: You know what I mean?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Well, it definitely would be – it only makes sense, too because…

Mikey: Again, it would be the Ministry being able to control it with the same type of magic that they use for underage wizardry. And, in fact, I’m actually looking at the book right now; the whole thing about the taboo that Ron says, it’s one, two, three – three paragraphs long. It’s very short and it’s kind of a brush over, but, you know, there’s definitely a lot there that you can think about with…

Eric: And it does have real life implications, like Andrew was just saying. But if you guys think about – if somebody Google searches how to build a bomb, they get flagged, or, you know, presumably there’s a way, you know, I mean libraries – have you guys seen the movie Seven? It’s very similar where they mention that people check out flagged books, things like that. It’s just a way of patrolling and making the world a safer place, kind of. But obviously in this case, it’s used incorrectly, you know, to root out Harry Potter.

Andrew: Laura, isn’t there something in D.C. or – I’m thinking about something they have microphones everywhere to track…?

Laura: Not that I am immediately thinking of.

Mikey: I know what you’re talking about. In the actual Washington D.C. area, in the city itself, Washington D.C., there’s microphones throughout the entire place and if there’s any mention of killing the president it’s picked up and flagged instantly because you’re in such a close proximity from it.

Laura: Nice.

Mikey: The only reason I know this – I have never attempted and do not want to…

Eric: [laughs] Because they found you, Mikey.

Mikey: My friend’s band, they have a song called “Kill the President,” and it’s completely made up, because they were playing in Washington D.C. and sure enough the cops came because of that song.

Laura: Wow.

Eric: It’s a bit distasteful, don’t you think?

Mikey: But they made – they said it out loud, “So this song’s called ‘Kill the President.'” It has absolutely nothing to do with killing the president, but they had heard the story about it, and sure enough they said it out loud with the microphone and everything, and sure enough people came to see what was going on with this.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Wow. That is amazing.

Mikey: Just so you know.

Laura: So and Eric and Matt, you guys remember when we were there how there were little video cameras on a lot of like the street poles and stuff? Remember we passed a couple…

Andrew: Oh yeah.

Laura: It was just bizarre.

Matt: Well, not only that, when were in Washington D.C. around like – where were we first? Oh, went to the capitol and there was nobody there. It was like quiet, and I was like freaking out like, “Am I saying any taboo words? Are the bushes going to come out and all these…”

Laura: No, but then remember we looked up and there was one little man sitting along the top and we were like “Oh gosh…”

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Oh, guys, for a moment I thought Chikezie was going home, but they’re just doing the Idol brush up, so we haven’t found out yet. And anyway, guys, it’s just national security, what we were talking about, just other national security things.

Laura: I know.

Matt: It’s definitely the Ministry that’s doing it, because it’s never been done before until after – I mean Voldemort’s name never was taboo until after they took over the Ministry.

Laura: Oh yeah, I think we’re all in agreement on that.

Eric: It’s still believed to be jinxed, and that’s what I thought too, you know? Ron never wanted them to say the name anyway, and you know bad luck for whatever, and now it’s actually – to turn it into a substantial thing, taboo. It’s pretty cool stuff.

MuggleCast 135 Transcript (continued)


Grindelwald


Eric: Okay, I wanted to say, it was brought up a little bit around the mid-section of this chapter, chapter 20 that Hermione isn’t sure if Grindelwald is alive. Now Hermione is very well read, as far as history goes and stuff, so you’d imagine that she would – well, I guess this just must be the public awareness. So as far as the public is aware Grindelwald may or may not still be alive. I guess it’s never really concrete exactly what happened to Grindelwald after Dumbledore defeated him. I guess I wanted to say, do you guys think this is on Dumbledore’s wishes? That Dumbledore just kind of imprisoned Grindelwald, kept him there? We know Grindelwald was kept alive until Voldemort got to him.

Matt: Do you think that’s due to Dumbledore? Do you think the reason why Grindelwald is still alive is because Dumbledore made sure that he was or something?

Andrew: I would think so.

Laura: Yeah, it wouldn’t surprise me.

Eric: I think it might be. Because if you look at what he did with the Shrieking Shack…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: He made that – you know, he started all those rumours and stuff, so the public would stay away from the Shrieking Shack. I think he would, maybe out of love for Grindelwald, now that we know about his relationship; they’re good friends, you know. I mean, but – it was always a bit – what do I want to say – vague. Because in the Witches and Wizards card in Book 1, it says Dumbledore “defeated” Grindelwald. Defeated him, but that doesn’t necessarily mean he killed him, and he didn’t.

Laura: Yeah, it wouldn’t surprise me if Dumbledore did that just because he’s always been very big on the idea that there are worse things than death.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And I think that imprisoning him in his own prison, furthermore, is just kind of – I don’t know. That would be far worse for me than dying, I think.

Andrew: Yeah, I was going to say I agree with that. It’s torture; it’s a much longer torture knowing that you’re in prison for life.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Well, I personally don’t think that there are things worse than death. I agree with Laura that imprisoning him is definitely, you know? Dumbledore didn’t believe in the suffinity of death, but it’s one of those things where I think it – Dumbledore with the way he was, and what I had imagined him to be throughout the series of the books, is he also – and the same thing with Voldemort – he always kind of wanted redemption for all of them, you know what I mean? And I think by not killing him, by taking part of his own soul by killing Grindelwald, and imprison him, having him think about what he’s done. And I actually think by time that Voldemort kills him, you know, that he does understand the errors of his ways. Just the few lines that he has in the book, you know what I mean? And, you know, when Dumbledore and Voldemort always are fighting he always refers to him as Tom, and tries to, you know, redemption. It’s one of those things where by killing someone off there’s no chance of redmption at all. And by giving him that second little chance, by being there in prison, you know, I think Grindelwald kind of redeemed himself, and since then he realized he was wrong.


Not Another Godric’s Hollow


Andrew: So moving along.

Eric: Yeah, do you want to take the next one?

Andrew: Sure, I’d love to. I’d love to.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: There’s a quote in here, I guess it’s from Harry saying, “Hermione, we don’t need another Godric’s Hollow.” And I think that’s interesting, and Eric, in our notes here put, “Well, how about that. Maybe they shouldn’t go to Xeno’s place, or Gringotts, or Malfoy Manor, or Hogwarts if they don’t want another G.H.” I think the reason Jo wrote this in here is so that we know they realize what they’re getting into. Does that make sense?

Eric: Well, exactly, because Harry’s saying we don’t need another unplanned, sort of, just break in guns ablazing not knowing what we’re doing. But my point with writing this note was that, well, then they can – you know, it’s one thing to have Harry say this to Hermione, and I was like, “Yeah, go Harry! You understand about this whole thing. The book is going to get a lot more intelligent” – you know, etc., but then they ended up doing the same thing. They had another Godric’s Hollow four or five times later in the book.

Andrew: Right. But this is what happens in the middle of…

Eric: In the middle of chaos. It’s – it’s a complete…

Andrew: I mean I don’t know what Harry would expect…

Eric: It’s a fair arguement.

Andrew: Yeah. I don’t know what he would expect. Like – no – and he realizes it was going to be an extrememly dangerous journey, so at this point…

Matt: Well, with all fairness, they do – they technically, they did need another Godric’s Hollow, because even though…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …they almost died each time they did one of these kind of situations, they got so much more information.

Laura: Mhm. Yeah.

Matt: It wasn’t like the whole trip was done in vain.

Andrew: Yeah. He could’ve just Google his answers. I don’t know…

Matt: Okay, they didn’t have iPhones back then, Andrew.

Andrew: I know. I know. I feel bad for them.

Eric: They’d need iPhones. It’s what they need in the Wizarding World. Harry Potter would be so much better if everyone had an iPhone.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Oh, yes. I don’t know how, though.

Matt: In their wand.

Mikey: Just built into their wand. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So speaking of a…

Mikey: It’s – it’s the iWand.

Eric: [chuckles] The iWand.

Mikey: Anyway, next note.

Andrew: Next note.

Mikey: Next note.

Eric: Fifth generation iWand. iWand video. iWand touch.

[Mikey laughs]

Andrew and Mikey: iWand nano.

Eric: [laughs] iWand nano. iWand shuffle.

Mikey: Okay, anyway. [laughs]

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: iWand let’s move on.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: Ron, guys?


The False Trust in Xenophilius


Andrew: Yeah, so moving along to Xenophilius; Ron think’s Xenophilius is on Harry’s side because of The Quibbler. There was a lot of good stuff going on pro-Harry in The Quibbler. And – you know, they trusted him.

Mikey: No, I agree with that, 100%.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Ron does think he’s on the right side.

Matt: Mhm. With all fairness, though, when he said he that he was only doing it really just to make Hermione…

Mikey: Stop being mad at him.

Matt: Well, he was trying to make Hermione more…crap.

Mikey: I think Ron said it best. All’s fair in love and war.

Matt: There. Thank you.

Laura: Yep.

Mikey: It’s a little bit of both.

Eric and Matt: Yeah.

Mikey: It’s a little bit of both. They’re in war and Ron and Hermione are in love, just they don’t know it yet, till, like, the end.

Andrew: Yep.

Eric: Absolutely. So during the series, though, I mean it was always kind of an unwritten rule that Ron is usually wrong unless he’s joking, and I think it just struck me that he said that, and it kind of makes sense. You know, “Xeno’s on our side. He’s a good guy.” But then to have that surprise, that twist that, you know, Xeno isn’t necessarily – you know, I mean he wants his daughter to be safe so he’s kind of turning against Harry this whole time, as they figured that out. It’s a good twist, I thought. It was really an interesting twist at this point in the book because you were looking so forward to having Xenophilius be a good guy, and you do find out all that helpful information.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: I hear you.

Laura: It’s just an interesting thing to consider because you have to think about it for a second. What would you do if you had been in his place? Like I know it sounds like the ideal answer to say, “Oh, I would stand behind what I’ve been saying the whole time,” but none of us have children, and none of us can really, I guess, grasp the idea of what the Death Eaters said to him. “Oh, well we’ll just send a piece of your daughter back for you to bury.” Like I honestly think that a lot more people would turn to desperation to get their child back than would like to admit it.

Mikey: Oh no, I totally agree with you.

Andrew: Yeah. Definitely.

Mikey: Even think about, like, you know, someone close to you, like a really close friend or even a parent, like…

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: Would you really, you know – Xenophilius never met Harry.

Matt: No.

Mikey: He knows who he is, you know, through word of mouth.

Eric: Oh absolutely.

Mikey: It’s like protecting any of these actors that we’ve seen in the movies, like, you know. A perfect example is like Tom Cruise. You know, like, he’s done some outrageous things but are you going to like, honestly, your parents, or protect Tom Cruise from people making fun of him or something?

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: That’s ridiculous. You’re going to be more of what’s close to you: your daughter. And I totally understand, and I don’t blame Xenophilius for it at all.

Eric: It’s a good theme. It’s definitely a good theme to have in the books: what would parents do for their children? You know, it’s repeated later when Molly Weasley does it, it’s also in other media today, such as Lost. The character of Michael did a lot of bad things to get him and his son safely off the island, and, you know, I mean it was – you know, people view him as a bad character, but he’s just a father trying to raise his son. And, you know, similarly with Xenophilius and Luna. It’s just – it’s a nasty situation.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: And everyone’s kind of in it, so…


Andrew’s Trying to Skip Ahead


Andrew: So we learn about the Deathly Hallows.

Eric: Yeah, we learn about the Deathly Hallows, and I thought that was cool.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: [with a British accent] The wand, the cloak, and the stone.

Matt: The whole story.

Eric: The wand, the book, and the stone. Is this the next chapter yet, or…?

Matt: Yeah, we’re kind of transitioning into the next chapter.

Eric: Yeah, well I just had two more of these points…

Andrew: Oh, my bad. A read a note about…

Eric: I know there’s like six of them in here, but I’ll just pick out two of them if that’s cool.

Andrew: Yeah, that’ll be sweet.


The Lovegood House


Eric: Yeah, okay, so final two notes, wrapping up. One of them has to do with London, strangely enough. But first I want to talk about the Lovegoods’ house. It kind of reminded me of like a missile silo or something. I mean it’s described as a – you know, everything was curved to fit the walls. It’s a big circular – like a black cylinder with the moon behind it. Like, what do you guys – like, it’s a weird, like – I wouldn’t imagine a house to be like this. What do you guys think it’s all about?

Laura: Well, it’s the Lovegoods’ house. They’re weird.

Andrew: It’s symbolic of something.

Matt: It’s supposed to be a little…off.

Andrew: Well, yeah. But I mean…

Eric: Oh right, because Ron says, “Doesn’t – This looks like a rook, or a castle.”

Andrew: Yeah. And it does if you look at the chapter art for that in the U.S. book, but…

Eric: Right.

Andrew: I mean this is like – like with the Weasleys’ house, there’s no – there’s no 90 degree angles.

Matt: Right.

Andrew: Everything’s on a slant.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: So – and that – that’s reflected in the movies, so this will be pretty cool to see.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: I can’t wait to it. And with the spiral staircase – the wrought-iron spiral staircase leading to like all the upper levels and stuff…

Andrew and Matt: Yeah.


Casting Xenophilius


Eric: It’s going to be cool to see. Okay, so final note for Chapter 20, “Xenophilius Lovegood,” do you guys remember – who here was at the London podcast that was…

Andrew: Oh me! Me!

Laura: Me. Meee! Meee!

Eric: Oh, god. Wasn’t that a fun night?

Matt: Uh…

Eric: Do you guys remember? Do you guys remember? We had talked about – and I think I brought this up or something – during the London podcast, I was talking about Bob Hoskins, and how I thought the actor Bob Hoskins should play Slughorn, and we actually had a very awesome audience member state that she had heard in an interview with – maybe even with Bob Hoskins – that he had said that he talked to Jo Rowling about being in a Harry Potter movie, and Jo says that she had a role in Book 7 that would better suit him, or that she – you know, she had him in mind for it. Now we didn’t know at the time but I’m pretty sure – I mean if you guys know – do you guys know Bob Hoskins? He played Smee in Hook.

Andrew: No.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And several other more notable roles.

Matt: [sarcastic] Yeah, yeah, he played Smee in the movie Hook.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: I like that movie. I have it on DVD.

Eric: I love it, too.

Matt: Me too. [laughs]

Eric: It’s a great movie.

Andrew: [sarcastic] Ha…

Eric: But I think that was Xenophilius Lovegood, so, that said I think it’s a great – I mean it’s – I just – you know, we won’t know for sure, but I heard that listener say that there was that interview, and Bob Hoskins said there might be a role in Book 7 for him. I think that be cool if it were Xeno Lovegood.

Matt: Mhm. Well, he’s a relatively short man, though too, isn’t he?

Eric: Yeah, well, short, and I think he’d play the role real – I always thought he’d be a good Slughorn, but I didn’t know Jim Broadbent, so…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I didn’t, you know, we’ll have to see.

Matt: Well, it’s definitely a role that a high-profile actor could play. So…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: It has to be one of the main characters. Or the main character…

Andrew: I’m looking at his IMDB, he looks okay…

Laura: Yeah, so am I. He looks like he’d be really good.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He was also in Maid in Manhattan.

Andrew: Now, of course he would probably – they would probably want to screen test him with alongside Evanna Lynch.

Matt: [correcting Andrew’s pronunciation] Evanna.

Andrew: I’m trying to picture those two together. It would be probably awkward.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: But yeah sure. Why not? Why not? That was Episode 100, by the way, for anyone – any new listeners who might want to look at the London podcast.

Eric: Yeah, Episode 100 and then immediately followed by 101, which I still maintain was one of our coolest live shows.

Laura: Yeah. Awww, it was so fun.

Andrew: It was our most downloaded live show, and overall people loved that episode because we had it out right after we finished reading. We were – we were the only podcast to have a discussion show out for, I think, even a couple days.

[Matt sighs]

Eric: I’m just so happy we did that for Book 7. That was just like – that was the best time. I mean…

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: …it really was.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Okay, so moving on! You guys…

Andrew: Moving on. Chapter…

Eric: We’re halfway done already. Wow! This is great! This is – I think that was only like 25 minutes or something. It was great!

Andrew: I can’t believe you skipped your own notes. I’m still in shock.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Yeah, I’m perfectly cool with that.

Andrew: I’m in awe.

Eric: Well, maybe it’s – maybe I have other – other motives, but…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] What?


Chapter 21, “The Tale of the Three Brothers”


Eric: Anyway, Chapter 21 is “The Tale of the Three Brothers.”

Mikey: Ahhh…


Story Time


Eric: Hmmm. “Tale of the Three Brothers.” Now this is…[laughs]…this is something that Hermione has probably read about five, six times, going over and over and over the book, and she got nothing out of it until Xeno actually tells her the significance of it. So Hermione sits down and reads it to everyone. It’s a little story time in the Lovegood household. Too bad Luna isn’t around. But basically you go over the story of the three brothers, and it’s implications, and also what happens to them afterwards: the escape from the Lovegood’s house. Anyone want to take the notes?

Mikey: I personally was super excited for this chapter to come.

Matt: I was, too. Yeah.

Mikey: I wanted to know what is this? They’ve been talking about – and then of course as soon as I get to that chapter you see the artwork at the top of the chapter and…

Andrew: Right.

Mikey: …you know, I remember at the times when we were talking about, “What does this mean?”

Eric: What does that symbol mean?

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: And then, like of course that night we just like – I see it and I’m like, “Oh my Gosh. There it is.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Oh yeah.

Mikey: And like – you know, so now we’re finally going to find out what that symbol means. So I was super excited for this chapter, but do you guys want to move into some of the notes that we have for it?

Eric: Well do you – do you remember how Chapter 20 ended, though? It was – Xeno makes a comment like, “Oh, you’re talking about the story that, you know, sparks the story of the Deathly Hallows.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It was, “Whoa!”

Andrew: Yeah. He says, “Are you referring to the sign of the Deathly Hallows?” That’s like one of these big holy shhh moments.

Mikey: And I was totally like, “Flip the page! Come on!”

Matt: [dramatically] Dun, dun, dun!

Eric: Come on! Oh my god! We’re finally going to find out what this book is about! I always like the book’s namesake, finding what it’s about. So, according to Xenophilius Lovegood, there’s nothing dark about the Hallows. But we hear this story, which is about three brothers who cheat Death, and…

Matt: Well, one does.

Mikey: Well, remember – remember though, the reason that everyone thinks there’s something dark about the Hallows is because the symbol of the Deathly Hallows is from a dark…

Eric: Was misused.

Mikey: Is misused by a dark wizard.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: And so it’s definitely – you know, there’s nothing dark about it. It’s the story of, like you were saying. Continue, Eric. Sorry.

Eric: Oh, three brothers cheat Death.

Andrew: It’s like its reputation, sorta speak – so to speak.

Eric: So three brothers cheat Death, but before I get into the second note here, do you – what do you guys want to talk about, like, as far as the story? Like, did you guys like story? Did you think it was really…

Matt: I was extremely impressed with Jo’s storytelling in this one…

Eric: Really?

Mikey: Yeah.

Matt: It was amazing.

Andrew: It’s just clever…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s just really clever writing.

Matt: And it seems like it’s one of those fairy tales that you tell your kids, too.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: It seems like – it’s an old, traditional wizard folk story.


The Invisibility Cloak


Eric: I really want Beedle the Bard. It turns out that the Invisibility Cloak Harry’s had all these years is not, you know, obviously not an ordinary one. It hasn’t worn, hasn’t done anything, and they find this to be very strange. But according to legend, it’s actually Death’s Invisibility Cloak. The cloak that Death wore for, you know, at one point to actually go around and get people. But I just thought this was so interesting that Harry’s Invisibility Cloak is so special and that, you know, the attention’s being brought to it now after how many books writing about, you know, the Invisibility Cloak just being at the bottom of Harry’s trunk, you know, and him getting it out to go on these missions. I thought it was really cool…

Andrew: Well, I think that’s the whole point.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: I mean that’s the whole surprise of it, that it’s just been this cloak that was in his father’s possession, and then, you know, he just inherited it, and then all of a sudden it holds a lot more value. I mean that’s just Jo illustrating how special it is.

Matt: I think it’s funny how the whole story of how he’s – his ancestor is actually the third brother, and the third brother got the Invisibility Cloak from Death so that he could be – so he could escape Death without Death really watching him.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: But isn’t this whole series about Harry…

Mikey: Escaping Death?

Matt: …being followed by Death? Yeah, well he escapes Death…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: …but he’s always followed by it, ’cause it’s always looking for him.

Laura: Yeah. And I also found it really interesting that, you know, this was Death’s Invisibility Cloak, and, you know, Ron kind of made that joke about how it got tired of, you know, running at people, screaming and whatever. But it’s just interesting when you consider how much good Harry has done, and how many lives he’s actually saved because of the cloak, like especially in Prisoner of Azkaban, just like…

Eric: You’re saying it really brings sort of a neutrality…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …to Death himself – or itself.

Laura: Really, it does, very interesting.

Eric: You know, which is I guess one of the underlying themes of the – yeah, that’s about as interesting as Death running around naked now.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: But, you know, at the same time it’s like – Harry’s done some great with this cloak, but it’s great because by the end of the book, we’ve all read it by now, but it’s one of those things where he becomes the Master of Death because he has all three pieces of the puzzle.

Eric: Which is so cool!

Mikey: It’s just amazing. And it’s like – when you think about like, why didn’t Dumbledore have it? You know, he – we do find out that Dumbledore had all of them in position at one point, and that’s how he hurt his hand, and that’s why he gave the cloak back to Harry, because Harry deserved it; it was his family stuff. And it’s one of those things that Harry was the only person that could handle all three, and this cloak is – it just really brings a lot together.

Eric: It does.

Mikey: Everything all together with the story, his cloak originally – and you’re just waiting for the pieces to fall into place.

Eric: Yeah. What surprised me as well is that this new – I mean the whole Master of Death thing, I mean, that’s Voldemort. That’s his call sign. This Master of Death thing, I mean, it’s been kind of done before. The Sorcerer’s Stone made people invisible, the unicorn blood would keep you alive even if you’re an inch from death, you know? We’ve seen all these things throughout the years, all these degrees and quantities of death that Voldemort is so into that this is just another one of those things. But it’s done a little bit differently, you know, it’s done differently than all the other things that can keep you, you know, invincible. It’s kind of, you know, another cool thing, but again, I mean, it’s still with that recurring theme. It’s completely different but still with that same recurring theme of death and mastering it and, you know, the loss of loved ones and that sort of thing.


The Trio Chooses Their Hallows


Laura: Mhm. I also thought it was interesting when they were talking about which of the Hallows they would have chosen, and they all chose something different even though…

Andrew: Yeah, let’s talk about it.

Laura: Yeah, clearly the moral of the story was you’re supposed to choose the cloak, because it even talked about how the youngest brother was the most humble and really all he wanted to do was just move on with his life, whereas the other two wanted to master something that they really had no place to be dabbling with.

Eric: They wanted to shame death. They wanted to shame death for – because they were arrogant, and, you know, you’re right: it’s a lesson learned, really. I mean it really is. So, yeah, it’s interesting that the trio comes up; they each say something different. They each say something different over which Deathly Hallow they’d choose. Hermione says she – you know, it’s obvious, they all say it’s obvious which one we’d choose, and then they speak at the same time and all say something different. Hermione says the cloak, Ron says the wand, and Harry says the stone. Now, this was another emotional moment when Harry said we could have Sirius back.

Andrew: Yeah.


The Casters Choose Their Hallows


Eric: You know, and all that stuff. But I think it says – which one would you guys choose, to be perfectly honest?

Mikey: Really? You want to know?

Eric: Let’s do this – yeah.

Andrew: Cloak.

Mikey: I’d choose the cloak. That’s not even a question.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, the thing is – I feel like at the time the three of them don’t – well, especially Harry and Ron – don’t really know exactly what the stone and the wand mean, whereas, you know, at the end of the book Harry has the wand but he says, “You know, I really don’t need this. I really shouldn’t have it.” And if I didn’t know what each of them did, and if I didn’t know that the Resurrection Stone actually wasn’t really valid and didn’t really bring people back, I would probably pick that, but in terms of knowing what all three of them are, I’d have to go with Mikey and say the cloak.

Mikey: See, personally, even if the Resurrection Stone did bring people back to life and the wand was just awesome, I would still choose the cloak, because could you just imagine just being able to go around and be invisible under an Invisibility Cloak? Like, just being able to be invisible. That’s just so much fun!

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: For the rest of your life you could amuse yourself.

Mikey: Yeah, honestly. Could you imagine the – I would be just like Harry. I would get into so much, like, trouble. I’d be doing so many dumb pranks on everybody! Like, I can just imagine the hijinks I would get up to. It would be so much fun!

Matt: Yeah. Well, if you were in Harry’s shoes, and you had in possession the Elder Wand, would you keep it?

Andrew: I’d be scared of it.

Laura: Yeah, I’d be afraid to keep it.

Eric: It kind of ensures that you have a shorter life, really. I mean the wand, I mean, it may be an unbeatable wand, but it’s certainly not – I mean look at how many people have owned it. Death Stick, Blood Wand – throughout the centuries, how many people have owned it? I don’t think – I mean it’s obviously something that death did that really – I mean even if you possess the best wand ever, the unbeatable wand, mortality, your own mortality will still get to you. So it’s clearly not the best or wisest of the three Hallows to have. Because you can still die. And if you have the most powerful wand people will be drawn to it to try and take it from you. It’s…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …dangerous. It’s just…

Matt: Because it’s always been taken, too. It was never passed down.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Because the possessor…

Laura: Yeah, they always kill each other.

Matt: …was always killed. Yeah.

Eric: It’s kind of – Yeah.

Matt: Be like, “No, I do not want this.”

Laura: Yeah, and it really seems to attract people who have this idea that they’re invincible if they have this object.

Eric: Which could not be further.

Laura: Yeah, and you see this guy, the first guy who has it, the oldest Peverell brother. You know, he kills somebody with it, but then later that night he’s passed out drunk and someone comes and slits his throat and takes it. You know, it’s…

Matt: The only person that we know who actually obtained the Elder Wand that didn’t really intend to keep it was Draco.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: And that’s just because he didn’t really know he had it. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: He royally screwed that up.

[Laura laughs]


Luna


Matt: Bet he’s kicking himself right now thinking about it, too. Let’s talk about while they were discussing the Deathly Hallows and Mr. Lovegood stepped out.

Andrew: Yeah, isn’t this just one of those classic moments where it’s like, you know, like you’ll see this in a movie where someone mysteriously disappears and all of sudden they come back you realize they’re bad.

Eric: Well, it’s a bit suspicious, really.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I mean where is Luna? Where is Luna? That sort of thing. When Harry goes up and sees her bedroom’s all dusty, that’s the moment you know.

Matt: Well, let’s talk about Luna’s room a little bit. Weren’t you guys in – Like, thought that Luna was the cutest thing when you saw all of her friends?

Laura: Yes.

Eric: I like…

Matt: They were just entwined with chains.

Laura: That was adorable.

Eric: That mural painted with “Friends,” that was just – that was – some people may think it’s creepy, but I think it’s absolutely adorable.

Matt: Well, yeah, once you know Luna you know what kind of a person she is.

Eric: How innocent she really is. And, you know, it was her and Neville who basically – You know, they got the most out of the DA because it “was like having friends.” You know, to quote. It was just really good.

Matt: They were wanted and accepted.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I like that. They fit. And so – I liked – yeah, you’re right. Her room was very endearing. And I’m glad that she was okay then, you know, eventually.

Matt: I want to know why in the chapter in Luna’s room it said that her clothes were gone.

Eric: Well, you take your clothes with you when you…

Laura: Yeah, she got kidnapped from King’s Cross.

Matt: Oh, that’s right. That’s right, that’s right, that’s right.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Oh. I – Yeah, okay, that makes sense.

Matt: I thought, like – okay.


The Trio is Too Trusting


Andrew: I sort of think that at this point, though, the trio should have been a little more concerned every time there’s one thing that seems even a little out of the ordinary.

Laura: Oh, yeah.

Eric: So you’re saying they should be paranoid?

Laura: Yes!

Andrew: They should have been paranoid from the get go when this guy they’ve never met before suddenly tells, you know, is like, “Oh, she’s just down at the pond.”

Matt: Yeah, wouldn’t they be like prone to say, “Oh, can we go see her?” or something?

Eric: Well, then again, I mean, this is…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. Or, “Oh, can you call her up?” You know.

Laura: Right.

Matt: Like, I would feel a little more comfortable to have this person, apparently the father of one of our best friends that we have never met before – I would kind of like a little more of a warm welcome by our friend who introduces us…

Laura: Yeah. Well, you know what’s interesting about the way he greeted them, or rather didn’t greet them, was I almost get the impression that he knew he was going to betray them. And so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He’s was like, “Oh, I don’t think this is a good idea.”

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Like he was kind of trying to ward them off.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: And so that was interesting.

Matt: Well, first he was in shock. And he was scared…

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: And then like during the entire time he was just trying to play this out in his head because he was thinking of Luna as soon as he saw Harry.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Exactly. And that just gives him more humanity, I think. The fact that he at first wanted to ward them off and kind of say, you know, “Maybe it’s better if you don’t come in,” that sort of thing. You know, because he knew what he’d end up having to do.

MuggleCast 135 Transcript (continued)


The Stuff Hits the Fan


Matt: So after they look in Luna’s room they notice that – well, they start to wonder why Luna’s not here. And so as soon as Xenophilius…is the name? He walks up with the soup or something, and they ask him where the heck is Luna. And then all of a sudden the stuff hits the fan.

Mikey: What hits the fan?

Andrew: I thought this was a great scene. This was a really – this is a scene you could really visualize. Like I had the whole thing in my head…

Laura: Yes.

Andrew: …thanks to Jo’s great description.

Matt: Like all of a sudden they just all – the trio just all turn all at once with their hands raised up at him and asking, “Where’s Luna?” or something. Or, “What happened?”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And then all of a sudden the Death Eaters come.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Do they torture Mr. Lovegood? Or…

Eric: They just say really nasty stuff to him like, “Your daughter…”

Laura: No, they started beating on him too.

Matt: Yeah, because you could hear, like, a clapping sound every time they asked him a question, and he’s just whimpering and pleading with them that Harry is there. “Harry is here. He’s upstairs. He’s upstairs.”

Andrew: Yeah, and I do love – at this point, I assume the trio – well, yeah, the trio does know what the Death Eaters are saying, and then they just make sure that the Death Eaters see Harry for just a split second so they don’t kill Luna.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Like, I thought that was really cool.

Matt: Mhm. And you got to see what Homnius Revealium actually does.

Eric: Yeah, if you’re there it kind of raises you so that you’re visible, or whatever.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Or it just signifies…

Matt: You kind of have this aura hovering over you or something. Yeah.


Chapter and Book Titles


Mikey: The chapter ends with the best title of the next chapter is “The Deathly Hallows.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: You’re just like…

Andrew: And we’ve talked about that in the past…

Matt: And that’s completely original too. I mean to think she would name a chapter “The Deathly Hallows.”

[Laura laughs]

Eric: Are there titled chapters in every book or aren’t there? There’s definitely one in Goblet of Fire.

Mikey: There are.

Eric: There’s, you know…

Mikey: Sorcerer’s Stone.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: Is there one in every book?

Andrew: Yeah, I think so.

Laura: Yeah, I think so.

Eric: Is there one called “The Prisoner of Azkaban”? Because…

Laura: No.

Matt: I don’t think so.

Eric: Wait, I don’t think so either. So that’s the one that there isn’t. I thought there was one called “Half-Blood Prince” or “Flight of the Prince.” You know, that sort of thing.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So – but just like the self titled ones, it’s interesting to know which books had self-titled chapters. But…

Andrew: Yeah and I remember Jo did reveal on her – I think it was on her official website – she said that one of the rejected titles for this book was Harry Potter and the Elder Wand. Which, you know, so she does – and that’s one of the chapter titles. So, you know…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …I think she puts those into consideration.

Matt: I like this one better.

Laura: Yeah, me too. Just because – I mean even though the Elder Wand played a huge role…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …in the book, and maybe I’m biased just because we talked so much about what the Deathly Hallows could be when the title came out, but it just seems like they played more of a role in the book.

Matt: Well, all three of them played…

Laura: Whereas the Elder Wand just – yeah, it just seems like altogether they played a bigger role, whereas the Elder Wand on its own was just a plot device, really.

Matt: The Invisibility Cloak was definitely the most important. I mean she even mentioned that in one of the interviews. Wasn’t it with Emerson and Melissa saying – one of the questions she wished was asked was, “Is there any significance for the Invisibility Cloak?”

Laura: Yeah, I think you’re right.

Andrew: What did she say?

Eric: Cool.

Matt: No, she didn’t say that.

Laura: No, that’s what she said.

Matt: She told them. She said, “You should have asked me this question.”

Andrew: Oh. Oh, okay.

Eric: [laughs] You should be asking me this question. Oh, Jo, you’re such a tease.

Andrew: I just like Elder Wand better. I just think it’s a lot cooler because – it just sounds cooler, and I mean we are thankful for her calling it Deathly Hallows because, you know, it ended up giving us, like, four weeks worth of discussion. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So…

Matt: Well, it’s just a more appealing title altogether. The Elder Wand is just more like the Sorcerer’s or Philosopher’s Stone or something. The Deathly….

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt:Hallows just seems like more of an appealing title.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah, you’re right. Well, I think that does it for Chapter-by-Chapter this week.

Eric: Indeed.

Andrew: We got through this fast.

Eric: So let’s keep going. Full speed ahead.

Andrew: But of course, Chapter-by-Chapter is never complete until we have…


Quote Quiz


[Quote Quiz Intro plays]

Eric: Holy crap, Andrew. Where did you get that?

Matt: Bill Nye the Science Guy.

Andrew: I made it. We…

[Someone laughs]

Eric: Dude. That is awesome. When did you premiere that? Was last week the first week?

Andrew: Last week. Oh, you just wait. I’ve got more. I’ve got more coming up. [laughs] Quote Quiz this week: “A minute ago you told us you never saw the mark on the stone properly.” I love Quote Quiz, it’s the easiest segment to have. Just open the book, look for a long sentence…

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: You should kind of be a little more, you know, into the quote, Andrew. Like Jim Dale, you should have, like, a different…

Laura: Yeah, you should do them in British accents and come up with voices for all the characters.

Andrew: We should play Jim Dale saying it.

Matt: For, like, Harry or Ron or for, like, any guy you should have, like, a low voice, and for, like, a girl you should just have your regular voice.

Laura: [laughs] Matt, you’re so mean.

Matt: [laughs] I’m sorry.


Voicemail: Missing Important Details


Andrew: Okay, so it’s time for voicemails this week. Let’s listen to the first one.

[Audio]: Hi, this is Heath, 45, from Michigan. On Bit-by-Bit you guys seem to be missing some of the salient points. When Harry is watching the Pensive we saw Dumbledore – the portrait of Dumbledore – telling Snape that they had to get the sword in a heroic manner. That’s why it was thrown into the lake. Then the whole bit with Ron ready to stab the locket and the locket sends a little sting to him, we didn’t know for a second there whether Harry, who is crouched down holding the locket, was the one who got stabbed or the locket got stabbed. And you guys just totally blew over that. So, there’s a lot of these little points that I think you’re missing on your Bit-by-Bit. I don’t know if you’re just trying to get through it fast. But I guess all I can say is…read the book again. I do enjoy the show. Keep it up. Bye!

Eric: Dude, it’s not…

Andrew: Dude! First of all, our segment is not called “Bit-by-Bit.” If you want [stumbles over the words “bit-by-bit”] If you want Bit-by-Bit you can tune-in to another Harry Potter podcast that came up with that original name for their segment where they analyze parts of Deathly Hallows. Anyway! [laughs]

Eric: You’re in Chapter-by-Chapter!

Laura: Hm-hm.

Andrew: Yeah, Chapter-by-Chapter!

Matt: I’m still ticked off on Snape though.

Andrew: First of all…

Matt: I’m serious.

Andrew: What?

Matt: I’m still ticked off that Snape threw that sword into the middle of the lake when he could’ve just put…

Andrew: Well, listen, we did talk about that. I said that you had to be a true Gryffindor to hop in there. That includes being…

Matt:[unintelligible]…in order to to get out of the tent too.

Andrew: Right, okay.

Matt: I don’t care. I’m…

Mikey: You’re just angry. It’s all right.

Matt: Ugh, just don’t, don’t…

Andrew: But in terms of whether we don’t know whether or not Harry was being stabbed, I mean, I didn’t think that was very important…

Laura: No.

Andrew: …to discuss.

Laura: No.

Matt: We really only talk about anything that has real discussion length – important for…

Andrew: Well, yeah, that’s the thing. Yeah, we try to talk about things that will…

Laura: Yeah, because I mean…

Andrew: …fill up the discussion.

Laura: Sometimes we have trouble when we’re picking stuff out of the chapters because some stuff is just so cool and you just want to bring it up and be like, “this is really cool,” or, “this was an amazing bit of writing right here.” But then there’s nothing else you can say about it except for that.

Matt: Very good.

Laura: So then…

Mikey: And a perfect example right now. We’ve been recording for an hour and 40 minutes. So we try to get through it because we have to
keep the shows to a manageable length.

Eric: Basically, dude, our bad.

Matt: No!

Eric: What are we trying to say here? Because there is…

Andrew: No, I just wanted to address his concerns.

Matt: And we do actually read the books.

Mikey: I listen to them again just to make sure I’m on…

Matt: Dude, I know…

Andrew: I mean reading them again wouldn’t have done anything. We just – We pick out things when we read it and we do read it thoroughly. We’re not skimming it or reading Spark Notes.

Eric: Well, to say, that’s the purpose of voicemails. Thank you for contributing those to…

Andrew: Thank you for your concern. Next voicemail.


Voicemail: Visiting Seattle


[Audio]: Hi! This is Sofia, your ten year-old fan from Seattle. I was just wondering, why don’t you consider coming to Seattle for a week for a tour or something? It seems like you never come here. Thanks, pickles! Bye!

Andrew: Aw, she’s cute!

Mikey: She said, “pickles”!

Andrew: That’s why I put that voicemail in. I know Matt’s kind of excited, and I think we’ve discussed it briefly with Mikey. We’re tossing around the idea of possibly doing some sort of West Coast tour with the Remus Lupins at the end of August, or in August.

Mikey: Yeah!

Matt: I think it’s mid-August, yeah.

Mikey: It’s in August.

Andrew: So, I don’t know. Nothing’s officially yet, but Alex is down for something. Alex and the band are down for something, and we’re down
for something. So, we’ll see.

Mikey: You know what? I think if we do like a West Coast tour, we should have them on the panel also.

Andrew: Who?

Mikey: The Remus Lupins.

Andrew: Oh yeah, yeah. If they want to.

Mikey: They’ve all read the books.

Matt: Well, it’s probably going to be like a podcast slash concert like last year.

Mikey: Yeah, but last time it was like the podcast and the concert. We should just do it like all like mixed together because, you know, I think me and Andrew…

Matt: Like a podcast and…

Mikey: Yeah!

Matt: …a concert at the same time?

Mikey: Yeah! Well, not like that completely.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: But, you know, I personally think Andrew and me did a great job when we were singing with the Remus Lupins. So, we could maybe a big thing.


Voicemail: Harry Potter on Broadway


[Audio]: Hi, guys! It’s Chelsea from Kampar. Just wanted to say I love the show. What do you think of the rumors that have been going around for a few years now that Harry Potter is going to hit Broadway? Love the show, and, Laura, keep up the good work, I know you don’t really hate Ron like everyone thinks you do. Love you!

Laura: Aw, thank you!

Andrew: Harry Potter musical. Rumors were flying around a while ago but…

Mikey: That would be amazing on so many different levels.

Andrew: …I mean, you know, now that I think about it, anything’s possible.

Laura: Yeah, it’s true. I mean, I’m not going to lie, but I think it would be kind of silly.

Matt: I – I’m kind of…

Andrew: Silly to have one?

Matt: No, I’m with Laura.

Andrew: Silly to have one?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yes.

Laura: I mean, just the whole premise of it, because – the thing – I mean, musicals…

Matt: After the bomb of The Lord of the Rings on Broadway too.

Andrew: Wait, can I – can I give you a sample to like give you an idea of what it could be like?

Laura: Oh, god.

Matt: You play Hairspray, I will kill you.

[“Good Morning Baltimore” starts playing]

Mikey: Okay. Hey! Hey, come on Andrew! Let’s hear it.

Andrew: [singing] Good morning Hogwarts School! Every day’s like an open door! Every night is a fantasy! Every sound’s like a symphony! Good morning Hogwarts School!

Laura: Okay, Andrew. You’re done.

Andrew: [still singing] And someday when I take out my wand the world’s gonna wake up and see…!

Laura: Andrew.

Andrew: [still singing] Ginny Weasley and me!

Matt: Andrew!

Laura: Okay.

Mikey: Oh geez.

[Music ends]

Laura: Let me just say something.

Andrew: I think that’s how it could start.

Mikey: You know what, though? I would go.

Matt: Oh, I would definitely go.

Mikey: I would go to see it regardless.

Matt: I just don’t think it’s going to happen.

Mikey: I just don’t think we should ever let Andrew audition for it.

Laura: No, because if Andrew was on the soundtrack and it got put on iTunes, they would either have to remove or significantly decrease the preview segment on there to keep people’s ears from bleeding.

Matt and Mikey: Oooh….

Andrew: What was wrong about that, though? I mean, it set up the plot. My voice was fine.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: I hit all the notes.

Mikey: [laughing, and imitating Andrew] “My voice was fine!”

Matt: He’s like one of the contestants on American Idol. “Okay. All right. Okay.”

Andrew: You guys are kind of mean. All right. Next voicemail.


Voicemail: Relating Harry Potter to The Exorcist


[Audio]: Hi, this is Emily from Chicago. I was calling regarding 134, the most recent MuggleCast. There was a comment made on the show about whether or not the R.A.B. locket or Horcrux wanted Ron to stab it, and my opinion is that it’s very much like the movie The Exorcist in regarding the fact that it was torturing Ron and that was its primary goal. And when it used the bubble heads of Ron – or of Harry and Hermione – it was trying to torture him and prevent him from doing so. In other words, it was using things that would torture him and making him afraid to do it. In the film The Exorcist, that’s exactly what the demon did to the girl Regan, as far as it made her feel vulnerable and the people that were trying to get the demon out of her (like the priest) – the demon used the voice of his mother, who he felt he abandoned, and when he heard the mother’s voice coming out of the demon, it made him struggle. So that’s what I feel like the locket did – it was trying to stall Ron, it wasn’t wanting him to stab him. It was wanting him to stall so that it could torture him as long as possible.

Andrew: I think that’s cool.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: I love The Exorcist.

Andrew: Well, good thing you made that comparison last week.

Mikey: You would. No, I agree completely. Yeah. Torture.

Andrew: And next voicemail.


Voicemail: Portraits of Hogwarts Founders


[Audio]: Yeah, real quick question. This is Brett from southern Cali. I just wanted to ask: If there was portraits of all the old Headmasters in Hogwarts, why wasn’t there like portraits of the founding fathers? I think that would have been pretty cool to have them there. You’d have, you know, Gryffindor there – you could ask him all kinds of questions and whatnot. So, anyway, I was just curious why – you know, why she wouldn’t do that. All right. Peace.

Andrew: Is that kind of weird that there aren’t pictures? At least I don’t think we’ve seen any.

Matt: Well, maybe, they just didn’t have that kind of knowledge of the paintings at the time, because…

Laura: Yeah. That’s what I was thinking.

Matt: …they just have like – they have like…

Mikey: Yeah. Yeah, magical…

Matt: …statues and stuff. That’s probably what they did back then, was just like statues of all the founding fathers and things.

Andrew: Wasn’t the magic just as old as the wizards?

Laura: Yeah, but I think…

Matt: Well the magic is just as old but doesn’t mean they necessarily…

Laura: Knew. Yeah.

Matt: …had – like they’re given a handbook of all the things you can do with magic. I mean, they had to learn it in time.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Mikey: Yeah, it’s like – well no, a perfect example is there’s constantly experimental spells and stuff like that. They’re constantly learning more and more things that they can do with their magical powers.

Matt: Yeah. And they were probably – they were also reigning during a time where – did they even have portraits back then? Even for Muggles?

Laura: Well, they said it was…

Mikey: It was expensive, it was expensive.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Like 300 – the year 300 or something like that.

Mikey: I thought it was 1,000.

Laura: No, it was 1000 years ago, so…

Mikey: 1,000 years ago, so the year 1000.

Matt: Okay, I rounded up a little bit.

Mikey: [laughs] Oh, okay, from 300 to 1000. Yeah, it was a small rounding. You know? It’s about the same. You know, you can have $300, I’ll have $1,000, we’ll have an equal amount of money.

Matt: Yeah, it probably wasn’t even something they really thought of, either. It was – you know, I – like in our culture, you know, way back then, they didn’t really have paintings or things. They made statues, like in Greek times and things.

Mikey: Can you imagine how weird that’d be if you could animate a statue? Like, I know Dumbledore did it, but can you imagine making a statue of yourself or having someone make a statue of you? And then it being coming to life? How awkward would that be? A bunch of Mikey statues.

Laura: That’d freak me out.

Mikey: “I’m Mikey B! I’m Mikey B!”

Laura: Oh my Mhm.

Mikey: Just all talking about – they would just be so much fun.

Andrew: I have a hard enough time listening to myself, so watching and listening…

Matt: Statues are scary enough when they don’t move.

Andrew: Yeah. I attest to that. It’s time for…


Make The Music Conneciton


[Audio plays for “Make the Music Connection” Segment]

Andrew: Matt, we’re going to start with you.

[“New Soul” by Yael Naim begins playing]

Andrew: “New Soul” made popular by Apple and their MacBook Pro ad.

Mikey: MacBook Pro ad.

Andrew: MacBook Air, sorry.

Eric: You mean Air.

Andrew: Matt, I thought you could probably come up with something good. New soul…

Matt: New soul…split souls…oh, I got it. A montage of Voldemort creating his Horcruxes.

Andrew: [laughs] That’s good.

Eric: That’s what all the little Horcruxes…

Mikey: After their created…”I’m a new soul!”

Eric: Dancing around…

Mikey: That’d be amazing.

Eric: That’s awesome, actually. That’s really incredible.

Andrew: All right. Good, good. Good job.

Matt: Oh, th-th-th-th-thanks.

Andrew: Laura, your turn.

Laura: Oh boy.

[“Big Girls Don’t Cry” by Fergie begins playing”]

[Guys laugh]

Laura: What’s this?

Andrew: “Big Girls Don’t Cry” by Fergie.

Laura: Wow.

Andrew: This is a challenge song.

Laura: Yeah, way to pick an artist I don’t listen to. Uhhh…I guess…

Andrew: Well, just come up with an idea based off the title. “Big Girls Don’t Cry.”

Laura: I guess I would have to come up with the idea of Ginny not being all sappy about Harry leaving.

Andrew: Okay, that’s good. I like it.

Eric: Can I be next?

Matt: Sure.

Andrew: Sure, Eric.

Matt: “Sure, Eric,” as we pat his little head.

Andrew: All right. Hmmm. One of you guys is going to get a challenger song, but, Eric, I’ll stick you with this one.

[“Apologize” by Timbaland begins playing]

Andrew: “Apologize” by Timbaland.

Eric: I heard that song playing when the tension was brewing in these past few chapters between Hermione and Ron. When Ron got back.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: She wants him to apologize.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I like that.

Eric: He won’t do it. He’s trying to suck up, trying to be funny, trying to make her laugh and stuff, but all she wants from him is apologize.

Mikey: Wow.

Andrew: I like it. I like it. Lastly, Mikey, this is a challenge song. Chances are you haven’t heard of this. I’ll just give you a clue first. It’s by Ashlee Simpson, so…

Mikey: All right.

Andrew: I thought the title – I thought you could easily make a connection out of this.

[“Out of my Head” by Ashlee Simpson begins playing]

Andrew: [laughs] Oh, geez! “Out of my Head” by Ashlee Simpson.

Mikey: My friend does this music video. Ummm… [laughs]

Andrew: All right, so let’s…

Mikey: Of course, I’ve seen the song. And I’ve heard it way too many times so I’m going to cut it. Um, “Out of my Head.” Wow, now I’m throwing a blank on this one. Oh, who does this remind me of? Crazy. This reminds me of Bellatrix, in general. Just, like, crazy witch – you know, the hair and everything.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Like, I’m thinking – I’m trying to remember what would specifically make me think of her. But just – Bellatrix – just the stuff she does. She’s like – she’s fanatical. And being out of your head kind of makes me think of being almost fanatical and insane and crazy. Kind of like how we are almost fanatical about the Harry Potter series. But…

Andrew: Mhm. I was going to say when Voldemort’s always getting into his mind.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: Or when Snape is trying to get into his mind. [laughs]

Matt: When Voldemort is trying to – in Professor Quirrell’s head.

Andrew: [laughs] This song starts playing… [laughs] That’s so freaky.

Mikey: Yeah, I guess. I can see where you’re coming from with that, but just the mood of the song just does not fit that. You know?

Andrew: Well, yeah. I always – I don’t care for the mood – I always just go for what would be the funniest. [laughs]

Mikey: Well, I’m saying, I don’t know if you’ve seen the video – and so right away – and I didn’t really work on this video. I had friends who worked on it. And the video actually shows Ashlee Simpson in a straight coat, doing some crazy, jittery dancing thing. And right away, when I thought of that, I thought of Bellatrix Lestrange. Because…

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Mikey: …she’s being out of it, in general. You know?

Andrew: Mhm.

Mikey: So that’s where it came from. And I apologize. It probably wasn’t that good of a connection.

Laura: No, it was fine.

Eric: It was all right, Mikey.

Andrew: All right. And, Matt, you got one for me?

[“Clocks” by Coldplay begins playing]

Andrew: All right, well, I mean, this could be played in any scene where – all right, how about this? Goblet of Fire.

Matt: Ugh! Okay.

Andrew: Harry’s dueling it up with Voldemort. Their wands meet. And all of a sudden, everything goes into slow motion and this song starts playing. [sings] “Lights go out…”

Laura: Ummm, no.

Andrew: I don’t know if it’s a good connection.

Matt: I guess. Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: I was thinking of the Time-Turner in Prisoner of Azkaban.

Mikey: You see, I was thinking that too. And there’s also a scene in the seventh book when Harry sees Dumbledore in the train station. And they talk. That, right there, I can also see it too. Because it’s like – the intro is like – [Hums to the song]. It’s kind of rising back up. I like that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, okay, I’m sorry. I thought I had a good one.

Andrew: No, it was good.

Mikey: It was good. We’re just saying that Andrew wasn’t good at responding to it.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Mikey: Matt, you’re awesome. Andrew, on the other hand…

Andrew: Forget you guys.

[Matt laughs]

Mikey: Andrew disagrees.

Andrew: All right. Lovers. All right, that does it for Make the Music Connection this week.

[Song ends]

Andrew: We’ll start taking some requests. I mean, the people have been e-mailing them in. But if you have an idea for a future Make the Connection songs to use, send it in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com with “Make the Music Connection” in the headline.

All right, let’s wrap things up with…[Music begins and stops]… Ugh! Crap! All right, let’s wrap…

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: I clicked the wrong thing. Uhhh…

Eric: I personally think it’s very amusing.

Andrew: All right, let’s wrap things up today.

Mikey: All right! Let’s wrap things up!


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


[Audio plays for “Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul” Segment]

Andrew: “Hello, all! I discovered MuggleCast when I was very pregnant with my third child. I’d been a Harry Potter fan for years but didn’t know many others. Of course, I knew plenty of people that have read the books, but most of the people I knew were not true fans that could talk theories and have debates for hours. This is where you all came in! Anyway, a few months after finding your show, I had a beautiful baby boy. I was thrilled, overjoyed, happy beyond all belief. And twenty-five pounds over weight! Now MuggleCast has a new role in my life. Everyday, I would strap my baby into a stroller, put my headphones on, and hit the pavement! I walked for hours, catching up on old episodes. Sometimes, I would walk right past my house just so I could hear the end of whatever you were all debating! As the weather got colder, I’d hit the gym. I got lots of strange looks when I laugh out loud at something one of you said. Listening to you guys talk about the books that I have loved for a long time was a fabulous motivation. I only allowed myself to listen while exercising. Needless to say, the pounds came off in no time at all. I still listen to all of your episodes while working out and I still crack up. So, thank you, MuggleCast. You helped me lose my baby weight while being entertained and educated at the same time. From Amy W, aged 30-something, Boston.”

[Lots of talking at once]

Laura: …Amy Winehouse story.

Andrew: [laughs] Amy Winehouse, no. Far from it. Yeah, thank you, Amy, very much. That’s great.

Everyone: Yeah.

Eric: And, Amy, just another thing. We might be showing up in Boston sometime soon. We’d love to see you and your kids.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Working on it, working on it. Yeah, we would love to meet you. That would be fun, that would be fun.

Matt: I want to see your kid, too.

Mikey: Kids. [laughs]

Laura: Sounds so creepy.

Eric: We’ll sign their little t-shirts, you know? Their little sneakers?

Mikey: Have you seen little baby sneakers? They’re so tiny! They’re awesome!


Contact Information


Andrew: It is time to wrap up the show today. We want to remind everyone of our contact information. So, Laura, if someone wants to mail some parcel mail, where do they do that?

Laura: It’s:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, GA
30028

Andrew: If you want to be featured on the show in the form of a voicemail, you can call in your question or comment. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677. If you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast. No matter how you call us, just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible, please.

You can also contact us using the handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com. Or you can also just e-mail us using our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

Eric: Andrew, that could really get out of hand.

Andrew: Also visit the MuggleCast website for numerous amounts of community outlets, including the MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, the Frappr, the Last.fm, and the ever growing Fanlisting and Forums.

You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, and vote for – please! – at Podcast Alley. It’s MuggleCast March, we have to win.

Mikey: M for MuggleCast, M for March. We got to win, guys, come on.

Matt: It’s fate. There’s only one month – oh no, two.

Mikey: [laughs] “Only one. I mean, two.”


Show Close


Andrew: That does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Apologies to J.K. Rowling, but we are out of time. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Mikey: I’m Mikey B.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening. We’ll see you next week for Episode 136. Bye-bye.

Laura: Bye-bye!

Mikey: Word.

Matt: Buh-byyyye.

[Show music ends]


Blooper 1


Eric: Speaking of that saying, Andrew, “betting man,” I’ve been looking at the titles of the past few MuggleCasts. I think we’re slacking, dude. They don’t seem as upbeat and awesome as they have been in the past. I think we need to work on getting cooler titles for our MuggleCasts.

Andrew: [sighs] Okay.

Mikey: Coolest title ever for MuggleCast!

Eric: I don’t want to insult you, but…

Andrew: Going into announcements now, though…

Eric: Hang on a second, Andrew, we just have one suggestion here. “Magically Delicious.” Do you know what that’s all about?

Laura: Oh, gods.

Matt: No.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Don’t fuel the fire.

Laura: Eww.

Matt: What?

Laura: You say one little thing that’s like, “Oh, I don’t mind,” then suddenly it explodes and it’s just…

Eric: It’s just wet and sticky and all over your face.

Andrew: Ew.

Laura: What!?

[Everyone moans]

Laura: Eric!

Eric: You said it, Laura!

Laura: No!

Andrew: On a more serious note…

Laura: You said…[laughs]…ewww…


Blooper 2


Andrew: That was kind of mean. [laughs]

Eric: So, we’re not doing voicemails this week, right?

Andrew: What?

Eric: We’re not doing voicemails, or are we?

Andrew: No, we are!

Laura: How many are there?

Andrew: There’s – oh, come on, they’re good.

Laura: But how…

Matt: We’re only at an hour and nineteen minutes in, guys.

Andrew: It took us four minutes to start this show.

Laura: I know, but how many voicemails are there?

Andrew: There’s seven, but we’ll get through them quickly.

Matt: Well, there’s 12, but…

Eric: There’s seven?

Andrew: There’s six, but they’re not – they’re not huge discussions. A couple of them are just comments.

Eric: Keep going, please, just…

Laura: Okay.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Lost is starting in four hours.

Eric: Dude, more like 12 minutes.

Matt: Oh, three, sorry.

———————–

Transcript #134

MuggleCast 134 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa! With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com

[Show music begins]

Andrew: Because I’m a potty mouth, get ready for some bleepage, this is MuggleCast Episode 134 for March 1, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: Hi, everyone. Welcome back to the program. I just wanted to start the show off this week with a few e-mails I got about last week’s show. So let me kick it off here.

Jen, from New Jersey: “I just wanted to tell you that you accidentally dropped the F-bomb in Episode 133 at 59 minutes, 31 seconds. Just wanted to tell you so you can edit it out, or whatever.”

Ima Clone, from Nashville: “At 59, 30 of Episode 133, you dropped an F-bomb. Not very family friendly, as you mentioned earlier in the episode.”

Jessica B., 17 of Cobleskill, NY: “You said a very bad word during minute 59 and you missed it again. Woops, slipping up in your old age.”

Nick B., 13 of Boston: “I can’t believe you dropped an F-bomb on the show and didn’t cut it out. Can you believe this was my mom’s first show? Just kidding, but I thought I might point it out to you. Hahaha.”

Emily, 18 of Lynchburg College, Virginia: “Just FYI, Andrew, you dropped an F-bomb that made it through editing at 59:31 on Episode 133. Just thought you should know. Not really concerned, but thought you might be.”

From Matt: “Hey, Andrew, you accidentally forgot to edit yourself out saying” [beep] “around 50, 60 minutes into the show. It is not really noticeable, but I thought I would let you know.”

Holien: “You totally said” [beep] “on air at 59 minutes, 31 seconds. Oopsies!”

I know! I said the F word! Sorry! Argh!

Matt: What’s the…wait.

Laura: Now you know how I feel when you forget to edit me.

[Andrew sighs]

Matt: What’s the word? The F…Is it “fecal matter”?

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Is it “frustrated”?

Andrew: Yes, Matt, whatever you say.

Matt: Oh, wait. It’s [beep].

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: You said [beep] on the show, Andrew? You’re not supposed to say [beep] on the show.

Laura: I can’t [beep]-ing believe you [beep] said that, you [beep] moron.

Elysa: [series of beeps]

Andrew: Guys, seriously, seriously. Shut the [beep] up.

[Laura and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: Ummm….

Laura: Yeah, It’s really great when you produce a quality show and the only e-mails you get are about one slip up.

Andrew: Seriously, it was 99%, “59 minutes, 30 seconds you said the F- Bomb.” No, thanks, everyone, seriously, for e-mailing it in. I do appreciate it, though. [beep}

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: [sings] “I am the walrus. CooCookachu! CooCookachu!” Matt Britton.

Elysa: And I’m Elysa Montford.

[Show music continues playing louder]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Andrew-imitating-Micah: Thanks, Andrew. To the discouragement of many, J.K. Rowling updated her official site earlier this week with a new entry to the “Rumors” portion of her site. She lets everyone know that all the J.K. Rowling profiles on popular social networking sites are fake. To quote, “I like to imagine them partying with my imaginary friends in some bright and shining alternative universe.”

And as most of you know, J.K. Rowling and Warner Brothers are currently in a legal battle with RDR Books concerning a Potter Encyclopedia by the Harry Potter Lexicon. J.K.R. and WB are fighting the publication of the book, and just the other day, Jo submitted her declaration. In it she makes several statements about the fandom as a whole. As the AP reports, Rowling said she was especially irked that the site’s owner and the Lexicon’s would-be publisher, RDR Books, continue to insist that her acceptance of free, fan-based websites justified the efforts. To quote J.K. Rowling, “I am deeply troubled by the portrayal of my efforts to protect and preserve the copyrights I have been granted on the Harry Potter books.”

Apple’s iTunes Music Store recently added movies to its lineup of offerings, and this week they added Order of the Phoenix to their directory. You are now able to rent it for thirty days for $3.99. Once you start playing the movie, you have twenty-four hours to finish it. Sorcerer’s Stone through Goblet of Fire are also expected to be added to the store in the coming months.

And finally this week, happy birthday to Ron Weasley. J.K. Rowling updated her site with the news.

On a final note, Andrew Sims is awesome. That does it for this March 1, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


News Discussion: Lois Lowry’s Slip-up


Andrew: All right, thank you, Micah. So, it was another slow news week. My roller coaster theory continues, as I tell everyone. I think really the only thing worth pointing out this week is that Lois Lowry updated her blog to apologize about her little slip-up. And this is really funny because she felt – and I felt bad reading this, and I knew she was going to feel bad as soon as she made that post. [laughs] She made an apology. She was flabbergasted at how the one little blurb on her site spread across the Internet, and that she also wrote to the film producer and she says, quote, “who was extremely gracious, more than I deserved, in her reply.” What do you guys think? Isn’t it amazing how she feels so guilty now? I feel bad for her.

Matt: Well, yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, I guess you look – and The Giver is a great book. I mean, wonderful, but the circulation of The Giver is nowhere near the level of Harry Potter. So I guess she wasn’t expecting that her blog was going to be as widely read as it ended up being.

Andrew: Yeah, right. All you need is one Harry Potter fan to be following that blog, and you’re done for.

Laura: It’s like the domino effect, seriously.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah. So that was interesting. That’s really the only thing that happened this week, and we’re just still waiting for this announcement from Warner Brothers to be like, “Okay, movie’s split in two and David Yates is the director.” I mean it’s out now.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So just tell us already before more people leak it. And like we have been saying, once that announcement is made we will be doing a live show to talk about the developments that Warner Brothers announces. Of course we’ve already sort of talked about them, but we’ll hold off on any more discussion until our live show, which we’re really excited to do, because we haven’t done one in awhile. It will also be Matt’s first, and Elysa, if you’re around, you can be on.

Elysa: Excellent.

Andrew: Your first live show, interact with the fans.

Elysa: Sweet.

Andrew: The pickle lovers.

Matt: It’s going to be my first time.

[Elysa laughs]


MuggleCast News Entries


Andrew: Your first time. Your first time. Speaking of news, last week we stared a contest with Micah to find a couple people to read the news for a week. We have the top five entries, Micah has picked out the top five entries, and we’re going to play them for you right now, and then you will be able to vote in a poll, so let’s take a listen to those five entries right now.

Entry 1 Audio: This is [unintelligible] reporting on this week’s top Harry Potter news. J.K. Rowling updated her website to wish Ron Weasley a happy March 1st birthday. She also made a new post to her “Rumors” section to dispel the notion that any of the J.K. Rowling profiles on social networking websites, such as MySpace or Facebook, is actually her. In sporting news, the all girls Rosary High School in Fullerton, California now has a three team Quidditch league. Their teams, The Basilisks, Phoenixes, and They Who Must Not Be Named, have already met on the pitch, though there is no word on whether they plan to go toe-to-toe with their east coast Quidditch counterparts. Back to you in the studio.

Entry 2 Audio: This week’s episode of the Harry Potter podcast welcomes a new host, MuggleNet FanFiction’s Elysa Montford, who is also celebrating her 21st birthday. It’s a six person panel and discusses the latest Deathly Hallows film developments, continues to analyze the Deathly Hallows book, and much more. Elysa Montford is in good company this week, as Weasley twins James and Oliver Phelps celebrated their 22nd birthday this past Monday, as well as actor Timothy Spall who turns 51 today. That’s all the news for this February 27, 2008 submission to MuggleCast.

Entry 3 Audio: [Harry Potter theme in background] Daniel Radcliffe has gotten two of the top theater awards at the WhatsOnStage.com Theater Goer’s Choice Awards for his West End debut in Equus. Radcliffe described playing the role of Alan Strang as “one of the greatest experiences of my life.” Also, Happy Birthday to actor Timothy Spall who portrays Peter Pettigrew in Harry Potter films as he celebrates his 51st birthday today. My name is Thomas Lian and this was the Harry Potter news for February 27.

Entry 4 Audio: Hello, MuggleCasters, this is Becca Shistler reading your news. J.K. Rowling continues her crusade against caged children. According to a report by The Sun, J.K. Rowling is teaming up with Gordon Brown and his wife Sarah to stop instances of caging children in Romania. Gordon Brown will meet with Calin Popescu-Tariceanu while Jo Rowling will meet with Sarah Brown in an attempt to better the situation. Jo is very passionate about this cause.

Entry 5 Audio: All right, thanks, Andrew. Rupert Grint who plays Ron Weasley in the Potter films has recently shaved his head. Producer David Heyman comments, “Well, it certainly was a shock, and although he still looks as hot, as the fangirls would say, as ever, we’re not sure if we can have a Ron Weasley without red hair.” And one final announcement: I’d like to wish Emerson Spartz a very Happy 21st Birthday. We all love him very much. That’s all the news for this February 26th, 2008. Back to the show.

Andrew: Okay, so visit MuggleCast.com for a poll on the right side of the page, and you’ll be able to vote for your favorite entry. I hope everyone took a lot of time considering everyone, giving everyone a fair chance, and vote for your favorite news anchor to replace Micah for a week, and then I think we’re going to two people; one person one week and then one the next, so…that should be fun.

Matt: Yeah. I’m excited.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: [laughs] Heyho!


Announcement: Vote for us on Podcast Alley


Andrew: Heyho! Hey, Matt, it’s a new month, it’s March now. Do you know what that means?

Matt: I know it is. March Madness?

Andrew: Yeah. For all the Harry Potter fans, what does that mean?

Laura: March Madness?

Matt: I don’t know. Oh, Oh! I don’t know.

Andrew: [laughs] It is a new month, which means vote for us on Podcast Alley. As everyone should know, Podcast Alley is a big directory of podcasts, and they have a top ten list, and you guys get us up there on the top ten by voting once a month. It’s simple. You just put in your e-mail address, you press vote, then you get an e-mail from Podcast Alley, they say “verify your vote,” you verify it, and you’re done. And the reason…

Matt: That’s awesome.

Andrew: …we like asking you all to vote is because we like to stay high up on that list, so people looking to find out more about podcasts, check out some new ones, or like if a reporter is doing a story on podcasting, and they go to that site and find out more. And see that MuggleCast is one of the top shows.

Matt: Well actually, Andrew Sims, where are we located on the Podcast Alley? Where are we ranked on the top ten for February?

Andrew: I don’t know, Matt Britton. Do you have the list up? I’m loading it right now.

Matt: I actually do. It is actually number four.

Andrew: Oooo. That’s pretty good.

Matt: Under Keith and the Girl and Nobody Likes Onions.

Andrew: And Blast to the Right…

Laura: Oh.

Andrew: …which I think is a political – yeah it’s a political podcast. I guess Laura and Elysa would like that. Kick right-wing butt? Yeah, that sounds like something…

Laura: Yeah, I’d be all over that.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: You should join up.

Matt: [sings] Everyone to the left, to the left, everything you own in the box to the left.

Andrew: Okay.

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: Umm…

[Elysa laughs]


Announcement: Plans for Boston and Baltimore


Andrew: Spring tour! We announced this a couple weeks ago, a few weeks ago. Probably a month ago now at this point. And we said we were working on it, so you guys knew. And it turns out… [blows raspberry] …not happening. We tried to get a couple book chains on with us, and neither of them want to do it right now because nothing is really happening in terms of Harry Potter.

Matt: Are we really not doing it?

Andrew: We’re not doing the full five-stop tour.

Matt: Oh, okay. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. However, we are looking into the possibility of doing just two stops. And we decided on Boston and Baltimore. Now keep in mind nothing’s official, we are going to have to push the date back, but we are going to try to do these two stops and try to do a little weekend tour sometime in mid to late April. I think at this point that would be our best bet since we want to give people an ample amount of time to plan. So we’re asking for anyone in the Boston and Baltimore area – we know you guys want to come, you’ve voted on the poll already. If you have any connections to anyone like a library or a bookstore that would be willing to host a podcast that would hold 400 to 500 people we’re looking at, about, for each one of these. E-mail me; andrew at staff dot mugglenet dot com, and let me know, and if you hook us up with a good venue we’ll buy you lunch or buy you dinner. Take you out – take you out to dinner. Dinner with the MuggleCasters.

Matt: How about a T-shirt?

Andrew: You pay for tip though. Yeah, sure. A T-shirt too.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]


Announcement: Team Effort


Andrew: And lastly, on the announcements today, we just wanted to take a moment. Sometimes, we like to make public service announcements here on the show. And now we’re talking about something else. Right, Laura?

Laura: Mhm. Yeah, actually, Mason Dewitt, everyone’s favorite GoDaddy guy, has started a Relay for Life team called Team Effort.

Matt: [imitating Mason’s ad] Oh, yeah.

Laura: [laughs] For those of you who aren’t aware, Relay for Life is run by the American Cancer Association to raise funds for cancer research and cure. Anyway, Mason’s goal is to raise $5000 for his team. So I think we can put that link in the show notes, Andrew, I believe?

Andrew: Yeah. We’re going to make a post on MuggleCast.com with a link to where you can donate.

Laura: Yeah, and, honestly, it’s such a great cause and I mean I completely relate to not having tons and tons of money to throw at charitable causes. I myself put in ten dollars. I’m hoping to put in more as time goes on. I understand the perspective of being a poor college student, but really, the minimum donation that counts is five dollars. Every little bit helps, and cancer is something that affects so many people. I know that it runs rampant in my family, and there are several other people I know who have been personally affected by it, so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …it’s definitely something we need to be concerned about.

Andrew: I give Mason a lot of credit for this, because he has been really – he’s really been pushing this with all of his friends. He’s been getting his friends on Facebook to help spread the word, on blogs to spread the word, and he came to us, and he does – he puts in his time with the show doing ads for MuggleCast, and we really appreciate that, so we are more than happy to help him out with this, and a really great cause. And, you know, it’s 100% safe. This is going straight to the American Cancer Association, so there’s no doubts about where the money’s going. It is all legit. Again, visit MuggleCast.com for a link, and thank you to everyone who donates. We all appreciate it a lot.


Muggle Mail: No One Cares About the Fans


Andrew: Let’s move on to Muggle Mail. We have three e-mails this week.

Matt: Our first mail comes from Dan, age 15, from Michigan. Dan writes:

“I’m sorry, but I cannot resist e-mailing you guys now about the movies. You guys have been bugging me a lot lately on the podcast when you talk about the films. I’m really not trying to be mean, but here it goes. How naive are you? Do you honestly think that the makers of the films care at all about whether the fans like the films or not? They honestly don’t care about splitting the seventh film into two. Of course it’s about making money. Perhaps a couple people here or there might actually want to do it for the fans, but to get approval from Warner Brothers, it’s just to make money guys. Additionally, does anyone actually like the movies? Well, obviously you guys do. They are really childish. They have stupid jokes and are made terribly, not only from a reader’s standpoint but also from the view of someone looking for a good movie. Just putting my two cents.”

That was from Dan.

Andrew: [laughs] I love how you like to add your own personality to these e-mails.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] It’s funny. I agree with this guy. I think he makes a good point.

Matt: Naah.

Andrew: Well, let me say this. I mean he’s right. The big wigs at Warner Brothers are ultimately making the decisions and, let’s face it, what are they in it for?

Matt: Of course they are in it for money.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: But it’s kind of an extreme to think that it’s just all to make money. Because come on, guys, honestly, the people who have been working on this series for ten years, do you honestly think they don’t put into account about the fans being happy about it?

Andrew: I think with the seventh movie they do care. And I think they care personally because it is the final one. This is their last chance to recreate one of the books, so I think that’s why they want to put extra care in it, because once it’s done, it’s done forever. Chances are there won’t ever be a Harry Potter remake, so, you know, I think they feel they have this project really close to their hearts, because imagine, like you said Matt, they have been working on it for ten years and now it’s over.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: They want to make something special.

Matt: Well, they know they screwed us with the other films, too.

Andrew: Right. [laughs]

Laura: Well, I mean, do you really feel confident that they would never do a Harry Potter remake? They did a remake of Narnia.

Andrew: I would say in the next fifty years.

Matt: Fifty years. Wow!

Laura: It would be a while down the road, but there was originally Narnia movies make in the eighties.

Matt: Yeah, but that was from like the BBC.

Laura: Oh, was it? BBC? Really?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think Harry Potter’s different because it’s, you know, it’s what it is. We’ve never seen anything like it before. That’s the other problem, too. With a fandom this popular, with a series this popular, I just can’t see it being remade. I don’t know. It – maybe.

Matt: I’m sure it will be remade, but just not now.

Laura: Yeah, I mean, they could make tons of money off a remake. Seriously.

Andrew: Of course.

Laura: But what I’m curious about is that I don’t remember when we ever explicitly said that Warner Brothers was doing this for the fans.

Matt: We didn’t.

Andrew: Well, we sort of did, because David Barron said that’s what the fans want. The fans want a movie and…

Laura: Well, I mean, it’s a win-win. The fans want it and they’re going to make more money off of it.

Andrew: Right.

Laura: So I don’t really see what the debate is.

Andrew: True.

Matt: And it’s kind of – I don’t think it’s naive for us to think that the makers of the film don’t care if the fans like it or not.

Andrew: I completely disagree with that, sir, Dan, 15, of Michigan, and I’ll debate you on that. That’s disgusting. I mean the people who work on this crew are dedicated to the films. And I don’t think Dan has ever seen a video interview with these guys. They’re passionate about it.

Matt: He’s only 15, Andrew.

Andrew: I know. Nah, we have to be nice. We’re not trying to be mean. We’re just playing around.


Muggle Mail: Tombstone Inscription


Laura: The next MuggleMail comes from Kara, 17, of Georgia. She writes:

“The meaning of “the last enemy to be destroyed is death,” which comes from Corinthian 15:26 can be found in Revelation 20:14. The death in Hades was thrown into the Lake of Fire. The Lake of Fire is the second death. When the new Heaven and Earth are created there won’t be anymore death, and when anyone whose name is written in the Book of Life will forever be with God in the new Heaven and Earth. The Book of Life contains the names of everyone who put their trust in Jesus to forgive their sins and anyone who was too young when they died to understand that. Frankly, I thought it was strange that you could talk as extensively as you did about the quote on the tombstone and never, that I heard, mention this quote in Revelation.”

Well, I’m not going to lie. I’m not well studied on the Bible. I know some basic – and I do know things about it. I am in a paradise study class right now. I’m not completely ignorant. But when I saw the quote in
the book I – something clicked in my mind, and I realized it was biblical and I went and looked it up in the context in which it was presented. So I didn’t think to go look anywhere else within it, and I’m sorry about that.

Andrew: You’re so sweet.

Laura: Thanks. I’m assuming that Kara is well studied in this subject if she was writing in with it, but this can certainly be interpreted differently.

Matt: Well dang, how many deaths are there?

Laura: [laughs] Well, Matt…

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: The Lake of Fire? Were there stages, like in those cartoons when they fall down a building and they just keep hitting those little shutters one by one by one by one?

Elysa: Well, like Dante’s Inferno, right?

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Dante’s Inferno has a bunch of different levels of Hades and stuff like that.

Laura: Yeah. So that’s definitely an interpretation…

Matt: I’m pretty…

Laura: …of what that could mean, but – I don’t know. I’m not sure that – I mean Jo definitely used a biblical quote, we know she’s a religious person, but I’m not sure she was using it so literally.

Matt: Hades was in the Bible? I didn’t know that.

Laura: Well, it was – I’ll explain later.

Matt: Oh, okay. This is so exciting.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Laura: What the hell? I forgot what I was going to say, but I don’t think that Jo was literally trying to say that Lily and James weren’t in the Lake of Fire? I don’t know.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Were they really religious, either?

Laura: Yeah, I mean we don’t even know that, so…

Andrew: I agree.

Laura: I think it was meant to be more of a literary context.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.


Muggle Mail: Make the Music Connection


Elysa: Aaron, 15, from Washington says:

“Hey, MuggleCast, I was listening to a past episode where you played Make the Music Connection, and Andrew was talking about how he didn’t know what Billy Joel’s “Only the Good Die Young” was about. The song is about a Catholic girl who spends her life doing exactly what she’s told. The narrator of the song is trying to convince her to have some fun because living a dull, unfulfilling life is just as bad as dying. Also, I found a really good place for “Yesterday.” I was thinking that it could go in the last bit of “Order of the Phoenix” right after Dumbledore tells Harry the contents of the prophecy.”

Andrew: Ah, that’d be good.

Elysa: Yeah, it would.

Matt: Hmm.

Andrew: We’ll be playing more Make the Connections later today in the show. I’m really excited about that. A lot of people have been e-mailing in ideas and such, so thanks, everyone.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Keep doing that.

Elysa: I’m interested to see what you come up with this time, Andrew.

Andrew: Oooh.

Laura: Yeah, me too.

Matt: Anymore Hannah Montana?

Andrew: No! No Hannah Montana!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I’m saving that for the live show – for some show – for some music during the show.

Elysa: That was a big hit.

Andrew: What?

Matt: Yeah, it was.

Elysa: Everyone on the forums was all about it. They were saying, “Andrew likes Hannah Montana?”

Andrew: Oh, yeah. [laughs] It’s like when I blew everyone away in England in the live show when I started playing Spice Girls on my iPhone.

Laura: Oh, yeah. I remember that.

[Everyone laughs]


‘Shipping on the MuggleCast Forums


Laura: Oh, man, I’ve seen some interesting things on the forums lately. Have you guys been browsing it?

Andrew: No, I haven’t, but for more visit MuggleCastFan.net/Forums!

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Laura: Please don’t write fanfiction.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I’m just kidding!

Elysa: Laura! Laura, I’m hurt.

Laura: I’m just kidding. I just won’t read it.

Elysa: You’re breaking my heart.

Matt: Is it – is it really even fanfiction though? It sounds more like ‘shipping than it is fanfiction.

Laura: Yeah, it’s – it’s all ‘shipping, basically. They sit there and come up with random ‘ships of all the hosts.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: And then they write stories about it.

Matt: Ugh.

Andrew: I like it.

Matt: It’s complete ‘ships.

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: Good one.

Laura: Although, I have to say, I appreciated the one that had me getting Johnny Depp inebriated and then taking advantage of him.

Elysa: What?!

Matt: That’s hot. Yeah.

Elysa: I didn’t read that one.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Well – and it seems to be – there’s this popular catchphrase that’s going around how, I guess, there’s a Lucky Charms thing with Jamie or something?

Elysa: Magically delicious.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yes! Magically delicious.

Elysa: Magically delicious! Yeah.

Matt: That’s kind of weird.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Laura: Yeah.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 18, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore”


Andrew: All right, so we have some fun segments planned for today, but first we’re going to get right into Chapter-by-Chapter. We’re covering two more chapters this week.

Matt: Yes, we are.

Andrew: This week we are going to touch on Chapters 18 and 19, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore,” and also “The Silver Doe.” [sings] “A deer, a female deer.”

Matt: [sings] A female deer. Yeah!

Andrew: Oh yeah!

Matt: [imitating Mason] Oh yeah, Andrew. Oh, yeah. A doe!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: What is going on this week? Okay! So Chapter 18, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore.”

Matt: Who’s Alice Dumbledore?

Andrew: Albus, I said.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Albus Dumbledore. In this chapter, quick, short summary: They get – Harry and Hermione get their hands on a copy of The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore. They learn about the man in the picture was Gellert Grindelwald, and Rita Skeeter reported in the book that Gellert – is that how you pronounce his name? I hope so.

Elysa: Yeah, that’s how I’ve been saying it.

Laura: Well, yeah. It’s German, so it might be somewhat different, but…


Angry at Rita Skeeter


Andrew: Gellert was very close to Albus Dumbledore for a time when they were young. And so we’ll get right into it this week. Harry is very emo in the start of this chapter because of his wand and what was such a shame – and I was feeling for Harry because in the beginning, he makes the realization that that wand was what saved him from Voldemort because they both had the same cores.

Laura: So after Harry stops being emo about his wand breaking, Hermione comes over, and she has a copy of The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore. It has a note inside of it from Rita Skeeter and it says, “Dear Batty,” to Bathilda, “thanks for the help. Here’s a copy of the book. Hope you like it. You said everything even if you don’t remember it. Rita.” And I read that and I’m just like, “You are a big bitch.”

Andrew: Yeah.

[Everyone gasps]

Elysa: Laura!

Andrew: What do you think Rita did to her?

Laura: Oh, I’m sure she put some kind of memory charm on her.

Elysa: Well, she admits that used Veritaserum, right?

Laura: Oh.

Andrew: Did she? Was that later in the book? I vaguely remember that.

Elysa: No, I’m almost positive. Yeah, I’m pretty sure it said somewhere…

Matt: I’m kind of with Elysa on this. I do kind of vaguely remember something like that.

Elysa: Oh, no wait! Actually, yes, she does. It’s in the article itself. She says, “for the use of Veritaserum,” or something, and reporting stuff. God only knows. I’m looking for it right now.

Andrew: Wow.

Matt: Okay. We’ll just say Veritaserum for now.

Elysa: We’ll just say I’ m right. You know, whatever.

Andrew: Yeah, of course.

Matt: Why not?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: You get one anyway.

Andrew: But yeah, I was happy that we had one last chance to get angry at Rita Skeeter before the series ended.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Oh! I found it!

Andrew: Okay.

Elysa: Okay, sorry. Page 355 in the American version, hardback, it says, “On one subject, however, Bathilda was well worth the effort I put into procuring Veritaserum, for she, and she alone, knows the full story of the best kept secret of Albus Dumbledore’s life.” So yeah, that was definitely at least part of how she got her answers.

Andrew: Hm. Yeah.

Matt: Oh, that’s mean.

Andrew: Thank you for clearing that up, Elysa.

Elysa: [laughs] No problem!

MuggleCast 134 Transcript (continued)


Trans-species Transfiguration


Andrew: Then we also found out that Bathilda had an interest in trans-species Transfiguration, which was kind of ironic seeing as she transformed into a snake.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: So is that like cross-breeding but for magic?

Andrew: Hm?

Elysa: What?

Matt: Trans-species Transfiguration. What does that mean?

Elysa: I would assume that means that you’re taking an animal and transfiguring it into a different species of like…

Matt: Or combining two species or something?

Andrew: Well, because we’re species, so technically we’re turning into a different species, so…

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: You know what I mean?


Dumbledore and Grindewald’s Relationship


Matt: Sure. Will we find out that, actually, old Bathilda, or as I like to call her, Old Bat, or Old Batty – her great nephew turns out to be the infamous…Grindlewald?

Andrew: Who cares though, honestly?

Laura: Oh.

Matt: He was a bad guy.

Elysa: Well, go for it, Andrew. Say what you really think! Who cares?

Andrew: Not me.

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Well, we also find out that Grindlewald and Dumbledore did have a budding relationship.

Andrew: Yeah, see, now this is what I wanted to talk about.

Laura: Oh God.

Matt: See, I wanted to talk about this too.

Elysa: Oh boy.

Andrew: Is…

Matt: Let’s talk about it [whispering] together.

Andrew: [laughs] Is this what J.K. Rowling – was this J.K. Rowling’s one and only, like, sort of hint? One and only clue, even though it’s not really even a clue, that Dumbledore was gay?

Matt: Are you still on that gay thing with Dumbledore?

Andrew: Yeah!

Laura: I don’t think she was trying to leave hints in the books that he was gay. I don’t think it matters.

Andrew: I don’t think so either, but I just find it interesting that when you read back on it now that it’s a little more interesting. I don’t know.

Elysa: No, I agree with you, Andrew.

Andrew: Thank you.

Matt: He had a best friend who was the same sex as him. So does Harry.

Elysa: Yeah, but it does seem interesting, though. I think that – I mean the fact that he waited, I think it said five years before he actually felt like facing him – Dumbledore facing Grindlewald? Like I think that – why would he want to wait so long if it was just a really brief friendship, if it was just, you know, a two month, “Hey, how are you doing? We’re great friends and now something terrible happens and, you know, we never speak again.” I think that it was probably something really awkward and romantic there in order for Dumbledore to be avoiding that so terribly.

Matt: I can – I can probably…

Laura: That’s a good point.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. [sighs] What I love about the whole Dumbledore and Grindlewald friendship is its parallel to a bunch of the heroes/villains in the comic books. Such as, like, from the story of Superman – Lex Luther and Superman – Clark Kent used to best friends when they were children, or when they were in school.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s true.

Matt: And then they turned out to be mortal enemies.

Andrew: I think…

Elysa: Good parallel.

Andrew: Why is that?

Matt: [gasps] They never meet!

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Is it just the classic superhero irony? Like they always started as friends, but then turn out to be worst enemies because there’s always that one little thing they always competed for? The enemy, in the end, was always the one who didn’t win.

Matt: I think it’s also – I guess it all exemplifies the fact that they’re more like equals, and they possibly know enough about each other to find their weaknesses.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: But, Matt, kind of going off on what you were saying, what’s interesting about the relationship between Dumbledore and Grindelwald that’s kind of different than some of the parallels you’ve just mentioned is that they both originally had the same view, and it wasn’t a good one.

Matt: No.

Laura: It was that whole idea that wizards should rule over Muggles for the greater good.

Matt: Okay, I have something to say off that too, Laura. I’m sorry, you finished? I didn’t mean to interrupt you.

Laura: Yeah, I just kind of bringing up that point that Dumbledore wasn’t originally good.

Matt: Well, this also goes to another comic book, X-Men with Magneto and Professor Xavier. They both want mutant rights, but they both go about it differently. You know what I mean?

Laura: But rights are different than…

Matt: I’m saying they both had the same views.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They both wanted the same goals, they just went about it differently, and I think that Dumbledore and Grindelwald share the same passion. It’s just I think that Grindelwald had more of a like a Slytherin attribute where he would do anything just to boost himself, and I think that Dumbledore, as he got older, he started to realize that it’s not really all about him, and he has more compassion than he thought, like the compassion to love.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean I also think Dumbledore came to his senses and realized that the whole philosophy they’d been holding when they were younger was wrong.

Matt: Possibly. He was probably just trying to do it to be – to show off to Grindelwald or something.

Elysa: This is – this is going to be a real stretch, and I don’t know if this would make any sense to you guys, but I was thinking that maybe part of the reason that Dumbledore went along with this – maybe he sort of had these ideas and sort of experimenting with ideology and where he stands with certain issues, and then Grindelwald came along, and he was sort of the force that pushed him over the edge. He was influence, he just sort of succumbed to peer pressure. And that was just – so then once Grindelwald was out of his life he sort of reverted back to questioning things a bit more.

Matt: Well, he probably…

Laura: Yeah, and I think you’re right to say that. Sorry, Matt. I think you’re right to say that, because, not to jump too far ahead, but in the King’s Cross chapter, when Harry’s sort of in that world of limbo between life and death, doesn’t Dumbledore say something about being infatuated with Grindelwald?

Elysa: Yes, he does.

Matt: Yes, he does actually.

Elysa: Which again is a play to the – Andrew’s original idea that maybe there’s something more going on there. That that was the hint that J.K Rowling had always alluded to, and it would also explain why someone as strong willed as Albus Dumbledore would succumb to peer pressure. Of course the average person would succumb much easier if you have a crush or are in love with someone or, as Dumbledore puts it, an infatuation.

Matt: I think it’s definitely more of an infatuation than anything.

Elysa: Right, I agree.

Matt: I think he just – I’m sure that Grindelwald was pretty persuasive, and he pretty much made his beliefs pretty – what’s the word I’m trying to think of? Make it very…

Andrew: Clear?

Elysa: He had strong convictions?

Matt: Yeah. And he made it sound so great and so reachable, and I bet he could’ve said like, “We could do it together,” and, you know, “we can be the best team.”

Elysa: Right. Well, that makes total sense because think about it. He has Aberforth at home, who he was – and even if he got along with him they weren’t the best of friends. Or according to the reports, of course, the Rita Skeeter article. But then I think it says also that his best friend at school was Doge, right?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yes.

Elysa: Yeah, and the book describes Doge as being really [unintelligible] and slow and whatnot, so maybe, you know, maybe Grindelwald was sort of meeting his match, and that’s why he became infatuated. He’d been surrounded by these lesser intellectuals his entire life. And so when he finally met his match he was like, “Whoa.”

Matt: Mhm. And you know whenever you find something that you really – you really connect with, sometimes it becomes addicting and you become infatuated with it, which is probably what he did with Grindelwald.

Elysa: Mhm.

Matt: He probably took it too far and he let his guard down to Grindelwald.

Andrew: Completely.

Elysa: I agree, I agree.

Andrew: And do you – now do you think this is why – we also find out Dumbledore didn’t intervene with Grindelwald’s – you know, the mayhem he started causing for five years. Why do you think he waited? Do you think it was because of that infatuation?

Matt: I think that he felt – I think this was like a transformation point for him when he was looking at all the things that Grindelwald was doing. And he was probably searching his soul seeing if he’s the kind of person that can do that. Kind of like with Harry and the Unforgivable Curses. He knows – Harry knows that he can’t produce those kind of spells, and I think Dumbledore found what kind of person he really was, and he wasn’t the person that he kept portraying himself to Grindelwald for.


What Happened to Ariana?


Laura: Yeah, I agree with that. So we know that Ariana was attacked by a group of Muggles and that, essentially afterward, at the least the impression that I got of it, was that she pretty much kind of crawled back into her shell and never was able to practice magic again.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, if she wasn’t allowed to practice magic, I mean she was being attacked by Muggles, and isn’t it…

Laura: No, no, no.

Matt: …a rule that underage wizards can defend themselves with magic when they’re being attacked?

Laura: But I don’t think she was of age to have attended Hogwarts.

Matt: Ooooh.

Andrew: She was only six.

Laura: I don’t think she was old enough to do anything.

Matt: Oh, she’s only six, okay. That’s what I was wondering.

Laura: But, you know, I’m almost wondering what exactly happened to her, because just the vagueness with which it’s described almost sounds like a sexual assault to me.

Elysa: I agree.

Laura: Like – and just the idea – and like afterwards she didn’t do magic anymore, she was no longer magical, it just seems like they came and robbed her of that somehow.

Matt: It does make sense.

Laura: And the first thing that comes to my mind was she was sexually assaulted.

Matt: It does definitely make sense because she does have this kind of attributes that happens to a victim of a sexual assault.

Laura: Yeah, because afterwards she, you know, isolates herself.

Elysa: Submissive…

Laura: And also her family wants to protect her, you know, her mom keeps her inside all the time after that. But then what’s interesting is that later, in the passage from Rita Skeeter’s book, she bascially tries to imply that Dumbledore killed his sister because maybe she stumbled onto something she shouldn’t have seen. And she even says, “Is it possible that Ariana Dumbledore was the first person to die for the greater good?” And it’s just – you know, it’s just another one of those moments where you read it, and having known Dumbledore through six books, the idea that anyone would even suggest that he would kill his sister just infuriates you!

Elysa: No, I sort of – I thought maybe that Grindelwald had done it, whether inadvertently or otherwise, and that maybe that was the reason that they never spoke again. And maybe…

Laura: Oh no, I agree with you, but what Rita Skeeter is trying to imply in her book is that Ariana died for Dumbledore’s cause, that he was somehow responsible for it, and that just irks me.

Matt: Well, whatever happened – well, whatever happened in Ariana’s death had to have made Dumbledore feel at guilt, so it can’t just have been that one incident, because…

Laura: What incident?

Matt: Or unless – do you think Dumbledore blames himself for not being there when she was attacked?

Laura: No, no, no. What happened was he – what was it? He, Grindelwald, and I think it was Aberforth, all got into a fight.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, that’s right.

Laura: And then Ariana stumbled into the middle of it. So one of them killed her, but they’re not 100 percent sure who. But what I was just talking about was that Rita Skeeter speculated that, and basically tried to imply, that Dumbledore purposefully killed his sister, which is ridiculous.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. Okay, I remember that now.

Andrew: But that’s naturally what Rita should do. I mean it’s not like we should be too surprised by that, but…

Laura: I know.

Andrew: Were you trying to make a certain point with that?

Laura: No, no, no. I was just saying that it was irksome.

Andrew: Yeah. Oh that Rita. That’s about it for that chapter.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: The just find out about their family.


Dumbledore’s Character as a Whole


Elysa: Well, I kind of wanted to touch on – I remember – okay, I remember when I was first reading this book I actually had Jess, I’m sure you guys remember Jess, with me at Chickahominey, and we were reading this, and she finished this chapter, and she was like, “I’m vindicated!” Like, “This is what I’ve been saying all along.” You, everyone who’s listening, knows about Jess and her anti-Dumbledore theories and what-not. So I kind of…

Andrew: Just for you listeners, she was on an episode way, way back, and she was – she just kept proclaiming about how much she hated Dumbledore. [laughs] But go on, go ahead.

Elysa: So anyway, I was just – I just wanted to comment on – on that because I think it’s not just her. A lot of people sort of, you know, became disenchanted with Dumbledore, and I think this is the chapter that really drilled that in at least originally. But Hermione says on page 361, “Harry, I’m sorry but I think the real reason you’re so angry is that Dumbledore never told you any of this himself.” And I really think that’s right. I mean speaking of the angry, emo Harry – But I mean don’t get me wrong, of course I can’t blame Harry for feeling betrayed or deceived or anything. I mean it was a shock to me to read Dumbledore’s note to Grindelwald, and I think it’s perfectly fair for anyone who had read this to have felt disenchanted with Dumbledore, but there’s little doubt in my mind that he lost a lot of wisdom points, so to speak, in this chapter because we saw how terribly overwhelming Harry’s situation was and how Dumbledore really added to that. But after the initial upset you sort of have to concede many points to Hermione. Like, she sort of goes into a spiel about “actions speak louder than words” and Dumbledore’s actions have always aligned with his admirers’ perceptions of him, and as she points out he more than redeems himself later in life by voting for Muggle rights as part of the Wizengamot, fighting to bring down Voldemort from the start, and a whole host of other things. And I mean I think it’s clear that he had a lapse in judgment, he was really young and everything, but I think that that only makes him more realistic. My argument, ultimately, in terms of the anti-Dumbledore sentiment, is just that if anything, learning all of this about Dumbledore made him more human as opposed to merely a character.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Exactly.

Elysa: And if he’s human and well and truly human, flaws and temporarily senselessness included, it makes all of his accomplishments, his ideology, and his principal behavior 100 times more admirable and worthy of respect. So, essentially, I mean I think that – I think it probably added to Dumbledore’s character reasons to like him because it made him feel more personable, we could relate to him more.

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: And especially – especially, sometimes people have to fall from grace in order to learn the critical lessons and gain the sort of wisdom that Dumbledore had, and I mean, he was no exception. So, I don’t know, it made me like him more, honestly.

Andrew: Yeah, I…

Laura: Yeah, I agree with you completely.

Andrew: Absolutely.

Laura: I have nothing to add.

Andrew: That’s – well, yeah, I just want to say that it felt really good to not only just hear about Dumbledore’s early life but just to know that he was normal, like you said. I mean it was just – it was just really – I don’t want to say vindicating, but it was really…nice. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah, and for any point in the series, it’s probably – this was the best book to show this part of Dumbledore. For – for we always relied on Dumbledore being the – the sort of god-sent mentor of Harry.

Andrew: Right, exactly. A saint.

Matt: Yes, so now…

Andrew: And kids don’t think straight when they’re our age. Except for us, I mean, we produce the most popular Harry Potter podcast online. We must be geniuses.

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Gee, gloat much?

Elysa: You know what? I just totally thought of something else, and this is going to be really, really dorky, but I remember in the Order of the Phoenix movie – do you guys remember when Sirius says something to Harry about there’s light and dark in all of us and it’s what you do with it, or something, that matters?

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: Mhm.

Elysa: It was – I don’t know, just made me think of that even though it’s totally not canon.

Matt: Yeah, not everyone’s light and dark, or good and evil.

Elysa: Well, it made me – I think, I mean in terms of stepping out of the character analysis for a second, I think it brings a greater appreciation for the series in general, because I think so much of a problem with a lot of novels is that they’ll show absolute evil versus absolute good, and so it’s easy to choose, you know, a side, and it’s easy to see what’s right and what’s wrong. But I think that in reality it’s so much more convoluted and complex than that, and that this whole thing with Dumbledore just – you know, again made it so much more realistic.

Laura: Yeah, I agree.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Did you guys know Dumbledore was 116 years old?

Laura: Yeah, he was old.

Andrew: I didn’t realize he was that old.

Laura: He was older than god.

Andrew: That’s crazy.

[Elysa laughs]


Chapter 19, “The Silver Doe”


Andrew: Okay, well, let’s move on to Chapter 19 now, “The Silver Doe.” This is where Ron comes back, and it’s really…

Matt: [laughs] That was great, Andrew!

Laura: [laughs] Harry gets naked.

Matt: Ron comes back!

Andrew: This – this chapter, I don’t know what to think, because Ron comes back, and I still don’t fully understand it. I don’t fully understand his intentions on coming back, and even Hermione was a little – uh…

Matt: Well, she beat the crap out of him.

Andrew: Well, exactly, until she was satisfied with his answer. It starts off with Harry up late one night, I guess watching the campsite. And Harry spots a silver doe, and Harry is intrigued by it and follows it to the little pond that’s frozen over, and at the bottom is the sword of Gryffindor.


Harry Stripping Down for the Movie


Laura: I know – I know one thing that a lot people are really excited for is this scene in the movie because Harry strips down and dives into the icy water.

Andrew: Oh yeah, and I said…

Matt: Oh my gosh. Uh-oh. Equus.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: My joke during Prophecy was that Jo went to see Equus while she was writing Book 7 and she decided, she said, “Damn, Dan!” So she wrote in a little half-naked scene.

Laura: That reminds me of this funny thing that Dan was talking about one time in an interview, I guess, where it was during Equus and it was one night when he knew that Jo was there. And he was on the stage naked at the time, and someone threw a stuffed animal owl up on the stage, and he said the first thought that went through his head was, “Oh my god, it’s not her, she wouldn’t do that.”

[Andrew and Elysa laugh]


Harry Following the Silver Doe


Laura: I thought that was funny. Well, I mean, what about the fact that Harry follows the silver doe?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t – I don’t think that was the brightest idea. What were you guys’ reaction when you were reading this for the first time? Because mine was like, “Okay.”

Laura: Mine was like, “What the hell are you doing?”

Andrew: Yeah, terrible idea.

Laura: Why?

Andrew: But I guess there’s just something intriguing about seeing a Patronus just standing there in the woods. You know?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, I mean it’s…

Andrew: And at that point they were so desperate for something new that…

Matt: Well, I have a question about the Patronus thing. I mean, how far can a Patronus go?

Andrew: Apparently…

Elysa: I think Snape was there, wasn’t he?

Laura: Yeah, I thought he was.

Matt: Was he there?

Elysa: Yeah, ’cause I think there was some part where there were these two trees that were growing together, or something, and there was a very small crack between them and Harry said it was the perfect spot for someone to hide, and Ron had said that he thought someone was living behind it but he didn’t stop to look because he noticed that Harry wasn’t coming up.

Matt: Well, not only that, though, but also remember in the wedding when…

Elysa: Kingsley.

Matt: Kingsley sent the Patronus to warn them.

Laura: Yeah.

Elysa: Yeah, that’s true.

Laura: And the Order uses Patronuses to send messages all the time.

Matt: Yeah, like what Tonks did in Book 6.

Andrew: But maybe Snape wanted to be there. I mean didn’t he put the sword there?

Laura: Yeah, he did, I thought.

Andrew: Yeah, so that’s why he was probably there.

Matt: But why the hell did he put it in the bottom of the lake? Why couldn’t he just put it in front of the tent?

Andrew: ‘Cause it takes a true Gryffindor to retrieve it!

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: No, because he wanted Harry to…

Matt: He wanted him to strip down!

Andrew: Yes, because J.K. Rowling went to see Equus and liked Dan’s body! I’m telling you that’s my theory.

Laura: And we wonder why she won’t come on our show. [laughs]


Ron Showing his Gryffindor Traits


Andrew: Yeah, I’m sure that’s why. So Ron’s the one that actually retrieves the sword because Harry blacks out underwater, and then this is – we’ll just skip right to when the locket – Harry figures out that he has to open it up by saying “open” in Parseltongue. Then Ron has to fight the Horcrux because two bubbles come out – Harry and Ron – who are taunting Ron and, you know, Ron has to show his true Gryffindor abilities here to just ignore them and stab the locket with the sword. What did you guys think of this scene when Ron – he’s fighting these – he’s fighting some of these terrible things that, frankly, I think are true. That Harry and Hermione, in these bubble forms, are telling him that he was a coward, that he was stupid, that he was the least favourite of the family…

Matt: This is what Ron has been always thinking about. This is probably what the locket was doing, was taking all of his fears or his things that he keeps worrying about and just throwing it in his face.

Elysa: Like a Boggart.

Matt: Because he’s always thought of himself as the least of the family.

Laura: Yeah, I mean we even see that in the Mirror of Erised. In the first book when he sees himself holding the Quidditch Trophy and that he’s Head Boy. And all these things he sees that his brothers get that he never got.

Matt: Yeah, and he also sees that he’s not exactly – I mean he thinks that he’s not exactly the most – dang it – most competent person of the trio. He sees that Hermione’s the one that’s smart, Harry’s the Chosen One, but he doesn’t see where he fits in.

Andrew: At that point Ron does destroy the locket, and then there’s like this awkward moment where Harry had just seen everything, so it’s like, suddenly, Harry has seen all of Ron’s worst fears. Just that Harry and Hermione would get together, and Hermione was too good for Ron as long as Harry was around. I’m looking forward to seeing this in the movie because I hope there’s like some awkward tension between all of them.

Laura: Yeah. Well, it’s really awkward because Ron actually sees the fake Harry and Hermione kiss.

Andrew: Right, that too.

Laura: And that just drives him over…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: [laughs] …the edge. He freaks out.

Matt: Well, is it really like – they’re not heads, they’re just two bubbles…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …that rise up from it. So…


The Horcrux’s Motivation


Andrew: Do you think in a way the Horcrux was asking him to kill it? Because all these things would just anger you and make you want to destroy it, wouldn’t they?

Matt: It’s trying to break him is what it’s trying to do.

Andrew: Yeah, but at the same time…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: It’s using every single thing that he feels bad about or feels, you know – that he knows that disturbs him the most.

Andrew: Right. I agree that it gets to him. But at the same time don’t you think this could also have a negative effect for the Horcrux? Because it could annoy him – okay, we know what its intentions were, but it could possibly annoy him so much that he actually wants to destroy it more. Especially if Harry’s watching – he wants to stop it and the only way to do that is to destroy it.

Matt: I don’t think that it’s showing him things that annoy him, though. I think it’s showing things that upset him.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, upset – annoy. I sort of meant it in the same way.

Matt: Well, everyone knows there’s certain kinds of things that you think about and you just break down.

Andrew: Yeah. I mean like, before Book 7 came out, we were like, okay, Harry is going to be the one to kill Voldemort because at this point Harry has so much riding on Voldemort’s death. And all of this trouble that Voldemort has put him through and killing his parents. Harry’s going to knock him out so easily it’s going to be insane. I sort of think this is the same thing, where so much is built up. Where it’s easier for Ron to just do it…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …with anger.

Matt: Well, it’s – but if you think about it for another person, like for Harry, if he sees Ginny just being tortured or just calling out to Harry that, “Why did you leave me?” Or “You don’t love me” or something. Do you think that he would get angry and stab it, or do you think that he would just start to break down and start crying?

Elisa: I think Harry would stab it.

Andrew: I think he would stab it, too.

Laura: Yeah. I don’t know. I think the whole thing is that the Horcrux – and we’ve talked about this before – how it can kind of tell when it’s not safe. So I think in this state it knew it was threatened, and it was probably just resorting to the last thing it knew how to do.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Which was taunt him and try to break him down. And make him too weak and make him just leave instead of hurting it.

Matt: Well, the locket probably also felt that Ron was the weakest of the two. Because when it was opened Harry was also there, but it didn’t do anything to Harry. It just went straight to Ron. And I think it knows that Ron is the most emotional of the two. And the most susceptible to it. Because that’s probably why it chose him.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.


Hermione’s Fit


Andrew: I think that’s all pretty interesting. Okay, so what do you want to talk about next? Ron and Harry go back to the tent and Hermione has a little fit. What do you guys think about this fit? Was it deserved?

Laura: I thought I would have reacted the same way.

Andrew: If you were in love with Ron?

Laura: I would have been – yes, I would have been pissed. Wouldn’t you, Elysa?

Elysa: Absolutely. In fact, I was glad that, you know, she got really pissed off at him. Because Harry – I mean, I understand why Harry reacted the way he did. I mean, I think both of their reactions were appropriate. But at that point in time I was so upset with Ron myself I was living vicariously through Hermione. Like, “Yes! Go, Hermione! Get him.”

Matt: Well, for what he did he doesn’t deserve to go unpunished. Whether or not he had the right to do it or not.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Well, and also just the idea that he took off when it’s so dangerous right now. And them not knowing where he was. Because Harry kept hoping that he might pop up at Hogwarts on the Marauder’s Map and he never did. And so it was just this long period of not knowing whether Ron was dead or alive, or if he’d made it home, or if he was still wandering around the countryside. I would have been worried out of my mind, and then the second he showed back up I would have beat the crap out of him. Just like she did.

Matt: That’s the scene that I want to see in the film.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: I want to see Emma Watson beat the crap out of Rupert Grint.

Andrew: But it’s more of the same. It’s more of Angry Emma Watson. The classic Angry-Panicked-Scared Emma Watson. I don’t know.

Matt: Yeah, but with…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …a drop-kick and, you know…

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: Kung-fu.

Laura: I think though, probably, they’ll use that to make like – I don’t know, I feel like with these movies they always try to take something to make the mood a little lighter.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: And I feel like they’ll make this somewhat comical in the film, which is kind of upsetting to me because, really, when I read it, I identified with that – just the idea of being so afraid and then so angry about what he had done that it’s not even funny. But I just have a feeling that they’ll try and make some laughs out of it.

Andrew: But how could you not laugh seeing Hermione attack Ron?

Matt: Yeah, whether or not it’s intended to laugh or not the audience is going to laugh at that scene.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s funny.

Matt: I mean I laughed when I read it too.

Elysa: Well, even Hermione laughs at the end.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, but it wasn’t like – I don’t know. It was more like a sinister, somewhat…

Elysa: I agree.

Matt: I think it was more like a punishment, like to her husband or something.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Whether she slaps him really hard in the face or we just follow Dan to the tent and then all we hear is this muffling sound and then he turns around and, you know, Rupert Grint’s in a fetal position while Emma Watson is kicking him in the stomach. It’s…

Laura: I don’t think they’re going to go that far.

Matt: I know, but I mean it’s – with these kind of situations and this kind of a scene that’s usually going to bring the audience to laugh. Because…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …it kind of breaks the ice, but it’s definitely going to…

Laura: Yeah, but I think that they’re definitely going to take that scene and make it – just shoot it more comically.

Matt: Well, it’s going to be kind of like Prisoner of Azkaban.

Laura: Like, Ron will come into the tent and all you’ll see is Hermione’s fist come in and just smack him in the face.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: And then they’ll play the light-hearted music and – I don’t know, I don’t like it.

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: I agree. I feel like, yeah…

Andrew: I don’t like the future.

[Andrew, Elysa, and Laura laugh]

Laura: I don’t.

MuggleCast 134 Transcript (continued)


Another Nazi Parallel


Andrew: And then rounding out the chapter Ron explains to Hermione that he was taken away by Snatchers immediately. He was planning on coming back until he was taken up by Snatchers. We find out our – well, they kidnap Muggle-borns and blood traitors to claim a reward for the Ministry, then Ron only, of course, barely manages to escape by some stroke of luck and eventually he came back. So I don’t know. Is this another Nazi parallel?

Matt: I don’t know.

Laura: Oh, I think it’s…

Matt: I think so.

Laura: …easily a Nazi parallel. I mean it’s not one hundred percent the same but there’s still that general idea of people having to go into hiding because of their heritage.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, they’re bounty hunters.

Andrew: Essentially.

Matt: That’s pretty much what they are.

Laura: Like Dog?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt:

[sings] I am the dog.

[Laura laughs]

Matt:

[sings] The big bad dog.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: Oh my gosh. That’s the best episode ever.

Matt: Ever. Ever.

Laura: He’s like, “This is Beth. She’s my bitch.”

Matt: “Beth is my bitch. I got a whole team.”

Andrew: What is that? What episode? What is that?

Laura: It’s South Park.

Matt: Oh, it’s so good. “You got a hall pass, bra?”

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Matt: “You need to go over to Christ, bra.”

[Matt laughs]

Matt: “Christ is Lord.”

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Matt: Andrew, you have to watch that show.


Too Convenient?


Andrew: Okay, link me. So that’s about it for this chapter. Nothing else really happens, we just did want to mention the Snatchers, and it turns out Ron gives Harry a spare wand that he stole from the Snatchers. But I don’t know. Elysa, do you think it was very comforting to Harry, having that wand? I mean it wasn’t the one that – it wasn’t a wand that would do him as much good as the one he had, right?

Elysa: I thought it was a little convenient that, you know, take Ron out of the plot momentarily and he shows up next with a brand new wand. But Harry was grateful for it.

Andrew: Conveniently good timing.

Matt: Yeah, do you guys think it was a little too convenient? Almost like…

Andrew: Yeah, I wish there were sort of a cooler plot to like…

Matt: Like almost impossible.

Andrew: But then you got to remember the book’s pretty long as it is. Just adding another thing for him to get a new wand – it would’ve been too much.

Matt: Yeah. Because, I mean…

Elysa: That’s true.

Matt: There is no way that Ron knew that Harry broke his wand.

Andrew: He didn’t know!

Matt: So, it just says – No, he didn’t!

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: He did not know, I know. I’m confirming.

Matt: Oh, yeah. Sorry. Yeah. So, he just saw the wand just laying there, going, “Oh! Spare wand.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I mean, it’s like a quarter being on a floor, you just pick it up and pocket it for a rainy day or something?

Andrew: Exactly. As long as it’s a head’s side up.

Elysa: I think…

Matt: Oh, a piece of candy!

Elysa: The other point…

Matt: Oh, a piece of candy!

Elysa: The other point he mentioned about Ron, maybe, is just that he does say that he wanted to come back immediately, like the second after he disapparated. And I think that’s important because when I read that my anger sort of disappeared a little bit because I did remember that mostly – I mean, his reaction was mostly based off of the fact that the Horcrux affected him much worse than anyone else. So, it was…

Laura: Yeah.

Elysa: It was definitely his emotions and his feelings but they were just magnified to, you know, the nth degree by the Horcrux. You have to keep that in mind. I mean, he did say he tried to come back immediately, but Hermione was just so good with those protective enchantments.

Andrew: Absolutely.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: It’s time for Quote Quiz.

Matt: Quote Quiz!

Andrew: Ooohhh!

Matt: Oh, sorry!

Andrew: Oh, Matt, don’t jump ahead of yourself now. Today, as I do everyday, I sat down and worked on the show and its future. Today I made some new audio segments to kick off some of our more popular segments here on the show. From now on when we get to Quote Quiz I’m going to say, “So it’s time for…”

[Audio for Quote Quiz segment plays]

Andrew: Yes, yes, yes, yes! What do you guys think? Cool, huh?

Laura: That’s very exciting. I like it a lot.

Matt: Did you steal that off the “Bill Nye the Science Guy” TV show?

Andrew: [laughs] No!

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Sounds like one of those cheesy 80s after-school specials for kids or
something. Ten ways to eat your vegetable.

[Audio for Quote Quiz segment playing in the background]

Andrew: [sings] “Bill Nye the Science guy! Bill! Bill! Bill! Bill!”

Matt: Oh my God, and you watched it too, didn’t you?

Andrew: “Bill Nye”? You bet I did.

Laura: Hey! I watched “Bill Nye.” It was awesome.

Andrew: He’s a great guy. We should have him on the show sometime.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Quote Quiz this week: “Lovegood is on your side, Harry. The ‘Quibbler’ has been for you all along. It keeps telling everyone that
they’ve got to help you.” That’s Quote Quiz this week.

Matt: That was Hermione, wasn’t it?

Andrew: Yes, it is. [pause] Not!

Matt: Well, it can’t be the Lovegoods – Mr. Lovegood.

Andrew: No. Could be another person but I’m not going to spoil it because people are playing at home.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: Anyway, now it is time for…

[Audio for Make the Music Connection segment]

Andrew: Huh?

Laura: Very nice.

Andrew: Like it?

Laura: I like that one a lot, yeah.

Andrew: Let’s hear it again.

[Audio for the Make the Music Connection segment plays]

Andrew: Make the Music Connection. We’re going to start with Elysa this week.

Elysa: Excellent.

Andrew: You’re ready, girlfriend?

Elysa: I’m ready.

Andrew: This may make you a little sad because you had to bail out, but, I don’t know, we’ll see.

[The song “Wannabe” by the Spice Girls plays]

Andrew: “Wannabe” by the Spice Girls!

Elysa: Oh God!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Oh my God! I got…

Elysa: What, Matt? What?

Matt: No, no, no! It’s you.

Laura: Yeah, it’s all yours, Elysa.

Matt: It’s all yours.

Elysa: It’s me? Okay. “Wannabe”?

[Song is still playing in the background]

Elysa: I don’t know, Laura! I’m trying to listen to the words. Oh! [laughs] Okay, in Goblet of Fire, the Beauxbatons girls – they enter. This is their theme music.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Okay.

Elysa: I stole that from Matt, just so you guys know.

[Music stops]

Andrew: All right.

Matt: Mmmm.

Andrew: I’ll take that, I guess. [laughs] That’s good.

Elysa: I was actually going to go with – I was actually going to go with like when Hermione and Ron finally kiss, to be honest with you.

Andrew: You know, I was thinking that too. If you want to be – when you laughed when – after they said, “If you wanna be my lover, you gotta get with my friends.”

Elysa: Yeah! Okay.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs] Matt.

[“You’ve Got a Friend in Me” by Randy Newman starts playing]

Matt: Hmm.

Andrew: Randy Newman! “You’ve Got a Friend in Me!” Make a connection.

Matt: I think…

Laura: We’re really good at these today.

Elysa: This is Lucius singing to Voldemort.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Laura: Matt?

Andrew: Matt?

Matt: Oh crap! I had – I was like screaming at you guys, like why aren’t you listening to me?

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Matt: I had the – it was on mute.

Laura: We were just sitting here like, okay, what’s he doing?

Andrew: Did he give up?

Matt: Oh my gosh, sorry. No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no! I have it! It’s when Hermione and Harry were fighting Nagini in the house.

[Music stops]

Andrew: Okay.

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Well, I had another one, but it was dirty.

Elysa: I like that.

[“Lollipop” by Mika starts playing]

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: “Lollipop” by Mika.

Laura: What’s he saying?

Matt: “Sucking too hard on your lollipop, love’s gonna get you down.”

Laura: Oh…

Elysa: This is totally Dumbledore and Grindelwald.

Laura: Yeah! That was what I was going to say.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Dumbledore and Grindelwald.

[Music stops]

Matt: Mmhm. I kind of thought of the dancing veelas at the Goblet of Fire…

Andrew: Yeah, sort of.

Matt: …at the Quidditch World Tour, or match thing.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right, well that was Make the Connection this week – Make the Music Connection. Did you have one for me, Matt? Or…

Elysa: I have one!

Matt: Yeah, wait. Just give me a second. Let me look at something, because I have almost all your songs on here. Ready?

Andrew: Yes.

[“Tale as Old as Time” from Beauty and the Beast starts playing]

Andrew: Umm…jeez.

Andrew: Oh, well, that’s an easy one. Um…this isn’t in the book – I mean, this is in between the final chapter and the epilogue. Ron and Hermione – their first dance as a couple at their wedding.

Matt: Beauty and the Beast?

Laura: Awwwwww.

Andrew: Beauty and the Beast yeah.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: I would hardly call Ron a beast.

Laura: That’s mean.

Matt: I would probably – I would go more towards Krum and Hermione dancing or something.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Or how about Remus and Tonks’s wedding?

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Because he transforms.

Elysa: That’s terrible.

Laura: That’s so mean.

Andrew: No, come one.

Matt: That probably fits.

Elysa: Remus.

Andrew: Yeah, thank you. Or, my god, just the story as a whole. A hundred years from now, [sings] “Tale as old as time…” and I’ll tell you why Matt picked this song…

Matt: I think it connects more to Twilight.

Andrew: What?

Matt: It connects more to Twilight series than Harry Potter.

Andrew: Yeah, well, Edward’s the beauty and Bella’s the beast. Is that what you were…

Matt: [laughs] Bella’s a beast, yeah.

Laura: She is a beast, I hate her.

Andrew: I’ve been so into this song lately, “Beauty and the Beast,” the title song. Love it.

Matt: He’s been playing it a lot.

Andrew: It’s beautiful. It’s beautiful. Crying just thinking about it. Okay.


Hold Up, Hosts


Andrew: All right, so someone sent in this e-mail this week, and I sort of thought we could start doing this sort of as a new segment, because it’s a challenge to us from the listeners, and I did make an intro for it. Goes like this.

[Audio plays for “Hold Up, Hosts” Segment]

Andrew: So, [laughs] what we’re going to do…

Matt: Oh my god.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: What do you mean?

[Audio plays for “Hold Up, Hosts” Segment]

Andrew: I don’t know – just – I don’t know.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Aww, that’s cute.

Andrew: It doesn’t have to be the best thing.

Matt: It’s cute. It’s all right.

[Audio plays for “Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul” Segment]

Andrew: Oh shoot! Oh no! I just spoiled the next one.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Damn playlist. So, in this segment, a listener will e-mail us a challenge and we’ll do it on the air. Now, we don’t want it to be like, quizzing us on Harry Potter and stuff, because last thing we would want to do is copy another podcast; however, if you have a challenge for us, like this one, Jason, 16 from Michigan presented to us, you know, we’d be happy to give it a try. Jason writes:

So, you think you can dance?

He tries to be sarcastic in this e-mail, but I don’t exactly get it. He says:

So, you think you can dance? Well, that’s too bad, because dancing won’t help you in this challenge. Your challenge is: Repeat the phrase, ‘Potter…'”

Oh no, I already screwed it up.

“Repeat the phrase, ‘Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine,’ five, yes, five times within ten seconds. Do it on the air if you can – yeah, that’s right, yeah, be scared, it’s fine, I don’t blame you, it takes a real man to do it, don’t be ashamed, you don’t have to do it if you don’t want to.”

Oh, we will, Jason, we will.

Matt: It takes a real man, yet he watches “So You Think You Can Dance?” on TV?

Andrew: Good point, good point.

Elysa: Ouch.

Matt: Ouch – ow, that one burned.

Elysa: Yeah, who’s going to try this first?

Andrew: I’ll try it first if nobody else wants to.

Matt: All right, I’ll go second, I guess.

Andrew: Now I got a little timer on my recording thingy so, when I say – or does someone else want to time me? Someone else time me.

Laura: Yeah, I’ll time you.

Andrew: And just say stop when ten seconds are up.

Laura: Okay, ready? I’ll tell you when.

Andrew: Okay.

Laura: Go.

Andrew: Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Poor potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

Laura: You did it at seventeen seconds, actually.

Andrew: Oooh! Seventeen seconds or seven?

Laura: Seventeen.

Andrew: That was seventeen seconds?

Laura: No, you did it in seven seconds, never-mind. I’m sorry, I’m sorry.

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Matt: Ohhh!

Laura: I can’t count! Leave me alone!

Andrew: Take that, Jason!

Laura: Leave me alone!

Andrew: Okay, that was actually pretty easy. Does someone else want to try it?

Matt: Yeah, I don’t want to do it now because I’m going to mess it up.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I know.

Elysa: I know, you just showed us all up, Andrew.

Laura: I guess I’ll try it.

Andrew: Come on, I’m bad with words all the time. If I can do it, anyone can.

Matt: All right.

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: Laura, you want to?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: All right. Ready, set, go.

Laura: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

Andrew: Boom! Nine seconds.

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: Good job. Laura…

Laura: That would have been more of a challenge…

Matt: Oh! Oh, it’s popped!

Laura: …if you… [laughs] Well, what did you think it said?

Matt: Pooped.

Laura: [laughs] That’s what I thought when we first saw it too, and I didn’t say anything.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Ready. Set. Go.

Matt: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine [laughs]. Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine. Was that five?

Andrew: It was like eight times. [laughs]

Laura: You did it like eight times.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: That was good, though, you got it eight times in like, eleven seconds or something. So, that was good. [laughs]

Elysa: All right, now I have to do this…

Andrew: Yes, you do.

Elysa: …because I’m the only one who hasn’t. Okay.

Andrew: Ready. Set. Go.

Elysa: Poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine, poor Potter popped his pinky on the porcupine.

Andrew: Good. Nine seconds.

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: All right, Jason. That wasn’t hard at all, Jason!

[Elysa laughs]

Matt: Yeah. We can dance!

Andrew: Give us a harder one, Jason! Um, all right, so if you have a challenge like that, send it all in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Put “Hold up, Hosts” – “Hold up, Hosts Challenge” in the subject line.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: All right, and we’re going to wrap things up today with one of the longer running segments here on our show.

[Audio for Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul segment plays]

Laura: It’s so happy.

Matt: I feel like it’s selling Philadelphia cream cheese.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah. Laura, you want to take this e-mail?

Laura: Sure. It’s the Kelsey one, right?

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: M’kay. This comes from… [laughs]. This comes from Kelsey, 15 of California. She writes:

“Hey guys, I don’t really have one of those sob stories that we typically hear on Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul. But rather, an I-almost-died-of-boredom story. These last two weeks have been hell for me, literally. I was in a show that just ended this past weekend. And everyday for the past two weeks, I had to stay at school until nine o’clock or later for rehearsal. The levels of boredom were extremely high, being that I was only in two songs at the beginning and one at the end. So to past time, I downloaded a few episodes to listen to every night to keep me occupied. It definitely helped. I even met a few new friends because of you guys. One girl came up to me and asked what I was listening to. When I responded, ‘MuggleCast,’ she screamed, ‘Oh my gosh! I love MuggleCast!’ We then proceeded to spend the rest of the night playing ‘Harry Potter’ hangman on the big white board. So I just want to say thanks for keeping me sane. And keep up the good work. Love Kelsey from California.”

Andrew: Aw, there you go.

Laura: Yay.

Andrew: Uniting Harry Potter MuggleCast listeners together. That’s always cool when people write in.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, it – it’s bizarre when you think about it…

Andrew: The chances are slim but…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: They’re really slim but we believe you. We believe you.

Laura: Well, I mean, I came to school and my neighbor was a listener.

Andrew: That’s true.

Laura: That threw me for a loop.

Andrew: Yeah. No, I think you’re lying about that. Even though I met her, I still think you’re lying.

Laura: No, no, no. I’m really not [laughs]. Like…

Andrew: I know, I’m just kidding.


Contact Information


Andrew: Well, this probably does wrap up our fine podcast program for this March – let’s just pretend this comes out on the first, this March first. Before we let you guys go we want to remind everyone about our contact information. Laura, if someone wants to mail something in to the P.O. Box, how do they do that?

Laura: You can always send [unintelligible] to:

P.O. Box 3151

Cumming, Georgia

30028

Andrew: We also have a wonderful voicemail line, which we will probably get back to next week. If you want to call in a question, comment, or even a rebuttal, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC in the United States. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677 and if you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast to leave your voicemail if you want to do it that way.

[Show music begins playing]

Andrew: We also have a handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com where you can contact anyone of the hosts on our program. Except for Elysa, you’re not on there yet, but a few more shows [whispers] and we’ll put you on there. [normal voice] I’ll talk to the higher ups.

Matt: [whispering] We’ll get you a gift basket.

Andrew: You can also contact anyone of us by our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Matt, I’m now happy to report, is matt at staff dot mugglenet dot come.

Matt: Yay!

Andrew: Which has actually been open for a while. We just didn’t know it until Matt complained for the 50 millionth time earlier this week.

Matt: Well, come on, I’m not Mikey.

Andrew: You’re Matthew B.

Matt: I want Mikey to be original. Instead of Matty B it’ll just be Matt.

Andrew: I understand.

Matt: Because that’s what I am. I’m Matt.

Andrew: Okay, Mikey.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: So, you can contact him at matt at staff dot mugglenet dot com. And Elysa can be contacted at elysa at fanfiction dot mugglenet dot com. You can also visit MuggleCast.com for our community outlets, including: The

MySpace, the Facebook, the YouTube, the Frappr, the Last.FM, and our ever growing Forums.

You can also dig the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and NOT rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcast because they closed part of their site down.

Laura: Jerks

Andrew: I’m baffled. We were the highest rated podcast on their Yahoo! Podcast directory and they shut down. I don’t get it. I guess their section wasn’t too popular.

Matt: I guess not.


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening this week. Apologies to J.K. Rowling but we are out of time. I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: I’m Matthew Britton.

Elysa: And I’m Elysa Montfort.

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening and we’ll see you next week for Episode 135. Buh-bye.

Laura: Bye.

Matt: Bye.

Elysa: Bye.

———————–

Transcript #133

MuggleCast 133 Transcript


Show Intro


[Intro music starts]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the Internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Intro music stops]

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because Laura may be walking the plank, this is MuggleCast Episode 133 for February 23rd, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: So last week we got a few complaints that we only had three people on the show, and nobody is appreciative anymore of the hard effort we put into MuggleCast these days anymore. So, we said, “You know what? Okay. All right, you listeners are cranky, you’re bugging, you want more.” This week, we’ve got six people on the show, and a new host.

Laura: Ooo.

Elysa: Hello.

Andrew: I would like to welcome on behalf of everyone, Elysa Montfort to the show. Round of applause.

Elysa: Hey, guys!

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: Now Elysa has connections to MuggleNet. You…

Matt: She’s a girl.

Andrew: What do you do, Elysa?

Elysa: I’m [laughs] True that.

Andrew: She’s a girl, too. Imagine that, yeah.

Elysa: I’m one of the Head Moderators for MuggleNet Fan Fiction.

Andrew: Sweet. MuggleNet Fan Fiction has been around for what?

Elysa: Oh God. Three and a half years. Yeah.

Andrew: Wow.

Elysa: It began in October, 2004.

Andrew: Ha. Wow.

Eric: Newbie.

[Andrew and Elysa laugh]

Laura: Shut up, Eric.

Eric: Newbie.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Five and one quarter years here. Yeah.

Andrew: So, Elysa, we are very excited to have you on. You’re a friend of all of ours.

Elysa: Thank you. Thanks.

Andrew: Are you excited? You said you were a little nervous.

Elysa: I was a little nervous at first, but I think I’m good. I mean, yeah. I’m pretty comfortable now.

Andrew: Okay, good. All right, we’re confident you are going to be a good on the show. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: [Automated voice] I’m Matt Britton.

Elysa: [laughs] And I’m Elysa Montfort.

[Show music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum’s in the MuggleCast News Center with this week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. As if anyone needed to tell us this, MTV published an article on Friday about research concluding that the Harry Potter series can in fact be addicting. The story notes:

In a just-finished study that’s being submitted to the Journal of General Psychology, Psych professor Dr. Jeffrey Rudski and two of his undergrad students at Muhlenberg College in Allentown, Pennsylvania, report that they found characteristics of addiction in at least ten percent of the 4,000 Potter fans they polled online.

While the doctor discusses that the end of the series did have serious withdrawal symptoms for some, likening it to going off a drug “cold turkey,” he also said he chose to do the study on the end of the boy wizard’s saga over the conclusion of the hit series The Sopranos, because of his 15-year old daughter and the things she’s taken from it:

“She’s picked up guitar because she wants to be in a wizard rock band,” he said. “She’s studying Latin because she wants to better understand J.K. Rowling’s choices of names for her characters. She started reading Stephen King and John Irving because they spoke with Rowling at Radio City two summers ago.” If that’s being an addict, he’s down with it.

David Barron has revealed to the Herald Sun that a new scene has been added to the upcoming Half-Blood Prince film in order to remind moviegoers that nowhere is safe. Having J.K. Rowling’s approval of the scene, Barron is confident that people will like it. He says:

“But this was brought in because Jo [Rowling] was able throughout the quite lengthy book to keep dropping little snippets of what was happening in the outside world. There’d be people reading newspapers and talking about how somebody’s parents had been killed, or somebody had been withdrawn from school because their parents didn’t think it was safe. And we’re making aware that the Muggle world is also experiencing these disasters, but thinks they are disasters rather than the work of Voldemort. The book is peppered with those moments, but we couldn’t do that quite so easily in the film. So the extra scene comes in the middle of the film and it just reminds us the world is no longer a safe place. Even in what would normally be considered the safe haven of the Burrow, nobody’s safe.”

Lois Lowry, a children’s book writer, has updated her online blog with information about The Giver movie. She had hoped Order of the Phoenix and Half-Blood Prince director David Yates would be able to direct The Giver. However, he has just decided he wants to do the final Harry Potter first, thereby postponing The Giver by several years. While this is not confirmed by Warner Brothers yet, it appears to be a pretty reliable source.

And a new MTV Movies blog entry comments on the Deathly Hallows rumors. MTV says that a source at Warner Brothers told them an announcement was coming within the next week or two, but we’ve learned that MTV may have not been told this at all.

Finally, reports have emerged online that two new actors have been cast forHarry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince. David Legeno will play the role of the werewolf Fenrir Greyback, and Ralph Ineson has been cast for the part of Death Eater Amycus Carrow.

That’s all the news for this February 23rd, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Announcements


Andrew: Okay, thank you, Micah.

Micah: You’re welcome, Andrew.

Andrew: You want to do a little competition this week, you were saying?

Micah: Yeah, I’m feeling in a giving mood this week. So I figured what better way than to give somebody out there a chance to read the news on MuggleCast? And the way we’re going to run this little competition is anybody out there who listens to the show, send in a thirty second spot to mugglecastnews at gmail dot com. And what we’re going to do is we’re going to go through and we’re going to pick out the top five, and then on next week’s show we’re going to play the top five. And we’ll put up a poll on MuggleCast.com, and all the fans can vote to see who they think is the top news anchor there. And the following week we’ll have that person on the show to record the news, and that’s it.

Andrew: Cool, cool. That’s a great idea. I think everyone will enjoy that.

Eric: I have to say it’s one of the most innovative, I think, competitions we’ve had here on the show.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: I think it’s great. It’s also, you know, competition is always welcome, but I’m thinking this late in the game, we haven’t had one of those for awhile, and this is just a brand new idea. It’s shaking things up. I like it.

Andrew: Yup.

Micah: So that’ll be, what, Episode 135?

Andrew: Yeah. That sounds right.

Micah: We’ll play the news for whoever wins, and hopefully it’s a good competition.

Andrew: Yeah. Can I enter? Can any of us enter?

Laura: Do you really want to do that much extra work? I mean, isn’t that kind of what Micah’s trying to do anyway? He’s trying to get a week off the news?

Andrew: That’s true, that’s true.

Eric: Well, he’ll still have to script it, won’t he? Or will these people be in charge of scripting and…

Micah: No, it’s their whole responsibility.

Andrew: They do it all? They have the MuggleCast News Center for the weekend?

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: They do.

Eric: Cool.

Micah: It’s all theirs.

Laura: They get to go to Micah’s house.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: All expenses paid.

Eric: He’ll lock you in his basement.

Andrew: Except for flight, hotel, car…

Eric: Yeah. Oh, I’m sorry, I mean the transcript dungeon. He’ll lock you down there.


News Discussion: The Giver and Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Speaking of news, a couple new developments this week involving the movies. Firstly, reliable source reveals David Yates is directing Deathly Hallows. This is a little leak that I’m sure Warner Brothers is not very happy about. Lois Lowry, a children’s book writer, updated her blog online with information about The Giver movie. She has a book called The Giver. Has anyone read it?

Laura: Yes, and it’s so good.

Elysa: I love that book.

Laura: Oh my gosh, yeah.

Andrew: Would it be a good movie?

Laura: If they do it right, yeah.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: Would David Yates be a good director?

Laura: Yes. Absolutely. I think he would be, but it doesn’t look like he’s going to get to.

Andrew: Well, not yet. She updated her blog and said that David Yates has just “decided he wants to do the final Harry Potter film first, thereby postponing The Giver by several years.” That’s an exact quote. So this is the nail in the coffin, if you ask me, in terms of director rumors. Right?

Matt: Yeah. Well, it is kind of, but it’s not totally official or anything. I mean, heck, I decided I want to do the final Harry Potter movie, but you don’t see it being official for me, either.

Andrew: Right. Well, what I’m saying is it looks like Lois Lowry and David Yates talked to each other a few times, because apparently David Yates has planed on doing The Giver, but in my head, I see a phone conversation going down where they’re calling each other up, whether it’s on Skype or, you know, they got their numbers through Facebook or whatever.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: And they’re calling each other up and David Yates is like, “Sorry, Lois. I mean, I’m going to do the Potter film first.”

Eric: And then she proceeded to de-friend him on Facebook.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: She wrote a nasty note about him, tagged him in it, and then de-friended him, because all of them have Facebook. But no, I think this is pretty reliable source. To be honest, though, I’m relieved, because obviously it is reliable because he was going to adapt her book, she’s a respectable author. And I would jump the gun. I would take this as official, or at least I would be very relieved because, to be honest, I think David Yates is very capable, and I’m really relieved if this is true. If he’s doing the seventh movie, I’m really happy with that.

Andrew: Elysa and Laura, what is this book about, The Giver? Just out of curiosity.

Laura: Well, I read it in like eighth grade, and it’s basically – Elysa can probably give a better summary of it than I can, but it’s about a world in which people are assigned their working roles. Like certain women are assigned as birth mothers, and you’re assigned to work at a specific area, and you’re assigned a family unit. And in this, one boy is assigned the role of being the Giver, and he can see in color, when no one else can see in color, and he just has all this knowledge that no one else has, and it’s a very, very tragic story. Really, really sad, but really good.

Elysa: Yeah, yeah. The premise of it is sort of that humans aren’t capable of handling all the emotions and senses that come with being human, which, like Laura said, includes seeing in color, but also hearing certain things, and other things like that, and so there’s only one person in this society at any given time that experiences all these emotions, including emotions like love, and even laughter and hatred, and the Giver is the only one who’s capable of doing that. And so every time the Giver sort of retires, a new Giver is chosen. And so the story is following this one boy who is chosen to be the next Giver, but just his trials and tribulations and whatnot. It has a really awesome ending, but I’d be excited to see the movie.

Andrew: Well, cool.

Matt: Sounds like fun.

Andrew: It’s too bad we’re going to have to wait four or five years now.

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: Probably longer.

Matt: Ten or twelve.

[Elysa laughs]

Eric: David Yates is blowing her off here.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, is he still directing it or are they going to choose a different director?

Eric: Well, they could do that, too, but I think I would want David Yates. I think it’s worth waiting a few years if he had really sort of committed to do it, maybe.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I mean, I think the author has said, well, it’ll be delayed a few years.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: ‘Cause I think she really wants him to…

Andrew: Right, that’s how it seems. That’s the impression I got, Eric, just that…

Matt: Well, they seem to have a pretty good relationship between each other.

Andrew: Exactly. So.

Elysa: Well, since he’ll probably be directing the next Spiderwick Chronicles movie I’m sure he’ll be busy for the next ten years, too.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Uh, Elysa, you can go on your Spiderwick spiel slash jokes in a second, they’re very funny.

Matt: Rant. Yes. Please do it.

Micah: So, Andrew.

Andrew: Yes?

Micah: The question begs, if you were a betting man, would you say that David Yates will be directing Deathly Hallows?

Andrew: If I was a – Micah, I wouldn’t be a betting man in this situation.

Micah: Awww.

Matt: He’d be a cheating man.


News Discussion: Director Announcement


Andrew: My betting skills are not on par for this news item. However, another item that we’re going to discuss in a second I can be the betting man. But another story that came out the following day was – well, MTV picked this up and went to Warner Brothers asking for confirmation, and MTV quotes Warner Brothers as saying an announcement should be coming in one to two weeks about the director, and I would assume at this point it seems like they’re going to make the director and movie split announcement at the same time, right?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, ’cause both of these stories are floating around…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: …and, you know, we heard the director split announcement is going to come in the not too distant future, and this now is in one to two weeks so it seems like, you know.

Micah: It would make sense.

Andrew: It would.

Eric: I find that very interesting.

Andrew: Yeah, this is – frankly, I’m very intrigued by all these, you know, developments and rumors going around. So apparently we’re going to be seeing official word about this within one to two weeks.

Matt: You think so?

Andrew: [laughs] MTV thinks so. However, when I went to Warner Brothers and asked if this was true, one to two weeks, I heard that they told MTV they cannot confirm or deny. So, you know, whatever. It’s a guessing game.

Eric: Well, I think the bubble is ready to burst.

Andrew: Yeah, exactly.

Eric: You know, either way. I think it’s just so many – I mean, how long has this rumor been going around unconfirmed or un-denied by Warner Brothers about splitting Book 7 into two movies?

Andrew: Right. It’s been a while.

Matt: At least a week.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: [laughs] Since I last podcasted.


News Discussion: New Scene Added to Half-Blood Prince


Andrew: Yeah. And then we found out Thursday that a new scene, a brand new scene, was going to be added to Half-Blood Prince. And what do you guys think of this? I mean, this is interesting, this is the first time Warner Brothers has actually ever added a scene.

Eric: Oh, I wouldn’t say it’s the first time.

Andrew: Oh, it’s the first time.

Eric: I can’t – Well, it’s the first time they’ve actually…

Andrew: A major scene.

Eric: Well yeah, a substantial – I think a substantial enough thing where they had to go to Jo about it and say, well. But listen for their reason for doing it. I mean, when we had seen David Yates’ – there was a David Yates interview, it was audio only, where he was talking about how he was going to make Book 6 into a really sort of teenage film about the romance, and here they are saying that the book has all these moments about showing what’s going on in the outside world that we couldn’t do that easily, didn’t really translate that well to film, so they’ve written this scene to, you know, make up for it. I think that’s a novel idea. I would love to see whatever scene they have to offer.

Micah: Well, the problem I have with this is that to me, this says that they’re cutting out chapter one from Deathly Hallows. Not Deathly Hallows, Half Blood Prince.

Matt: It does look that way. Well, didn’t they say that, Micah?

Eric: You did hit the nail on the head there, Micah.

Micah: No, no, they don’t…

Andrew: They said this is going to be in the middle of the film.

Micah: They don’t say that, they say this is in the middle of the film, which leads me to believe that the, you know, the whole scene with the Muggle Prime Minister, and Scrimgeour, and Fudge is going to be cut and essentially replaced by this scene that they’re making to show what exactly is taking place in the Muggle world.

Eric: Though to be terribly honest, if you think about it, the fun in the first chapter is more sort of what has happened in the past, because not only are we getting with the Prime Minister – what’s happening with the Prime Minister now, but remember she then goes in that chapter of Book 6 back to sort of all the previous times that Fudge had visited the Muggle Prime Minister, which, you know, was to tell Sirius Black escaped, that sort of thing. So she was able to do sort of several visitations of the two Ministers in that chapter, and that really, I guess, wouldn’t translate well to film. Especially in the beginning of the film people would be lost.

Andrew: But wait, who’s to say that…

Micah: Well, no.

Andrew: Who’s to say that this new scene is involving the outside world?

Micah: He says it. He said, “we’re making aware that the Muggle world is also experiencing these disasters, but thinks they are disasters rather than the work of Voldemort.” So…

Eric: Yeah, yeah.

Andrew: I have to read this.

Micah: Those are his words. Those are David Barron’s words.

Eric: Yeah, and then he says, “the book is peppered with those moments but we couldn’t do that quite so easily in the film, so the extra scene comes in the middle of the film and it just reminds us that the world is no longer a safe place. Even in what normally would be considered the safe haven of the Burrow,” you know.

Micah: Well, they could have done it quite easily if they just followed the first chapter of the book.

Matt: Yeah, but that would’ve been too easy.

Eric: Right especially – well, especially talking about the bridge collapse and all those kinds of things, they could have done that.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Laura: Elysa, you have pretty strong opinions on how the movies should be directed. What do you think of this?

Elysa: Oh man, I mean, honestly, we’re not going to know if it works or not until we see it, but I sort of think that the whole premise of it trying to make up for other areas that they can’t portray – I think that’s a little – I don’t know. I’m not quite sure that I buy that. Because, I mean, a lot of the things that were in the books that were showing what was going on outside in the Muggle world were the Daily Prophet, the newspapers, and then of course Harry seeing names that he recognized in these articles and stuff. And they’ve used the Daily Prophet – I mean just in the last movie, you saw a bunch of newspaper articles coming up on the screen, and they used that last time. I don’t know why they couldn’t use…

Eric: It gets old.

Elysa: …it this time as well.

Andrew: Because I didn’t like it.

Elysa: I mean. [laughs]

Laura: I thought it was awesome.

Eric: Andrew Sims, see he was on set.

Elysa: [laughs] Okay, fair enough.

Eric: This is the whole story behind the additional scene. Andrew Sims went on set, and they were talking about using that to pass time…

Andrew: I said no.

Eric: …and Andrew says…

Andrew: No, no. I said no.

Eric: …No, I didn’t like that in movie five, dudes, you’re just going to have to write another scene. J.K.R. will approve it.

Andrew: But wait, we’re missing one huge thing here. He says – David Baron says, “even in what would normally be considered the safe haven of the Burrow, nobody is safe.” I think this scene happens in the Burrow.

Eric: Has to do something with the Burrow, which is what I thought he was alluding to just now.

Andrew: I think it happens in the Burrow, I don’t think it has anything to do with the outside world.

Laura: But…

Andrew: I think the purpose of this scene is to just show nobody’s safe, but the scene’s going to be in the wizarding world.

Eric: Quit picking on the Weasleys.

Andrew: I don’t know. I don’t know. I’m just a betting man. I don’t know.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: Yeah, but if something happens to the Weasleys, it doesn’t really emphasize the danger in the Muggle world.

Andrew: Right, but what if you’re just reading into it too hard and it has nothing to do with the Muggle world?

Micah: He said it does.

Eric: That’s exactly the whole…

Andrew: No, he doesn’t say it does. He just says Jo’s scenes show what happened in the Muggle world.

Eric: Yeah, and we weren’t able to portray that, so we wrote this scene. So if this scene doesn’t really make up for that, then it’s just a crap-added scene and I’ll be very upset. Anyway…

Matt: He does tend to make his own scenes though, too. Because what he did in Order of the Phoenix when he wanted to make a chase through London with the flight of the Order. When…

Eric: Yeah, that was potentially hazardous to the… [laughs] Yeah.

Matt: It was stupid was what it was.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: I’m sorry.

Eric: But I liked the rest of the movie. I did like so much of the rest of the movie. I completely see past the whole non-invisible people flying through London. Though, to be fair, if they weren’t visible, you couldn’t watch them flying through London.

Andrew: It was just a cool, fast-paced scene. I mean, they didn’t feel like explaining why they were all visible.

Matt: Yeah, I know.

Eric: But you’re right. It was bad.

Micah: Who knows, maybe chapter one will be in there, but when I read it for the first time, that was what I thought of. I thought that they were essentially creating their own scene to replace the Muggle and the wizard Prime Minister meeting.

Eric: The Other Minister. Do you know what else – and this is just my final thought on it – is that we’re kind of complaining that they aren’t getting the first chapter, and I agree with that, and that’s a problem for me, but wait a minute. I kind of like the idea, if you can’t do it right don’t do it, in a way. I like that, and I like the idea that we’re going to still have some really good scenes in the books that were never translated to film. I agree that the film should be accurate representations of the books, but there are some things that are always going to be better read, and I think maybe chapter one of Book 6 will be one of those moments where it’s just you love reading the book even though there’s a movie out to supplement.

Matt: I kind of agree with Eric.

Elysa: Yeah, I don’t really think that inventing a completely new scene is that big of a deal if it’s just portraying what we already know is happening in the books anyway. It’s not like they’re inventing huge major plot points. They’re not saying Aberforth was the Giant Squid in animagus form or something. They’re not like putting something completely random in there.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: But if he were, can you imagine a giant squid and goat.

Elysa: [laughs] Wow. No, actually. I can’t. I’m sorry. [laughs]

Matt: Gross.

Eric: Well, you said it.

Andrew: Um, yeah.

Eric: So you’re a fan-fic editor. Have you never read that before?

Elysa: Oh, you would be…

Eric: Have you never read…

Laura: Oh my gosh, Elysa…

Elysa: Oh, my God. You would be terrified with the things I’ve read. Let me put it to you this way, okay? There are – inanimate objects do not go well in NC17 fics.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Like turkey legs? I remember reading that one.

Elysa: Like turkey legs, no. Turkey legs, McGonagall do not match up. I will…

Eric: The turkey leg always happens to stand out, doesn’t it? We have to cut all of that out.

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Eric: Okay, I’m sorry for all your non-virgin eyes and ears.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: I’m sorry, but I just figured that – well, you said the Giant Squid thing, and I just thought that you’d read that somewhere.

Elysa: No, actually, though, I have read plenty of Giant Squid and Tonks. I’m not kidding.

Laura: Do you remember that one that was Giant Squid and Ron?

Elysa: Yes.

[Eric laughs]

Elysa: That was terrible.

Laura: Oh, my gosh. It was so disturbing.

Elysa: You’d be surprised how creative these people get. Like Tonks and Giant Squid. Obviously, we do not accept that on MuggleNet, but…

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: …you’d be surprised if you go and Google that. I’m not suggesting this. I mean, beware, but…

Eric: So don’t Google it.

Elysa: No, don’t, but you’d be surprised at how many people write that kind of stuff.

Eric: Well, ‘shipping anything with Giant Squid really brings a whole new meaning to sucking face.

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: Oh God, Eric.

Elysa: Oh, wow.

Andrew: We’re interested to hear all the listeners’ feedback about the new scene. Personally, I think it’s going to be at the Burrow, but I don’t know. Betting man? I don’t know. Whatever.


Spiderwick Chronicles: Review


Andrew: So Spiderwick Chronicles came out this week as well. Actually, last week. And we wanted to do a little movie review. Laura, Elysa, Matt, and I all went out on a quadruple date and saw the movie, and made out during the dark scenes. And we…

Matt: Where was I?

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: Oh, that wasn’t – oh…

Laura: Uh-oh.

Elysa: Uh-oh.

Andrew: Who was that sitting next to me then? Whatever. So we wanted to talk about it briefly. Let me just start and say I enjoyed it. I thought it was good.

Laura: Yeah, it was a cute movie.

Andrew: Now, Laura, Elysa, and Matt you guys talk about how you thought it sucked, and…

Laura: No!

Elysa: No! I did not think it sucked.

Laura: I thought it was really cute. There’s definitely a lot of Harry Potter inspiration in the film. I don’t know if the books are that way, but you could tell that this was definitely made as something to appeal to Harry Potter fans.

Matt: How so, Laura? How so?

Laura: Well, you know there was that thing that looked exactly like Buckbeak.

Matt: Yeah, but it was a griffith. Totally H.P. unrelated.

Laura: Right.

Eric: I mean, where else is that actor supposed to get work? That actor that plays Buckbeak. They have to make roles for it, so…

Laura: No, but actually – first of all I want to say that Freddie Highmore is such a great actor, and I think he is one of the most adorable people I have ever seen in my life. He’s so cute.

Andrew: He did play twins and as we discussed in the interview, they do a thing where the camera makes the same exact movements twice, and they digitally merge the shots together so there’s two Freddies. And it’s just really cool. He did a perfect job pulling off acting like he was talking to himself.

Elysa: He did. I agree.

Andrew: You couldn’t tell. It was like he had a twin. Even the two other girls we went with, they were like, “Oh my god. He’s not actually a set of twins? He’s actually one actor?” Remember that when we were walking out?

Elysa: Yeah.

Eric: So what’s the movie actually about?

Laura: Well basically, it’s about a family that moves into this house that belonged to – what – their great uncle or something. His name was Spiderwick, and he basically gained the sight to see all things that humans can’t see like goblins, and that type of thing. And he chronicled all of the secrets of these creatures into a book, and basically the book was not supposed to be opened. It was supposed to stay in the house and be protected. And Freddie Highmore and his family move into the house, and of course he finds the book, and he opens it, and there is this giant goblin that wants it so that he can kill everything. And i’s basically about them trying to figure out how to destroy him and how to keep the book safe.

Eric: Okay, so how much of this movie is going to remind me of the last Freddie Highmore movie that I saw, Arthur and the Invisibles?

Laura: I haven’t seen that, so I couldn’t tell you.

Elysa: Neither have I.

Eric: Because that also had a very similar – from what you guys are telling me – a very similar in that the house – I think it was his father I think or grandfather that he had to rescue, and he had to open and figure out how to enter the world of the Minimoys. Except that movie had David Bowie, so that was pretty cool.

Andrew: Well, at any rate, it has been getting good reviews. It’s fair to say that we all enjoyed it. Elysa, do you want to tell as story about what you said once the credits started rolling?

Elysa: Oh, the credits started rolling, and I said, “directed by Alfonso Cuaron.”

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: Because it was pretty much – it was pretty much – I mean the first five Harry Potter books rolled in one. What really got me – what really got me – I was so confused – what really got me was I guess because I hadn’t read the book – and don’t get me wrong. I really enjoyed it and I thought that Freddie Highmore did a great acting job actually – but I was so confused by the allergy season crap that was all over the place.

[Laura laughs]

Elysa: It honestly seemed to me that it was a promotion for Claritin Clear.

[Two hosts laughs]

Elysa: I was expecting it to say, “symptoms may include bloody nose, saggy jowls, death by nuclear radiation.”

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: I was so confused, and you know what? But it was good. It was good, though. I enjoyed it. I guess just – you know.

Eric: Who has asthma?

Elysa: Who has asthma? [laughs]

Laura: Through the whole movie it looked like a Claritin commercial. The sky was bright blue and there would always little dandelions flying around, so it really did look like a Claritin commercial.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Wow. I…

Matt: It was also a promotion for Campbell’s Tomato Soup and honey.

Elysa: And honey.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: See, I liked that though. I enjoyed the little things that – the one little creature that lived in Spiderwick’s house; he needed honey to calm him down.

Elysa: Thimbletag right?

Andrew: Was that the…

Matt: Humbletack? Thumbtack?

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: I am pretty sure it was Thimbletag.

Laura: Dobby? Was that his name?

Andrew: Dobby?

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: Dobby.

Matt: It was like a Dobby/Kreacher hybrid or something.

Andrew: The one thing that really got us was when they were all flying on the griffin.

Matt: [laughs] I just remember when we saw that scene I turned over to Andrew, and I said, “I could have sworn I’ve seen this scene before.” [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: It was very reminiscent, but at any rate, we’re just playing around, having fun. It was a good movie. I would recommend you would see it. I’m sure all of us do.

Elysa: Yeah.

Laura: Oh yeah, definitely. It’s very enjoyable.


News Discussion: Casting


Andrew: Yeah. Micah, one other thing you wanted to bring up this week is some casting news.

Micah: Yeah, we finally started to get a little bit more information about two characters. Fenrir Greyback and Amycus Carrow both have been cast for Half-Blood Prince. I think one of the concerns that people have are more on the side of Fenrir Greyback being in the movie as opposed to Amycus Carrow. Don’t know if many people really care if – we knew the Death Eaters by name, but I was kind of getting concerned. It still begs the question, is there more casting information to come?

Matt: I’m getting really scared. They’re not even still casting the new Minister yet.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: We haven’t heard who the new – who Scrimgeour is played by?

Matt: No, we have not.

Andrew: I guess the one thing that could be holding them up is just that they haven’t started filming with the actor yet, so I mean, you know…

Eric: So it’s not relevant to know who the actor is going to be?

Andrew: I guess. I don’t know. I mean they have a reason for everything.

Eric: They’ve got their reasons.

Andrew: They’re not the best reasons, but they have reasons.

Eric: Maybe he is cut out. I don’t think they will cut him out of Movie 7, so, you know. It just kind of happens.

Micah: Well, when will we get – is there a time that Warner Brothers releases a full cast report for a movie? Is that something that they would do?

Andrew: I would think by the first teaser trailer they would have all the casting out. I mean that just makes sense for me because that’s just when they’re starting to kick off the publicity.

Matt: Yeah. That’s when they’re done with principle photography and everything.

Andrew: Well, is that true? Teaser trailers come out before that.

Eric: Teaser trailers can be – no, teaser trailers can be out for anything. If you recall, even the new Indiana Jones trailer, it has a – it has some from the upcoming movie, but most of it is the previous three movies. So they can do those kinds of teasers, which just go back into those sorts of things. And I mean if you remember in the original Harry Potter trailer, which you may or may not, it was more or less, you know, Vernon Dursley going, “There’s no such thing as magic.,” and slapping the trap, and it was like this really cool, sort of – you know, teaser trailers – no, you don’t need to have the whole movie completed to do that.

Matt: They kind of tease you a little bit.

Eric: They just tease you a little bit.

Andrew: I guess that would make sense why they call them teaser trailers.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Why do they call them trailers at all? Okay, so moving on. Announcements.


Announcements


Andrew: Okay, so moving on to announcements. This sort of is relevant to our first news item that we were talking about. It comes from Lucas. I was planning on talking about it anyway, but Lucas read my mind as I e-mailed him. It’s Lucas, 16, from Chicago. He’s been on the show a couple times when he calls in during the live shows. He writes:

“I think that you guys should have one more live show that lasts for a couple hours. You haven’t had one in a while and I noticed that tons of people would love it.” And then he talks about some other podcast we’re doing in the future. But yeah, so I think what we should do – we should do another live podcast. I’m personally itching to do another one because they are a lot of fun. Are you guys – Would you guys be up for doing one?

Laura: Yeah. I’d be all for it.

Andrew: Yeah, I think we should do one when they make the announcement – the director and split into two announcement, so then maybe we’ll step off Chapter-by-Chapter for that live show and we’ll just…

Matt: Talk?

Andrew: Yeah, well, we’ll talk about the official announcements, and we’ll have people call in, and we’ll discuss what their thoughts are on the movie being split in two, and the new director.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: So…

Laura: Sounds good.

Andrew: I think it would be a timely – I’m just saying ahead of time, we’re going to set some ground rules this time. First of all, no shout outs. They’re fun, they’re fun. We all laugh. We all LOL on the chat.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: But…

Laura: Until the point when every person that calls in doesn’t have anything to say.

Andrew: Yeah, such as a shout out.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: We need to stop that. It slows the show down.

Matt: They do that, really?

Eric: Yeah, and no gack, no gack unless you’re like from Nickelodeon, okay?

Andrew: Or unless you’re actually choking on something then you can…

Andrew and

Eric: Gack.

Andrew: Or gag.

Eric: And anyway, anyway. Yeah.

Andrew: So, yeah. Keep an eye out. Whenever there’s an official announcement we’ll try to do a live show as quickly as possible. It seems one’s coming in the next one to two weeks, and that lines up with when I was sort of thinking we could do a live show anyway. So we’ll just wait for that announcement. Hopefully, it’s not during the week. It could be between Thursday and Saturday. Most likely it’s going to be made – the announcement’s going to be a Monday morning or something terrible. So I don’t know, we’ll see. But we will do a live show soon for all of you who are looking forward to one, so plan it out. Most people – a lot of people get upset about when we announce them last minute because then they don’t have time to plan ahead and tune in, so we’re giving your warning ahead of time. So that’s really the only announcement we have this week. Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now.


Muggle Mail: Choosing the Muggle Mail to Read


Laura: Our first Muggle Mail comes from Naomi, 23, of Israel. She writes:

“So what you all are saying is you don’t have time to respond to listeners that send you nice, long letters, but you have time to respond to idiots that talk trash and say horrible things to you. That’s normal. Who am I kidding? I’m crazy. Wow wow wow.”

Eric: Woah.

Laura: “But really, why…”

Andrew: It’s actually, “wowowowowow.”

Laura: Okay, that’s good.

Andrew: Like an Indian.

Laura: Okay, that’s nice. “But really, why do you have the need to respond to idiots and not the people that really think before they write? Because idiots that talk like that just rant about everything. They find flaws everywhere.”

Matt: That’s not true!

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Laura: Actually, it’s true.

Eric: [mocking Matt] “You’re a liar!”

Matt: We don’t just respond to just idiot e-mail and stuff. We respond to stupid ones too.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: Naomi has a point. Every now and then we do like to pick out a ridiculous e-mail to read, but those are just for fun. We don’t really take them seriously. Like…

Andrew: Actually – actually, hold on, wait. Actually, what we were saying…

Micah: [unintelligible] …last week.

Andrew: …last week was we reply to e-mails that have people complaining about the show and stuff.

Laura: Oh. Well, stop your whining. That’s all I have to say.

[Andrew laughs]

Andrew: Well, no…

Laura: It’s our show and we’ll run it the way we want to.

Matt: Oooo!

Elysa: Damn, Laura.

Eric: Whoa, Laura. We mean for the people who…wow.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: That’s…

Matt: Momma’s going to crack the whip.

Laura: You know – you know what it really bothers me? Is every now and then I’ll see an e-mail, and really it’s pretty often, and someone will be like, “I think you’re doing this wrong. You should do…” And I’m like, you know what? Go make your own podcast. Just do it.

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: Damn.

Laura: If you don’t like the way we run ours, make your own.

Andrew: Yeah. Listen, we do everything for a reason. The reason why we said that we reply to the e-mails that are negative – we reply to the ones that have claims that we’re doing something wrong, like, a serious issue. I’m not really talking about, like, hate mail. Like, we don’t really reply to hate mail. We just reply to things that – with people that are like – like every so often we’ll get a parent whose like, “I can’t believe you said this word for my son, blah, blah, blah.” So like, you know.

Eric: And then we laugh.

Andrew: To us that’s – yeah, I mean, you know – moderate what your kids watch, or listen to. That’s all I have to say. But we’re family friendly here.

Micah: Yeah, we are, and the other thing I wanted to point out about this was, we do read and respond to people who send in nice things, because we do it on the show. We have a whole section where we sit and we respond to people’s rebuttals, we have Chicken Soup, so it’s not like we’re not taking people’s stuff and replying to it. I think everybody probably replies to at least five e-mails a week that are people questioning, “Why can’t I download this? Why isn’t this working?”

Andrew: Right.

Micah: So we do take the time to – to do that in addition to all the other mail.

Andrew: And we’re not trying to be mean here…

Laura: No.

Andrew: We’re just saying, you know, we run the show how we do. We can’t reply to – you know, most of the e-mails – the majority – I will say the majority of the e-mails we get are theories, so we can’t reply back and be like, you know, “Oh, I think this is good because blah, blah, blah, blah, blah” you know, it’s just – we just can’t.

Micah: Yeah. We do – we do read it. That’s the point I think we wanted people to get from last week’s show…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …is we do read everything.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s all.

Micah: But we don’t have the time to reply to it.

Andrew: Yeah. Well, let’s not dwell on this, ’cause it, you know – people, you know, we made our point clear.


Muggle Mail: Gryffindor’s Sword


Andrew: Okay, next e-mail comes from Amanda, 25, of Sunshine Coast in Australia. She actually – a lot of people wrote this response in to our discussion on Gryffindor’s sword last week and why Luna, Ginny, and Neville tried to steal it. She writes:

“This is probably one of hundreds of e-mails you received, but Ginny found out that Harry had Gryffindor’s sword passed to him when on page 11 of DH, U.K. edition, it states, ‘Outside in the garden, over the dinner tables, the three objects Scrimgeour had given them were passed from hand to hand. Everyone exclaimed over the Deluminator and the Tales of Beedle the Bard and lamented the fact Scrimgeour had refused to pass on the sword.’ So Ginny would have heard about it then and thought it was a great way to help Harry since she couldn’t go with him, and to exact some revenge on Snape, too.” So that’s a great point.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: I would agree.

Andrew: I think that’s the explanation we needed.

MuggleCast 133 Transcript (continued)


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 16, “Godric’s Hollow”


Andrew: Let’s dive in straight to Chapter-by-Chapter this week, because we have a lot to discuss. We’re going to do two chapters this week. Going to kick it off with Chapter 16: Godric’s Hollow. A short but very important chapter. It’s one we all speculated about before the book came out. We were all saying Harry was going to – he had to go back to Godric’s Hollow. I mean it’s now or never. So who wants to kick it off with a short summary?

Eric: I’ll do the short summary. Okay, so the short summary is, for this chapter, Chapter 16, “Godric’s Hollow”: Following Ron’s departure, Harry and Hermione struggle for productivity as they agree to go and find Godric’s Hollow, a journey which ends at the tomb of the Potters.

Matt: Dun-dun-dun…

Andrew: So the chapter starts off with just a lot of – a lot of narration. I mean Harry’s feeling – Harry and Hermione are feeling the effects of Ron being away.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Right?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. And he’s thinking about Ginny. You know, all this being away hurts.

Eric: Yeah, they keep looking out – they hear noises at the door, like if Ron were to come back in. Hermione pretty much just – she delays them leaving the place where they were ’cause Ron, like, won’t be able to find them after that, that sort of thing. And Harry resorts to the Marauder’s Map, and he begins watching people at Hogwarts. Initially, he thinks he’s going to see Ron show up there again, you know, because he sold out for the, sort of, three meals a day that he’s used to. But turns out he just ends up watching Ginny. And Ginny becomes a comfort to him, and he wishes more than anything that she knows that he still cares about her. So – and also connection to Hogwarts, they begin to speak with Phineas Nigellus.


Absence of Hogwarts


Eric: Now did you guys like how this was done? The whole [chuckles] how they kind of came to an agreement with Phineas, and they began to seek answers about what was happening at Hogwarts?

Laura: Yeah, I thought it was pretty cool that they utilized him that way.

Matt: Well, don’t you think that Snape was the one who told him to keep an eye on him?

Eric: Well, we know that now I guess.

Laura: Yeah, it’s – yeah.

Eric: But what do they find from…

Andrew: Yeah, I guess so.

Eric: …this – from these meetings? What do they…

Andrew: Not much.

Laura: No, I mean they mainly just find out what’s going on at Hogwarts. Like, that a few students are kind of rebelling against Snape and…

Eric: Harry theorizes that the D.A. is still alive and well.

Andrew: Which was interesting…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …’cause, like, while I was reading this for the first time, it’s just weird, like, thinking about you don’t know what’s going on at Hogwarts for the first time.

Matt: Yeah.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: Like – it’s just like you try to picture what – what is going on. It would be interesting…

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: …to, you know, hear this part of the book from Ginny’s perspective or Luna’s or…

Eric: Well, as the…

Andrew: …Neville’s.

Eric: …as the reader, you’re right. As the reader, you feel very empty because you haven’t seen the seventh Halloween feast, you know. [laughs] I mean, you know? When you’re first given the first Harry Potter book you were expecting seven Halloween feasts, and seven Christmas feasts, and you’re just – you’re not getting it.

Andrew: Right.


Going to Godric’s Hollow


Eric: So they finally get off their bums and they decide they’re going to Godric’s Hollow. Okay? Harry says, “You know what? I want to go to Godric’s Hollow.” And Hermione says, “Well, that’s a good idea. I kind of want to go there, too.” And – so they plan on it and basically, there’s a few very interesting facts about Godric’s Hollow, which I put in the notes here for you guys about Godric’s Hollow. This is sort of what we know. Now it’s still a bit confusing for me how Harry knew to go there at the end of Book 6, but needless to say, by this point in Book 7, he has reason to go there based on what he…

Andrew: Well, I don’t think – I don’t think he – he had – he had reason other than he just wanted to see his parents’ grave, right?

Eric: Yeah.

Elysa: Right.

Eric: But my question was how did he – my former question on the show had been how did he know that his parents were buried there? But I guess that makes sense, I guess, you know?

Andrew: Yeah, nothing’s really happening here. I mean this is just – this is just a big moment for Harry just because he’s finally seeing his parents’ grave.

Elysa: Just a Lifetime movie.

Andrew: What’s that?

Elysa: Nothing.

Eric: It is like a Lifetime movie.

Laura: I heard that, Elysa Montfort! [laughs]

Elysa: I said it was just like a Lifetime movie. I mean three-quarters of the chapter I felt like I was watching Lifetime with a bunch of other girls sewing.

Eric: Have some sympathy! You heartless fan fiction mob.

Elysa: No! No, no, no, no, no. Listen, listen – don’t get me wrong, I cried at the end of this chapter.

Eric: Sure you did.

Elysa: I was really emotional…

Eric: Sure you did.

Elysa: …but that’s part of why it’s a freaking – that’s why it’s a Lifetime movie. Isn’t it? Isn’t that sort of the – the staple of watching Lifetime?

Andrew: Okay, you’re talking to four guys and one other girl. I don’t think – one other girl, who…

Matt: I love this chapter, you guys. Why are you guys bagging on it? Harry cried!

Elysa: No! I liked it too!

Laura: No, this is a fabulous chapter.

Elysa: I liked it too.

Andrew: So they get into Godric’s Hollow, and Harry and Hermione come upon this statue of the Potters and, like, I thought that was just so cool that there’s this statue of you as a child with your parents. The town has this statue there. It’s been there for seventeen years and he just stares at it for a minute, and there’s really no like realization, there’s no like – in the book it’s just written Harry’s staring at it. I don’t know. Don’t you guys think there should have been more like…

Laura: Yeah, but wouldn’t that freak you out?

Eric: That’s a moment…

Andrew: Okay, maybe it was a lot, and maybe it was a lot for him all at once.

Eric: I think I can connect. I think I connect with the exact response that’s in the book, because you got to realize that Harry’s survival impacted the entire Wizarding World, you know? Even though Voldemort is a terrorist who’s in England, you know, being the most powerful dark wizard ever, he’s pretty much the threat to the entire world. Harry’s defeat of him meant something to people so much larger than Harry would ever meet, and will ever know, and so coming to this statue, which he had never seen before, it was just, you know, it had been there for seventeen years. I think that’s fitting, and it’s just – he’s like the last person to see this statue of him and his parents, and it’s just – it’s just really like, you know, there’s nothing to say or do. He’s just there. It’s not a lack of emotional response; it’s just an abundance of it.

Micah: Plus it’s a conscious decision on his part, or maybe a subconscious decision that he can’t pay too close attention to things like that, just because there’s that threat that he may be being watched by somebody else. Obviously that ends up happening, but, you know, if he just goes into an emotional breakdown, and he’s under Polyjuice Potion, you know, wouldn’t that seem kind of weird that some middle-aged guy is breaking down in front of a statue and…

Matt: Okay.

Elysa: There’s…

Laura: Well, also we see later…go ahead.

Elysa: No, I think I was going to say the same thing that you’re going to say, which is just that we see a lot of the emotion later when he’s at his parents’ grave and then again, you know, a little less sadness, but when they see that sign that pops up later, with all the graffiti written on it and stuff…?

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: So I think there was so much emotion already transpiring in that short period of time that it didn’t really – I don’t know – it didn’t really surprise me that there wasn’t anything more intense at that point, but I understand that point completely, but it didn’t really surprise me.

Laura: Yeah. And also the way I think about it is – I think that seeing a statue of him and his family, like a memorial, is really not all that different than reading about his family in textbooks like he did at school because it was just a representation. I think it became…

Eric: Well, he didn’t – sorry to interrupt. Hermione was always the one to read about Harry in the books.

Laura: Yeah, I know, but she was the one who told him about it. I mean, that’s all very much a surreal experience because it didn’t become real to him. Like he actually said that – I mean, he actually detailed the idea of his parents’ bodies being beneath him under the ground.

Eric: And he said he almost wanted to crawl in and sleep with them.

Laura: Yeah, and it wasn’t until then that it became real, I don’t think.


War Memorial


Andrew: Well, let’s jump to the gravestones.

Matt: Yeah, please.

Andrew: You guys are just all about proving me wrong about future events.

Micah: Well, I just wanted…

Andrew: Go ahead, Micah.

Micah: …to mention one thing. I thought it was interesting that it first appeared as a war memorial, and then…

Eric: Yeah, what was up with that?

Micah: …it turned into the Potters.

Elysa: Yeah, what kind of war memorial?

Eric: Well, it could be that – well, think about the Godric’s Hollow – think about Godric’s Hollow – Godric’s Hollow is not a full – an all-magical town like Hogsmeade. Hogsmeade’s the only all-magical establishment in Britain, but Godric’s Hollow’s kind of a half-magical…

Andrew: Ooooh.

Eric: …half-Muggle thing. Now think about Harry and Hermione, who are under the Polyjuice Potion as Muggles. I think that the war memorial, considering Lily and James are only significant to magic people. You know, I mean, they’re significant to Muggles, but Muggles would never understand why. You couldn’t even begin to explain, so I think if the wizards are going to build a memorial to – I mean, quite like the Potters’ house, which you see in the next chapter, it’s just – I think the whole idea with that was that the war memorial was, you know, once they got closer to it kind of revealed itself just like the cottage did because they weren’t Muggles.

Micah: My point was that it’s more symbolic. That…

Eric: Oh, it’s a battle-scar.

Micah: …you know, the Potters…what?

Eric: It’s like a…

Micah: The Potters are the central point of this war against Voldemort, and the fact that a war memorial changed over to, you know, a statue of Lily, James, and Harry I thought was, you know, symbolic in a sense of what is taking place in this book.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Mhm.

Micah: That was more of where I…

Elysa: The war memorial, though, isn’t that what the Muggles see? Isn’t that sort of the disguise for Lily, and James, and Harry?

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I thought.

Elysa: I was just curious as to which war that was for. I mean, obviously it has to be something valid if it’s going to fool the Muggles.

Andrew: WWII.

Eric: Yeah, or the Australian-American war.


The Gravestones


Andrew: Okay, so the graves. They go through the graveyard, they’re finding different people, and Harry’s getting frustrated because Hermione keeps pointing out different graves other than his parents’, but then finally, of course, it’s Hermione who finds the grave. Well, okay, first we’ll talk about the inscription on Kendra and…

Eric: Ariana.

Andrew: Ariana Dumbledore’s grave. I guess, Eric, you had this in here so you should probably talk about it.

Eric: Yeah. There’s two inscriptions they come across in this graveyard. One of them is on the grave of Dumbledore’s mother and sister, and the other one is on James and Lily’s tomb. And Harry makes note of the second one and has some open dialogue about Hermione, but the first one on Kendra and Ariana’s grave is – reads as such: “Where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” What do you guys think that means?

Laura: Well, first of all, that’s from the Bible. It’s from Matthew 6:21.

Eric: Ooh.

Laura: It is. Actually…

Andrew: Now wait a second, how did you know that? Did you Google it afterwards?

Laura: Yeah, I looked it up. And basically, both of these phrases are from the Bible.

Eric: Really?

Micah: Aww, isn’t that nice that Jo did a little tribute to Laura Mallory in Deathly Hallows?

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: “Here lies Laura Mallory.”

Andrew: Ooh.

Laura: Ooh.

Andrew: That’s a little too much.

Laura: But actually if you…

Eric: [unintelligible] …in the dust rather than the marble of the graves.

Laura: It’s really interesting if you read Matthew 6 and you’re looking at lines 19 through 21. That section is called “Lay Up Treasures in Heaven.” And it says, “Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust destroy, and where thieves break in and steal. But lay up for yourselves treasures in Heaven, where neither moth nor rust destroys, and where thieves do not break in and steal. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.”

Andrew: Aww.

Laura: And I thought it was really fitting to say that you should really treasure the important things in your life and not link your entire being to material possessions that will have no meaning when you’re gone.

Eric: That’s kind of…

Elysa: Isn’t that a little ironic if – isn’t Dumbledore the one who put that inscription on it?

Eric: Yeah, and that’s the open dialogue.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: When they talk about this Harry says, “It makes sense that Dumbledore would be the one to choose this, because he was they oldest member of his family after Kendra and Ariana died.”

Matt: Well, it’s possible it’s something that his mother said. I mean he had to have gotten his loving nature from someone in his family. Maybe his mother was the one who was very loving and concerning, and probably that’s where Dumbledore got most of his sense from.

Eric: I like that.

Laura: Mmhm.

Andrew: Elysa, do you have something else to say about that?

Elysa: No, no. I just wanted – I wasn’t quite sure what it meant. At first my thought was that maybe – I don’t know. I don’t know what I was thinking. But I thought that there was maybe some sort of significance to it and – like a Horcrux or something. But obviously…

Matt: Yeah, I was kind of thinking the same thing. Like, “Where your treasure is there your heart will be.”

Elysa: Exactly, yeah.

Matt: Like your treasure you put your soul into.

Elysa: Right. Exactly.

Eric: I think we’re meant to think that a little bit. Because obviously…

Matt: Yeah, just a little bit.

Laura: Maybe.

Eric: It’s to be contrasted. With the kind of life that Voldemort is living, that he has souls and Horcruxes for the fact that treasure and heart can mean nothing about means of survival in the mortal world, but be actually really meaningful.

Andrew: I think that makes perfect sense, the Horcrux parallel.

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: It makes good sense. I mean, you know, obviously Matthew wasn’t jotting this down about Horcruxes and J.K. Rowling 2,000 years later.

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: Honestly though, I don’t think that – I mean we know that Jo is a Christian. I don’t think that she would use a biblical quote in reference to something evil like a Horcrux.

Eric: Well no, but it’s the kind of thing about being well written is that you can imply all these things from it, you can take all these things out of it. She’s also…

Laura: Oh yeah, I know.

Eric: All the time that she wrote that – in this chapter just five times it’s appeared – how the little beating heart inside the locket is going faster, and faster, and faster.

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: I think maybe it might have been less of a reference to a Horcrux directly and more of a reference of, you know, anti-Horcrux perhaps.

Eric: That’s what I mean; it’s contrasted. It’s to be absolutely contrasted.

Elysa: Exactly.

Eric: It has nothing to do with a Horcrux but you’re meant to think – or, you know, it’s in there. It’s definitely there to think about it.

Elysa: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So on James and Lily’s tomb, what about the second inscription? And Harry questions that isn’t this what a Death Eaters’ think? It says, “The last enemy that will be defeated is Death.”

Laura: Yeah.

Elysa: I like that one.

Andrew: Harry sort of ruined the moment – yeah – Harry sort of ruined the moment for me right there though, because it seemed like he was getting angry, wasn’t he?

Eric: He was. Well, he read it wrong because Hermione’s like, “it’s not a bad thing.”

Micah: This is a very angry chapter, though.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: If you’re sort of following Harry throughout everything that’s been going on in this book in particular, and you’re not a fan of Dumbledore – I know there are a couple of people like Jess out there.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Who should be spammed.

Micah: But you get very aggravated. At least I did, re-reading the chapter, with Dumbledore. Because here you have, I think, just two rows behind the Potters’ graves behind Ariana and Kendra Dumbledore’s. And you start thinking to yourself, why was Harry never brought to Godric’s Hollow? Why was Harry never given this information? And it really starts to sink in because, up until this point, it’s sort of been like, “Okay, Dumbledore didn’t pass along this information, you can deal with it.” But once you start to see the reality that Harry’s going through, that he’s sitting at his parents’ grave, and Dumbledore had this information all along and never shared anything with him. I mean I would…

Laura: I would be frustrated too.

Eric: You’re right, this is the moment where it hits, Micah. And I mean, you did the news item where J.K. Rowling had said there was legitimate concern in that Dumbledore was – well, I guess using Harry as a puppet was the term used. But I mean, this is the moment where Harry’s thinking about walking with Dumbledore. What an emotional impact he thinks that would be for them both to have walked there. I think the term is, “What a strong bond that would be for Dumbledore to have taken him to this place,” and he didn’t! And the line is something to the effect of, “was it more important to just get Harry to do what he wanted him to do?” And I mean you’re right, this is the chapter where it starts really hitting home.

Micah: Well, not even Dumbledore. Nobody ever took him.

Eric: Well, nobody took him, yeah. That’s kind of sad, too.

Matt: Well, do you think that Dumbledore really thought about – before he died – about this precaution? About how danger it’d would be if he went back to Godric’s Hollow?

Eric: It’s a good question.

Micah: I think he would have been able to deal with the situation without ever drawing attention to those graves. Yes, they’re close together, but I still think Dumbledore may have been able to go to Godric’s Hollow and sort of not pay any attention to the two graves that were there. And maybe in the end that’s the reason why he never took Harry there. Maybe that would be the explanation, that it would have been too difficult for him to deal with everything surrounding his mother and his sister.

Laura: Yeah. Now, Andrew, I actually want to hear what you think this little inscription means. I thought your interpretation was interesting.


Interpretation of Inscription


Andrew: Okay, well, what I think – okay, Hermione’s probably right; I’ll just say that first. However, when I look at it and I think about it, I feel like it means that – this might sound stupid but this is just an alternate interpretation – that once everyone in the world is dead then there will no longer be death, and it is therefore defeated. Let me read the line back. “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” It will be defeated, it won’t exist anymore, because everyone is dead already and they can’t die anymore.

Laura: Okay, but that’s like – okay, that would be like saying that everything on the planet would have to die though. Like including the planet itself.

Elysa: Honestly, I never thought of it like that, and I don’t think it’s a stupid theory at all. I just think that…

Andrew: Thanks.

Elysa: I really don’t. I think that it sort of assumes that maybe in order for you to destroy death you have to eradicate it. And I think that for something as ambivalent as…[coughs]…excuse me – death that it’s something that has to be overcome and not eradicated. And I sort of think that that’s where Laura’s interpretation fits in, is that if you can overcome it, then that is sort of destroying death in a sense. And I think that James and Lily were overcoming it through keeping Harry alive through their sacrifice, as she has suggested.

Andrew: Well, Laura, what is your interpretation?

Laura: Well, it’s basically what Elysa just said, that it’s for anybody who has overcome their fear of death, and I mean I think of James and Lily, who are living on in their son. And I think that regardless of what your belief in any sort afterlife is, you do leave an impression in this world, whether it’s through your children or through things that you’ve done. I really think that you do. And just like reading it in terms of how it’s presented in the Bible – because it’s in Corinthians – it’s like Corinthians 15:26 or something. But all through Corinthians 15, it’s about the resurrection of Christ, and it talks about that. And there was one part that was kind of – it was kind of eerie reading it because it reminded me a lot of the scene where Harry was walking to the Forbidden Forest, and he saw his mother and father, and Remus all standing around him when he puts on the Resurrection Stone. Because it talked about how there would be one to be resurrected and all the apostles would see him and all this other stuff.

Elysa: Wow.

Laura: And you can definitely tell that J.K. Rowling was schooled very much in religion.

Elysa: That’s a good call, Laura. That’s a good call.

Micah: Well, that’s what I thought of when I was re-reading it was – I thought specifically of the Deathly Hallows, and Harry being the Master of Death, and the fact that, you know, he has that whole scene at King’s Cross. You know, I like was Elysa was saying just before about the Potters living on through Harry. In their own way, they defeated death by stepping in front of the curses that were meant for Harry, I guess. Lily more so than James, but even still, James died protecting his family. Harry sort of gives up at the end and knows that him sacrificing himself is supposedly for the greater good, and, you know, that kind of quote for me ties in with the Hallows and ties in with his actions at the end of the book.

Laura: Mmhm.


This Scene in the Movie


Matt: Well, before we go to chapter seventeen, can we just like talk about this scene as a whole? As like, when they film it in the movie, like how beautiful it’s going to be when you see Harry and Hermione holding each other looking at the parents’ grave in the snow.

Andrew: Yeah, I was thinking about that and immediately I closed my eyes and could just picture the typical Emma Watson worried face.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: But see, that’s the thing I’m kind of nervous for. I think it would be a little better in the film if they don’t actually go through the Polyjuice Potion. So you actually see Harry and Hermione holding each other at the gravesite, rather than what they look like through the Polyjuice Potion.

Eric: [laughs] What’s it going to be – these two strange actors.

[Everyone laughs].

Matt: Yeah, exactly. It’s supposed to be a touching moment.

Eric: Very sentimental, but yeah, you’re right. I don’t think – and the Polyjuice Potion. It’s kind of what they’re saying about Movie 6. There’s all these precautions they take to make clear how unsafe the world is, but I think it’s a better story to tell in a movie if they are not under the Polyjuice Potion at this exact moment. We questioned whether they would be in the Ministry scene.

Andrew: It’s very – this is a very different – oh fuck, I was going to say something but I’ve lost my train of thought. It’s just the perspective you have while reading – you see Harry and Hermione, but in a movie it’s not nearly as effective. They’re going to have to really do something about that. Because yeah, you’re right. Like Matt and Eric, you were saying, seeing these two random people holding each other just won’t make sense.

Micah: Reading this chapter – I mean, you kind of get and idea as to why Ron wasn’t written into it, because I just can’t see him being in this scene.

Matt: Yeah, I agree.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s a good point. That’s a really good point.

Elysa: I just – I was just wondering, I’m not sure if this was specified or if I’m remembering incorrectly, but who decided on that epitaph? “The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death”? Do we know?

Laura: I don’t think it was ever specified who chose it.

Matt: It’s probably a – like, maybe a favor from Lily or James of the Deathly Hallows from Beetle and the Bard.

Eric: Well, I would rather venture and say that Dumbledore did that one too. I would like to think that.

Elysa: Well, here’s what – yeah – here’s what I was going to say, and I have no evidence in this whatsoever, but I was almost positive that I read somewhere – maybe in one of the interviews that J.K. Rowling did after the release – that Dumbledore had written that. And if so, that gives a whole new perspective to it. Because if Dumbledore wrote that, it would sort of almost be like, I suppose redemption in a way. That he was sort of – because he went through that whole phase of trying to obtain the Deathly Hallows and defeating death in a way that it can’t be defeated. At least not – you know, so he wrote that sort of saying, “I’ve realized my mistake and, you know, where I made an error in judgment, and now I know. I’ve learned through Lily and James that the only way to destroy death is to face it and not to run from it.”

Matt: Yeah, I like that a lot.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Very nicely put.

Elysa: [laughs] Thanks.

Matt: Wow.


Laura is Fired


Andrew: Elysa, you’re the girl. You’re hired.

Matt: Yeah.

[Everybody laughs]

Andrew: You know, Laura, get off the show.

Matt: See you, Laura.

Elysa: Aw no. No.

Laura: Screw you!

[Andrew laughs]

Elysa: Laura!

Andrew: [laughs] I’m just kidding.

[Elysa laughs]

Micah: You can keep the P.O. Box.

Matt: Laura! Bye!


Andrew Gets a Love Letter


Laura: Speaking of the P.O. Box, Andrew, my mom told me that some girl sent you this very serious love letter.

Eric: She reads the letters?

Laura: Like intense…

Andrew: What is she doing opening my personal love letters?

Laura: No, she didn’t, like, put a name on the envelope.

Andrew: I’m just playing.

Eric: She wanted it to be…

Laura: Okay, I was just telling you.

Eric: …found by someone else.

Andrew: Aw, well I look forward to seeing it and being creeped out.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Let’s go to chapter seventeen. I’m just kidding, whoever said that.

Micah: Call Crime Stoppers.


Chapter 17, “Bathilda’s Secret”


Andrew: I’m sure it’s nice. We should move on to chapter seventeen now, Victoria’s – I mean “Bathilda’s Secret.” Basically in this chapter, to sum up Eric’s short summary: Hiss, hiss, bite, hiss, crunch, I can fly…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: …hey cute picture, wait that’s him, no.

Eric: That’s the…

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Eric: No, no! You totally destroyed that, Andrew. I write these summaries. I put all my heart into them and it…

Andrew: I know…

Laura: Half of it was hiss.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: I think it came off funny.

Eric: Can I read the short summary? [actually hisses] Bite! Hisss….crunch. My wand! Look at my wand! I can fly, I can fly, I can fly! Hey, cute picture. Wait, that’s him. Nooooooo!!

Andrew: [laughs] Wow.

Laura: Oh my god.

[Elysa claps]

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: That’s the short summary.

Andrew: Elysa Montfort, the only one clapping for that.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Aw.

[Elysa laughs]

Laura: That’s because she’s really polite.

Andrew: Thank you, Skype meters. And she’s new, she has to suck up to everyone.

Laura: Yeah, she’ll be meaner next time.

Elysa: Oh, right. [laughs]


Bathilda the Snake


Andrew: All right, so this chapter. I don’t what to think about this chapter. I mean this is another – they should have seen this coming! Like, come on, she was so – while everyone was reading this for the first time, did you know that something was up with Bathilda?

Laura: Of course!

Elysa: Absolutely.

Laura: Of course.

Matt: Oh, obviously. It was obvious she was a snake!

[Andrew, Elysa, and Laura laugh]

Eric: It was absolutely obvious that a giant snake was possessing Bathilda’s dead corpse and inhabiting the carcass and leading Harry alone so that she could bite him and break his – Yes.

Matt: Thank you, Eric. It was so obvious.

Eric: Matt, you and I are the only ones worthwhile – or worthy of reading these kinds of books.

Andrew: You know – well, okay – the only reason I can see someone thinking that, “Okay, there wasn’t anything up with her,” just ’cause they had heard at the wedding that she was just gaga. So…

Laura: Mmm.

Andrew: So I don’t know. Obviously something was up to us because, you know, something was bound to happen. You know, every thirty pages there’s like a new big scary Voldemort attack.

Matt: Yeah, it was – the whole mood was supposed to change anyway. So we were expecting a big change in the mood.


The Plaque Honoring Harry


Andrew: Yeah. So first off, in the beginning of this chapter, Harry feels excited because – he gets a little boost, a little inspiration boost because he sees this graffiti on this plaque honoring him.

Matt: I think that was just what he needed.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Because he’s getting very skeptical of Hermione and Ron, and he was right that – I mean, they were kind of doubting him a little bit and so now he’s been thinking this whole entire time that his best friends are doubting his ability, and are they really – I mean, they may be with him, but are they really, in a sense? And he reads these graffitis on the scene – on a sign saying how – what does it say on the sign?

Micah: Oh, it says, “Good luck, Harry, wherever you are. If you read this, Harry, we’re all behind you. Long live Harry Potter.”

Eric: Well, yeah, the house is still there. Most of the house is still there, in fact.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s really cool, too, how there’s like a little tribute. Well, I mean they…

Eric: Yeah, I liked that a lot.

Andrew: …kept the house there as a tribute. Like, that’s just amazing. I really cannot wait to see that in the movie because Harry even – well, the narration even points out that, you know, there was the blasted corner of the house, which is obviously where Voldemort killed his mother and tried to kill Harry.

Eric: And remember, we’ve seen this house, guys. In the movie when Hagrid – in the first movie when Hagrid is doing the recount. We see Voldemort go into there.

Andrew: Right.


Recreating Harry’s Parents’ Death Scene


Eric: I thought that would be really cool if they reshoot those scenes, sort of, with the actors – try to recreate it. But then actually, you know, elaborate with all the things that happened – sorry – at the end of this chapter, which is fantastic.

Matt: Well see, that’s what I had…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …a question about, too. Because they said in the beginning when they did this movie – the first film – that J.K. Rowling oversaw this entire scene…

Eric: I think she directed that scene or something.

Matt: Do you honestly – oh, yeah I think she did direct it, too. Do you think that they may have actually filmed the entire scene and are saving it…

Eric: No, I highly doubt that.

Matt: …for the last film?

Andrew: Oh.

Eric: If you think about it, the James and Lily actors are very happy to return. They’ve been in almost all the movies. In fact, they’ve been in all the movies. They really have.

Matt: But the baby! It doesn’t look like that; he’s probably a couple years older now.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Well, they could find another child.

Andrew: He’s like ten years older now.

Eric: Well, you’re right. You’re right.

Andrew: That’s kind of a good theory, Matt. I mean – because I don’t think they would have to film much extra. Like – well – I don’t know, it’s hard to say because if you think about the movie scene in Sorcerer’s Stone, it’s not exactly how it is in the book.

Matt: No, it’s not. But also, the actors are ten years older, almost, too. From when…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …they filmed that scene.

Andrew: Although, Harry was standing in the crib and he had a little smile on his face in the movie, didn’t he?

Matt: A little bit.

Laura: Yeah, he did.

Andrew: It’s very similar.

Laura: He was wearing Blue’s Clues pajamas, too.

Andrew: He was, yeah!

Matt: And they stressed it enough that she was very adamant about getting this scene right. She probably had this whole scene – you know, she had it all envisioned in her head. I still think they may have filmed this entire scene.

Eric: Well, I like the idea of that. It’s just in the history of movies where – it seems like in my history of movies, my experience, when I think that it would be very cool if they did that, they never do that, which is the only thing I have against it.

Andrew: I mean, at the very least, they must have some extra footage lying around. They must have done some extra takes, maybe some extra angles or two. Maybe they could make a whole thing out of it.

Matt: You don’t even see James’ character in that flashback.

Andrew: Right, you don’t. That’s one issue.

Eric: So are we going to talk about Bathilda picking them up then?


Bathilda Knows Who Harry Is


Andrew: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That’s a great point, Matt, but I guess we’ll have to wait and see. That’s a good question for Heymann or somebody. Okay, so Harry finds the photograph of Dumbledore and Grindelwald in Bathilda’s house and – sorry, I’m reading from whoever wrote this. He’s also convinced by looking in her eyes that she knows who he is. He’s partly right.

Laura: Yeah, I was kind of – I don’t know. Just reading that, it kind of creeped me out because…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …Hermione said something along the lines of like, “Do think she knows who we are?” or whatever. And Harry looks into Bathilda’s eyes and he’s like, “Yeah, I think she does.” And it’s creepy because he’s right but not quite, you know, because it’s actually…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: …Voldemort’s snake. And it’s – oh my gosh, just gives me shivers…

Eric: There is a really cool – I like how this is written because – and again with the Horcrux that Harry is wearing, it gets excited. It starts really sort of beating, and Harry really starts noticing it…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And he’s like, “Oh, I guess it’s starting to be scared. That’s good, it’s scared that it’s about to be destroyed.” But you know that that’s not actually quite what’s happening, and it’s really, just really an intense, sort of scary scene.

Laura: Yeah, it really is.

Matt: That whole scene is going to be so freaking awesome in the movie.

Laura: If they do it right. Like, do you really think they are actually going to have the snake crawl…

Eric: I think they will.

Laura: …out of Bathilda’s neck?

Matt: Oh, they better!

Laura: I would be so mad.

Eric: Why? Oh, if they didn’t? I was like…

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: If it just like transfigures into a snake or something?

Elysa: Oh, that would be…

Eric: Well, they have got to have it.

Elysa: …so terrible.

Laura: Yeah, and if they do something cheap like they’ve done in every movie where they show a shadow. But then like in Chamber of Secrets in order to lessen the gore factor they had a Fawkes pecking at the Basilisk’s eyes…

Eric: Oh, but they didn’t cut that out.

Laura: …but they only show a shadow.

Andrew: Yeah, well, keep in mind that that was the PG days.

Eric: Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: We’re almost rated R, ladies and gentlemen.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: We’re all big boys now.

Eric: Well, the other thing, Laura, that I remember is – sorry, crap, I
just totally lost my – oh yeah! Well, no…

Matt: Well, about when Peter Pettigrew cut off his hand?

Eric: Oh, that’s – did they show a shadow of that?

Matt: They showed it about – like, it just tipped off the arm.

Eric: Well, it made the squishy sound.

Laura: Yeah. It was pretty…

Eric: What I’m thinking of is – remember in Prisoner of Azkaban when Peter Pettigrew escapes the binds by turning into the rat and he does that thing where he disappears…

Matt: Right.

Eric: …into his clothing and then the rat comes out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Like, that’s exactly the effect I’m looking for in the Bathilda’s transformation scene. You know, it’s…

Laura: Really?

Matt: But did – she doesn’t really transform. The snake is hiding inside the body.

Eric: Oh no, she doesn’t, she doesn’t, but…

Laura: No, it comes out of her body.

Eric: In my notes, she pretty much discards the carcass like a coat – like discards the body like a coat. And it lets it drop to the floor as the snake sort of slithers out of it.

Micah: Like a snake would shed its skin.

Eric: Exactly.

Laura: Hm.

Andrew: Yeah, I can see that.

Matt: Well, I kind of got – I thought about that when I was thinking of – what’s the movie? Men in Black. When the creature took…

Laura: Oh, right!

Matt: …out the insides of a body and all it really was was just like a layer of skin that stretched over the body.

Laura: Right.

Eric: It was like an egger suit. [laughs] Like an egger suit.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Come to think of it though, this would really by a scary scene for kids.

Matt: I know!


The Potters’ Death Through Voldemort’s Eyes


Andrew: I mean, even if it is rated PG-13. Huh. I don’t know, but let’s stick with the book here; let’s wrap this up. So as we were just discussing – I guess we could skip this too – when Harry sees his parents’ death through Voldemort’s point of view, which is really cool.

Eric. Whoa! Wait, we can’t skip this, we can’t skip this! This was incredible.

Andrew: Well, I’m saying we’ve already discussed a good part of it…

Eric: All right, yeah.

Andrew: …movie-wise, but…

Eric: I’m shocked at how little I remembered how cool this actual part was when I was reading it the first time. Book 7, that is. Because it really is truly cool.

Elysa: Yeah, correct me…

Eric: Would do you guys think?

Elysa: Correct me if I’m wrong, but isn’t this the first time that we find out that James Potter didn’t even have his wand when Voldemort killed him?

Eric: None of them did.

Matt: He just falls.

Andrew: Didn’t we discuss this on an earlier show?

Eric: Yeah, this has been said in the books that James was dueling Voldemort, or whatever. You know, went into the landings to sort of duel him, but now we see that it was even more pathetic than that for, you know, James and Lily Potter, who have thrice defied Voldemort, to just drop. Of course Lily didn’t have to die but James just didn’t even have his wand.

Matt: Well…

Eric: I don’t know…

Matt: This is…

Eric: Yeah. Go on.

Matt: Well, just about the whole thing with Harry’s mom and how he kind of pushed her away – like we all thought that there was like some ulterior motive that maybe like he was – he promised that he wouldn’t kill Lily.

Eric: Well, he did, didn’t he? Isn’t that confirmed later? Yeah, Snape asked him not to.

Matt: Oh that’s right. Okay. Nevermind.

Eric: But I’m going to go out on a limb here, and I’m just going to say my absolute favorite thing about this Voldemort recap is that right when he’s about to kill Harry he thinks that baby Harry might, or Harry, or Voldemort thinks the baby Harry might be thinking that Voldemort is actually his dad in disguise, that any moment Lily’s going to pop up and smile, and it’s all a joke. But as Voldemort gets closer to Harry to kill him, he sees that it’s not Voldemort and begins crying, and at that moment Voldemort thinks – I have it written down here – Voldemort thinks, well he says, “He did not like the crying…”

Andrew: Of the orphanage.

Eric: “…he had never been able to stomach the small ones crying in the orphanage.” And this is like right when he’s about to die – right when Voldemort’s about to kill Harry and be killed himself. He has this flash – he connects the crying to the orphanage, and these crying babies in the orphanage. This is Voldemort’s human life. Not only that, but his childhood. He makes this connection to his childhood and of all these – this crying that he couldn’t stand in the orphanage – it sort of connects him to the human world once again. It’s even acknowledged that he’d ever been in an orphanage – a Muggle one at that – and then that’s – it struck me so much. You can clearly tell by the way my voice doing this, that it struck me that that kind of connection to, you know, Voldemort’s – because Voldemort’s not connected to anything, and – but right before he dies, he makes that kind of, you know, “I hated the little ones, the orphans…”

Matt: Well, when I first…

Elysa: Well, it’s totally true…

Eric: And then he dies.

Matt: Well, when I read that, when he said that he couldn’t stomach the babies crying at the orphanage, I – I could be wrong, but I thought when he said that he meant that he went on a murderous rampage in the orphanage, and it was just hard….

Eric: Well, he was about to kill a trick-or-treater. Do you remember that?

Laura: Yeah. He said like one quick wave of his wand and the little boy would never see his mother again, or something like that.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Eric: “But quite unnecessary…”

Matt: But he’d just love the power of that…

Eric: “…quite unnecessary.”

Matt: I think he was thinking to himself. Like, “I could just kill this kid right now,” and that entire life is gone.

MuggleCast 133 Transcript (continued)


Book 1 and 7 Parallel


Andrew: Now, Laura, you had a parallel you wanted to bring up?

Laura: Oh yeah, well, we all know how I am about the parallels.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: This is a really small one. It’s – it’s not anything major that requires tons of discussion, but it was just interesting to me like, especially thinking about the scene that we talked about in Sorcerer’s Stone that Jo monitored so heavily. It specifically shows Voldemort entering the gate of the Potters’ house, and in the book, Harry says that he can see the bald man entering the gate of Bathilda’s home. And it’s like the first time that they’ve both been in Grimmauld Place in all this time, and both times it happened in Book 7 and Book 1. I just thought it was really interesting. Another one of my little book parallels.

Andrew: Yeah, why do we love parallels, Matt?

Matt: Because they never meet.

[Everyone laughs]


Lack of the Fifth Person


Micah: I was just disappointed because there had been so much speculation that there had been somebody else in Godric’s Hollow…

Laura: Oh, I know!

Micah: …there that night.

Andrew: Yeah.

Elysa: Yeah.

Micah: And then to not have anything really, I mean…

Andrew: Yeah, you’re…

Micah: …everyone pretty much assumed that Snape was the one who sort of made sure that Lily would at least be offered some sort of protection, but…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …it seemed like – even going back to the movie, you guys were talking about – people were always saying, “Oh, it seems like if you look the right way, there was somebody else there in the shadows,” but in the end it ended up not being anybody at all.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean when we were…

Micah: It was Voldemort by himself.

Laura: When we were in London doing our live show, I went out on a limb and made a big speculation about who I thought it was going to be…

Andrew: What did you say?

Laura: …and then it ended up being no one. I said – well, I wasn’t a hundred percent convinced of this, but I figured if it was going to be someone there, it was going to be someone we wouldn’t expect, so I was like, “Hmm, Dumbledore. Maybe Dumbledore was there, and that’s why he has all this stuff” and da-da-da-da-da. But it – of course it makes no sense now, but…

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, Dumbledore was a big theory.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I remember that being passed around a lot. I think you did present an interesting theory at that show, I just don’t remember it.

Laura: Yeah, I don’t remember exactly what I said.

Andrew: Yeah, I just remember it being really good.

Elysa: Aww.

Laura: But then no one in the audience – I remember you said something like, “Everybody raise your hand if you think that’s right!” And like two people…

Matt: Aww.

Laura: [laughs] …raised their hands.

Andrew: Well, see, you have to remember…

Laura: And I was like, “Screw you!”

Andrew: …there were three levels of people we couldn’t see, you know, the upper and lower…

Laura: Yeah, that’s true.

Andrew: We should have been like, “Stomp your feet if you think that…” [laughs]

Laura: Yeah, but then they would put another light out in the bookstore.

Andrew: Yeah. Oh, that was a classic…

Laura: [laughs] That was so funny.

Andrew: Oh, Elysa, Matt, and Micah, you weren’t there, you losers.

Elysa: [laughs] Oh my God! Thanks, Andrew.

Andrew: I’m just kidding.

Matt: Jerk.

Andrew: Okay, so, I think that’s about it.


Hermione’s Lack of Suspicion


Eric: Well, just one more thing.

Andrew: Okay.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: When Harry is – sorry – when Harry is…

Andrew: You’re like Steve Jobs at his Apple keynotes. He always goes, “But there is one more thing…” and then the whole crowd goes, “Aaaahhh!”

Eric: Oh yeah, P.S., the MacBook Air. [laughs] Yeah. Okay so – no, just when Harry is recapping afterwards – I mean, he’d been tossing and turning in his sleep for hours, which, as it turns out – but he recounts that Bathilda was actually – Bathilda Bagsnake, I should say. Bathilda Bagsnake was speaking Parseltongue, and that’s why Harry sort of could understand her and knew that she was saying, “Come, look at this,” that sort of thing. But I don’t think it’s actually right that Hermione were to let Harry go upstairs alone if she couldn’t also hear Bathilda saying those sort of things like, “Come here,” and, “I want you,” and, you know, all this other stuff, you know? Not only did Hermione let Harry go up alone with Bathilda, but she didn’t even follow until she started hearing these loud thumps. I mean if Nagini were any kind of, you know, aim or anything, I mean, if the intent were to be to kill Harry, Nagini would have succeeded because Hermione stayed downstairs. I just don’t think it was realistically suspicious. She wasn’t realistically suspicious enough because if she couldn’t hear Bathilda even speak or, you know, if she would have heard the slithering, I would have been severely, you know, clued in.

Micah: It’s possible they communicated, though, through nonverbal…

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …means…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: That’s what I was thinking.

Micah: …because there was that connection that still exists between Voldemort and Harry.

Eric: Oh, yeah – well, yeah.

Micah: Perhaps they don’t need any sort of verbal communication.

Eric: But that would be weird, wouldn’t it? I mean you’d immediately know that something was up if Hermione – ’cause if Hermione like – Hermione didn’t hear a thing. She didn’t hear a thing, and maybe she heard some sizzling and didn’t realize it.

Micah: Well, this whole idea is pretty stupid from the beginning, okay? This kind of goes back to my thoughts on like them infiltrating the Ministry. This was just another scene where like, you know what, you’re really…

Eric: Out of your league.

Micah: …effing stupid. You know? I mean, you’re just going to follow somebody that you’ve never met before..

Matt: You don’t talk to strangers.

Micah: …go into their house… Yeah, exactly.

Andrew: But see, at the same time – at the same time they were pretty confident that she had the sword, you know? Like earlier in the chapter, or the chapter prior, Harry was like, you know, Harry and Hermione were both like, “Okay, she must have it. It makes sense. Dumbledore must have given it to her.” So…

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: …I think they just got too caught up in the moment.

Matt: Well, really it’s mostly Harry.

Micah: It is possible.

Matt: I mean, Hermione did – was hesitant first and usually like…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: …every time Hermione’s first reaction is hesitation, it’s usually because you should be hesitant about it.

Eric: Well, I think over time, though, their lack of knowledge, their lack of things happening and Ron leaving them, kind of makes them put all their eggs in one basket. And I think that’s why Harry, when he says, “I want to go to Godric’s Hollow,” Hermione says, “Yeah, that’s a pretty good idea.”

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: She kind of says…

Micah: It was just a…

Eric: But you’re right, Micah. You’re completely right.

Micah: It’s just not a wise decision in the fact that you brought up. I mean Harry can clearly hear what she’s saying but it’s not like they’re having open dialogue. It’s not like they’re having back and forth conversation. You know, it’s just a little bit awkward to me.

Eric: Yeah. I mean what worked in the favor was that they knew how old Bathilda was, you know? They thought that when she was kind of gliding along the ice that she might, you know – she’s very weak and obviously a very old woman who might have the sword of Gryffindor. But just putting Harry and Hermione’s failings aside, when Voldemort flies there and ends up in that room it is said in the book that he looks out the window and sees Harry and Hermione as their disguised people running across the field, and that’s where he breaks down and says, “No!” And obviously he looks down and he gets this nice little consolation prize, which is the photo of Grindelwald, so he can figure out who it is he wants to go after. But he sees them running across the field; why does he not follow them? That is my question, that’s my last question. Why doesn’t he follow them if he sees them running?


Eric’s One Question


Matt: Because they Apparate.

Eric: He can fly. He can overtake them. Who says they Apparate? Hermione is trying to carry Harry; she can’t even do that.

Matt: Well, didn’t she say they twisted and they were gone?

Elysa: I think they did Apparate.

Laura: Yeah, they did Apparate.

Matt: You saw a twist and they were gone, and then he starts screaming.

Eric: Oh, I missed that. [turning page in the book] Sorry.

Elysa: Yeah, I think she Apparated as they fell out or something.

Eric: I thought they twisted their heel or something.

Matt: Yeah, they click their heels three times.

Elysa: “Hermione twisted in midair…”

Matt: [in a high pitched voice] “There’s no place like home.”

Micah: “…and the thundering of the collapsing house rang in Harry’s ears as she dragged him once more into darkness.” Yeah, they Apparated.

Eric: Ah, “into darkness.” Okay, that’s what I get.

Elysa: Yeah.

Eric: Sorry, I thought it was like the darkness of behind a tree or something.

[Elysa laughs]

Eric: I was like, “Why is he not going after them?” Okay, but I get that. Okay.


The Broken Wand


Micah: And the only other thing I would bring up from this chapter is the fact of the broken wand, because that plays a huge role later on…

Eric: I like it though.

Micah: …in the series.

Laura: Should we play a song for Harry’s wand?

Eric: Well, we should play a song…

Laura: Even though it comes back?

Eric: We should play a song for Bathilda, actually, because it’s confirmed now that she’s completely dead.

Micah: Mhm.

Andrew: What do you guys want to hear?

Matt: [singing] “My milkshake brings all the boys to the yard…”

[Everyone laughs]


Quote Quiz


Andrew: That’s a little out of place. I guess we’ll jump right into the next segment, but first it’s time for Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz”]

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: This is for Chapter 17 this week and…

Micah: 18.

Andrew: Oh, yeah sorry. Chapter 18, “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore.” And the quote is – this is a hard one for all you playing at home – “He were a head case, that Aberforth.” [closes book] That’s the Quote Quiz for you this week.

Matt: Did they mumble too, or was that just you?

Andrew: I didn’t mumble.

Matt: Oh, okay.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: That’s what Jo wrote. So we’re doing a new segment. We tested this last week. For Laura, Eric and Elysa, it’s Make the Music Connection. And we make a connection between – we’re going to start this week. Make the connection between a song I give you and Harry Potter. Okay?

Eric: Okay.

Andrew: So it’s sort of like Make the Connection, only it involves music and the intro goes like this: It’s “Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection.”

[Eric laughs],

Laura: Very nice.

Elysa: Good job, Andrew.

Andrew: So Eric, since you’re a “Lost” dork…

Matt: Nice.

Andrew: …and you have to get out of here…

Micah: So you’re going to give us the song and we’re going to have to place it in the series as opposed to us coming up…

Matt: Yes.

Micah: …with a song?

Andrew: Exactly. I’m going to give you a…

Micah: That’s a lot easier.

Andrew: Okay, good.

Micah: I hope.

Andrew: All right, so, Eric, this is your first song.

[“Yesterday” by The Beatles begins playing]

Eric: [singing along] “Yesterday, all my troubles seemed so far away. Now…”

Andrew: “Yesterday” by The Beatles. Make a connection between this song and Harry Potter.

Eric: That’s a really good question. I mean, sorry, this is a really good connection to be made. I think that an instance where this song would be most pertinent…actually! What about right this – I think a lot of characters are singing this song at different points in the book. Particularly, well, clearly Harry – plenty of people the night that Voldemort is – you know what? Dumbledore sings this when he goes back to his office after the Triwizard Tournament has ended. And Voldemort’s back. [chuckles]

[Andrew laughs]

[Music stops]

Eric: You know, “yesterday, all my troubles seem so far away. Darn it, he’s back again!”

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right. All right, that’s good.

Eric: Yeah, or Ron sings it.

Matt: Wait, wait. So what scene was it?

Eric: Well, okay. Then I’ll do the other one. Ron’s singing it after he left Hermione. You know, because we read in these chapters that Hermione’s crying and stuff all over Ron. Ron is at home, or in the bushes by his house, singing this song. Like, “why did I have to go and be so dumb and leave? Sorry, yesterday sucked, but I shouldn’t have left,” you know.

Andrew: Okay.

Eric: Anyway, got to go! [laughs]

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: All right…

Laura: Bye, Eric.

Andrew: Eric, we’ll see you later.

Eric: Okay. Bye, everybody! Thanks for the great show.

Andrew: Bye!

Laura: Bye!

Matt: Bye!

Micah: Bye!

Andrew: Micah, it is your turn for Make the Music Connection. You ready?

Micah: Yeah. Let’s go. Ready.

Andrew: All right, this is your song.

Matt: Let’s do it!

[“Only the Good Die Young” by Billy Joel begins playing]

Micah: [laughs] Of course, the Billy Joel.

Andrew: “Only the Good Die Young” by Billy Joel. Make a connection, sir.

Micah: I would probably say when Harry is going through, you know, Hogwarts, and he’s looking over the table. And he sees Remus and Tonks. Because, in reality, they’re still pretty young. You know.

Andrew: Okay.

Micah: But it’s kind of a more upbeat song, you know?

[Matt laughs]

Micah: It has some really solemn lyrics but it’s an upbeat song. So I don’t – it’s kind of hard to place that.

Andrew: No, no. The lyrics are terrible…

Matt: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: …if you listen to it, if you get the meaning of the song. It’s terrible. I don’t know what it is, I’ve just heard it’s terrible.

Matt: I could just see Harry running down the Great Hall scene…

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Matt: …Remus and Tonks lying there, dead. And he just breaks out and dances to this song.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah, okay. Good. Matt, you’re next.

[Song ends]

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: Actually, no. Let’s get a girl.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Um…

Micah: Matt, you’re next.

Matt: I knew it!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew and

Laura: Ohhh!

Matt: Micah, I knew you were going to say something.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Matt’s actually hurt too.

Micah: He knew that. It’s like Andrew set that up perfectly.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Matt: I know, I was waiting for something to say something.

Andrew: I didn’t even think about that, despite the fact that Matt does have girl attributes. But anyway, Elysa…

Elysa: Yeah.

Andrew: …here’s your song.

[“Misty Mountain Hop” by Led Zeppelin beings playing]

Elysa: [gasps] Led Zeppelin?

Andrew: “Misty Mountain Hop.”

Elysa: Hell, yeah!

Andrew: By Zeppelin. I hear you’re a fan.

Elysa: Oh, are you kidding me? Of course! Oh gosh, well they’re all British. How’s that for a connection?

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Okay.

Elysa: Um, let me think. I’m going to say that this is Tonks and the Giant Squid’s love music.

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: That’s the connection.

Andrew: Okay, all right, very good. Oh God.

[Song ends]

Andrew: Okay, Laura, you’re next.

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: Keep in mind, I’m tailoring all these songs to everyone’s interests this week, so…

Laura: Yeah, I’m just guessing what mine’s going to be. [laughs]

Andrew: Laura. Laura, may know what’s coming.

[“Time of your Life” by Greenday begins playing]

Laura: Oh, boy.

Elysa: Aww!

Andrew: This song makes me cry.

[Elysa laughs]

Andrew: “Time of Your Life” by Greenday.

Laura: Well, I think there are multiple meanings you could pull out of this song. One of the first things I think of is when Billy Joel says, “time grabs you by the wrist and directs you where to go,” because Harry didn’t really have much of a choice of his destiny. It was kind of thrust upon him.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And also, if you know anything about Greenday, and this song, you know it’s actually not a happy song. So – and it’s not even supposed to be a nice song. It’s actually all, kind of, sad. So the whole, it makes me think of a Harry Potter ending. It makes me sad.

Andrew: Aw.

Laura: So sadness. And Harry’s destiny.

Andrew: Okay, good. I like it.

[Song ends]

Andrew: All right, and last but not least, Matthew Britton, here’s your song.

[“Circle of Life” by Elton John begins playing]

Matt: I knew it! A Disney song.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: I love when he gets constipated for a second. [mimics song]

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Uh, “Circle of Life.” It was written by Elton John, right?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: All right think. Make a connection.

Matt: God. Um, damn. It’s like, well, there were animals in it. And our patronuses are animals.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: And I got nothing here.

Andrew: Now I’m picturing all the patronuses coming up on the big mountain with Simba.

Matt: Um…

Elysa: Well, Simba and Harry were both orphans, who had to…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Aww, that’s true.

Matt: Yeah but are – are we making – are we making a music connection to a – an exact scene in the film?

Micah: Or the books.

Laura: It can be.

Andrew: It can be in the film, or, you know, you can picture a scene for Deathly Hallows.

Matt: Or in the book I mean. I’m sorry. A scene in the books.

Andrew: It can be books or movies, whatever.

Matt: Well, that’s what I mean. Okay. Um, jeez. I have no idea. I’m sorry.

Laura: Hey, Matt, what about Harry – er – Simba’s parental figure dies to save Simba.

Matt. Mm. Oh, I got it! In um, oh not the, well, no I can connect the movies but not the song. Sorry.

Andrew: Okay, go ahead.

Laura: Yeah but…

Matt: I was thinking, ’cause, at the very end when Simba and Scar start walking in circles, it’s just like what Harry and Voldemort do at their final showdown.

Laura: Well, that’s true.

Matt: But the song is just so happy and life and I can’t really make a circle of life because nothing gets – no one gets killed and then eaten after they get [unintelligible] grass or something.

Micah: It would be a good song for the epilogue, how about that?

Matt: Yeah. Or just the opening of the entire series. The prologue. There we go.

[Laura laughs]

Elysa: How about this? The circle of life is that Harry ends up marrying a woman that looks exactly like his mother.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Ooh.

Laura: Ooh.

Matt: What kind of fan fiction do you do now, Elysa?

Elysa: [laughs] No, I’m just saying, I mean, seriously. A lot of people were making – talking about parallels that, you know, Harry looks exactly like James and that Ginny looks exactly like Lily. I mean I’m not, like, suggesting anything. I’m just saying, circle of life. There you have it.

Andrew: We’re going to wrap it up today with a favorite.


Favorite: Movie Poster or DVD Cover


Matt: Uh, so this week’s favorite is what is your favorite movie poster slash DVD cover? And I was thinking of that because I was at Best Buy the other day and I was just looking at all of the Harry…

[Hannah Montana’s “See You Again” plays]

Andrew: Oh sorry, sorry. Accident.

Matt: What the hell was that?

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Just accidently clicked my top songs playlist. Just ignore me, sorry.

Matt: [laughs] Ladies and gentlemen, Andrew Sims likes Hannah Montana.

Andrew: It was a complete mistake, I didn’t mean to do that, sorry.

Matt: Well, the reason why I thought of this was when I was in Best Buy and I was looking at all the DVD covers, and I thought, you know which one’s my favorite? And then…oh my God, I should do this as a Favorites! So that’s why I put it up. I guess we can – we can go with what’s your favorite DVD cover and what’s your favorite movie poster because they – they send – there’s always a lot more movie posters than DVD covers.

Andrew: My favorite has to be from Chamber of Secrets. There were quite a few promo images I really liked from that movie, and I used to have the movie poster, I don’t know what I did with it. But my favorite one is the one with Harry turned on his side sort of like he’s – he’s – his body’s turned to the side but he’s looking straight at the camera and he’s holding the Gryffindor sword. And then Hermione’s in the background with her wand up looking ready – ready to go and Ron is like a little nervous, but he’s also holding his wand.

Matt: Yeah. Is that for the DVD cover or the poster?

Andrew: That’s the poster, that’s the movie poster.

Matt: Oh okay.

Andrew: Sorry. That’s the movie poster.

Laura: Yeah, I think I’m going to agree with Andrew. Overall, I really enjoyed all the promotional images and the DVD cover for Chamber of Secrets. I feel like, after that, a lot of the promo images kind of dissolved into just generic, magical type backgrounds…

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Where as this they brought more attention to the actors and their props and that kind of thing, and after that I just felt like all the posters kind of looked the same.

Andrew: Yeah. You know, which reminds me, Matt and I were in Best Buy last week and we were looking at all these, and I was just thinking like, they’re all the same now!

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Like, it’s all the same, you know, trio with the wands, just…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s – it’s all the same!

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Do something different!

Elysa: See, that’s what – I want to go with Goblet of Fire here, on the DVD covers just by virtue of the fact it has the other Triwizard champions on it, despite the fact that they got about 20 minutes of screen time and about half a line each in the movie, but yet they were on the cover. But I still like – I actually I like the poster a lot for that one too, in all seriousness, because, the one with Harry and he’s standing – it’s just him, and it’s sort of like his back’s to you, and there’s all this smoke and mist and it’s really dark, and I think at the top it says something like, “Difficult times lie ahead, Harry.” Do you guys know which one I’m talking about?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Mmhmm. Yeah, yeah, the teaser poster?

Elysa: Yeah, yeah, I like that one a lot. It’s just – it was badass. It’s like it could be on the cover of National Geographic or something. I was all about it.

[Micah and Laura laugh]

Matt: Yeah!

[Elysa laughs]

Micah: For posters, I mean, I would say I was a big fan of the Order of the Phoenix one with Voldemort that says, you know, “You will lose everything.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Because I think it started to take the series in a new direction, obviously, with Order of the Phoenix sort of being the turning point. I could care less about the DVD covers, to be honest. [laughs] I don’t really have…

Andrew: They’re not that good.

Micah: …a preference one way or the other on the – on the DVD covers. But yeah, I like what they started to do, and you guys bringing Goblet of Fire before also was a good one when they finally started using other people besides the trio. They’re doing that with the posters for Order of the Phoenix, I think, and obviously, or hopefully Snape will be used for Half-Blood Prince. Alan Rickman.

Matt: Yeah, possibly, or something.

Andrew: How about you, Matt?

Matt: Okay, let’s – let me see what we can do. Well, my favorite DVD cover hands down is definitely Sorcerer’s Stone, because it’s very – it has an almost like a hand-drawn artistic kind of look to it, and it’s not – it doesn’t look like it was photoshopped like in the other DVD covers. And I liked the first film DVD cover the most because it looks like a collage of all things in the film, and I kind of wish that they did that with all the other ones. And let’s see, my favorite poster. I agree with Andrew and Laura about their favorite being Chamber of Secrets ’cause they did have the best in advertising. And my favorite poster of that book was – or that movie was when they have a silhouette of Dobby in the middle of street saying, “Dobby has come to warn you, Harry Potter.”

Laura: Oh yeah…

Matt: Or something, you know what I’m talking about?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: That was – that was – I think that was the teaser poster for the film.

Laura: Yeah, it was.

Matt: It’s that poster and the Order of the Phoenix poster when they have the Death Eaters against Dumbledore’s Army, and they’re in that fighting stance against each other

Laura: Oh yeah! That’s actually really cool.

Andrew: That is very cool.

Matt: That’s my favorite poster of the films so far.

Andrew: See, I didn’t really count – I agree I think that’s my favorite promo poster, but that was never really a movie poster. It showed up on gigantic billboards, but I don’t know.

Matt: Actually, I think I’ve seen it at Hot Topics.

Andrew: Oh really?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You’re talking about for Order of the Phoenix, right?

Matt: I’m talking about for Order of the Phoenix, yes.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah, it is really cool. They have come up with some really cool promo images. Even with the adult actors. I love the ones with Snape when they do – they do five posters each with a different set of characters.

Laura: Mhm.


Contact Information


Andrew: You know all those? Those are really cool. I guess that wraps up the show today. We’ve covered a lot this is a long recording. It’s time to remind everyone about our contact information. Laura, where do people send us gold?

Laura: That’ll be:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia

30028

No pickles.

Andrew: [laughs] No pickles please. Sorry, pickles not accepted, like in the commercials. You can also call the MuggleCast hotline if you want to contact us when we do voicemails occasionally. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 02081440677, and if you’re in Australia you can dial 0280035668. We also have a Skype username, which is MuggleCast, if you want to contact us that way to leave a voicemail. No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under a minute and eliminate as much background noise and possible so you sound clear and beautiful just like all of us. We also have a handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com that you can use to contact any one of us. Or just use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Except for Matt who’s Matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. And Elysa, if someone wants to contact you, you are Elysa at fanfiction dot mugglenet dot com, right?

Elysa: That’s correct!

Andrew: Excellent. You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a variety of community outlets, including our MySpace, we got the Facebook, the YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and of course the Forums.

Andrew: Elysa, thank you so much for joining us today, you were a great part of the show.

Elysa: No, thank you for having me!

Andrew: Would you come on again?

Elysa: Absolutely, of course!

Laura: Yay!

Andrew: Would you come on as much as possible?

Elysa: Hell yeah!

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Okay, oh so yeah!

Elysa: Hell yeah!

Matt: She must really want to. [laughs]

Andrew: Laura, I have some news for you.

Laura: I better be getting a severance package if that’s what you’re saying.

[Elysa laughs]

Jamie: Your fired.

Andrew: Your fired. I’m Andrew Sims…

Matt: Laura…

Laura: I’m not going to outtro myself, you just fired me!


Laura and Elysa’s Site


Andrew: I just want to plug real quick a site that Laura and Elysa are maintaining. It’s a new site by them, it’s a political blog, it’s (little children cover your ears), it’s PoliticalBitches.com. You guys want to talk about that for a second?

[Show music begins]

Laura: Yeah, pretty much we take the politics and we bitch about them.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay…

Elysa: Yeah, and – and okay, a little bit of informing. I recently made a 5 million word post about Kosovo, so – but it’s interesting because we cross like sailors if that helps at all.

Andrew: It’s really good and it’s really funny. I would not recommend it if you are not one to read adult language. But it’s – it’s very – it’s a very funny read. Of course they do take a particular political stance. So some of you will not be happy. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah, we do. We’re not going to lie about where we stand. It’s just, – it’s really fun for us to do because, we actually first really talked on election night of ’04. So that’s where our political relationship was fostered from.

Andrew: Matt and I kind attest to the fact that Laura and Elysa are hilarious to listen to.

Matt: I was crying. I almost choked – I almost choked on my Big Bacon Classic when we went to Wendy’s.

Elysa: I was concerned for their health.

[Elysa and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Yeah, and I almost lost it and spit up a Frosty in the back of Elysa’s car when she made a joke about being sent to Guantanamo Bay. Oh god, that was so funny.

Elysa: I’m surprised I’m not there already.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: One of the funniest moments of my life. Elysa, be prepared to get several hundred Facebook requests from now on. Just so you know. Friend requests.

Elysa: Sweet.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Elysa: Bring it all in, bring it all in.

Andrew: It’s fun. Yeah, yeah, more power to you if you want to accept them all.

[Everyone laughs]


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for joining us for this 133rd episode. I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: I’m Matthew Britton.

Elysa: And I’m Elysa Montfort.

Andrew: We’ll see everyone next week for Episode 134. Buh-bye!

Laura: Bye.

Micah: Bye.

Matt: Bye. Bye. Bye! Bye.

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Matt: It rubs the lotion on it’s skin or it gets the hose again.

Elysa: [laughs] Oh my god! Oh my god!

[Everyone laughs]

Elysa: I was just saying that to Laura in IM.

Matt: Wow.

Micah: Wow.

Andrew: I don’t know what is going but…

Micah: And Andrew edit, please.

Andrew: Speaking… [laughs]

[Laura and Elysa laugh]

Andrew: Speaking of news…ummm….

———————–

Transcript #132

MuggleCast 132 Transcript


Show Intro


[Audio]: Hey there, MuggleCast listeners. I am back to inform you of some excellent news. GoDaddy.Com is having better deals than ever. For only $3.59 a month for 12 months, you can get GoDaddy.Com’s economy package. With 250 gigs of bandwidth, five gigs of storage, and up to 500 e-mail accounts, you can get your own website up and running with success. And as usual, enter code Muggle – that’s M-U-G-G-L-E – when you check out and save an additional ten percent on any order. Some restrictions apply, see site for details. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.Com.

Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.Com, the Internet’s leading provider of Spoken Word Entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto AudiblePodcast.Com/MuggleCast today for details.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because it’s looking more and more like the final film will be split in two, this is MuggleCast Episode 132 for February 17th, 2008.

[Music continues]

Andrew: All right. Well, this week I have good news and I have bad news. The bad news is I am too awesome for this show. The good news is Matt and Micah are here.

Matt: That’s right.

Micah: I don’t really get that.

Andrew: What? What do you mean?

Micah: What you just said.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Why is the bad news that you’re too awesome for the show?

Andrew: Ummm…

Micah: Are you leaving?

Andrew: What?

Matt: Are you, really?

Micah: You’ve become too awesome that you are leaving the show and that’s the bad news?

Andrew: Well, I considered it last week, and my letter was actually big lie, as everyone found out. But I was actually considering leaving the show because I really am too [laughs] awesome for this show. But speaking of this week’s show, we have a lot to discuss this week. Some interesting new developments in the news, and of course Chapter-by-Chapter. And we are going to introduce two new segments this week that are spinoffs of segments we’ve been doing for awhile, but it’s time to put a new twist on them. A new twist. A new, fun twist. I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

[Music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right. Thanks, Andrew. The 50th annual Grammy Awards were held last Sunday night, where it was announced that Jim Dale, the narrator of the U.S. Potter audiobooks, received a Grammy for his reading of Deathly Hallows. Jim also won back in 2000 for Goblet of Fire.

The Daily Telegraph has a new article focusing on the continuing rumors of the final Potter film being split into two parts. When these rumors started one month ago, all we heard from Warner Brothers was a big, “No decision has been made.” Now we hear from the film’s producers; from David Barron, he says: “We are still discussing it. The announcement will be made hopefully in the not-too-distant future, with regards to the way seven shapes up. The only negative of splitting the book into two films,” says Barron, “is that people could possibly perceive it as being one last chance at cashing in. But the real positive, if we were to do that, would be that we wouldn’t have quite the battle we always have of, ‘How do you compress all that book into just over two hours of screen time?'”

From David Heyman: “A couple of people have expressed interest,” he says. “People have gotten a few calls and a few emails, but it’s still a year away. We won’t start filming until next February, so it hasn’t really gone bananas yet. We’ve got thoughts, and I’m sure something will be announced in the not-too-distant future.”

And you may remember last week we reported Steven Spielberg is one of the candidates being considered for Deathly Hallows. However, at the BAFTA awards, Digital Spy reported, Dan Radcliffe told the press these rumors are not true at all. He said: “I have no idea how that rumor started or where it came from. It’s not true. How’s that for a definitive answer? It’s absolute rubbish that Spielberg is directing the final film. It’s not true. There’s absolutely no foundation in that at all.”

Currently, there isn’t any word on other directors being considered, but we expect an announcement in the coming months.

In a new interview with MTV Clemence Poesy revealed that her character has been cut from Half-Blood Prince. She also told MTV that she hasn’t read the final three books.

Author J.K. Rowling was presented by the Literary and Historical Society of UCD in Dublin with the James Joyce Award this week. Over six hundred fans turned out to see the author read from Deathly Hallows and answer ten questions.

Finally, in a new interview Jason Isaacs, the actor who portrays Lucius Malfoy, discussed his absence in Half-Blood Prince. At the recent BAFTAs, he told Rotten Tomatoes that it was “a source of great embitterment in the Isaacs household, but he’s in Azkaban so what can you do?” However, he has high hopes for the last installment.

That’s all the news for this February 17, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Matt’s in Andrew’s Basement


Andrew: All right, thank you. Micah Tan, the MuggleCast anchor newsman.

Micah: That was interesting.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: There was a lot of news this week. I mean, a lot. I mean…

Andrew: There is. My roller coaster theory, man. I’m telling you, it’s one week you got [makes noise] nothing. And the next week it’s, wooo!

Micah: I mean, some weeks it’s so bad you have to throw the news to yourself. And then thank yourself after it’s over with.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: Ouch. [laughs]

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: I think that’s because nobody wants to intro you. It’s actually kind of weird, because – not to change the subject at all, but Matt’s actually at my house this week and he’s recording in my basement. And I can hear a slight echo every time he talks, because everything in the basement can be heard throughout the entire house. [laughs]

Matt: Is that true?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Helloooo!

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I can hear that. My parents are probably like, “What the…” Anyway, let’s go to the news. Micah, what do you think the biggest news story was this week?


News Dicussion: No Clemence Poesy


Micah: The biggest news story? Hmmm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oooh.

Andrew: I would say, personally, the one that hurt the most is there’s no Clemence Poesy in Half-Blood Prince.

Andrew: Now, why did that hurt?

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Micah: Well, you know? Ummm…

Andrew: Does it have to do with the popular phrase, “sex sells?”

Micah: [laughs] Maybe. Perhaps. But…

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: She’s French.


News Discussion: Deathly Hallows Split?


Micah: She is. But we’ll get to that. I thought the biggest news was David Heyman’s comments. Or was it…

Andrew: Yes.

Micah: …a mixture of him and – what was the guy’s name? I apologize, I’m blanking.

Andrew: David Barron.

Matt: David Barron.

Micah: David Barron, yeah. Talking about…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah:Deathly Hallows. And, finally, we get to hear a little bit about if this movie is going to be split or not.

Andrew: Yeah, and it’s really interesting because there are a couple of questions that this article itself raises. But this is really exciting to hear from the producers themselves, because just a few weeks ago, we got an official word from Warner Brothers via some website. It was, you know, “no decision has been made yet.” But now, here’s David Barron and David Heyman, the producers, the people who have a very large influence in this decision, speaking out about this. What gets me about David Barron’s quote, or what gets me about David Barron, what he said, was: I quote from News.Com.Au, “The only negative of splitting the book into two films,” says Barron, “is that people could possibly perceive it as being one last chance at cashing in. But the real positive, if we were to do that, would be that we wouldn’t have quite the battle we always have of ‘How do you compress all that book into just over two hours of screen time?'”

Matt: Yes.

Micah: Was he listening to our show a couple weeks ago? It sounds like he might have been.

Andrew: I think he was.

Matt: He has to. I mean, where else can they get that stuff from?

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know. We come up with innovative and thought provoking discussion here. But their only problem with this is that people think – they don’t want people to think they’re just cashing in. Because obviously, that is a real concern, a lot of skeptics may see it as that, right?

Micah: Absolutely, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Andrew: So, I just – I think this is a very, very, very, very, very good sign of what’s to come from just David Barron.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean – and he’s speaking like a true fan. They realize the concern is – the beauty of it would be that they would not have to cut the book down.

Matt: Well, the fact that he’s already defensive about why if they choose to put it in two halves, just makes it even more certain. You know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: He says, “Well, that wouldn’t be the case, so, guys, don’t be too upset if we do it in two parts because [gasps] we just might.”

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Yeah, and I think it gives it a whole lot of traction now, meaning that this is a real discussion that they’ve been having internally. It’s not just some rumor that’s been thrown out there if these guys are taking the time to actually address it, and the words that they used make it seem like they’ve been having a lot of talks about this.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: But the one thing that isn’t addressed as far as splitting it into two is, could they actually do it in the way we talked about a couple weeks ago where they put in an intermission or something along those lines as opposed to, with what David Barron said, talking about cashing in. That gives me the impression that if they did split it, it would be two completely separate films.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that makes perfect sense. I mean, you know – and I agree with you, Micah, completely. That’s definitely what the impression is.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: And I’ve also gotten the impression that they actually want to split it. Because if you’re going to invest the time in making this film longer by possibly – you’re possibly doubling the length, that’s going to double the production cost, so you will have to make more money off of this. I mean, it’s not necessarily cashing in, but you need to still balance your profit versus your expenses.

Matt: Well, they already know they’re going to get a big profit because it’s going to be the final film of the series, so they’re going to go all out for this one.

Andrew: Yeah, but it’s not like…

Matt: So, I think it’s just great, the fact that they’re even talking about it, even if they’re not going to split it into two movies, that they’re even just considering talking and debating about whether it’s cut into two parts just to show us how dedicated they are to making the final film the best.

Andrew: Well, here’s my big question that I mentioned earlier. My question is: When did David Barron and David Heyman say this exactly? Was this two months ago? Was this a month ago? Was this last week? Because the impression betting man Andrew…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …has received is that if he were a betting man, he would think that a decision has already been made, so I don’t know if these quotes are very recent. I’m thinking these could be a little bit older, because David Heyman says, “A couple people have expressed interest. People have gotten a few calls and a few e-mails, but it’s still a year away.”

Matt: And if I was a betting man, I would bet on whatever you bet on because whenever you’re a betting man…

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Well, that’s just if I was a betting man.

Micah: Well, I would say probably at least this month they made those comments because when he says, “It’s still a year away…”

Andrew: “It’s still a year away.” That’s…

Micah: …then his next quote starts off about them not starting filming until February.

Matt: It had to have been recently.

Andrew: But on the other hand, the script does not get written in February. It gets written, you know…

Micah: That’s true. No, that’s a true point.

Matt: But also the writers’ strike may have delayed it.

Andrew: Although, wasn’t it supposed to end – we’re recording Tuesday – wasn’t it supposed to end Monday? But…

Micah: I think it’s over, isn’t it? Am I wrong?

Andrew: They were about to reach something.

Matt: I don’t know. I saw a website about – they had to vote or something like that yesterday…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …which was Monday.

Andrew: Well, we’ll see what comes out of this, but I think these are very reassuring signs. This is a very interesting article, probably one of the more interesting articles we’ve had to report in a few months because this is coming straight from the producers. Of course, when myself and a few other fan sites were on the set, we also asked them about the movie split, but we can’t talk about it, so it’s like, you know, I will say they didn’t confirm anything officially, but this definitely seems like it’s going to happen, if I were a betting man. I guess we’ll move on to other news and we’ll continue to follow that. I’m sure once the news breaks officially, we’ll – oh, oh, the other thing that got me about that article was that they both said, in the exact same words, an announcement would be made, to quote both Heyman and Barron, in the “not too distant future.” They both said the exact words, “not too distant future.” So it seems like they already do have a decision made and they’re all throwing around in their e-mails, and phone calls, and IMs, and text messages, and Facebook wall posts that it is in the not too distant future.

Matt: And they’re probably told that’s exactly what you should say when asked about it.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Maybe. But not too distant future means soon.

Matt: Yeah that’s why it’s called not too distant future.

Andrew: Right, but Heyman is sort of contradicting himself because he’s like, only a few e-mails have been thrown around, and, you know, it’s a huge decision, but, but, but an announcement in the not too distant future. So…

Micah: Well that quote should also confirm that they made the statement pretty recently, otherwise the not too distant future would be now.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, that’s true, too. But the question is, Micah, what is the future?

Matt: The future is now.

Micah: Oh man. I think of The Year 2000 from Conan when you just said that.

Andrew: [sings] “In the year 2000, in the year 2000.”

Micah: I’ve actually been there when they’ve done that. I forget who I saw do it. I think it was David Duchovny.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Andrew: That’s awesome.

Micah: But anyway…


News Discussion: Jim Dale’s Grammy


Andrew: Speaking of David Duchovny…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: …Jim Dale picked up a Grammy award for his reading of Deathly Hallows, which was fantastic!

Matt: That’s awesome.

Andrew: He won back for Goblet of Fire, and he won again for Deathly Hallows.

Matt: How is that connected to David Duchovny?

Andrew: They both have the letter “D” in their name.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Nice one.

Andrew: What do you guys think? Impressed?

Matt: I’m happy for him.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: I mean, he’s got a good voice. He does the voice – doesn’t he do the voice for the theatrical trailers for the Harry Potter movies too?

Andrew: [laughs] No.

Matt: Are you sure?

Andrew: Yes. Isn’t there one guy who does the voice for every single movie trailer in the world?

Matt: Oh, no, no. Dude, I’m a film major, so I know these things.

Andrew: [laughs] [impersonates movie trailer guy] “It was a time of dance.”

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: No, no. Jim Dale doesn’t do the trailer voices.

Matt: Oh, I thought he did. Okay. Well, sorry.

Micah: The guy who does the trailer voices was on some of those commercials. You know which one I’m talking about?

Matt: The TV spots for the films?

Micah: No, no, no. That guy who does the movie voices, or the trailer voices, he’s on…

Matt: You mean from that commercial – the Geico commercial?

Micah: The Geico. Yeah, yeah. I’m sure he’s not the only one.

Matt: Yeah, that’s the one. That’s the most popular guy. Oh god, I forgot his name, too. But no, there’s a group of people. Not one person could do all the trailers for the – that’s insane, the guy would never get any sleep.

Andrew: Yeah. So, congrats to Jim Dale. That’s a fantastic award and should encourage more people to buy the audio books, ’cause they are a great read.


Audible Ad


Andrew: We’d like to remind everyone again that today’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider in Spoken Word Entertainment. Audible has over 35,000 titles to choose from to be downloaded and to be played back anywhere, just like MuggleCast. If you’re into Harry Potter as much as we are, we recommend checking out Twilight, a book we’ve discussed on MuggleCast a few times. You’ve heard from our listeners about it, now you can give it a try free on Audible. Just visit AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast today to get your free audio book. Once again, it’s AudiblePodcast.com/MuggleCast for your free audio book.


News Discussion: Steven Spielberg not Directing Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Let’s see, other news here. Just one more little tidbit. I know there was a lot of discussion last week about Spielberg directing Deathly Hallows because of that quote from Richard Griffiths, but it turns out Dan Radcliffe told TheSpy.co.uK that it’s absolute rubbish, folks. So…

Matt: Rubbish. He used British slang for it. It’s got to be true.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah. [imitating a British accent] “That’s absolute rubbish.”

Matt: It is rubbish, I can’t believe people actually thought Steven Spielberg would actually direct them.

Andrew: Well, it does seem a tad unreal. I don’t know. It certainly wouldn’t surprise me if he was definitely under consideration. I guess…

Matt: I would be happy, though, if they got John Williams back. That would be a plus if Steven Spielberg directed it.

Andrew: Definitely.

Micah: Yeah. Well, and I don’t know, this was kind of the question I had going back to last week. Why would you necessarily need Steven Spielberg for John Williams to make a return? You wouldn’t, do you?

Matt: No, because Alfonso Cuaron did it too, but…

Micah: Does he only work with certain directors?

Matt: It seems like that, though. It kind of does. He seems to connect with people he’s either worked before or are good friends with people he’s worked before.

Micah: Oh, okay. I just didn’t know.

Matt: I don’t think he’s done films for movies that he doesn’t really know the director well. It’s kind of – it does make sense because you really need to collaborate with the director and everything. You need a kind of a relationship somewhat.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: And the guy’s eighty, so…

Micah: I’m not sure that – my thoughts last week also were that I wasn’t quite sure that Deathly Hallows needs Steven Spielberg. Not to sound arrogant…

Andrew: No.

Matt: No.

Micah: …in a way, but all these other directors have kind of found their own way with the Harry Potter movies and made them their own, and I think that even bringing back other directors that have worked on the other films, or perhaps some sort of collaborative effort between a bunch of them, might not be so bad.

Matt: I don’t think so. A big budget director for Deathly Hallows that hasn’t already directed the previous films, I think would be a bad idea.

Micah: Mhm.

Matt: Someone like Steven Spielberg, he’s already an established director and he would definitely – I honestly think Steven Spielberg would make Deathly Hallows more of his movie rather than a Harry Potter film.

Micah: Right. That’s a good point.

Andrew: Let’s make a checklist. What do you need in a director to direct the final film? I think you need someone who has read the books, really enjoys the books, and can connect to the fans. So that’s one thing. You need someone, I agree with Matt, who’s directed the films before because you have to know – you have to know this cast and crew for this final movie because this is a very important.

Matt: Well, not just even direct this – a film before, but directed a film that’s pretty relevant to the film that you’re going to direct.

Andrew: Yeah, but you already have a selection of what, four directors to choose from to direct, so…

Matt: Definitely a director who’s very familiar with Harry Potter because this book is a collaboration of all the previous six novels.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: So it’s – I think it’s kind of overwhelming for a person just brought into the whole world. Combining seven novels together, you have to know all the knowledge for each one of those to actually get the seventh book to really stand out and make sense.

Micah: You got to have a director who’s going to bring back Clemence Poesy.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Micah: I don’t know what David Yates was thinking. David, we have to talk.

Andrew: Well, it wasn’t David Yates.

Matt: Awww, geez.

Andrew: It could be Heyman.

Matt: Well, I really hope that they would at least just mention…

Micah: What about David Heyman? Would he ever consider directing? He’s been there the whole…

Andrew: Has he ever directed?

Micah: No, no, I mean…

Andrew: Now that would be amazing. I would love if he were to direct, but I feel like he’s probably got enough on his plate being the producer.

Matt: He’s definitely – yeah. He has enough say in the films. He practically directs it himself, too.

Andrew: Yeah. He is the producer for a lot of films. The Giants of Grow coming out in 2008, The Occupants coming out in 2008, The History of Love coming out in 2009. Of course, Harry Potter in 2010, We’re the Millers in 2009. So yeah, he’s got a lot on his plate right now. I don’t see anything where he was a director though.

Matt: He’s probably not a director.

Andrew: He’s just not, yeah.

Matt: [laughs] It’s as simple as that.


News Discussion: Splitting the Film into Two


Andrew: Yep. You know, now that they’re extending the film, if you’re going to extend the film and turn it into two, put more extra care into it. I mean, this is really, really good news seeing that they’re going to split it into two parts. Because they want to put extra time into it, which is fantastic, which shows that they care about the fans.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: And they don’t care – they’re not just doing it to cash in David Barron’s words.

Matt: Oh, there’s another checklist for you: Having the time to do two films.

Andrew: Oh, yeah.

Matt: Because…

Micah: It’ll all be filmed at once, no?

Matt: Yeah…

Andrew: Right, but it’s still going to take longer.

Matt: Yeah, exactly. Because a lot of directors that are experienced tend to take on more than one project at once.


Announcements


Andrew: All right, I guess that’s enough of that. Speaking of taking on two projects at once, we have a few announcements this week. We want to remind everyone that we are going to be at Portus 2008, that’s HP2008.org. It’s a Harry Potter symposi-osi-osium at their Potter Podcast Polusa filled with pickles. We are going to be there with a few other podcasts, and it is going to be a night of podcasting and it’s going to be a while lot of fun. It is going to be in Dallas, and it’s going to be in July, and it’s going to be awesome. So visit HP2008.org for more details, and you can also sign up and register for the conference, and we hope to see you there.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: I have something else to annouce. My life-long dream finally came true Friday night at Penn State in State College, Pennsylvania where I attended MuggleCast listener Vivian’s 15th birthday party, and she had the Remus Lupins there, mainly Alex Carpenter and Toby Carlin, and while they were rehearsing before the show they were like – they were looking for another song to add to their set list, and Alex was like, “Hey, hey, Sims, you want to do your wizard rock song?” And I was like, “Do I?!?” So we rehearsed a couple times and I performed it, and now it’s now on YouTube. It’s featuring – it’s got my awesome lyrics. I got Samantha Freidman, former MuggleCast transcriber, on backup lyrics, and then we got Alex on guitar and Toby on drums. It’s fantastic! If you like my wizard rock single, go to MuggleCast.com and there’s a link to YouTube video. Matt, what did you think of it? You were there live. DId you like it?

Matt: Oh yeah! Oh my god! It was like…it was okay.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. That’s kind of mean, but okay.

Matt: All right. It was great!

Andrew: All right. I’m getting a lot of good feedback on YouTube, on the YouTubes. Thanks to Jennifer Levine for filming that for me too. That was good too. So yeah, check that out. The link can be found at MuggleCast.com. Gosh! I’ll tell you what. It was so exciting. I loved it.

And one other thing. While I was with Alex this weekend, we don’t have anything really set yet, but we’ve been talking about this spring tour that we’re still trying to work out, but Alex Carpenter also brought up the idea of having another summer tour like we did this past summer, probably covering the West.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Yeah, West Coast! So, I don’t know if we’re going to do it.

Micah: They can all stop complaining.

Andrew: What?

Micah: Stop complaining with the e-mails.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Hey!

Micah: Which I don’t get, because you guys were out there last year.

Andrew: Right, but we didn’t go too north. We didn’t go very north.

Micah: Seattle?

Andrew: Seattle, right, yeah.

Matt: Yeah, go like to So Cal…

Andrew: We are actually, hmm?

Matt: …up to Oregon and Washington and…

Andrew: And Canada, he wants to go up to Canada too, so…

Matt: Just a little bit, yeah.

Andrew: We’ll see who we can get together to do this. It will be a lot of fun. We had an absolute blast on the last summer road tour. It was seriously the greatest time of my life. It was just so much fun meeting all those people and traveling the whole way. But, yeah so, that’s still very early on in the planning stages. Again, don’t get too excited yet. I am just letting everyone know, because all these people who are going around, “Oh, MuggleCast is dead!” Well no, we are still planning lots of live shows for you guys, so we’ll update you in the coming months.

Micah: Yeah, and just on the Spring Break tour, we are still waiting to hear.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: [laughs] That’s about the best update I have.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I’m sorry. I think as we mentioned before, we went one way and that didn’t really work out, so we are trying some other things. We’re going to have to put this together pretty quickly, but hopefully we can.

Andrew: Yeah, very quickly.

Matt: Ho ho!

Andrew: No really. It will have to quick because it will have to be less than a month, but if you are – well, let’s say this: if you are planning on coming to this East Coast tour if we do it, hopefully – we’re hoping – it will be a little over a month from now. Block those dates out – 15th through the 20th. Write “MuggleCast” in your calender.

Matt: Yeah. With a question mark.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: We’ll see if it happens. We do know one thing – it will be free. And we do know another thing – it will be fun.

MuggleCast 132 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Kreacher in Deathly Hallows


Andrew: Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now. We’ve got quite a few e-mails this week we wanted to talk about.

Micah: All right, the first mail comes from Melanie from Australia. She says – oh, we need Andy to do this, man. [Australian accent] “G’day.”

Andrew: [Australian accent] G’day!

Matt: [Australian accent] G’day!

Micah: “I was listening to Episode 131 where you discuss the Dursley scene being taken out of the ‘Half-Blood Prince’ movie. You all said that the most important things about that scene was Dumbledore’s hand and his interaction and the humor of it with the Dursleys. I would’ve thought that the most important part of that scene would’ve been Kreacher. They seem to be cutting him out entirely, which would make his placement in ‘Order of the Phoenix’ pointless, which was pointless to begin with, and his storyline in “Deathly Hallows” obsolete. J.K. Rowling recommended that he be put in ‘Order of the Phoenix’ as he would play an important part later, but I get the feeling that they are not going to use it in anyway for the ‘Deathly Hallows’ movie. What do you think? Keep up the good work, Melanie.”

Matt: I think they could actually put it in Deathly Hallows if they make it into two films, in fact.

Micah: Yeah. This all goes back to last episode and us talking about where the movie is going to begin and also how important we thought that this scene was going to be, and I think it really goes to the overall picture of a lot of stuff being left out of Half-Blood Prince. I know we mentioned before Fluer being left out, and what makes me wonder, you know, you see all these characters not being brought back for the sixth film, but that worries me in the sense of how they’re going to do Dumbledore’s funeral, if they’re going to do it at all, because there are a lot of people there that we haven’t seen yet been named for this film.

Matt: Yeah, we haven’t even seen Scrimgeour been casted yet.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: [sighs] Well, honestly, I think they will cut probably Kreacher from the sixth film, because basically, if you have Kreacher in the sixth film, you have to bring back Dobby as well, don’t you? Because aren’t they in the same scenes together?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Doesn’t Dobby bring back Kreacher when Kreacher – when Harry has to tell him something? Or ask a favor or something?

Andrew: Ithink so. Yeah.

Matt: It’s kind of – well – but – I don’t know. It’s…

Micah: Well, I think his role is bigger in Deathly Hallows and…

Matt: Oh, it’s definitely bigger.

Micah: To leave him out of that – I mean, that’s why J.K. Rowling said he at least needed to make an appearance in Order of the Phoenix. I think Dobby you can kind of dance around him a little bit because he’s not as integral to the story until, of course, Deathly Hallows again. I mean, it’s great that he’s there and he makes his appearances, but I can see how they could leave him out.

Matt: I can see them actually leaving out Kreacher and Dobby out of the sixth film, also. I wish they didn’t, but I don’t know. What do you think, Andrew?

Andrew: I don’t know. I just – I’m very skeptical of all of this because they have about four months left of filming and, you know, they’ve done six months.

Matt: How can they cut Scrimgeour out of this movie?

Andrew: I don’t know. This is – I don’t know. It’s somewhat worrying, but…

Matt: Yes!

Micah: It would be a great opening scene. I mean, we talked about this also last week and how the movie would open, and I can’t remember, Andrew, if you cut this out of the show, when Eric had the realization that the movie would open with Spinner’s End as opposed to this scene which we thought would end up being Harry and Dumbledore walking up the path to Slughorn’s house. But then Eric realized that Spinner’s End comes before that. But I think it would be a great opening to have that discussion between Scrimgeour and the Muggle Prime Minister, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s important.

Micah: You sort of learn…

Andrew: I think it’s a very ominous way to start. Although, it seems like…

Micah: I agree.

Matt: It’s also one of the last times you see Fudge.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: On her e-mail here, though – I mean, I know Kreacher is in this chapter that we were talking about, but, I mean, it can really just be overlooked by a conversation between Dumbledore and Harry, where Dumbledore says, you know, “Sirius left you Grimmauld Place, Kreacher, and Buckbeak.” And that’s it, you know? I don’t really know that he needs to make an appearance.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Do you think they’ll bring back Buckbeak in Half-Blood Prince, because it was a big project in Prisoner of Azkaban, and it seems like all the big projects – especially the characters that they CGI never returns unless it’s the biggest – unless it has a huge part.

Andrew: They do keep them though.

Matt: They do – I’m saying like with Dobby and…

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Micah: Which is disappointing to the sort of crazed fan, I guess, if you call them that, or the – kind of like you were just saying, I mean, we don’t want all these things to be left out because we’d like to just have that being in there even if it’s only there for 10, or 15 seconds, because it shows that they pay attention to the books.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And they’re not going to neglect the fans, and like, you know, David Barron’s quote, they cash in so, who cares? I don’t really think the cost should be an issue about them including a Buckbeak, or a Dobby, or a Kreacher. They make it seem like it, but yet these movies rake in so much money it’s a wonder why they use that as the excuse for not including them.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But also each film does get more expensive than the previous one does too. We’re probably not really considering something that kind of makes a big deal.

Andrew: Yeah. It’s hard to say, like – I don’t even, like – okay, I’m not one to brag that I went to the set, but I went to the set and I don’t even know these answers, so I think we just have to wait and see what they’re going to do. Back to my original point though, it is worrying that they are six months into filming and we still don’t have a full list of casting announcements. I mean that doesn’t even make sense.

Matt: Yeah, and we haven’t heard many castings either. We haven’t heard any major casting since when? Since when? Since what? Would you count even…

Micah: Well, I think the last casting…

Matt: Would you count even Pansy?

Andrew: …we heard about was young Tom Riddle.

Matt: No, I think it was Pansy Parkinson.

Andrew: Oh, oh it was. Yeah, that was really recently, actually. Yeah.

Micah: We’re talking about big casting, I mean…

Matt: Yes.

Micah: Not since Jim Broadbent, I think. Well, to be honest, you’re talking about major characters? Not to belittle young Tom Riddle, or Pansy Parkinson, but I mean…

Matt: Lavender Brown, even.

Andrew: No, she was cast.

Matt: I know, that’s what I’m saying. She’s not really that big of a character.

Micah: You know, I’m not trying to diminish their roles, but we’re talking – I’m thinking more along the lines of for Half-Blood Prince Slughorn, Scrimgeour, the Gaunts, which are another group of people who haven’t been cast, and seemingly getting closer and closer to what looks like being cut from the film.

Matt: It does – it does – it does really kind of look like they’re centering a lot around the students around Hogwarts this time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Like they said, it’s starting to be like a romantic comedy.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And I just hope they’re not delving too much into that genre and kind go away from what actually the book is about.

Micah: Yeah, what about – which centaur is it that teaches Divination in this book?

Matt: Firenze.

Andrew: Firenze.

Micah: Firenze? Yeah. I mean, are they bringing him back?

Matt: They didn’t even bring him in in the fifth film.

Andrew: Let’s move on to the next e-mail now, though, because, you know, we actually did get a lot of feedback about, you know, that discussion about how the Half-Blood Prince should open up, so we’ll talk about it more next week, you know, maybe we’ll just talk about this little by little as the movie gets closer.


Muggle Mail: Grindewald Dueling Gregorovitch, the Elder Wand, and Andrew’s Fastest Show Close


Matt: Our next e-mail comes from Smee, 19, from flooded Australia. Is that really a name? Or is…

Andrew: No, I think she’s saying that Australia is flooded right now.

Matt: Oh!

“Hey guys and girl. Just wanted to correct you in on your discussion of Grindelwald acquiring the Elder Wand from Gregorovitch. You guys mentioned that the power of the Wand mustn’t have transferred to Grindelwald because he didn’t duel Gregorovitch. But that isn’t true. Right before he jumped out the window, Grindelwald shot a stunning spell at Gregorovitch, effectively winning the Wand from him because he had outsmarted Gregorovitch, winning him the Elder Wand’s allegiance. I had thought that you didn’t need to fight the person in order to get the Wand from them. You just had to outsmart them in some way, though as Jo writes in later chapters, the Elder Wand has a bloody history because everyone believes you must kill the previous owner in order to win the Wand’s power. Also, just a note to say that Jo described Grindelwald as having delight in his handsome face, and when he shot the stunning spell, he was described as handsome, not beautiful.

So, there.

By the way, whatever happened to the – whatever happened to the outcome of Andrew’s fastest show close? I was looking forward to finding out, but we never did hear anything on the next
episode. Anyway, look forward to next week’s episode. Love, Smee.”

Andrew: Well, about the fastest show close, I don’t know. We never got an email comparing the times, so I don’t know.

Matt: So what do you guys think?

Andrew: I don’t know. Micah, you want to field this one, because I wasn’t…

Micah: Because I was on last week’s show.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah. I – this all goes back to – we were having a debate or I guess Mikey and Eric were talking about how…

Matt: Mikey and Eric were talking?

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: No! No!

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Ohhh, yeah.

Matt: That’s bad. Take that out, please.

Andrew: No, that was funny! No!

Micah: That was funny. That was funny. I think the point that she’s trying to make is that last week we had mentioned that Grindelwald didn’t actually acquire the Wand in a dueling fashion. He just took it and so he was never the true owner of it, if that makes sense. And I think what Smee is arguing is that – well, he shot a stunning spell so that is how he was able to take the Wand. But I mean, I guess it goes back to if you know really how the ownership side of it works, because if you – if you look at what Draco did, I mean, he only disarmed Dumbledore. That’s how he became the new owner of the Elder Wand. And I guess that goes to her point about Jo saying that it had such a bloody history because the people thought that you needed to kill your opponent in order to acquire the Elder Wand, but in reality, if you look at it, I mean, with the Draco situation, he didn’t kill Dumbledore. He just disarmed him and then the power was transferred. So I guess something as simple as a stunning spell can transfer the power as well. I mean…

Matt: Well, that also goes back to…

Micah: I don’t know.

Matt: …the first book, too. When everyone had the assumption that since Dumbledore defeated Grindelwald that he killed him, but…

Micah: Right. Right.

Matt: …defeat doesn’t technically mean you kill.

Micah: Right.

Matt: It just means you overcome them in a battle or something.

Micah: Yeah. And it’s also why Jo was so quiet on the issue for so long, never really defining what she meant by the word “defeated.” And I guess now we all know why in this book.

Matt: Now vanquish! That’s kill. That’s kill.

[Micah laughs]


Muggle Mail: Ron’s Abilities


Andrew: Let’s move on to the next e-mail. It comes from Jordan, 16, of Roanoke, Virginia. He writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. While listening to Episodes 130 and 131, I heard a lot of debate about Ron’s magical ability. One incident in the books has made me sure of Ron’s magical power throughout the series. In Chapter 7 of ‘Chamber of Secrets’ when Ron is puking up slugs after his wand backfires, Hermione says that the curse he used was difficult to work at the best of times. Ron cast the curse with a broken wand and, aside from it coming out the wrong end of the wand, it had the exact effect it was meant for. And he was only 12 at the time! Think of how much better his spellwork must have become over the years. I honestly think that Ron is the most powerful and useful to everyone, including himself, when he doesn’t think about what he’s doing. If he thinks, he second-guesses himself, which is the worst thing to do while under pressure. That’s just my two cents worth. Love the show and keep up the great work.”

I agree with that point. I think that’s a very good point.

Matt: I think that he’s the most powerful of himself. Let’s not go overboard here. I don’t think he’s the most powerful of all of them.

Andrew: But I do agree about – and I think maybe this is what Jordan’s getting at – when you overthink something, you can second guess yourself. And let me give you a real-world example and some people are going to relate and some people are going to think it’s really stupid. When you play “Dance Dance Revolution,” or “Guitar Hero,” you can’t think about what you’re doing. You just have to stare at it and just not concentrate. If you just let it – if you just don’t focus intently, you will play, or dance, much better than you would if you focus on it. And trust me on that because that happens to me all of the time and when I’m showing people how to play it, you know, that’s what I tell them to do, and it makes a difference. You just can’t focus on something or, like Jordan says, you’ll over guess yourself. Second guess yourself. Second guess yourself.

Matt: Third guess yourself.

Andrew: Good point. Yeah? No?

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah sure, it’s not that stupid.

Andrew: Okay, well, good.

Micah: Glad we agree.


Muggle Mail: Clear Sound


Andrew: Next e-mail I have to take from Christian Wagner, 17, of [imitating a southern accent] “Tennessee.” I’m just kidding, you guys don’t know all talk like that. He or she writes:

“Hey! How do you get such a clear sound from the conference call you use to record your podcasts?”

And my answer to that is that we’re actually awesome. Who wants to read the next e-mail?


Muggle Mail: Harry Potter on T.V.


Micah: The last e-mail comes from Jean Gray. Interesting…

Matt: [gasps] Didn’t she not die?

Micah: 39, from Lansing, Illinois. She says: “I’ve recently begun listening to your podcast…”

Andrew: Wait, wait, wait. For all of us at home, who’s Jean Gray? I don’t know.

Micah: X-Men.

Matt: She was in X-Men.

Andrew: Oh, I don’t know, sorry.

Matt: You don’t watch X-Men, Andrew?

Andrew: No, no…

Matt: And you’re supposed to be a nerd?

Andrew: No! I’m not a nerd.

Matt: Oh. Are you a geek?

Andrew: No. I’m cool.

Matt: Uh-huh….

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Anyway:

“I’ve recently begun listening to your podcast, so forgive me if you’ve already addressed this question. What do you think about turning the ‘Harry Potter’ series into a weekly television series, either in live action, or a cartoon format? Thanks. Love the show.”

Andrew: I put this e-mail in here, because we get this question from time to time, actually, and I just think we should go on the record with our thoughts about that. I mean, at this point, Harry Potter has sold out so much. Theme park, merchandising such as t-shirts, cups, mugs, book bags, blankets – you know, everything is Harry Potter now. You know, I think a T.V. show – with everything Harry Potter that’s out there today, nothing adds new plots or anything to the Harry Potter story, whereas a T.V. show would, unless you’re actually turning the books into T.V. shows, but then that rules out the movies, so, you know, it overlaps on the movies, so I don’t think this would ever happen. Ever.

Matt: Yeah. At least not with the already written Harry Potter series.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: I mean – because you read it to me yesterday, and I mentioned, well, if anything, they would have to probably do it with like a prequel to it, like Hogwarts with the Marauders or, you know, just something like that, but I don’t think that they would sell out Harry Potter that much to make it a television or cartoon series.

Micah: No.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Live action, I think, is going a little bit too far. I could see cartoon if anything. This way they don’t have to worry about cost of things like House-elves or things like that, which they seemed so concerned about.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: I can see a cartoon format, possibly.

Andrew: Of the plot that already exists?

Micah: Yeah, see, that’s – you could.

Matt: I can see like maybe an animated prequel. Honestly, I don’t think they’re going to remake anything that has already been done.

Micah: But to Matt’s point, I think it would be a Marauders-type storyline. Maybe they could tell the story of when they’re in school.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: I think that’s a possibility. I think maybe post-Deathly Hallows is a possibility. I don’t think that like – Andrew, you were saying before, I don’t think you can take the seven books and re-do them because you have the movies. Why do you need a T.V. series?

Andrew: Right.

Matt: I wouldn’t mind seeing an animated version of it, because it’d be a lot more easier to do. Won’t have so much limits.

Micah: Yep.

Matt: But yeah, I really don’t see them re-making anything.

Micah: Yeah, I agree.

Andrew: Well, yeah, okay. I agree with you guys. I just thought it was worth mentioning really quickly.

Micah: Don’t over do it.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, we’re not.


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 15, “The Goblin’s Revenge”


Andrew: Okay, so let’s move onto Chapter-by-Chapter now. We were going to do two chapters this week but then we realized, “Ah, well, there’s only three of us. We’ll just play it on the safe side and do one chapter.” And that chapter is Chapter 15, which is called…

Matt: “The Goblin’s Revenge.”

Andrew: To kick it off with a short summary, basically the trio are continuing their search for the Horcruxes, and they’re spending more time in this chapter in the forest just camping out. And these scenes have been sort of criticized by a lot of people because it’s like, “Oh, they’re just hanging around camping, and it’s kind of boring.” So we’ll get into talking about that a little bit later, but at the end of this chapter is a very cool scene that at least Matt and I, probably Micah too, are really looking forward to see in the movie. And that’s the big fighting scene at the end between the trio. But first, Matt, you wanted to start off with Mad-Eye’s eye.


Mad-Eye’s Eye


Matt: Yeah, he chapter starts off with Harry waking up first before Hermione and Ron do, and he sets out looking for a place to bury Mad-Eye’s swiveling, whirling blue eye. And in the book it says – it describes the tree that he’s looking for – he’s trying to find “the oldest, gnarled, resilient-looking tree.” And I thought that that kind of described as what Mad-Eye Moody was as recognized by the Order. He was the older and more experienced one. He was kind of gnarled looking, and he was the most resilient of the Order, I would say. Would you say that?

Micah: Yeah, it’s a good catch. Yeah.

Andrew: That’s actually really cool.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Because Jo doesn’teven really point that out, you just sort of have to read in between the lines there for that.

Matt: That’s why I read really slowly, Andrew.

Andrew: I thought you were just dumb.

Matt: No.


Is This Chapter Boring?


Andrew: Hmmm. Learn something new everyday. So the next thing I wanted to talk about was just [sighs] I’m sorry, but we talked about this on the road tour a bit, we’ve talked about this on other episodes too. I just did not like how this chapter progresses in the beginning. They’re just spending time in the forest, going around to different locations, and nothing’s really happening until, of course, the little group shows up right by their campsite. But… Is this…

Matt: Well, that’s the whole point of this chapter…

Andrew: Well…

Matt: …is the fact that they’re not doing anything, and Ron and Hermione are starting to get doubtful of Harry’s ability to do this task.

Andrew: I know, but shouldn’t the trio had – shouldn’t they have had researched it a bit more? I realize they couldn’t have gone…

Matt: With what? They’re in the woods.

Andrew: What?

Matt: They’re in the woods.

Andrew: I realize they couldn’t have gone to Grimmauld Place, but this just should’ve all been executed better. And obviously, everything worked out in the end, but I just – I don’t like this part of the book, this specific area where they’re just going through the forest. I just think it’s too dull and typical.

Micah: I have to agree with Matt, though. I think it was put in here to show just exactly what was going on, and it’s sort of there to build up the whole fight that takes place at the end of the chapter, and the fact that they’re not getting information, that they’re not learning anything new, that there isn’t a plan and anything that – you know, Harry is just in a position now where Ron and Hermione are talking behind his back and they’re scared because they don’t really know if they can trust him in the sense of knowing what to do moving forward. They think that Dumbledore had this great plan that Harry is following, but it turns out that they were wrong. And I mean that’s why it shows the fact that they’re moving from place to place and the season is changing. It’s just to build up all this angst between them. And, you know, I don’t know, that’s just my thought on it.

Matt: Yeah, I agree with that too. I mean this is basically one of those moments where they realize that how much influence of information they had when Dumbledore was alive. They always had someone to go to, but now they’re realizing they have to do everything themselves. They have to be the clever, resilient ones and not rely on, at the last moment, someone coming in to help them with great information or something. They have to do it themselves. And I think this is one of those moments where Harry is the most alone out of everybody, because he’s always had Ron and Hermione always having his back, but now that he is seeing Ron and Hermione talking behind him, obviously not hiding the fact that they’re kind of doubting Harry a little bit. It makes Harry…

Micah: Yeah. For somebody who’s always shared information, every piece of information with them, he feels kind of left out. And obviously, you can always make it out to be these “useless chapters” or “useless scenes” where they’re just going from place to place to place. But I think it also shows you just the reality of the situation that they’re in. The reality of the war that they’re in – that they have to keep moving from place to place, that they have to cover their tracks. You know, make sure that nobody knows that they’ve been there. And every place they go, they have to put up new enchantments and it’s kind of just a necessary…

Matt: You’re constantly on the run.

Micah: Yeah, it had to be there.

Matt: It does take a toll on you.

Andrew: Okay, okay, okay. I guess you guys are right. I get it!

Matt: All right? [laughs]

Micah: [laughs] Nice.

Andrew: No, you bring up a good point. It’s all a part of a setup in the chapter.

Micah: Hey, Matt. You owe me ten bucks for making Andrew convinced.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay, this isn’t going to be in the movie though.

Micah: On that bet we had.

Matt: All right.

Andrew: Well, maybe one scene where they’re like in there, and you see Ron and Hermione talking behind Harry’s back. Maybe we’ll even get to hear what they’re saying.

Matt: That’s a huge slap in the face, too. I mean your friends – how can you talk behind their back? Although, it’s definitely the locket doing most of the work because Hermione isn’t really the one who’s really angry at Harry. She’s just kind of taking whatever Ron says. Because when someone rants to your friend, even if you don’t agree with them, you just sit there and go, “Yeah, yeah, I know. Uh-huh.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: “Yeah, pretty much. Yeah.”


Conversation Between Goblins and Muggle-borns


Andrew: Yeah, so the next thing we wanted to talk about was the conversation between the Goblins and the Muggle-borns. Big surprise here, Dean Martin makes a little cameo.

Micah: Dean Martin?

Andrew: Dean Thomas, sorry.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Dean Martin?! That would be quite the cameo.

Matt: It’s like, “Dean Martin, what are you doing here dude?” “I don’t have any movies going on at the moment, so…”

Andrew: Yeah, that would be…

Micah: Awkward.

Andrew: Plus, I’m pretty sure he’s dead. So, no Dean Martin. Dean Thomas, sorry, makes a cameo. And who else is there?

Matt: Two Goblins. One was Griphook and some other one.

Andrew: The other was an unnamed one, wasn’t it?

Matt: Oh, oh…

Micah: Gornuk?

Matt: Ted Tonks was in it.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Ted Tonks isn’t a Goblin.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, but he’s there. [laughs] I don’t know what the other guy’s name is.

Andrew: I think he’s unnamed. Isn’t he, Micah?

Micah: Gornuk? Gornuk? Something like that.

Andrew: Oh, or not. He’s unnamed in my mind.

Micah: Sure. Yeah, he…

Andrew: Go ahead.

Micah: No, I was just going to say, “Yeah sure, he’s unnamed.”


Ginny, Neville, and Luna Try to Steal Sword of Gryffindor


Andrew: So they we’re talking about three things in particular that we wanted to discuss. First of all, the trio finds out that Ginny, Neville, and Luna all tried to steal the sword of Gryffindor. Why? [laughs]

Matt: Why do they steal it? Does it ever get explained at the end of the book?

Andrew: Yeah, I don’t know. Micah, do you know?

Micah: You know, I’m afraid of saying something that’s going to be wrong.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I don’t know that it was ever explained. But this made me think, I mean, did Ginny…

Matt: Wait a minute! Wait a minute! I know.

Micah: Okay.

Matt: Dumbledore left it for Harry. Ginny probably told them that that is Harry’s and they want to steal it back for him.

Micah: Yeah, but how would Ginny know that – unless she overheard the…

Matt: Harry may have told her.

Micah: …contents of the will.

Matt: We don’t know everything that they do.

Micah: [laughs] That’s probably a good thing.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Matt: I don’t know. That’s my thought.

Andrew: So I guess that was a pleasant surprise. But just my immediate reaction to that was, “All right, come on guys. You’re not the new trio. Let’s just, you know, leave it up to Harry, Ron, and Hermione.” It’s a bold move, and I guess if I were Harry I would have really appreciated that, although, you know, I guess Harry and Hermione were pretty excited to hear that. Ron not so much because of the punishment, but…

Micah: Yeah. We’ll talk about Ron in a minute.

Matt: It just shows them there’s a revolt in Hogwarts from the students.

MuggleCast 132 Transcript (continued)


Snape Sends Them to the Forbidden Forest


Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, I guess so. Next thing: Snape sends them to – well, like we were just going to say, Snape sends them to Hagrid for a punishment, and it’s just to the Forbidden Forest. Originally, when you’re first reading this, you don’t know what Snape’s done. But then of course they do find out. Now Matt, did you think this was a clue for something?

Matt: When I read it, I definitely thought – because I was still on the fence if Snape was good or bad, and I thought since, I mean, since Snape is like the big representation of the Death Eater supposedly in Hogwarts, wouldn’t he do something worse than just send them to Hagrid in the Forbidden Forest? I mean, it just seemed like that was kind of a clue to where Snape’s loyalty did lie, because he knew that if he sent them to Hagrid they’d be – they wouldn’t get a bad punishment.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: They would probably just be over there feeding Buckbeak or something.

Andrew: So, yeah, I do think that’s an interesting little thing to note.

Micah: Which surprised me why Ron would get so upset about it, because if anyone knows – being with Hagrid is a safe place to be, even if it is in a place like the Forbidden Forest. That was kind of weird, but, I guess, again, it was the Horcrux around his neck.

Matt: I think it was definitely the Horcrux who blew it out of proportion. And yet also, you know, it is Ron does kind of has a little hesitation with Hagrid and the Forbidden Forest because of Grawp and the spiders.

Andrew: Right, right.

Matt: Yeah, I think it was definitely the Horcrux.


The Sword is a Fake


Andrew: And then another big holy bleep moment was that the goblins revealed that the sword at Hogwarts is a fake! And they were all proud and excited. They were like, “Pshhh, waste of time because it’s a fake.”

Matt: Yeah, why are they so happy it’s a fake? I mean, they don’t even know where the original one is.

Andrew: Well, I think they were so happy about it because the goblins think they own the sword. Well, they technically do. So they were happy that theirs – the real one – didn’t get stolen. Right?

Matt: I guess. Yeah.


Trio Discovers how to Destroy Horcruxes with the Sword


Andrew: And then the biggest development in this chapter is that they finally figure out how to destroy the Horcruxes with the Gryffindor Sword. This was revealed by Phineas Nigellus. [struggles with pronunciation] Nigellus? Phineas Nigellus?

Matt: Just say Phineas.

Andrew: Phineas. This was revealed by Phineas, of course, in the portrait. And this was a really exciting moment for two out of the three of the trio.

Matt: Yeah. I mean, it described Harry punching – well, what is punching the air? I mean, is it when you do a boxing move, when you start hitting just plain dead air?

Andrew: It’s when you go – I wish it was a video-cast right now, you go, “Yeaaah!” You just – like Mario. Like in some of the newer Mario games. He sort of – it’s just when you throw your fist up into the air.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: Just pretend like…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …there’s a balloon right above you and you’re just dying to hit it. So, you just look up and you punch it.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: That’s what punching the air is, only there is no balloon. Try it. Try it sometime.

Matt: And Hermione also says that not only is it made of Goblin armor, which only gets stronger as it gets beaten down – is that what it says? But also there’s Basilisk venom that’s pregnated into the metal.


Ron is Worried


Andrew: Yeah. Okay, so, let’s see, moving along here. So Harry and Hermione become very excited about this new discovery, because now they know how to destroy the Horcrux, which, let’s be honest, it’s a big development even if they don’t know where the sword is. This is the next step in the puzzle, I guess you would say. Ron, Hermione, and Harry get into a heated argument because Ron is very concerned that something else has happened to his family, because the people in the camp next to their camp were talking about, “Oh, the Weasleys don’t need another injury,” blah, blah, blah. So Ron – this worries Ron. And, you know, it should. I mean…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …any human would be worried that more of his family is hurt. So Ron explodes. Not literary. He just, you know…

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: He metaphorically explodes. And do you think it was right, Matt, for Harry to not be concerned for Ginny, Neville, and Luna, first of all? First let’s get to…

Matt: Well, I don’t think he wasn’t unconcerned or anything. He was relieved more than anything. But he showed more excitement for the fact that they finally got a great piece of information that they’ve been looking for, that both Ron and Hermione have been – they’ve been… Shoot!

Andrew: They needed to know.

Matt: Yeah! Well, that they’ve been waiting for too. I mean…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: …they were all – they – I don’t know the word. I’m sorry.

Micah: Well, I think you’re looking at two completely different types of people. Or maybe – I think Hermione and Harry are a little bit closer in the type of person that they are. Ron is somebody who’s probably never been away from home very much.

Matt: That’s also what he says! He said that in the book!

Micah: He never has been separated from his family. Yeah.

Matt: He singled Harry and Hermione out because they – what did he say, exactly?

Micah: Well, there was a part in the chapter where he was really eager to know if Harry was seeing anything through Voldemort about his family, which – if you think about it, is kind of stupid, because if he is seeing anything about his family through Voldemort, it’s probably not the best thing in the world for the Weasleys. So I think he was just trying to get any piece of information he possibly could. And with his family being in trouble – there was that one point where I forget what he says to Harry, but Harry talks about his parents and the fact that they’re dead.

Matt: Yeah. Actually, let me go to that.

Micah: If we could get the exact quote. I don’t remember exactly what he said.

Andrew: Oh yeah, right here. On pg. 309 of the U.S. edition, Ron says, “Oh, you’re sure, are you? Right then, well, I won’t bother myself about them. It’s all right for you two, isn’t it, with your parents safely out of the way?” This is Ron, and then Harry yells, “My parents are dead!” In italics, Harry bellowed. “And mine could be going the same way!” yelled Ron, which is a good comeback, I think. Score one for Ron. And then Harry goes, “Then GO!…Go back to them, pretend you’ve got over your spattergroit and Mummy’ll be able to feed you up and…” And then they both draw their wands and are about to fight, but then Hermione yells, “Protego!” and, you know, blocks the spells, whatever they were going…

Micah: Yeah, I mean…

Andrew: …to fire at each other.

Micah: …that’s a pretty ignorant comment on the part of Ron, you know, what he said.

Andrew: That they’re “out of the way.” Yeah. I mean, I think the point Ron is trying to make is that they don’t have to worry about their parents. I mean, whether they’re dead or in Australia or not, they don’t have to worry about them, so Ron has something else to worry about. He’s got this – he has people to worry about that are not with him.

Matt: He does have more to lose in that kind of aspect.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but so does Harry, I think, in a way…

Matt: Well Harry has…

Micah: …because…

Matt: …a huge weight on his shoulder, but you got to think from Ron’s point of – from Ron’s perspective.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: He’s had a huge family that has been very close, and he is really…

Micah: Yeah, well, maybe they shouldn’t be in the Order.

Matt: They are.

Micah: They put themselves in that position.

Andrew: Right, but still…

Micah: In all honesty.

Andrew: But still, you still have family you have to worry about. It doesn’t matter, you know, what position they’re in, whether they’re, you know, whether they’re in the Order or they’re just not in the Order. It doesn’t make a difference. You still have to be protective. It’s like the motherly protection we’ve talked about so many times on this show. Ron’s got a family protection.

Matt: And he’s feeling…

Micah: Well…

Matt: …upset because he’s been sitting for a few weeks not actually getting anything done in this whole time. You know, he’s worrying about what his family is – what’s happening to his family right now, does he even have a family anymore? I mean, he doesn’t know anything, so he’s getting very anxious.

Andrew: Right. So it is justified.

Micah: Yeah. Not in the way that he does it, though. I mean, he’s essentially blaming Harry for all this and if you think about it, yes, it is his fault, but Ron also agreed to go and do this. So he’s got to realize that he made the conscious decision to go along with Harry, and that he’s in this position because he chose to do that, going back to the whole idea of choices. And I think Harry, for as, you know, nasty as the shots that he takes are, you know, saying, “Go back to Mummy,” blah, blah, blah, it’s true, because that’s the type of person that Ron is. And he doesn’t realize it until he goes back just how spoiled, in a way, he is.

Matt: Mhm. It also – I mean, I think the locket really just exaggerates and amplifies every emotion that you have, and he may not really be – he may be thinking this, but I don’t think it’s as blatant as he put it out when he argued with Harry.

Andrew: I don’t think so either. Do you guys think that if Ron took the locket off it would have made much of a difference? I really don’t think so.

Micah: No, I don’t think so either, and…

Matt: No.

Micah: …I think Harry recognizes that in the chapter too. He says, “No, this is the truth, this is what’s been waiting to…”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: “…come out for a while now.”

Matt: But he also – I mean, not to go ahead in the book, but it took a while for it to wear off. I mean, he started to realize – I mean, after Ron left, he started to realize what happened, so…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: And he realized all the things that he said and that’s not really what he was about.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: Well, and I think the end of the chapter is relevant, too, because I’m sure that probably plays a role, and we see it later on with the Horcrux when it materializes more with Harry and Hermione, and the fact that Hermione chose to stay with Harry…

Matt: Mmhm.

Micah: …instead of coming with Ron.

Matt: Well, she said it too. She goes – she says that, “I chose to stay with Harry, and that’s what I’m going to do.”

Micah: Yeah. Yep.

Matt: What does she say… “Are you staying or what?” She goes, “Yes. Yes, I’m staying, Ron. We said we’d go with Harry, we said we’d help.” And then he goes, “I get it, you choose him.” Then there’s this love triangle that doesn’t really exist.

Andrew: But I thought this was really interesting because during this part you really see Hermione’s love for Ron. It’s – you can tell that she’s losing, what’s the best way to put – her love interest, I guess? It’s just the way that she left him.

Matt: Yeah. It does show what her feelings are for Ron in respect as her feelings for Harry as a friend.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because you wouldn’t see – I don’t think you would have Hermione screaming after Harry if he did that.

Andrew: Right. I agree.

Matt: At least not crying.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Because then she started bawling when she came back in the tent.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And I looked up the stuff on the sword. I can’t find a reason as to why they tried to steal it. So, if somebody knows, e-mail us.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Perhaps, perhaps there was – well, e-mail us if your name begins with one of the letters of the first half of the alphabet. That’ll help cut down a lot of e-mails. Seriously, though.


The Rain


Andrew: Okay, the last part we wanted to talk about in this chapter was the rain. The rain in this chapter is so movie-like. The rain begins with a soft pitter-patter. And then the argument slowly starts, then the rain gets heavier, and the argument gets heavier. Then the rain is pouring down, it’s raining cats and dogs, and they’re arguing like cats and dogs who don’t like cats and dogs. And it’s just bad and – you know, it’s great storytelling but it’s also very movie-like with how…

Matt: It’s very theatrical.

Andrew: I’m no film major, but I’ll tell you what. I’ve seen enough films to tell you in these movies – yes, very theatrical. The rain will start, you know, it will be cloudy and there’s sort of something ominous going on, and then it will start raining, and then something terrible happens. So, very good illustration of what’s going on. And I hope it’s carried over in the movie.

Matt: I think so. Especially with emotional scenes. And especially with rain. They will put it in. It’s just a lot easier, even for the actors. Because if they really can’t pull of that argument the rain will help bring out the feeling of the scene.

Andrew: The emotion, yeah.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: All right, so that’s it, I think. It’s time for Quote Quiz! Quiz…quiz…quiz…quiz…

Matt: Quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz quiz.

Andrew: Whoa, whoa, whoa! It’s like a boomerang Quote Quiz. This week’s quote is: “Isn’t that a Death Eater idea? Why is that there?” Hmmm? That’s from my Chapter 16.

Matt: Why is it there? I don’t know!

Andrew: [laughs] We’ll discuss next week. Next week’s chapter is “Godric’s Hollow.” So, that will bring a tear to my eye. [fake sobs] Wow! Weird!


Least Favorites


Andrew: So, as I mentioned in the beginning of the show, we’re going to put a new spin on two segments we’ve been doing for a while. I’m really excited about this because they get a nice little refresh. The first one is Favorites. We’ve been doing Favorites for a while now. Gosh, I would say in the 60s. The episodes in the 60s we started the segment, and I could be totally wrong. So, we’ve always been talking about our most favorite, so this week we’re going to play Least Favorites, where we talk about what our least favorite of something was. And this week we’re going to talk about an e-mail sent in from Emily, 14, of Arlington, Texas. She actually gave us this idea. She says:

“Hi! I’m a big fan of HP but not a fan of the movies. I was just wondering what you guys’ least favorite HP movie is. Thanks. P.S. You guys are doing a great job.”

Ummm, who wants to start? What is your least favorite movie? Micah or Matt?

Micah: I’ll go first. I want to give a pass to the first two just because they needed to be the way that they were, kind of more light-hearted and childish in a way.

Andrew: Yeah, I agree.

Micah: Because it was about them being introduced to the Wizarding World. Of the other three, I have to say – and Laura would disagree – Prisoner of Azkaban. I was a big fan of the book. And while I know Alfonso did a lot of good things with the movie, the fact that the Marauders were left out and not explained kind of ruined it for me. If you were a non-book reader, you probably had a lot of questions at the end of this movie. As far as who these people were and how Lupin knew any of them – although, it was kind of explained at the end. That would be my answer.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Matt, your least favorite?

Matt: Well, I kind of agree with Micah saying that we should leave the first two – leave them alone…

Andrew: I agree with that too.

Matt: …even though I really did not like the second movie at all. But I’ll let Chris Columbus go with that. I would have to say that my least favorite so far is Movie 5. Only really because it’s my favorite book. And I think that happens with a lot of people. Like, their favorite book, they have such high expectations. And they’re usually let down with that, especially with the Harry Potter books. Like, every single person I know whose favorite book is usually their least favorite because they left out so many of their favorite moments. And that is no exception to me. I did not like Movie 5 very much because it left out a lot of things that I really wanted to see. And they left in – oh, they just left out so much crap!

Andrew: Yeah. I think this is a hard decision. After listening to you guys, I still don’t know. But I think I agree with Matt that Order of the Phoenix – well, I did love it. I really did love Order of the Phoenix. I just think it was biggest letdown in terms of what to expect. With just – the build-up of that film with the trailers. It was my favorite book, too. And I loved it, but at the same time, I didn’t like some of the transitions with going through the newspapers. And the flashbacks were just – all the flashbacks were just a real turn-off to me. And the scene at the end with Dumbledore and Voldemort fighting – I was so looking forward to – I was…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: …really, truly believing that was going to be the most amazing scene in a Harry Potter film thus far. And it was just a letdown.

Matt: Well, they left off so many things in that scene. They left off…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …the statues coming to life. They left off Fawkes coming to Dumbledore’s aid, which was my favorite part of that entire scene. And [sighs] and they really messed up the whole Harry being – when Voldemort came into Harry, when he was being possessed.

Andrew: Yeah!

Matt: There was nothing like…

Andrew: It was just so different from the books. It’s like, ugh! What are you doing?!

Micah: Yeah, and I guess the one that we really haven’t touched on at all would be Movie 4. I just thought that with the way they cut it down, they did a good job with Goblet of Fire.

Andrew: They did!

Micah: I mean, Mike Newell did a really good job – we talked about this last week.

Matt: Hindsight, they did, yeah.

Micah: You know, basically the first hundred pages of the book going by in about five minutes.

Andrew: Yes, that was the thing! They did a great job compressing that darn movie down to…

Micah: They did.

Andrew: …something that covered everything. But it got the job done.

Matt: Mhm. I mean, granted, they took out a few characters, but they knew what characters they really needed to keep. And, yeah, I didn’t like Goblet of Fire after I saw it. But then after I saw it a few times, it starts to grow on you. But so far, Order of the Phoenix hasn’t grown on me at all.

Andrew: Yeah, same here.

Micah: Yeah, I think in Goblet of Fire, the other thing I would say was, they went a little bit overboard with the whole trying to make sure the audience knew that Moody wasn’t really Moody. Just, they dropped way too many hints…

Matt: They did.

Micah: …throughout the course of the film.

Matt: And they didn’t kill Barty Crouch Jr. at the end with the Dementors. So, most of the fans…

Micah: Right.

Matt: …think that he’s still alive. Pretty much.

Andrew: Yeah. Don’t get me wrong, I do love Umbridge. Like, I loved her in the book. But…

Matt: Well, she made the movie.

Andrew: Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Without her that – yeah, totally. Did a fantastic acting job. If you have an idea for Least Favorites, maybe we’ll try to do Favorites and Least Favorites. But with different subjects each week. To really mix things up. Let us know. Send in some Least Favorites. Try to come up with something creative, since we’re talking about our least favorites. It can’t be like least favorite soundtrack song because there’s so many, you know? You just…

Micah: Or book.

Andrew: Or least favorite book?

Micah: I guess you could.

Andrew: Yeah, there’s lots of these we can do. So, send them in. mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Make it easy for us. Put “Least Favorites” in the subject line, please.

Micah: Least favorite character. That’s a good one.


Make the Music Connection


Andrew: Yes. The next segment we’re going to put a new spin on this week is Make the Connection. But instead, it’s going to be Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection! Do you like that intro?

Micah: Sure. That’s…

Andrew: I’m going to start animating all of our new segments.

Micah: It’s different.

Andrew: I’ll do it again for all you at home who don’t want to rewind. [clears throat] Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music – I’ll practice it more.

Matt: Why don’t you just add a sound clip? You know, a song that has music in it?

Andrew: Because I don’t have that sort of technology yet. Well, I do but…

Matt: You’re lazy.

Andrew: Actually, no. Well, yeah, it’s partially that. But no, I just like having it all set up for live shows.

Matt: You like to hear yourself.

Andrew: I do. Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-mu-mu-music. Okay, so anyway, what we’re going to do – well, I’ll explain it to you – this was actually sent in by John Curl, 19, of Mendham, New Jersey. I’ve actually never heard of that town. But this was his idea. He writes:

“I have a cool idea for a new segment. It came to me when I was listening to the latest episode of MuggleCast during the Make the Connection segment. You basically take any song and either, a) Connect it to ‘Harry Potter’ in some way, or B) Find the spot in either the movies or books where it could be used as a soundtrack. Like, for example, the song ‘Bring Me to Life’ by Evanescence would be perfect for the ‘Final Battle’ in DH. Let me know what you think, Andrew. Love the show, and you are my idol.”

Awww, that’s sweet. From John Curl. So, I actually just realized I didn’t even really prepare any.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: But here, I’ll do this. Matt, for the final scene in Order of the Phoenix, where Harry and – we’ll focus on Order of the Phoenix today. When Harry – oh, sorry, when Dumbledore and Voldemort are dueling. If you had to pick one song to fill that gap, instead of those cheesy sound effects they had in there, what…

Matt: Hmmm, any song?

Andrew: Any song.

Matt: Ummm, oh okay! How about “The Saints are Coming” by U2 and Green Day.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right. [sings] “The saints are com…” See we might have to set this, this is just the test run this week. But…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe we’ll set it up so we come up with music ideas ahead of time, then we can play them or something. I don’t know. Okay, and, Micah, we’ll stick with Order of the Phoenix. If you had to insert a song in the scene where Umbridge gives Harry his first detention, when he starts writing with the special quill, what song would you add there? When – specifically, when Harry’s first discovering what it does – what the quill does to his hand.

Micah: Wow, ummm. Oh. I got a good song. I think I do. How about “An Innocent Man” by Billy Joel?

Andrew: Oh, yeah! That’d be good!

Matt: Oh! Yeah, that’s pretty good.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s good. Well…

Micah: Thanks, guys.

Andrew: …if you guys have any ideas for Make the Mu-mu-mu-mu-music Connection, just send them on in to mugglecast at staff dot mugglenet dot com. With “Make the Music Connection” in the subject line. And, like John said in his e-mail, you can either: A) Connect it to Harry Potter in some way, or B) Find a spot in either the movies or books where it can be used as a soundtrack. We’ll read them here, or we can quiz each other. So, send them in. Thanks, guys.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: Let’s wrap up the show today with a Chicken Soup…

Matt: .For the MuggleCast…Soul.

Andrew: Are you mocking me?

Matt: No.

Andrew: All right, Mr. Smarty-Party-Pants, why don’t you read it from Kristen, 19, of Penn State University.

Matt: This Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul comes from Kristen, 19, from Penn State University, which is in Pennsylvania. She writes:

“Hey MuggleCasters. First off, I love your podcast. I started listening from the beginning but then stopped over the summer. So now I’m catching up since last year. I just wanted to say that I don’t know what I would do without the episodes of MuggleCast. I go to Penn State University, which is quite a big campus, making me walk long way to class every day. It’s so awesome to listen to you guys talk about ‘Harry Potter’ on my walks around campus. You guys totally make my day and I think you’re great, so keep up the good work. Oh, and I think Eric lives in Reading, right? Well, I live about an hour and a half away! Well, thanks for being my Chicken Soup for the Penn State Student Soul.”

Andrew: Yay! Matt and I thank you, Kristen. The reason I picked this was just because Matt and I were actually at Penn State.

Matt: Oh, that’s right!

Andrew: Yeah, it was cool.

Matt: Didn’t we see her there?

Andrew: Did we? Hopefully not because that would be awkward if we didn’t remember.

Micah: Go visit Eric. He’ll love to have you over to his house.

Andrew: Well, funny story.

Matt: Ummm… [laughs]

Andrew: I don’t know if Eric wants to announce this to everyone yet, but he’s not actually in Reading anymore. So… But, I don’t know. He can talk about that if he wants to.


Show Close Announcements


Andrew: I think that just about does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. I just want to say real quick – got a little book update. Or reading update or whatever. Matt and I actually just both bought Twilight today. We’ve talked about it on the show a couple times. It’s going to be turned into a movie. Three books in the series are out right now and the fourth and final one is due out in August. And we haven’t started reading it yet, but I’m actually really excited to read it because all we hear is good things about it. Right, Matt?

Matt: Yeah, sure.

Andrew: So, I don’t know, maybe we’ll talk about it on a future episode. Apparently it’s a nice, easy read, so I’m looking forward to it. I just wanted to say that.

Matt: It does have very nice cover art.

Andrew: What’s that?

Matt: It does have very nice cover art.

Andrew: It does. I’m very excited to start reading, so see how that goes. Maybe we’ll give it a little review. I think that’s about it. One other thing I did that I actually want to say was just a quick thank you to everyone who goes on our MySpace and leaves messages for us. Or even if you e-mail us through mugglecast at staff dot mugglecast dot com, or even through our feedback form – I just want to say thank you for taking the time to write to us. Unfortunately, we can’t get back to everyone, we can’t reply to everyone. Especially on MySpace. We do read the messages that are posted there, but we don’t have the time to write back. Especially – MySpace is so complicated with their – everything that they do. It’s kind of hard to get to everyone, but…

Micah: Just to reiterate, we do read the messages.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: So if you think you’re going to get away with a comment, we usually respond to those people.

Andrew: When people send something negative – yeah, we do feel tempted to respond. But the funny thing is – and let me just say this real quick – you guys who write into us and complain are – complain, complain, I’m not talking about little, like, “Uhhh, show sucks this week.” I’m talking about, “You guys are dead in the water! Why do you continue going on!?” Blah, blah, blah. What’s funny about these guys is that they’re so scared of getting a reply back, they don’t even give us their e-mail address. So, if you’re going to write to us and complain, at least have the courage to include your e-mail address so we can write back a nice, adult, serious letter. We’re not going to post your e-mail address, but come on. You’re so scared of our response? That’s not cool. If you’re going to voice your concerns, at least give us the opportunity to write back with our side of the story. But at any rate, thank you, everyone [laughs] for writing to us.

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: We do read all your messages, and we thank you very, very much for taking the time to write to us. I just feel bad when people write to us and we don’t give them a response. We do read them and we do thank you for taking the time to write to us. So, I think that’s it for this week’s episode. Love MuggleCast. It was a good one. We hope you enjoyed the new segments and our news discussion, and, of course, Chapter-by-Chapter. We’ll be back next week with more hosts, hopefully. Laura actually was supposed to be on this week’s episode but then she bailed on us last minute because she had school work. [makes a sound]

Matt: Geez, her priorities are so out of order.

Andrew: I know.

Matt: [with English accent] “She needs to sort out her priorities.”

Andrew: Ha-ha-ho!

Matt: Ha-ho! Look at that.

Andrew: I love that scene. That’s one of my favorite little quips in the movies.


Contact Information


All right, so this does it for us this week. I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: You didn’t close.

Andrew: Oh, shoot, I almost forgot our contact information!

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Man, I’m getting so old. Well, there are numerous ways to contact us, of course. We’ll give you the information now. We have a P.O. Box down in Georgia. The address for that is:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

You can send us anything, but Laura is hoping nobody sends her pickles. Send us gold or something like that but not pickles, please.

You can also call in to the MuggleCast hotline to leave us a
voicemail. To do that we have a few phone numbers. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia you can dial 028-003-5668.

[Show music begins]

Andrew: If don’t prefer that you can also Skype the username “Mugglecast.” No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under a minute, eliminate as much background noise as possible. Send us a question that you have about the books or series, the movie, the fandom, whatever you want. And we’ll address those in the up-coming show, if it’s a good question.

You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a handy feedback form to contact anyone of us. You can also just directly e-mail us at our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, with the exception of Matt who is matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Don’t forget to also visit MuggleCast.com for a variety of community outlets, including our MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.fm, and our ever growing Fanlisting and Forums run by the wonderful Alice and all those who do that over there.

You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcasts. Whew! That was a mouth full.


Show Close


Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening this week. Once again, I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: We will see you all next week for Episode 133. Bye-bye!

Micah: Bye!

Matt: Bye!

[Show music ends]


Blooper


Micah: Uh, no.

Andrew:: Yeah, that was Eric’s…

Micah: Laura couldn’t manage the words to intro me.

Andrew: Intro you.

Micah: …in the news center, so I just…

Matt: Oh, yeah!

Micah: …intro-ed myself.

Matt: That’s right.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Actually, I heard the uncensored version of the bloopers. That was even funnier.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Yeah, you got to keep it G-rated.

Andrew: Sometimes it goes uncensored accidentally, too.

Matt: How is it that out of all of the hosts on this show, Laura is the only one that gets to actually slide through all the censored versions.
And she’s the girl.

Andrew: Because I’m so used to hearing her curse…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: …that I don’t even pick up the bad words. It’s just, “Oh, Laura’s just saying another word.” Like, you know, like the word “the.” It’s just – you don’t pick up on it.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: And we can pick on Laura because she’s not here this week.

Matt: Right, Laura ditched us today, again.

Andrew: She’s going to hate me for that.

Matt: Yeah, this is all Andrew telling us to say this, Laura, too.

———————–

Transcript #131

MuggleCast 131 Transcript


Show Intro


[Music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh yeah, Andrew, I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools, and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I’d guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus, enter code “MUGGLE” when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the internet at
GoDaddy.com

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because Voicemails have finally returned, this is MuggleCast Episode 131 for February 10th, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Mikey: “Hey guys. As much as I generally love you both…” – meaning myself and Eric – “…since I’m not going to be on the show tomorrow, I just wanted to say, can you please stay focused with the topics at hand while recording. I ended up cutting most of the off-topic stuff out of the show last week because it was long and the listeners really don’t want to here about ‘Star Wars’ and other movies, etc. Feel free to draw parallels, but don’t dwell on them. I’m not trying to lecture or anything, but just please keep in mind tomorrow because it’s what’s best for the show. Thanks, love you both, Andrew.” Can you believe that, Eric? He doesn’t want us to talk about what we feel like.

Eric: It’s just – I don’t know, man. He’s been censoring these since Episode 3, so, I just…

Laura: I wouldn’t…

Eric: I’ve learned to live with it. You know? I mean, he makes good decisions, usually.

Mikey: Usually.

Eric: It just means that we can’t – I don’t know. I don’t know, Mikey. You’re the movie guy and you get really enthusiastic about it.

Mikey: He’s telling me not to do it and I know. I agree with you. Well, welcome to this week’s Andrew-less show we have. I don’t know, that was a really bad segue, but I’m trying to move this along.

Laura: [laughs] All right. Well, we’ve got a pretty good show for you guys this week. We’re going to be talking about Chapter 14 in Deathly Hallows. This is also featuring the return of Voicemails, once again. I know you’ve heard that umpteen times during the life of this show, and we also have part two of our interview with Freddie Highmore. So, with that, I’m Laura Thompson.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

[Show music continues to play louder]


News


Micah: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Micah?

A few weeks ago we told you about two Deathly Hallows rumors: It could be split in two, and Steven Spielberg is being considered to direct. The latter item has picked up an extra piece of evidence after Richard Griffiths (who plays Vernon Dursley in the Potter films) reportedly told TeleText that Spielberg is a candidate. He said, “Being in a Spielberg film is a pretty good place to be. My agent had conversations with him, so anything is possible.” He is further quoted in saying, “I’m not in the sixth film so I want bigger roles. I asked J.K. Rowling if she could write Vernon a bigger part and she said ‘no,” so there you go.”

It is important to remember that nothing is confirmed. This should not be taken seriously until more solid sources come forward.

Spanish publication XLSemanal conducted a special interview with J.K. Rowling a few months ago, although it has only now emerged online. In a preview of the article, Jo discusses Minister for Magic, Cornelius Fudge, likening him to English Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain. Jo was quoted to saying, “My model of the world after Voldemort’s return was, directly, the government of Neville Chamberlain in Great Britain during the Second World War, when he tried to minimize the menace of the Nazi regime for political convenience.”

In the interview the author also talks about her personal life and relationships, as well as politics. The full interview is now available online.

And Half-Blood Prince filming in Gloucester Cathedral is well underway. Cast, extras, and crew are now all present at the Cathedral. ThisIsGloucestershire.co.uk has plenty of new photos.

Finally, the Literary and Historical Society of University College Dublin will present J.K. Rowling with a James Joyce Award on Tuesday, February 12th.

That’s all the news for this February 10th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


News Discussion: Director of Deathly Hallows


Micah: Thanks, Micah. Oh, you’re welcome.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: Thanks, Micah.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Okay, so we’ve had some pretty good news this week. It’s been better than some other weeks, right? What do you guys think?

Mikey: Oh, yeah. No, I’m excited about our first point that we’re going to talk about, Laura. What do you think?

Laura: Yeah, and I mean you’re the film guy here, Mikey, so why don’t you start us off on that?

Mikey: Well…

Eric: But don’t talk about film.

Mikey: [laughs] All right, Andrew.

Eric: Only because Andrew warned us.

Micah: Well, he can bring up the topic, but only Laura and I can discuss it.

Mikey: Okay. But I’ll read it off. Spielberg rumors again have emerged. What do you guys think about that?

Laura: You know, I’m not sure what I think about it. Because I feel like Spielberg has done some really great stuff, and then I feel that he’s done some really awful stuff. So, I don’t know. If he directed the film it could be really good or it could be really bad.

Mikey: Well, all right, my question is, what did you think that he did that was really bad? That’s one of the questions, you know, like, what was really bad?

Laura: Well, I mean, what immediately springs to mind is just that I feel like he’s kind of got that Chris Columbus quality of kind of making everything happy and light.

Eric: Because, clearly, Schindler’s List

Laura: No! But that’s not…

[Mikey laughs]

Eric: …was a very happy film.

Laura: That’s not what I was referencing, though. Like – Clearly, Schindler’s List was a very, very well done movie. I don’t know if Spielberg has any specific producers he works with regularly – maybe Mikey can tell us about that – but I just know that there are certain films that he’s been very much complimented on, whereas there are other films that people are just like, “what is this?” Like, I don’t know.

Eric: It’s true. There are critics of Spielberg films.

Mikey: My biggest thing is, Spielberg really hasn’t done a horrible movie in quite a while. Like, you know, just looking at his last movie. I’m on IMDB right now. His most recent movie that’s coming out is Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull, which I’m super excited about. But his last films Munich – which did great – War of the Worlds, I was kind of iffy on, but it was still, you know – I think it had too much Tom Cruise, not necessarily his directing. I think he did a great job on it.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: [laughs] We’re not even going to go to the Tom Cruise story. But Terminal, Catch Me If You Can was a great movie. I thought Minority Report as direction was great too. AI I thought was an amazing film, obviously didn’t do really good. You know? But a lot of his stuff I – as a director, I like Spielberg. There’s really not much of his stuff that I don’t like. He doesn’t direct as much anymore. He really doesn’t, he’s been producing a lot. So…

Eric: It’s true. And his movies, in my opinion, are always so – I want to say heartful. You know, very hearty movies. He kind of creates how stories should be told. You know, he’s obviously the big-name guy. He’s the big guy who does this sort of thing. He makes these movies that are classics, like E.T. And he really makes – He’s a movie-maker storyteller. He basically writes these – He does movies, he’s how movies should be made. You know, because he has such creative control in them. And I just – there’s something that connects with how he tells his stories with me. I love all of Spielberg’s films.

Mikey: I agree with you. What do you think, Micah?

Micah: I’m just wondering, though, would he be the right person for Deathly Hallows in the sense that – and I’m not saying the directors that have come before him aren’t big-name directors – but they seem to have kind of found their place a little bit with the Harry Potter series. And I’m not sure that bringing in such a big name to do the final film would make it any more impactful than if somebody else who had worked on the films previously would have come around and directed. You know, like an Alfonso Cuaron, like a – maybe even a David Yates again. I just – I’m afraid that this is a story that’s sort of being over-sensationalized, like it has been in the past, and I’m not really sure that you would need to bring in Spielberg. Would it be cool? Yes. But – and it even goes to some of what Eric was saying before. You know, he’s kind of this great storyteller, but kind of in his own way. I don’t know how well he would work off of other people’s work, you know, Mikey, if that makes sense.

Mikey: No, no, I agree. I can see where you’re coming from.

Eric: I get that.

Mikey: I don’t know if I would say that he couldn’t work on someone else’s work. Again, looking at War of the Worlds I think he did a phenomenal job with that, and even Jurassic Park, that was a Michael Creighton novel, and I think he did a great job with that film. Directing it.

Eric: It’s a great movie.

Mikey: It’s one of those things like, the score – obviously John Williams did the Harry Potter score, but you know, John Williams did Jurassic Park, too, and I could just hear those notes right away, and I know it’s Jurassic Park. I know it’s Harry Potter. I know it’s Star Wars. I had to put John Williams in there with that stuff. But…

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Well, see, that’s the thing, yeah, because Spielberg and Williams work so well together.

Mikey: Yeah, and I would love to see Williams come back for the last Harry Potter movie.

Eric: That’s exactly the thing I was thinking, is if Spielberg comes back, does John Williams come back?

Mikey: Yeah, that would be a cool thing, especially like – here’s one thing. I’ll give you a little bit of film stuff – is people are more forgiving of bad video or film quality versus music, and the reason why is, film is at twenty-four frames per second, so half the time, in between each cell or frame, there’s a little black bar, and so that’s playing through as we’re watching our movies. So half the time we’re sitting in a theater, we’re sitting in pitch black. We don’t see it being black, because our eyes keep memory of the picture, but music and sound, we’re hearing everything. And I would love to hear – not saying that the other scores, like I love the Order of the Phoenix score, and I really like the music for Goblet of Fire. Obviously, these weren’t done by John Williams, but I would love if Spielberg brought back Williams to do the last one, have this amazing just big, Hollywood-style, just really big score for the last movie, just give it a big send-off that I think it really would deserve, because it’s the final chapter in this huge – you know, for Warner Brothers this is a huge franchise. And for us, this a huge, you know – it’s the final movie of the book series. I remember finishing reading the book, and I was sad, and I’m going to be sad watching the last movie in theaters. Now, I’m going to be the first one to buy it on DVD, but it’s the last thing. It needs a good send-off, and I think…

Laura: Well said, Mikey.

Micah: You can have John Williams back. I mean, you don’t need to have Spielberg to have John Williams there.

Mikey: No, I know, but…

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Which is another thing…

Micah: And this kind of leads into the next point, but this is a semi-reliable source that at least we’re hearing these rumors from – in the form of Richard Griffiths talking about potentially being in a Spielberg film. We know he’s not going to be in Half-Blood Prince, but he is definitely going to be in the final film, so, I mean, what do you guys think? Do you give any more credit to the rumor that it’s coming from somebody like him, as opposed to just some tabloid?

Eric: I do. Just the idea that Richard Griffiths thinks it’s possible is – I think it gives a little extra credit to it. I would like to see Spielberg have his hands on the material, is kind of what it is. Most of my urge for Spielberg – I think it would be really cool if he directed the movie of Book 7 because, obviously, they’re really convinced that they’re going to do it quite big, possibly two films, as we talked about last week, and it’s just – I would really like to see Spielberg have his hand in the material. So, just the idea that Richard Griffiths is saying, “Well, you know, it might be really interesting to do a Spielberg film, and I think it’s possible,” then I think it does give credit to it, and I think it’s really one of those interesting rumors that’s going around about the seventh movie.


News Discussion: Privet Drive Scene Cut from Half-Blood Prince


Micah: Right. And I think we’ll hear more as time goes on, obviously. There will be more and more rumors as we get closer to something being announced. But speaking of Richard Griffiths, he also brought up the fact that he is not going to be in Half-Blood Prince, and I really can’t remember if this was made public, and if it was, I don’t think prior to this we ever discussed it. And to me this is kind of disappointing, because the whole scene that takes place on Privet Drive in Half-Blood Prince was really one of my favorite scenes in the book, and now we learn that it’s not going to be there. What are you guys’ thoughts about this?

Laura: Well, first of all, I wonder how they’re going to tie in Dumbledore. It would just seem weird if they had Harry leaving Privet Drive and joining Dumbledore without even seeing the Dursleys, you know? So I really wonder how they’re going to set that up.

Mikey: I could tell you. I see it now as a filmmaker.

[Micah laughs]

Laura: This is what it is: Opening, you know, you see the Warner Brothers thing, the camera pans down onto the street as Dumbledore and Harry walk up to go find Slughorn. They’re going to have to cut things out.

Eric: We know that’s going to happen, because…

Mikey: And we know that’s kind of a bummer, but, obviously I don’t know anything about the movie, so it’s not like that’s what is going to happen in the movie, but it’s like, that’s – you know, basically, if the Dursleys aren’t going to be there, what’s the next logical step? And it’s going to go straight to Slughorn. And actually, it might even go to the interior of the house, because, you know, the last ones kind of started out kind of dark, so it might be the house with blood on it, and then it pulls out and there’s Harry and Dumbledore on the step going in going, “Oh my gosh, what happened?” And then they find Slughorn, you know what I mean?

Eric: Do you think he’ll be turned into a couch, and then Dumbledore will prod the couch, and then the couch being like, “Ouch!” [laughs]

Mikey: That’d be kind of cool, I hope so. I actually – I’m a little sad they’re not going to do the scene. Like Micah said, it’s one of my favorites just because…

Eric: I am too, it’s such a great – and I think what it is too is that it’s a big distinction between book Dumbledore and movie Dumbledore, obviously. You know, if you read the books and you get this really great sense of how J.K. Rowling writes Dumbledore in the books, and it’s a really great scene with him taunting, sort of trespassing on their hospitality, as Dumbledore himself says.

Mikey: Exactly, and the best part is he says, like, he offers them drinks, and what do they do with the drinks? The drinks just keep hitting their heads.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: It’s like, I would love to see that!

Eric: And they won’t accept it, you know?

Mikey: That’d be ridiculous, just to see these – I can see how it doesn’t really add anything to the movie or the story, but like it shows you a little bit more of Dumbledore’s character. Like, “Yes I’m going to pour drinks for everyone,” and then the Dursleys are just so frightened and refuse to touch anything magical that’s just hitting their head, you know, juice or whatever spilling out and hitting them, and they’re just like, “Will you stop this!?” You know, Vernon getting upset with the big old vein and all that.

Eric: I’m disappointed with how little the Dursleys are in the films. It’s not a big concern of mine, but I really like seeing it done, I really like the actors doing it, and you can kind of tell that they kind of enjoy doing it. But obviously Richard Griffiths is getting – I don’t want to say, well, he’s very concerned. He – in this article that we have, he says he asked J.K. Rowling to write a bigger part for Vernon. That seems like – that seems quite interesting. You’d say, “could you write me a bigger part for the movie,” and she said no, and rightfully so. I think that the Dursleys have always served a particularly significant – a certain function. They serve a purpose in the books and then they’re gone, that’s it, you know? But there’s always been the sense of returning to Privet Drive and it seems so upsetting to me. It just upsets me a lot that the Dursleys aren’t even going to be in Half-Blood Prince.

Laura: Yeah, but I mean…

Eric: It’s another opportunity missed.

Laura: Honestly, thinking about it though, I mean, just thinking about the way Mikey described it, there were a couple of important things that happened in the Dursley scene, like Harry noticing Dumbledore’s hand, but that’s all stuff that they can do like as they’re walking down the road or whatever. Like, “Oh, Professor, what happened to your hand?” and, you know?

Mikey: And he’s like, “Not now, Harry,” you know, it’s like one of those brush off things.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: You know, like again, the Dursley scene – everything important that happens there we can live without, because we can pick it up again.

Micah: Yeah, you’re right.

Mikey: The only – and I’m thinking about it again, I haven’t read the book in a while – the only important thing is the hand, and he says, “Not now, Harry.” And again, if it starts on the street or starts in the house, that could be picked up right away, you know, where even if Harry doesn’t notice, maybe Slughorn notices it in the house and, “Dumbledore, what happened to your hand?” and he’s like, “Had a little run in with Voldemort,” you know? There’s so many like, little things.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Like again, the screenwriter is re-writing a book that we’ve memorized, in a sense, so we know what’s supposed to happen and a screenwriter is taking their liberties and they’re not really necessarily – I’m sure all the screenwriters have read the book. You know, we know some actors haven’t – Michael Gambon – but it’s one of those things that they also have to look more at the movies, because this is a movie version so they have to make sure that everything in the movie is kind of – kind of continues the story from the movie standpoint, not necessarily the book standpoint.

Eric: If you guys remember, Goblet of Fire obviously begins with the murder of Frank Bryce, but then Harry wakes up and he’s at the Burrow and immediately they’re on, I think, it’s on Stoatshead Hill. They’re on the hill where they meet Cedric Diggory right in the very beginning of Movie 4 after Harry wakes up that morning. It’s just in a few quick scenes they’re already being transported to the Quidditch World Cup.

Micah: Yeah, I mean that…

Laura: No, no, no, that’s like eight chapters in, too.

Micah: The beginning of that movie went very quick.

Mikey: Yeah, that’s like a hundred pages. It’s a hundred pages worth of Quidditch.

Eric: That’s easily a hundred pages.

Mikey: And it’s done in like, five minutes. It’s like, done in five minutes.

Eric: And that was when the twins were – they blew up the fire place in the Dursleys. There was – the Dursleys have a pretty big scene in Book 4, which was completely gone from the movie. So, it’s possible to do it without. It’s just, you know…

Micah: One could argue that the other thing that’s missed in this whole thing is the relationship that exists between Dumbledore and Petunia, or Petunia and the wizarding world, and, you know, Dumbledore kind of takes a swipe at them when he makes that comment about Dudley, saying something along the lines of that they neglected in their raising of him, how he turned out. I forget the exact quote, but…

Laura: Yeah, he said they’d done more damage to Dudley in the way they that raised him.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, that’s quite interesting. You’re right. The relationship between Dumbledore and Petunia, or particularly any reference to Harry’s parents – any kind of thing like that seems to be absent from the movie. Except for Aunt Marge in Movie 3 – that was kept in, a little bit about bad parentage sort of thing. But it’s just something that – I think what it is, is that you’re in this film with all these British actors and they’re so good at what they do, and even things like watching David Bradley is fun to do, so you always want parts for it and it’s just the time of the film overall won’t permit all of this. It won’t permit you do to do everything you want to do with these great actors.

Micah: I agree with you, but at the same time, I mean there’s so much that’s probably able to be cut from this film in particular that leaving something like that in – I think – you could probably do. So, I’m just a little disappointed.


News Discussion: Cornelius Fudge Related to Neville Chamberlain


Laura: Right. Now, we probably need to move onto the next piece here. Actually, there was a new – and it’s not really a new interview – but it just came out with J.K. Rowling by the Spanish publication XLSemanal, and she actually talked about Cornelius Fudge, and she likened him to English Prime Minister, Neville Chamberlain [pronounces it Chamber-layn]. She actually…

Eric: Chamberlain [pronounces it Chamber-lin].

Laura: Chamberlain [pronounces it Chamber-lin]. The quote is actually, “My model of the world after Voldemort’s return was, directly, the government of Neville Chamberlain in Great Britain after the Second World War, when he tried to minimize the menace of the Nazi regime for political convenience.” And this is pretty interesting considering some of the ties to our Nazi World War II parallels we brought up with Deathly Hallows. What do you guys think?

Eric: I think it’s interesting. I think not having grown up in that time, or not being familiar with that era of British history, I can still say that’s really cool. I can still say it’s cool that J.K. Rowling had someone in mind. And we knew that she kind of did when writing a satire, political satire, as she has done, taking some things satirically in government. It’s good to know specifically though, what she was thinking about and I’m interested now to read up a little bit of history and figure out what kind of guy he was.

Micah: Well, basically, he was a guy that just had a policy of appeasement towards Hitler.

Laura: Yep. [laughs] Pretty much.

Micah: I mean, he turned a blind eye to Hitler in order to advance his own political career, which, if you think about it, sounds a lot like Fudge, you know, turning a blind eye to Voldemort and…

Eric: Hoping he would go away?

Micah: …hoping that the things that were starting to occur around him wouldn’t fully materialize, and really acts out against Dumbledore, thinking that he’s just out on a quest for power, but, in fact, Fudge – and I know I’ve said this episodes ago. I really hated Fudge when I was rereading Order of the Pheonix because I thought ways he was just as worse, if not more horrible, than Umbridge.

Laura: Oh yeah. I mean, essentially acting as an enabler. Really. Whether he meant to or not, you know? Just completely useless.

Eric: She spoofed that guy. Ha-ha.

[Eric and Laura laugh]


Announcments


Laura: All right, well, Micah do you want to move us onto some announcements for this week?

Micah: Yes. [chuckles] Just a reminder to vote for us on Podcast Alley. We are in the new month of February, and we are currently number six over at Podcast Alley, so just remember to go ahead and vote. And I think that’s the only announcement, right?

Mikey: Well, Andrew sent me and Eric the e-mail, but I think he left you a statement – “Andrew’s Statement to the Fans.” I think you need to read that, Micah.

Micah: Do I really have to is the question. [laughs]

Laura: Uh, yes…

Mikey: Yes.

Laura: You need to read it.

Eric: Let’s just pretend it doesn’t exist.

Laura: No, no, read it.

Micah: Okay.

Mikey: Guys, come on. Andrew took all this time to write up a nice statement to the fans…

Laura: I have to say, it’s like New York Times Bestseller worthy.

Micah: Oh, really?

Laura: This is the best writing I have ever seen.

Micah: I guess I have to read it.

Mikey: Have you read it all the way through? Have you read it all the way through?

Micah: I haven’t yet.

Mikey: It’s pretty…

Laura: It’s massive. Oh my goodness.

Mikey: I was like, “Wow.” Okay, Micah, you do the honors. Please?

Micah: “Dear Loyal Listeners, I regret to inform you my poor puppy dog is suffering from a severe case of kitty cooties. It happened whilst I walked my dog through the local PetSmart just about ten minutes from my home. I’m only at his bedside for the next few days and will be back on the show next week. Back and better than ever. Actually, you’ll hear me in a little bit when I conclude my interview with Freddie Highmore. Laura, Micah, Eric, and Mikey smell.” That’s nice. “Moreover, I just lied to you all. I have no dog. There’s no such thing as kitty cooties, and there isn’t a PetSmart ten minutes from my home. I still stand by the fact that Laura, Micah, Eric and Mickey all smell. Matt and I will see you next week, lovers.”

Mikey: Wow! Andrew Sims.

Laura: Wow! My life is so impacted.

Mikey: My life is now complete. No Spielberg doing seventh movie? I am happy now. I’m happy without a sixth movie now.

Laura: I have to go out of my way to say that Laura doesn’t smell.

Mikey: Neither do I.

Laura: Laura actually wears a very nice perfume, and actually, it’s pretty cool, because when you pick it up the bottle purrs. Listen.

[Perfume bottle purrs]

Micah: Do you shower, or do you just put on perfume?

Eric: Oh, wait. You have a purring bottle of perfume?

Laura: Yeah, listen. Here, listen.

[Perfume bottle purrs]

[Micah laughs]

Laura: Isn’t that awesome?

Eric: Do it again! Do it again!

[Laura laughs]

Laura: No, they have already heard it twice, but yeah, I do shower too – daily actually, Micah.

Micah: Well, that’s good. That’s good.

Laura: I know that must be a shock.

Micah: I was just wondering why…

Mikey: I do too. I shower daily too.

Micah: …Matt got thrown in there.

Mikey: That’s why I don’t smell.

Eric: Well, what exactly was Andrew – so, Andrew was walking Matt, right?

[Mikey laughs]

Mikey: I know he is his puppy dog.

[Laura laughs]

Eric: And they were at PetSmart? Or was Matt? Matt was walking – I’m confused here, ’cause Andrew was walking his puppy or…

Laura: Are you saying Matt is Andrew’s puppy? Is that what you are saying?

Eric: What? Is he not?

[Laura laughs]

Mikey: Oh, no, no.

Mikey: Lets move on.

Laura: Okay. Apologies, Andrew.

Mikey: Let’s go to Muggle Mail.

Micah: Muggle Mail!

Eric: Matt was walking Andrew and…

Mikey: Muggle Mail! Muggle Mail. Let’s go.

Laura: Yeah, take it off, Micah.

Mikey: You guys can stay back there. Micah and I are going to Muggle Mail.


Muggle Mail: Commission versus Committee, Mad-Eye’s Eye, Picture of Dumbledore and Grindewald, the Imperius Curse, the Locket Enhancing Umbridge’s Evilness, and Last Week’s Make the Connection


Micah: Yeah. Okay. I’ll take the first one. This is about the chapter title I guess you guys were discussing last week, and this person stresses that it’s not the Muggleborn Registration Commission, it’s the Muggleborn Registration Committee. Come on, guys! What were you thinking!

Laura: Sorry!

Micah: God forbid you say the wrong word every once in a while. I mean there’s not people out there listening to every word that we say. All right. But anyway…

Mikey: I apologize for everything I ever said.

Micah: You better apologize.

Mikey: Mm-kay.

Micah: I really don’t care if you apologize.

Mikey: [whispers] I do.

Micah: “Do you think that Mad-Eye’s eye could see through walls etc., when it was in the door? I would assume so, because it worked with Imposter Moody, but if the door is an inanimate object…” I think these are all points that this person is trying to make.

Laura: Yeah, I think that was the reason it was there. I was almost under the impression that it was being used like it was a peep hole.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: In fact, there was a telescope type thing attached to it on the other side of the door…

Micah: Right.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …which Harry specifically had to pull off and get the eye out of. So…

Micah: Right. Yeah, and in this chapter that we’re about to discuss in a few minutes, he even references it. He says that’s how they knew that there were intruders was from the eye.

Eric: Well, the eye was missing.

Micah: Right.

Mikey: Yeah. But again, that still brings up question. Where did Mad-Eye get this magical eye that no one else can recreate? You know what I mean? I mean if it can see through walls, then why didn’t everyone just replace their eye with like a magical eye, you know what I mean?

Eric: Yeah, it seems like everybody wants one. You know, it would be like the Tickle-Me-Elmo of the wizarding world.

Laura: Oh, geez.

Micah: He was powerful. Maybe be created it himself. You never know.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Mikey: Yeah, maybe.

Micah: All right. Next point: “Mikey I love your theory about rain cloud frizbees.”

Mikey: That would be kind of cool, right? I don’t know. L-O-L.

Micah: And this all, by the way, is all coming from Esther, 15, in Jerusalem. So thank you, Esther, for sending in all these points. The next thing she says: “The picture is Grindelwald and Dumbledore. When Harry sees the thief through Voldemort’s mind, he realizes later that it was in the picture in the book about Dumbledore.”

Laura: Did we not…

Eric: We were confused. We thought it was like Dumbledore’s brother or something.

Mikey: The picture on the cover of the book. We didn’t know who it was at the time.

Eric: Yeah. It was just a teenage boy. And it wasn’t introduced, but later on it’s revealed to be Grindelwald.

Micah: Next point: “Pius Thicknesse was under the Imperius Curse by Yaxley. The Imperius curse doesn’t allow people to read minds, and even if it did, Voldemort wasn’t the one who had cast the curse on Thicknesse.”

Eric: That was the conclusion we reached.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: So, that’s all good.

Micah: Okay. And then: “Like Eric said, the locket probably did have an effect on Umbridge. She was just so much in her element being evil that the locket enhanced her evilness.” And she thinks that Jo said something about that as well.

Mikey: Yep. That’s what Eric said.

Eric: So the last point…

Micah: Why don’t you handle that, because I wasn’t here for that Make The Connection.

Eric: Okay, so the last point here is the Make he Connection for Andrew, re: furry hat. She says, “What about Crabbe or Goyle’s furry hat in Movie 3 in the Shrieking Shack scene, the one where Harry cries.” Or tries to – the one where Harry throws snow – oh, yeah, the one where Harry cries. Okay, he does cry. “What about Crabbe and Goyle’s furry hat in Movie 3, the Shrieking Shack scene?” I completely forgot about that, but that’s probably true. Didn’t he have like a sort of hunting, moleskin, sort of beaver hat?

Laura: Yeah, he did. Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, but I think they all had kind of like a furry type of hat still. Like, I know Malfoy’s wasn’t – no, Malfoy didn’t have a hat. Someone had a hat that had earflaps and it wasn’t necessarily a furry animal on the outside, but it was all furry on the inside like sheep’s – like wool or something. They were all furry at some point. Plus, you know, also the Book of Monsters is also furry. You know, lots of different things are furry in the movies and the books.

Eric: But you don’t wear that on your head.

Mikey: Neville kind of wore it on him at one point.

Eric: Neville kind of… [laughs]

Mikey: Neville wore the book at one point because it was eating him, but, you know, beyond that.

Eric: That was awesome.

Laura: All right, is that it?

Mikey: That’s the end of the end of the e-mail from Esther.

Eric: Oh and Esther, and she signs, “Gold, quacks and pickles.”

MuggleCast 131 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Privet Drive Scene Cut from Movie 6


Eric: Okay, so the second Muggle Mail here is from Nora, age 18 from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Subject is the Dursleys in Half-Blood Prince.

“Dear MuggleCasters, I’m writing about a question I have concerning the upcoming “Half-Blood Prince” movie. Since the Dursleys are not appearing in this film, I was wondering how you guys think the movie is going to start out. Okay, so, as we know in the book, Dumbledore pays the Dursleys a visit and picks Harry to escort him to the Burrow. Do you think the Dursleys’ absence would mean that this scene is going to be cut? It just seems a little weird to me if Dumbledore picks Harry up from Privet Drive and the Dursleys aren’t there. I would be absolutely devastated if that entire scene with Dumbledore is cut because it’s one of my favorite parts in the series, and my favorite scenes tend to be left out of the movies. Just wanted to hear your opinions on that, and love the show, thanks.” So, Mikey, we did talk about this and you think that it’s possible they’re going to start with Harry and Dumbledore walking down the lane to Slughorn’s house?

Mikey: Or straight into Slughorn’s house with all the blood and everything on the wall, you know, and then you see Dumbledore and them come running in going, “What’s going on?” You know, just – it’s like one of those things where it’s like, the Harry Potter movies, none of them have really had a real slow start. You know? They’ve all kind of – except for the first one, and even then it wasn’t slow because it was kind of slow, and then you saw the magic happen and stuff like that. You know what I mean?

Eric: Well, you see the magic happen, yeah. You see McGonagall turn from cat into woman and, you know, Richard Harris was like, [impersonates] “I should have known that you would be here, Professor McGonagall.”

Mikey: You know, and then also you see a flying motorcycle. So right away stuff happens kind of big, and I can see them just walking up the street towards the house, or running in the house, and then Harry and Dumbledore going, “Ha-ha! I’m here to help you!” And not obviously that comical, but…

Eric: And to make it perfectly clear, they did film that scene where they’re walking up the lane. If you recall.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: There used to be a lot of news stories about Slughorn and the actor who plays Slughorn and them filming those scenes, so there is a lot of – and they chose a little town square, a small town square to do that in. So, it seems like there will be outside scenes and it won’t just be inside Slughorn’s house and then somewhere else kind of random. So, I think you’re probably right, Mikey, that might be where they swoop in for the opening credits.

Mikey: And you know what? It’s going to fit with the rest with how the other movies have started. You know, all of them have started at night. Not all of them, but…

Eric: No, no, not all of them. The second one hasn’t.

Mikey: Well, most of them have. And they fly through the clouds, and you get the title, and you get the Warner Brothers thing, and, you know, right now I’m thinking right away for this fourth movie where it’s like the music [imitates music] and then you push through the Warner Brothers thing and then you go up the little thing, and it’s all night. And again, that’s a night scene, outdoors. They’re going to fit the color scheme they’ve working with. The nice, metal Warner Brothers logo. So they definitely can do it, and the camera just drops down, see them walking up, and then Harry and Dumbledore can have that little event.

Micah: Doesn’t he have the Dark Mark above his house, also?

Mikey: No, he didn’t. That’s why Dumbledore knew he was in no real danger, because there was no Dark Mark. Because Slughorn set up his entire house that way, really quick, you know, with all the stuff there.

Eric: Wait, are you sure there was no Dark Mark?

Mikey: There was no Dark Mark, and then Dumbledore specifically says to him, “The only thing you were missing was the Dark Mark.” He was like, “Yeah, sadly, I’ve never learned that.” So he couldn’t pull it off that something had happened to him, because he never learned the Dark Mark, because he’s not a Death Eater. Guys, you should know this! That’s an easy one. Yeah, we knew it, Morsmordre. You know we know it.

Eric: We know what the incantation is: Morsmordre.

Laura: All right, well, Mikey, do you want to read the next one?


Muggle Mail: Last Week’s Chapter-by-Chapter


Mikey: From Antoine, age 18, from Los Angeles, California. California, here we go. So his message is:

“Hello, Mugglecasters. Just started listening to your podcast very recently, even though my friends told me to listen to you guys ages ago. I have some comments to make about last week’s Chapter-by-Chapter. First, regarding Ron’s spell work. Like someone said – sorry, I can’t tell your voices apart…” and so on. Actually, I should read that whole thing, huh? I shouldn’t just paraphrase, huh? Let me go back for a minute. “First regarding Ron’s spell work. Like someone said – sorry, I can’t tell your voices apart from the others except Jamie and Laura – Ron was under pressure and had no idea what spell to use. Plus, when had Ron ever been known to solve a problem like getting rid of a raining cloud? He’s pretty incompetent when it comes to spell work. Second, I liked the name Undesirable Number One. It’s very wizard-like, and Ministry-like. They have funny names like that, and like Arthur’s enormously large department name title, which I believe is called Head of the Office for the Detection and Confiscation of Counterfeit Defensive Spells and Protective Objects. Trying to say that five times fast. Third, regarding the voices of the actors in the film during the Polyjuice scene, it annoyed me a bit, as well, that Harry and Ron’s voices were dubbed over Crabbe and Goyle’s, but looking at it from the viewer’s point of view, and to introduce Polyjuice Potion, they had to have their voices that way to establish that, within the facade of Crabbe and Goyle, were Harry and Ron. In “Deathly Hallows,” though, the voices will probably be kept to the original actors, like with Moody’s, and the only changes will be when they become their respective Ministry workers, and when they begin to change back into themselves. For seven Potters, it can go either way.” Ron’s spell work? What do you guys think?

Laura: I mean, I honestly agree. He was probably under pressure. I mean, I don’t know. I think – and I mean, I think a lot of people get this impression from me, that I hate Ron or something, because I’ve mentioned…

Eric: You do, don’t you?

Laura: No, I don’t. I…

Mikey: You don’t like him because he’s got red hair. Come on, we all know this, Laura.

Laura: No, red heads are very attractive.

[Mikey laughs]

Laura: But the thing – my thing with Ron is mostly, sometimes, he’s just very daft, and I get annoyed with that, but I really do love Ron as a character. He’s actually my favorite of the trio. So I think a lot of the time people sit around and say, “Oh, Ron’s dumb. Ron would be nothing without the other two.” And I don’t think that’s true. I think he’s just a different person. And he operates in different ways. So, he…

Micah: What exactly was his relation too, though? I mean, I know you were talking, obviously, about him in the chapter, but is it just that he doesn’t seem smart enough to be able to try and get rid of something like that on his own? Or…

Laura: I think – I think there was a debate going on. I don’t remember specifically about whether Ron was under pressure, or he just didn’t know. If he was just dumb, or whatever.

Mikey: Yeah, I’m the one that said like, “”Come on, Ron was the one…” I kind of stood up for Ron, saying that he was under pressure. You know, if you were under that much pressure – Ron doesn’t do well under pressure. We’ve kind of seen that historically through the books and the movies. And that’s where we kind of stepped up, and I kind of stepped up for him. But the last part of the comment from…

Eric: Antoine.

Mikey: …Antoine is that he’s pretty incompetent when it comes to spell work. And I don’t think Ron’s incompetent. I just think he’s not, you know – Hermione is the bright one.

Eric: His wits get in the way.

Mikey: Yeah, he thinks too much for a lot of things, and Hermione – it doesn’t look like he does, but he does on a lot of things. He’s a powerful wizard, and we see that by the end of the book. I mean, come on, he was able to come back and destroy the first Horcrux that they destroy together, you know what I mean?

Eric: Yeah, and he was able to open the Chamber of Secrets, which is…

Mikey: Which is pretty awesome.

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: But it’s one of those things where, yes, he was under pressure, and I don’t think he’s incompetent. I think it’s – you know, we’ve constantly seen him compared to the brightest wizard of their age, which is Hermione, and, come on, Harry Potter is Harry Potter. The book’s titled after him. Harry’s got to be cool. You know what I mean? So…

Laura: Right.

Mikey: So yeah, other than you just not liking red heads, Laura, I agree, you know?

Laura: Mikey…

Mikey: Sorry.

Laura: I dyed my hair red three months ago.

Eric: Okay, okay, okay.

Mikey: Oh yeah, I forgot, okay. Moving on.

Laura: I love red heads!

Eric: Oh, I forgot about that. I love that too. That was really nice.


Muggle Mail: Umbridge and the Locket


Eric: Okay, fourth Muggle Mail from Rachael Walsh, age 32, from San Antonio, Texas. She says: “I don’t think the locket bothers Umbridge, because it knows that she reveres the locket. It knows she’s not trying to destroy it. She thinks that the locket is very similar to the one ring, and how it affects the wearer when it knows it’s in danger.” That’s a good comparison between the one ring and the Horcrux.

Laura: Right, and we actually have that as one of our discussion points for Chapter-by-Chapter, which we’re going to be getting to, but first we have the second and final part of our interview with Freddie Highmore, so, Andrew, why don’t you take it away?


Second and Final Part of Interview with Freddie Highmore


Andrew: Now how about those magical creatures? That must have been another challenge. Was it hard acting with these – what were they? You said ping pong balls. And I think I looked in a picture book in the bookstore the other day, and they were – they were just props. Is it hard acting with those?

Freddie: I guess it’s a bit harder than just having an actor there, but they did quite a lot to make it easier, and they had the actors pre-record some of the voiceovers for the animated characters, and they were played over a loud speaker, so we had something to – to react to.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Freddie: And also, we were shown pictures and various animations and they had big cardboard cutouts of the – of the creatures, so we knew what we were looking at. It wans’t just, like, going at it blind.

Andrew: Right, right. Now, what was your favorite scene to film?

Freddie: Favorite scene to film. I think it was kind of fun doing the scene on the gryffin. There’s a gryffin ride towards the middle of the film.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: And it was kind of fun. We did it all on – all on blue screen and, basically, it was like a – almost like a bucking bronco kind of thing that you sit on, and it moves around. They have big wind machines in your face and Mark Waters, the director, was always trying to call out, and we couldn’t really hear him, but it was – it was a great scene to film.

Andrew: Cool. I know a lot of fans are going to be coming to this movie already having read the book. My brother actually just started reading Spiderwick a few weeks ago and he loves the books, and he loved you in Willy Wonka. Are these book readers going to – those who have read Spiderwick, do you think they’re going to really love the movie?

Freddie: Yeah, I think so. I think it’s – it hasn’t changed things too much, which, I think, you know, sometimes films can do with a book. And it’s kept with all the – all the magical creatures that are already written in there and, I mean, I know there are other things that you can get with the books before, like field guides…

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: …and stuff, and that all matches in with the film quite well.

Andrew: Okay, great. Great. Now, moving on to your career.

[Freddie laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] Have you always wanted to be an actor?

Freddie: It’s always been something I found – like it would be fun to do, you know, and have a go at. And when I was younger, I was just got lucky, really, as I say to everyone, I’m just a pretty lucky guy.

Andrew: Uh huh.

Freddie: And I started by doing some smaller parts and they got bigger and bigger and that’s how it really was. There was never one moment when I said “Oh, I’d really – I’m just going to go for being – being an actor now and that’s what I want to be for the rest of my life.”

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Freddie: Because – I don’t know. I guess I can still change my mind, you know, and wake up and say, “Oh, I’d love to try something else.” So…

Andrew: Right.

Freddie: Just keep my options open, but, as I said, at the moment, it’s – it’s just a great thing to do.

Andrew: Great. And do you want to continue it as you get older?

Freddie: Yeah, definitely, at the moment. But keep going at school at the same time, so…

Andrew: Right.

Freddie: You can change your mind…

Andrew: Well…

Freddie: …if there’s an issue or something terrible.

Andrew: Yeah. While you’re filming, are you being tutored or do you just take breaks from school?

Freddie: No, we have a tutor that always comes out with us.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: I mean, that’s kind of the law. You have to keep going with school, I’m afraid.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Freddie: And so, we normally do – it’s three hours a day you have to do.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: I mean, it works quite well. The school can e-mail out the work and we – you know, I do it with my tutor and go through it and we e-mail it back and they mark it, you know, within 24 hours or so, so…

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: …with the time difference, it’s almost like I’m still at school.

Andrew: Yeah. Now, do you want to continue on taking films such as Willy Wonka and Spiderwick, which are sort of fantasy, or do you prefer roles like August Rush?

Freddie: I think it’s nice to do different things every time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: And, you know, not just do – I mean, like, I think I’ve managed to do that. I’ve done one with twins.

Andrew: Mhm.

Freddie: And then there was Charlie and August Rush, where I played the guitar and was like, you know, a musical person.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: And I think it’s kind of interesting not to have to play the same character every time and be able to create a new one and work with them in every way so it’s new every time. You’re not playing the same person and the same old emotions.

Andrew: Right, right. And do you have any other movies lined up in the future?

Freddie: No, not at the moment.

Andrew: Okay. Are you going to take a break?

Freddie: I’ve got GCSC’s, which…

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Freddie: …are big exams here that we’ve got to do.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Freddie: So, I’m working towards them. I just did my mock exams last week. So that’s practice for it and they went quite well, actually. Hopefully, in June, the real ones will be a success, but…

Andrew: Oh, great.

Freddie: …I don’t know, I’m just preparing for them.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: But maybe in the summer or something, if anything came up.

Andrew: Okay, cool. So what we’re going to do now is Freddie is going to ask you guys a question related to Spiderwick, and if you don’t know the answer you can always check SpiderwickChronicles.comfor the answer. Freddie’s going to ask you a question and then the first 15 people to sent their contact information and the correct answer to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX. So, Freddie, what is the question this week?

Freddie: The second question is: What are the two distinct varieties of trolls?

Andrew: All right, so once again, send your correct answer and contact information to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com. That’s K-A-I-T-L-I-N at staff dot mugglenet dot com. And the first 15 people to send in their correct answers will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX.

Freddie: Thank you !

Andrew: Thank you very much, Freddie, for joining us.

Freddie: Yeah, it was great to talk to you.

Andrew: It was great talking to you, too, and we’re definitely looking forward to seeing Spiderwick when it comes out on February 15th. Thanks very much!

Freddie: Perfect, yeah. I think you’ll have great fun.

Andrew: Yes. We will. Bye!

Freddie: See you!


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 14 – The Thief


Laura: All right, well, thank you, Andrew. That was a really, really good interview. Very interesting. It’s always good to hear from Freddie Highmore. He’s a good kid. So we’re moving on to Chapter-by-Chapter now for Chapter 14: The Thief. Just for a brief summary of this chapter: It’s right after Harry, Ron and Hermione infiltrate the Ministry and they’ve Apparated. They tried to go back to Grimmauld Place but Yaxley, I believe…

Mikey: Yep, Yaxley.

Laura: …was it? That like grabbed Hermione’s sleeve? So they’ve had to abandon Grimmauld Place. They can’t go back. So now they’re in the forest where the Quidditch World Cup takes place, and Harry actually sees into Voldemort’s mind when he’s using Occlumency against Gregorovitch to find out who took the Elder Wand.


Secrets Under the Fidelius Charm


Laura: So just looking at some of the points here, what I found interesting, towards the beginning of the chapter, Hermione talks about how you can actually give away the secret under the Fidelius Charm without meaning to, because she said, “I gave away the secret, didn’t I?” Because he was holding onto her. So, theoretically, let’s say if somebody followed someone else under an Invisibility Cloak into a place that was protected…

Eric: Mmmm. No, no, no, no. No, that won’t actually work.

Mikey: No, no, no, no. I caught it right away, too, Eric.

Eric: Yeah. I think that was a very – unfortunately for Hermione and everyone else, it was a very specific way of telling the secret to Yaxley. The fact that they Apparated into the place – if – the way magic works in Side-Along Apparition, I assume it would be as if Hermione were taking Yaxley there to invite him in for a cup of tea. To, you know, to take him and show him, so – because they Apparated into, or onto the front doorstep, you know – they Apparated to a part that was underneath the Fidelius Charm. That was Hermione basically telling Yaxley the secret by taking him there. Even though she didn’t want to take him there, she did, and that was what she meant.

Laura: So this was – you’re basically saying this was a cause of almost a flaw with Apparition, because you can actually potentially take somebody somewhere with you even if you don’t want to if they touch you. Right.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: If they were to grab hold, yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Mikey: Yeah, same thing. And a big thing is the wording for it, I believe – because I read it last week and I haven’t reread it again – but it was like, “I took him within the Fidelius Charm’s…”

Eric: Bubble.

Mikey: “…power”.

Laura: Yeah, that’s right.

Mikey: Yeah, within it. You know what I mean? And it was because it was within it that she kind of brought him in, and since Dumbledore died, everyone that knew was now Secret-Keepers. And I’m sure Voldemort probably asked Snape, “Well where was the Order of the Phoenix?” They probably all left and I wouldn’t be surprised if, you know, Snape had said, “They’re all gone. They’re not that stupid, so it doesn’t matter.” But if Yaxley was like, “That’s where Harry Potter is,” I’m sure they’ll – you know, Yaxley is not a Secret-Keeper because he wasn’t told, but Snape was, so Snape could actually go ahead and say, “Hey, this is where it is,” and get all the Death Eaters in, so, you know?


Abandoning Kreacher


Eric: Well, they wrote in the book as well. She wrote then that at that very moment Yaxley could be Apparating people into Grimmauld Place now that he knew where it was, now that he was able to see it and the charm – he was basically told, either the charm itself broke, or Yaxley knows where Grimmauld Place is. When I was reading that the first time, it was very emotional for me because I was getting very attached to Kreacher, and just the idea that they paint Harry as thinking about Kreacher, who was making steak and kidney pie for them, you know, well, what would happen to Kreacher? Should we call him or not? And they decide that they shouldn’t actually call him just in case Yaxley can trace where Kreacher is going. So they had to abandon Kreacher in this scene and I thought that was particularly emotional.

Laura: Right.

Micah: It was, but the thing that I didn’t understand about that, you know, you could argue either way on their decision. But I don’t know that Kreacher wouldn’t have been able to come without any sort of problem because he’s under the control of Harry. It’s not like he would just allow Yaxley to do anything to him.

Eric: Or to grab hold, or he would be smart enough, I think. See, the other thing I think about Hermione – she panicked, you know? It all happened so fast. Yaxley grabbed hold of her while they were Apparating, you know, and it all happened so fast. I think if they did – if they did want to call Kreacher, he would’ve been able to – or, you know, you could say, “Kreacher, come here when you’re safe,” you know, sort of thing and Kreacher would hear that and then wait to Apparate. That sort of thing I think could happen. But then again, we’ve seen even Mundungus Fletcher – we’ve seen him sort of dodge Kreacher when Kreacher was searching for him. So there may have been a risk involved in either tracing Kreacher, and I think they were right because they don’t – the thing about the trio is that they don’t actually really know what’s going on. They don’t know – it’s not even revealed to them yet that there is a taboo, as they call it, on the word “Voldemort.” They don’t know how the Death Eaters found them last time. They really don’t want to take any chances.


The Trio Not Thinking Ahead


Micah: Right, and I think a lot of it goes back to…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …this idea of just being rushed and being completely moronic in some ways in how they go about it. I mean, going into the Ministry of Magic, and I didn’t get to weigh in on this last week, but going in there dressed up as three officials and just kind of thinking that there would be no consequences whatsoever, that they wouldn’t get caught in any way, shape, or form – it was just unreal. And you think about Harry feeling the need to go down to the trial that was taking place because – and I can’t remember who brought this up – but he has a thing for saving people. And it’s just – it gets in the way sometimes. And I know that they had to go down there to try and…

Eric: Get Umbridge’s necklace.

Micah: …get the locket.

Mikey: Well, he had to get Hermione out. No, I agree with you, Micah, and even it’s brought up in the book. Harry is in Umbridge’s office by himself and he’s like, “I can’t believe…” – I don’t remember the exact wording, because, again, it was last week but it was along the lines of he can’t believe that they spent all that time planning how to get in but they didn’t have a single plan what to do once they’re in if they got separated.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: They didn’t think about that at all. And that’s one of those things. It’s like, “Okay, we’re three random people.”

Micah: Exactly.

Mikey: What are the chances if some Death Eater, Rancorn – Ranhorn, or whatever Harry was – Sorry, I don’t know it off the top of my head.

Eric: Rancorn.

Mikey: Rancorn, yeah. Rancorn and the guy that Ron was, he’s from Magical Maintenance, and these people probably don’t hang out.

[Micah laughs]

Mikey: They’re not arriving at the same time. So there’s not a really good chance that they hang out together. How would these three people walk around together inside the Ministry of Magic? And Hermione’s smart; she should’ve realized this. But they didn’t think about it, and so they definitely get in over their head with that.

Laura: And not to mention, Harry actually tells them that the reason that they knew there were intruders was because he took Mad Eye’s eye off her office door. And it’s like, you know, I understand that it’s infuriating to see that they’ve taken this. But the thing is, Mad Eye’s dead now, you know? And it’s just – I understand that there’s a certain amount of closure they would gain from that, but it was really a stupid move.

Micah: It really was.

Eric: What just shocks me is that if they had planned it for months, which they had, Hermione makes a duplicate locket, which is something that I was particularly proud of her for doing. Last week, I mentioned, “Wow, that’s so cool. Hermione made a duplicate,” so I think if they would’ve talked a little bit or if Hermione would’ve spoken the plan, she would’ve told Harry how to make a duplicate. And if he wanted to take Mad-Eye’s eye, he could of at least put something back in its place instead of being that obvious by just taking the eye. It just seems like a not very well coordinated plan, which is just – we’re not bashing the trio, necessarily. I mean I particularly enjoy how the mystery unfolds as to whose identities they did take, but it’s still a bit of a leap and it’s a bit of a just sort of – they fall into the Ministry and don’t expect to get caught. It’s no wonder they’re in over their heads. They’re just kind of still blundering.

Micah: It’s almost like it’s one of those scenes where you see Mad-Eye banging his head against the desk if he was still…

Laura: Yeah.

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Micah: …alive, because he would just be so infuriated that Harry would do something like that.

Eric: Well, same thing happens in Gringotts, doesn’t it? Don’t you remember? They just sort of blunder in, you know, with no real plan.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: You know what, though? It’s who these three characters are. It kind of shows you that they’re still kids, you know what I mean? They’re kind of bumbling through this, trying to defeat the darkest wizard ever, and they really don’t have that good of a plan. I remember reading the book, my first time reading through, when Lupin shows up at Grimmauld Place, I was excited going, “Yes, now they can finally do what they need to do because they have someone helping them.” And come on, Lupin. He even says, “I was your teacher,” and then Harry goes off on him. And I’m like okay, I understand why Harry did this, but it’s one of those things where it’s like, now they’re still on their own, though. And they got in there. And what was Hermione doing? Polyjuice Potion only lasts for so long. She’s going to be sitting there taking notes and turn back into Hermione Granger. You know what I mean? And Ron is drenched. Harry’s running around – it’s ridiculous. But they’re still kids, you know?

Micah: And not only…

Mikey: They’re not even adults. Well, they’re seventeen now. So…

Micah: Yeah. Not only did they not consider who they were, they didn’t consider what their jobs entailed. You know, what you just said – that she was going to be sitting there taking notes. It was just very rushed but let’s, I guess, get back to – Eric, you brought up earlier the whole taboo. Did you want to go into that a little bit more?


The Taboo That is Voldemort’s Name


Eric: Yeah. It’s interesting because in this chapter, they pitch the tent, obviously, which is the same tent as they had in Book 4, when they were at the same place they are now basically, in the same woods. They pitch the tent and they’re beginning to discuss what has just happened to them, and Harry is about to say Voldemort’s name when Ron stops him and says, “Don’t say the name!” Of course Ron then says, “Show Voldemort a little respect.” [laughs] But basically speaking, Ron has sensed, sort of precognitively in a way, that they shouldn’t be saying “Voldemort.” I mean, and he makes a great point and he says, “Look at where that got Dumbledore.” He just says, “If it really doesn’t matter that much to you, just please don’t say the name.” And, so he stops Harry from saying “Voldemort,” and I think it’s two or three times it happens where Ron quickly tells them not to say the name “Voldemort.” So Ron, in a way, even without knowing it, saves them, and I thought it was interesting, kind of cool, how Ron is piecing things together and preventing his friends from doing that.

Mikey: It’s also Ron who – because he leaves and storms out, he’s also the one that comes back and let’s them know about what’s going on when you say Voldemort’s name and that’s how they track you.

Eric: Ah.

Mikey: So, it’s him that lets them know that, and it’s kind of nice that it’s Ron throughout the entire time who says, “Don’t say it,” and we automatically assume it’s because Ron just hasn’t got enough courage to actually speak this guy’s name.

Eric: Yeah, right. We assume it’s a lack of courage thing.

Mikey: Yeah, and it’s because Hermione and Harry have, but Ron hasn’t. But then when we find out, it’s like Ron – it feels like a jinx to him. It’s one of those things where it just didn’t feel right to say, and the minute – as soon as he said it that’s when…

Eric: Now it is a jinx.

Micah: Well, he does say it in Grimmauld Place.

Eric: He does.

Micah: He says it I think it was two chapters ago or three chapters ago – but he doesn’t say it after that and you have to wonder – I know you said “precognitively,” but, you know, it’s almost like maybe he knows something or thinks he’s onto something and just what he learns while he’s away kind of confirms that. But…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Well…

Eric: Another thing as far as the courage flaw, is that – he was raised in a wizarding family (unlike Hermione and Harry), so he’s been raised to fear the name. He has been. None of his family would say the name either, so…

Laura: Yeah, and in relation to that, I was kind of going to say, you know – Eric, you just brought this up. Ron, out of the three of them, has had the most exposure to the wizarding world throughout his entire life. And I think this could really say something about how intuitive he might be. How he might have that over the other two, just knowing how things work and just having grown up there. Maybe he might not be able to explain why something is, but he knows somewhere deep down that they shouldn’t be saying it. And I just think it’s really great, I think it lends a great amount of credibility to Ron’s character, because people are so ready to bash him any chance they get.

Eric: Because he has red hair.

Mikey: It’s because he has read hair!

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: So…

Mikey: I think that’s the title of this episode.

Eric: No – hairist or something. Instead of racist. You’re racist if you…

Laura: Haircist.

Eric: If you’re prejudice against someone’s hair, what does that make you? A hair-racist?

Laura: Well, hair is not a race.

Eric: Well, what would you say?

Laura: I would say you’re prejudice against people with certain hair colors.

Eric: We need to come up with a word. J.K. Rowling would be able to do this.

Laura: Hairajudiced?

Eric: Hairacide?

Laura: Anyway.

Mikey: Whatever. Anyway, continue on.


Harry versus Frodo


Laura: Anyway, now that we’re done kind of discussing this whole taboo thing, I want to go back to a point that was actually brought up during our Muggle Mail. And it’s the idea of Harry wearing the locket around his neck so that it falls over his chest and that connection to Frodo wearing the one ring over his chest, and the very similar effects it has on both of them. I personally have not read Lord of the Rings in a very long time. I’ve only read it once. Mikey, I think you’re a pretty big fan, aren’t you?

Mikey: Yeah. Matt’s really the one who should really be here. I’ve only read the books, the Lord of the Rings trilogy plus The Hobbit. I haven’t really gone any further because I know there’s a lot of other books out there, like fandom type stuff.

Laura: Right. Yeah, same.

Mikey: But I’ve only read those four books about maybe two or three times, which is a lot for some books but they were really good stories. But no, I agree with you totally. There’s a huge parallel. Same thing with, you know, when Frodo first puts – wears the ring, not necessarily wearing it around his neck. He feels, you know – I think even the movies show this. It’s a totally bizarre and kind of a cold experience to him. Same thing with Harry, you know, it’s not warming up from his body heat. It stays cold. It’s this object that’s just kind of almost like pure evil, and the ring is not – the One Ring in Lord of the Rings is not considered pure evil; it’s one ring to control them all. But it’s like, you know, it’s one of those things where – I’m trying to stay away from a Star Wars parallel here, but it’s one of those things where it’s just so, like – it could be abused. Same thing with, you know, splitting your soul. That’s an abusive thing to yourself. It’s just really bad and that’s why it stays cold and…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: And again, you see it in Ron really how it makes him just feel bad. You see it in Gollum, too, where it’s like he’s obsessed with it and it’s like it totally warps him. Same thing with Ron, it totally makes him not the same character. So, there’s definitely a parallel there.

Micah: Isn’t this where he starts to think about things happening to Kreacher…

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …at the hands of Yaxley? So, I mean, we start to see it begin to take effect on him in very small ways and, you know, we start to get that idea that maybe there’s more to this Horcrux (or Horcruxes in general) that we end up learning about later on in the book, that they can sort of have this negative effect on you.


The Locket’s Effect


Laura: Yeah. What about this idea of the Horcrux having that kind of effect because it knows it’s in danger? Like the one Muggle Mailer brought up.

Eric: Well, I could swear I’ve seen it before or something, but just the idea that the Horcrux itself – that the locket has a little beating heart in it – like, if you were to open that locket and it would just be this little beating heart inside detached from everything – I could swear that that was so familiar to me when I read that. That just the idea of a little beating heart – and I don’t know what that’s from, it could be from another series, maybe something else I read, but it…

Laura: Pirates of the Caribbean?

Eric: Maybe.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Davey Jones?

Eric: Maybe.

Mikey: Davey Jones’ heart. “He who holds his heart controls Davey Jones.”

Eric: But no, it just seemed so familiar that it would be a little beating heart in this evil – just this thing. It was such a good – just the idea, the imagery that there would be a little beating heart inside this little locket is just really kind of creepy, and eerie, and it’s really good stuff.

Laura: Yeah. I really liked the way she described the heartbeat, too. Because, generally, when you think of something human or something good, it’s described just as a heartbeat, you know? But she actually called it a ticking.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Which I found interesting. Almost like – I mean, I was thinking something almost along the lines of a ticking time bomb.

Eric: Exactly.

Laura: Essentially, so…

Eric: Well, she says – she says, “Is it ticking down to how many days I have left?”

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: She…

Laura: It’s very interesting.

Mikey: That whole thing reminds me of the R.L. Stine Goosebumps – that whole, like, imagery you get.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: It’s something you’d read back in first or second grade about the R.L. Stine Goosebumps.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: It was a ticking heart inside this locket and it was just eerie.

Eric: Yeah. Totally. And she uses, sort of, descriptors like irregular. Like it was an irregular ticking, or it wasn’t on time with his heartbeat. You know, you sort of think of something – if it’s sapping him it would sort of join his heart, become warmer, but it stayed cold and it stayed, you know, sort of an offbeat of Harry’s heart. It’s just this separate thing – this separate entity that’s just there and it’s sort of – it’s damning, and it’s an evil, evil thing.

Micah: What I thought was kind of cool was during this whole scene with the Horcrux, J.K. Rowling, a couple of times, uses the word “mastering,” and that Harry tries to master himself, his fear, his exhaustion, and I just thought, you know, kind of going back to the whole idea of him being the Master of Death in the end of the book, that she was dropping these subtle clues very early on.

Eric: Okay, so, there are some things we didn’t mention.

Laura: Well, do you want to bring those up, Eric?

MuggleCast 131 Transcript (continued)


Ron Got Splinched


Eric: Yeah, just a few things we didn’t mention. Ron got splinched.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: Right.

Eric: Do you guys want to talk about that at all? How interesting that was to see Ron splinched?

Mikey: That was actually really kind of a funny thing to do, because Ron got splinched and, you know, he was the one who was so worried about being splinched and, again, it kind of goes back from he knows what it is. You know what I mean?

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Whereas the other two didn’t grow up with the horror stories of getting splinched. Plus, they also didn’t have two older brothers kind of harassing them. But he’s the one that got splinched, and it’s not his fault. It’s Hermione’s fault that he got splinched.

Eric: Yeah, because she couldn’t really concentrate.

Mikey: Because he didn’t do the Side-Along Apparation with her.

Eric: Yeah. It’s just – it’s one of those things, too. I mean, it’s written Harry always thought it was a comical thing, but seeing it on Ron, it’s obviously horrific, you know? And…

Mikey: The amount of blood and everything.

Eric: Oh, yeah. Just a piece of his arm is gone! So…

Micah: It said she was shaking. Ummm, so…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Well, yeah, I mean how would you feel if there was some person who you were highly attracted to and, because of you, a huge chunk of their shoulder is cut off?

Eric: He might never forgive you. [laughs]

Laura: Exactly! I think if that happened to me…

Mikey: Well, at least it was a part of his shoulder, not something else.

Laura: Oh my gosh Mikey! [laughs] Getting racy on the show, geez!

Mikey: I was thinking about something like his head, what are you talking about? Can you imagine, like, part of him is missing – or his brain is like, missing? Come on, that would’ve been ridiculous!

Laura: Yeah. That would suck. I think if that would’ve happened to me I would go bury my head somewhere and just – I would never come out.

Mikey: I couldn’t resist, come on.

Micah: Laura wouldn’t care if he had red hair, so…

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: No, Laura would make sure that she splinched his hair off, so he grew something else back.

Laura: I like redheads! I think red hair is pretty. Leave me alone. God!

Mikey: Uh-uh, all right, Laura. Pretty. Sure, whatever you say!


Harry’s Vision


Eric: Okay, let’s talk about this Grindelwald thing, or this Gregorovich thing, this vision Harry sees. The – this is obviously – Voldemort wants something from Gregorovich…

Mikey: This is huge, this is huge.

Eric: And obviously, he doesn’t get it, but he performs Occlumency on Gregorovich to figure out what’s going on. Now, we don’t know at this point that it’s the Elder Wand. And we’re made to wonder what it could be. But this man here, the man who stole the Elder Wand from Gregorovich, who Voldemort sees when he uses Occlumency, is described as being a bird, like bird-like, a very bird-like, golden, you know, described as being perched on the window sill. That sort of thing. Now, Voldemort is the only one who can fly. But this bird-like appearance, it really threw me off when I was reading about it.

Laura: To me, when I was reading it, I just thought of him being beautiful, really.

Eric: Ah.

Laura: It wasn’t like she was describing him as being handsome. It was that he was very elegant-looking.

Eric: Yeah, kind of like a…

Laura: I don’t know. I thought of this one, and I don’t want to take it too far off-topic. I don’t know if any of you ever read Dr. Jekyll and Mr Hyde. But there is actually one point in the book where – and I forget his name – Carew, I believe, who’s a member of Parliament, is out walking and he’s described as being a very beautiful man. He’s not – all of the words associated with him are not masculine at all. There is actually one part where he encounters Hyde and Hyde kills him. But before that, he’s propositioning him to do something, and it’s debated that it was related to homosexuality. And I just find that whole thing very interesting because, clearly, Dumbledore loved Grindelwald, and just this whole idea of him being described as beautiful…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: …when there’s that sort of relationship going on just kind of interested me.

Eric: Yeah, I think there is a very majestic quality about being described as bird-like even if, you know, just being perched. As if you can have that sort of balance to be perched somewhere, you know? Yeah, you’re right, it does command a sort of elegance, an elegant quality, to Grindelwald. But we don’t know who he is and we don’t know what Voldemort’s doing with him. So it’s a very interesting scene, I think.

Laura: Right.

Eric: Another one of those interesting visions that Harry is having.

Mikey: Well, Harry also remarked that Grindelwald had a – again, he didn’t know it was Grindelwald at the time – had a very Fred-and-George-like quality to him, kind of a mischievous thing.

Eric: Mmmm.

Mikey: I would assume. And…

Eric: Well…

Laura: Mhm.


The Elder Wand


Eric: Well, my question – what would stealing the Elder Wand do? Beause wouldn’t the Elder Wand not – we’ve realized this later – the Elder Wand is kind of stubborn. It will not transfer ownership to a person just if you steal the Wand, is that correct? Because you have to sort of…

Laura: Right, but you can still physically steal it. It’s just not yours. You know what I’m saying?

Eric: Right, but that’s the whole thing. Even if Grindelwald just steals it, he would’ve had to duel Gregorovich for it to actually change ownership or something.

Laura: Yeah, but did he know that?

Eric: Well, I’m not sure. It just seems like stealing the Wand is the thing to do, but then you won’t be the one or whatever was emphasized later.

Mikey: But, you know what though? I think it goes back to kind the story – this where it is – this is how Dumbledore was able to beat Grindelwald, that the Elder Wand was not Grindelwald’s.

Laura: Right.

Mikey: But because the Elder Wand saw Dumbledore defeat the person who had it in possession, the Elder Wand passed to Dumbledore. And Dumbledore was its real owner.

Laura: That’s what I think it is too.

Mikey: And that’s how I see it happening. So, I don’t think Grindelwald was ever the owner of the Elder Wand. I think he just had it in possession, and then the Elder Wand skipped over Grindelwald and went to Dumbledore. Even though it’s the same thing. Again, we see Harry defeated Malfoy. Malfoy didn’t actually have the wand, but it followed it that way, you know what I mean?

Eric: Mhm.

Mikey: Because it was Malfoy that defeated – because it actually – you know, it was in the essence of actually following the owner, who defeated who, you know. Dumbledore was disarmed by Malfoy; Harry disarmed Malfoy. Whereas even though, you know, Voldemort killed – or just pulled up the wand – he’s like Grindelwald; he had it in possession, he never owned it. You know what I mean? And then he killed – he killed Snape, but Snape was never the owner, you know what I mean?

Laura: Right, exactly.

Mikey: Snape didn’t have anything, so it’s one of those things where maybe Dumbledore said to Gregoravitch, “I have the Elder Wand and I’m going to keep it safe. Let me disarm you and I win,” or something. It could have been something so simple like that. But it skipped over Grindelwald and that’s how Dumbledore got it.

Laura: Yeah. I agree with your theory about just the wand recognizing that it was just in his possession, it wasn’t necessarily – I don’t know. The way I view it is…

Mikey: That’s what I always thought…

Laura: …more like…

Mikey: …it was one of those things where like…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: …the wand – again, it’s like again, going back to the first book, it’s the wand that chooses the…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …wizard. And I think the Elder Wand recognized that Dumbledore – and again, the wand was not made for someone to be powerful and cool. It’s not like the one ring, you know? It’s a great thing, but it was made for someone to use it wisely. And I think Dumbledore used – you know, the wand knew that Dumbledore was a great wizard. He defeated the owner who had it, he received the wand, and I think the wand picked Dumbledore to use it and…

Laura: Right.

Mikey: …vice versa, the same thing, you know, even though Dumbledore was defeated by Malfoy, it also picked Harry to use it. And Harry decided not to use it, but to repair…

Eric: Just a quick question.

Mikey: …his old wand.

Eric: So here’s a questions. If Dumbledore had the Elder Wand, which we know he did, did he have that at the end of Book 5? Did Dumbledore have the Elder Wand when he was battling Voldemort? Because it always seemed…

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: It would seem like that took things away a little bit with how powerful Dumbledore was in comparison with Voldemort, because…

Micah: He had it until Draco took it away from him…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …on the top of the tower.

Laura: He’d had it for quite some time.

Eric: So he had had it the whole time. So he was actually – so Voldemort was defeated by the Elder Wand. You know, in a way…

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: …which is kind of cool, when Dumbledore and Voldemort were dueling at the end of Book 5. That’s kind of cool. And…

Mikey: Yeah, and you got to remember, though, Dumbledore is like 150 years old…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …and he’s getting on in age, and he’s still dueling like he was against the most powerful dark wizard around…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …when he – and on top of that, Dumbledore knew he had no way of being able to beat Voldemort. Something’s going to happen where he wouldn’t be able to.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Because he knew it, because it was Harry’s destiny.

Eric: It’s true.

Mikey: Him – and on top of that, Voldemort had gone to all these processes that Dumbledore already knew that…

Eric: That Dumbledore wouldn’t use.

Mikey: …you know, he had Horcruxes.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, so he knew there was no way he would be able to defeat Voldemort at the time. And he was just protecting Harry and everybody else.

Eric: Oh that’s a really good point, Mikey. That’s a really good point.

Mikey: So I don’t want to say that, you know – I think the only Elder Wand – I think personally – I think if Dumbledore knew there were no Horcruxes, there was none of that, I think he would have tried to finish off Voldemort. But he knew it had to be Harry, and he had to destroy all the Horcruxes.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: That’s why he went out and he hurt his hand. He was trying to destroy the Horcruxes so Harry can do it. And he knew somewhere along the line, he would end up losing it. And actually, we find out that he had planned it, that he was going to give the Elder Wand to Snape. He was going to lose the Elder Wand so that way no one else could use it and be, you know, bad with it.

Eric: That’s really cool.

Mikey: You know what I mean?

Laura: Right.

Mikey: So, you know, Dumbledore, in all his infinite – you know, mass amounts of knowledge – he knew what was going to happen. Not, maybe, exactly how it was going to happen, but, you know, in the end, he knew Harry – you know, he knew Harry had the Cloak from the Deathly Hallows. He knew he was going to get the ring, because he – that was a Horcrux. And you know what? He knew eventually he would get, you know, the Wand, if not through Snape, he still got it, though, through Malfoy.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: So it’s one of those things – he knew Harry was going to get all those things and he knew he was going to defeat Voldemort somehow, and he had already decided not to go with all those things to defeat Voldemort, because it was too much of a temptation. That’s why he hurt his hand. He saw the ring and he wanted to bring back his sister, his mother, everyone.

Laura: Right.

Mikey: And that’s why he put it on without destroying it first. And that’s how we found out that he hurt his hand. So I think the Wand, you know, seeing it being stolen by Grindelwald (and we don’t know it’s Grindelwald at this time) – I think it’s one of those things where we find out what happens to it, and it’s just a huge, huge turning point. Like the Elder Wand, it was a contender for a title for the book. This is like a huge thing, and it’s so kind of nonchalantly – like this is what Voldemort’s after, and then let’s move on. And I think it was really nicely downplayed in the book, that this was kind of like – this is what happened, Hermione kind of scolds Harry for, “I’m going to take over,” you know? She’s says, “You’re too tired if you’re falling asleep,” and he’s like, “I can’t control a dream.” I think it’s really well downplayed so it kind of gives us enough information that way if we were really looking for it we would’ve figured out what was going on already, but since it’s really downplayed by Hermione’s scolding Harry like we always see, we don’t think about it until – like now we can talk about it and go on and on about the Elder Wand.

Eric: As we have.

Laura: Right, yeah. We certainly could, but I really…

Mikey: That’s why – see, I was trying to wrap it up, guys, okay? Okay, it’s going on…

Eric: Yeah, let’s move on to voicemails.

Laura: Yeah, we do need to move on. So, okay.

Micah: Well, before we do that, we mentioned, right, I mean, Gregoravitch was killed by Voldemort.

Laura: Oh, that’s right, yes.

Eric: Oh, now we got to – okay, I came up with a song. Micah, you asked me…

Micah: Did you?

Eric: Yeah. You asked me to come up with a song.

[“Take My Breath Away” plays]


Voicemail: Old Actors in Half-Blood Prince


Laura: All right, now moving on to voicemails. We just got a few of them here, but Andrew actually picked these out, and he wanted to show all of the listeners at home what some good questions are, even if they’re not necessarily questions that are going to facilitate, you know, a twenty-minute long discussion, because we do get a lot of calls and it’s like ten seconds of people yelling, “Pickles!” or, “I love you [insert various male host’s name here].” So…

Micah: Jamie.

Eric: Laura’s jealous.

Mikey: My favorite is the Mickey Bs. I love the different people saying, “Mickey B…”

Laura: No, I don’t want girls to say they love me. Ummm, so basically what we’re saying is…

Mikey: “I love Laura Thompson.”

Laura: …please, please call with actual questions. Please! This is all we ask for. All right, so rolling the first one.

[Audio]: Hey, MuggleCasters. In the upcoming film, Half-Blood Prince, there’s a scene where Dumbledore has to swim across the lake with Harry to get to the cave. Also, two chapters later maybe, Snape is running from Harry, sort of, at the end, trying to get out of the Hogwarts grounds so he can Apparate. I just wanted to know what you guys thought about Michael Gambon having to swim [laughs] – he seems like a pretty old man, I don’t think he’s too in shape. And also, Alan Rickman having to really run. Because, I don’t know, those two are rather old. No offense, I mean I think they’re both great actors, but I just wanted to know what you guys thought. Love the show. Keep up the good work.

Eric: Well, I’m pretty sure Snape can run. You know?

Laura: Well, no, no, no. She’s talking about Alan Rickman, is what she’s saying, because he’s in his sixties. He’s playing a character half his age.

Eric: It may be one of those things they work around with the way they film it, sort of thing. I don’t think it will be too terribly, physically demanding. For instance, they won’t have Dumbledore, sort of, with this raging current, sort of tidal wave avoiding, sort of Dumbledore – they would have him sort of wading through the waters, you know, and I think it’s all in how they film it, you know, but I don’t think that things will be too physically demanding for the actors. I think it’s a fair enough question to ask, but I don’t think they’ll be doing anything terribly physically demanding.

Laura: No.

Micah: Well, can I ask a movie related question to Mikey here? I mean, you’re talking about Gambon swimming, but couldn’t they essentially give something to Dan Radcliffe that he would be swimming with, and they could sort of digitally enhance it, or is that not possible?

Mikey: You know, truthfully, right away my first way to do this is – the swimming part – he’s not swimming through the lake, just to clarify. I know the voicemail says swimming through the lake. It’s – he’s actually – she’s actually – I don’t know who the voicemail was from, but they’re actually referring to when Harry and Dumbledore swim to before they go into the cave where the lake is.

Eric: Yeah, that’s what I’m thinking.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: Like the ocean before. Just to make sure, because they say “lake,” but it’s in the ocean before. What it could be is – this is how I would do it is one, we can’t have Gambon do it, he’s too old. He’s probably physically fit enough to do a lot of things, but we don’t want it to be this big old ocean, you know, where it’s gusts in the water. Well, what we’ll do is, we’ll have a body double who’s a lot younger. Put on some clothes, and swim through it, and it’s a big high camera shot, we never see the face. And then we have Gambon and Radcliffe get out of the water together and it’s like, “Oh, it was him the whole time.”

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: The magic of movie making is – you can fake a lot of things. Same thing with Rickman running. If they do a long running scene – like I can imagine Rickman running twenty feet every ten, fifteen minutes, while they set up a shot. I would be surprised if he couldn’t run twenty feet.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: But if they had a long, you know – I would be surprised if he couldn’t! You know, I’ve seen some of his other work.

Eric: It’s not this decrepit sort of, falling apart…

Mikey: People, yeah. You know what I mean? I could be surprised if Gambon couldn’t, you know, go, you know, waist deep in water, you know, where his entire clothes is looking wet, and he gets out from waist deep and it’s like, okay. But same thing with Rickman, you know, if they shoot it from behind, they put somebody else who’s the same height as him, younger, with a Snape wig, same black cloak and black pants and boots, and you’re not going to know it’s not him.

Micah: That’s true.

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: That’s the magic of editing.

Micah: Yeah, no, you’re right.

Mikey: You know, it’s the same thing as if you’re not seeing their face, how do you know it’s them? And again, these things where they’re physically kind of, you know – if they were going to do like a big, “Swim Dumbledore, it’s hard!” Yes, maybe you need to do some of it.

Micah: Well, he does have to get in that line on the way out, about him feeling safe with Harry.

Eric: “I’m with you,” yeah.

Laura: Yeah, well, and I mean also, it wouldn’t be five minutes of them swimming across the ocean. It’s going to be a few split seconds.

Mikey: Right. The camera panning overhead, you see the cliff drop, you see them in the water, and then it goes to them getting out.

Eric: Okay, you’re getting pounded by a wave, action, pshhhh, okay, cut. That sort of thing.

Laura: Yeah, there you go, it’s done.

Mikey: Yeah, it’s going to be so…

Eric: Yeah, they can make it look like – but I like this voicemail because it was very – sort of it was a very good question, you know, you sort of think about that kind of stuff.

Laura: Right.

Mikey: Yeah, and it’s kind of harsh for me when people ask about movie stuff, because I do this for a living.

Eric: Yeah, you shot them down. You were totally like, “That’s crap.” [laughs]

Mikey: Yeah, no, it’s not crap, it’s a good question. It’s just, for me, the magic of movie making…

Eric: You know how fake it is.

Mikey: My girlfriend makes fun of me all the time because, like, I could do that. Like, I could do a lot of the stuff we see in movies. I don’t do a lot of the 3D stuff, but I can do a lot of the things, and the magic of movie making – it’s kind of gone for me.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: I love movies, though, so when people ask questions like this, it’s one of those things where it’s like, I know how they did that, you want to know? I can tell you and I can spend hours talking about film, but we’re not going to do that.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: That’s what is so cool about it. Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, we know.

Micah: I think in a way, you’re taking away the realistic aspect of it, being that they’re not just going to keep filming if Rickman runs out of breath or something like that, you know?

Laura: Okay, let’s move on to the next voicemail, you guys.


Voicemail: Regulus Black’s Murderer


[Audio]: Hey, MuggleCasters. I’m calling in reference to Episode 129. You guys keep saying over and over that Death Eaters killed Regulus Black, but in the fifth Harry Potter book, doesn’t Sirius tell Harry that Voldemort killed him himself? Love the show, keep it up. Bye.

Eric: No, in Order of the Phoenix, in Order of Phoenix

Micah: Okay.

Laura: Yeah, that is what Sirius says.

Micah: No.

Eric: No, it’s not.

Micah: It’s not.

Laura: But I think… I thought…

Micah: I have the quote, I have the quote.

Mikey: No, it’s not, it’s not.

Micah: I did research on this question, okay?

Mikey: Yes! Micah, you’re the man.

Micah: So, we have an actual answer. Order of the Phoenix, okay? Page 112, Sirius says “No, he was murdered by Voldemort, or on Voldemort’s orders more likely. I doubt Regulus was ever important enough to be killed by Voldemort in person.” So, that’s the answer to the question.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And that’s him underestimating his brother. Now, Regulus obviously really died by getting pulled into the lake after he replaced the locket with the, you know, after – from drinking the potion and needing water. But nobody knows that.

Laura: Right.

Eric: But Sirius tells Harry that Voldemort – that he doesn’t think Regulus was important enough to be killed by Voldemort directly. But, you know, it’s possible that – either way, Regulus tried to back out; you can’t back out of the Death Eaters, and boom.

Laura: Okay, all right, next voicemail.


Voicemail: Being Sorted Into Slytherin


[Audio]: Hey, guys, my name’s Amanda and I’ve been a listener for like a couple of weeks now so, but I have a question about the Sorting. If Slytherin actually stressed to the extremes the whole thing of Pureblood, Pureblood, Pureblood, why were Harry, Voldemort, and Snape considered to be put into Slytherin, if neither of them are pureblood? And then there must be – why would that even come up? Okay, thanks, guys, bye.

Eric: Good question.

Laura: I really hate to draw this parallel again – well, it’s not that I hate it, but I feel like sometimes it’s kind of overdone, but if you look at certain – oh gosh, I don’t want to say the Nazis again…

[Eric laughs]

Laura: …but basically, [laughs] if you look at the Nazis during World War II, which is all we’ve talked about for the past two episodes, they also had people in their ranks who didn’t fit the Aryan description, and their explanation for that was, that while over the many centuries past, their lines had become “impure,” they still were honorary because they held those “values.” And I think the reason the Sorting Hat would want to put Harry into Slytherin was because of the reason we’ve been given all along – because there was a little bit of Voldemort in him and it sensed it, and of course Voldemort and Snape also held those values of Purebloods being superior, so..

Eric: I think it’s one of those things where that’s why the Sorting Hat chooses Houses – that’s why the Founders aren’t still alive or not why, but because – I mean, Slytherin was very adamant that only Pureblood wizards should be trained, so he took those kinds of wizards into his house. He got upset with the other founders and left Hogwarts. And in his absence the other founders were able to make it a little bit more, I think, well rounded. I think they were able to make the four Houses a little bit more well rounded and just sort of allow Slytherin to include non-Purebloods, but who sort of practiced the other skills – the secondary characteristics of a Slytherin, of being whatever those may be.

Micah: I think even if you go back to Goblet of Fire where that was the Sorting Hat’s song – talked about the four Houses, specifically with Slytherin it talked about great ambition, and all three of those characters, regardless of bloodline, were highly ambitious individuals and it’s possible the Sorting Hat saw that in them.

Eric: But it does seem that – and it is true that Slytherin was very important – you know, he did think only Purebloods should be educated, but I think because he left, you know, Hogwarts, then everyone else was able to make Slytherin a more fair House.


Voicemail: Was Umbridge Possessed by the Locket?


Laura: Yeah, I think that’s a really good point, Eric, actually. So, are we done with that one? Yes? No? Okay. Next One:

“In ‘Deathly Hallows,’ Hermione is explaining how to destroy Horcruxes. She said that reason Ginny was possessed by Tom Riddle’s diary was because she grew attached to it. Do you think Umbridge was also attached to the locket and thereby possessed as well?”

Eric: I don’t like excusing Umbridge’s actions because she was possessed, I think – we talked last week about how I think the locket enhanced Umbridge’s sort of – it allowed her to be more comfortable to do things – well, not even that, but just sort of gave her the – gave her an edge, you know, that she wouldn’t – but I don’t think she realized that the edge existed, I think she just felt particularly full of malice and I don’t think the locket ever made itself aware to – or made itself obvious to Umbridge, for what it was. I think she was just really proud to have the locket. I don’t think it possessed her, necessarily, but I do think there was some kind of power relationship going on

Laura: Yeah, I agree with that.

Micah: Well, I don’t know if I agree with that. I mean, I think Umbridge is internally just a nasty, nasty person, and I – this kind of goes to what – I don’t know who said it earlier – but I feel like the locket would only act when it felt threatened upon, so you have the locket sort of knowing that Harry, Ron, and Hermione meant to do it harm, whereas Umbridge wasn’t going to be doing anything like that to it. She actually liked it and kind of wore it as a prize.

Eric: So, it didn’t need to be special or anything. It didn’t even need to…

Micah: It didn’t need to change her.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: I think she already possessed a lot of the qualities that the locket itself would have, you know, displayed or, you know, something along those lines. And I think in Book 7 we’ve just gotten to the point where Umbridge has elevated herself so high within the Ministry, which probably was always in ambition of hers that she feels in a way – I mean, just look at why she’s acting the way she’s acting. She comes up with this false heritage to sort of secure her Pureblood nature to all these Death Eaters that are around her, and that in a way makes her feel more comfortable. And if she acts upon those insecurities and makes it seem as if she’s this all-powerful, you know, Ministry official, then she can sort of do as she pleases without anybody asking any questions. And I just think that that’s her character, that’s who she is. She’s a horrible, horrible person, and it just goes to show you that not all – it’s not just the Death Eaters you know, there are people out there that aren’t Death Eaters that are just as mean and vindictive.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: I agree with you, and also one thing we need to kind of look at that right away struck me. When Ginny was possessed by the diary – 1) she blacked out. And on top of that, Voldemort wasn’t back yet, he wasn’t corporeal. He wasn’t there. He was just kind of vapor, and he actually tried to come back – he tried to come back through the diary. Whereas when Umbridge actually had the locket – yes, it was part of his soul and his Horcrux, but it wasn’t trying to become a second Voldemort, you know what I mean? So, I think we really need to learn more how Horcruxes work to really kind of define any of that because…

Micah: Yeah.

Mikey: …again, they’re completely two different situations where Ginny told her most secret – you know, her deepest secrets into the diary and the diary absorbed them and got a little bit more of her each time she did that, whereas the locket kind of sat on the side, there was no way for it – you know, Umbridge to kind of feed it other than feeling good and kind of, you know, thriving on it a little. Plus…

Eric: And that’s the thing that was so special about the diary was that it was – that’s what Dumbledore was so shocked about, was that it was disposable, but that the diary had a special function. The diary was supposed to possess whoever wrote in it, or whatever, to open the Chamber of Secrets. That was a purpose. So, it was different than the locket Horcrux because it just – in it’s whole design it was actually made to be sort of a symbiotic sort of a thing, as opposed to the locket which is just sort of, you know, more of your standard Horcrux, which is just supposed to preserve your soul.

Mikey: And on top of that, it was also – I believe the diary was probably one of the first Horcruxes Tom Riddle, Voldemort, made because it – I feel it was stronger than any of the other ones. And we know he had already started making Horcruxes with the ring after he killed, you know, his parents when he was a sixth year. So, I think there’s a lot of things to kind of look at with that one and, two, we can kind of see more into, you know, with whatever book Jo might release regarding Harry Potter, you know. We need to find out more about Horcruxes because they’re – you know, we could have a whole other show on Horcruxes and just talk about…

Eric: Yeah we could.

Mikey: …each one in detail and it’s one of those things where there’s a lot to discuss about that. And again, Voldemort is back already and she has a Horcrux that’s just kind of sitting there and not in use until he dies again and needs to be brought back with one of them or something.

Laura: All right. Really long and difficult subject, but…

Eric: Okay.

Laura: …I do believe that’s going to wrap up….

Eric: That’s the end of the show. Bye. [laughs] Then we just leave.

Laura: …this week’s show. [laughs]

Mikey: Yay! No, Andrew.

Laura: It’s time to leave. We’re not even going to do the closing announcements.

[Eric laughs]


Contact Information


Laura: No really, we are. So, don’t forget you can always send letters, postcards, and gold to…

[Show music plays]

[Eric, Micah and Mikey laugh]

Laura: …P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028 Please don’t send pickles. I’m so sick and tired of pickles. You can also call and leave us a voicemail. If you’re living in the U.S., that number is 1-218-20-MAGIC. Or if you’re in the United Kingdom, please call 020-8144-0677. And last but certainly not least, all of our mates down in Australia can reach us by calling 02-8003-5668. [laughs] My roommate is cracking up laughing right now and I don’t know why. You can also Skype the… [laughs] Shut up, Julia! You can also Skype the username MuggleCast; however, please keep all messages under a minute and do eliminate as much background noise as possible. If you’d like to e-mail us just us the Feedback Form at MuggleCast.com or write to the hosts individually by contacting us at any of our first names at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

You can also visit one of our several community outlets: The MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the Fanlisting and Forums

And finally, don’t forget to vote for us on Podcast Alley, Digg the show at Digg.com, and rate and review us on Yahoo! Podcasts.


Show Close


Laura: And with that, I’m Laura Thompson.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

Laura: We’ll see everybody next week. Buh bye.

Mikey: Bye!

[Show music ends]


Bloopers


Laura: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry’s Potter‘s news [stumbles over her words] Okay, let me try that again.

Micah: Wah-wah. [laughs]

Laura: [bleep] you. Okay.

[Micah laughs]

Mikey: Wah-wah-wah-wah.

[Micah and Mikey laugh]

Eric: That was really intense.

Mikey: That needs to stay in.

Eric: Is Micah really standing by or is he sitting by? Is he kneeling by?

Laura: It sounds much better to say standing by. It’s like we’re CNN almost.

Mikey: You should – okay, can we go?

Laura: Yeah, okay, hang on.

Eric: It should be – say leaning by.

Laura: What?

Eric: Say, “Micah is leaning by.”

[Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: Floating in the abyss that we call the MuggleCast News Center.

Eric: Levitating by.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: Okay. Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the top – oh god, I can’t do this.

Eric: With this week’s…

Micah: Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the…

[Laura laughs]

Micah: See, I can’t even do it.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Micah, you do it! Micah, you should do it.

Laura: Okay, one, two, three.

Eric: “I am standing by…”

Mikey: You say, “Micah, I’m standing by in the MuggleCast News Center.”

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Do it.

Laura: I’m going to get it this time!

Mikey: Micah, you do it. Please.

Micah: Let me – I’ve just got to get it right. Micah Tannenbaum…

Mikey: “I’m standing by…”

Micah: No, no, no, this will be funnier.

Micah: No, no, no. Micah Tannenbaum is standing by in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Micah…

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Eric: Thanks, Micah.

Micah: Thanks, Micah. Oh, you’re welcome.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Eric: Ah, so funny, Micah.

Mikey: This is going to be great. Anyway.

———————–

Transcript #130

MuggleCast 130 Transcript


Show Intro


[Music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh, yeah Andrew, I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive one gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus, enter code “MUGGLE” when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Show music begins]

Micah: Because Matt can feel it, this is MuggleCast Episode 130 for February 2nd, 2008.

[Show music continues to play]

Andrew: I have a story that I thought I could kick the show off with this week. I was in the bathroom the other day and I was using Neutrogena Facial Scrub for acne for my face…

Laura: Okay.

Andrew: …and I’m putting this scrub on my face and I’m rubbing it and it gets in front of my nose. And I breathe out of my nose, and I actually created an air bubble in my right nostril as I blew because the soap was right in front of my nose so I blew this huge bubble. I was like, “Whoa! This is cool. I’m going to talk about this on the show.” And then it popped.

Matt: Are you serious?

Eric: First time listeners we…

Laura: Wow.

Eric: …welcome you to MuggleCast, a Harry Potter related discussion podcast.

Andrew: I thought it was a good story, and I thought it was funny.

Laura: No, Andrew.

Matt: Well, you need to think harder.

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Laura: No.

Eric: But Andrew, you have some how tie that. You have to some how Make The Connection, even though Jamie’s not here, you have to – Like if it were Jamie, say, [In fake British accent] “I was shaving and I blew this bubble…”

Andrew: Well, it was unexpected and surprising. Just like everything in the Harry Potter books. And it was fun. I wish I could have taken a picture.

Eric: Well, it’s a good story, I wish I shaved.

Andrew: You don’t have to shave. Jamie doesn’t have to shave. Eric doesn’t have to shave. I have to shave, like, hourly my facial hair has grown in so quick. I’m so manly.

Matt: You are such a liar.

Laura: Oh my god.

Eric: You’re very manly, Andrew.

Andrew: Laura has to shave like once a week.

Laura: Oh, yeah. That’s right.

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: I forgot about that.

Andrew: Yeah. How about that. Yeah, so we have a good show this week. We are going to talk with Paul DeGeorge of Harry and the Potters. He has a new charity effort out, and we are going to talk to him about that, and also he is going to reveal a new MuggleNet demo, well, actually its not new, it’s been around since 2005, but it hasn’t been released to the world until now. It’s a demo song about MuggleNet. It’s fantastic. So, I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Matt: I’m Matthew Britton.

Mikey: And I’m Mikey B.

Andrew: And Mikey B’s here!

Laura: Yay!

Mikey: Yay! Wooo!

[Show music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast news center with the past weeks top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right. Thanks, Andrew. Although he has shown an interest in working on the much anticipated final installment of the Harry Potter film series, it has emerged today that Guillermo del Toro will not be directing Deathly Hallows since “he’s rather busy,” as put by producer David Heyman. In fact, it seems that he will instead be taking the reigns of The Hobbit and its sequel film. Since Deathly Hallows is set for release in 2010, and principal photography for The Hobbit begins in 2009, he would not be able to work on both projects.

Harry Potter author J.K. Rowling has been awarded with an outstanding achievement prize at the UK’s The South Bank Show Awards, which recognize British achievement in music, theatre, television and the arts. The awards will be broadcast on February 3 on ITV1.

As we told you earlier this week, filming crews are preparing to start shooting scenes for Half-Blood Prince at Gloucester Cathedral. (If I get one more e-mail, I swear, I’m going to go crazy.) As you can see from the photos, preparations are clearly underway. We’ll update you as we know more.

And those of you in Canada will get a chance to see James Runcie’s documentary J.K. Rowling: A Year in the Life this Monday, February 4th at 10:00 p.m. easter on CBC Newsworld. The documentary originally aired back in December on ITV. We will keep you posted on any plans for it to air here in the United States.

Finally, there will be a new face to the character of Pansy Parkinson in Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince. A&J Management is reporting today that Scarlett Byrne has been cast in the role of the sixth-year Slytherin in the upcoming Potter film. The part was originated by Genevieve Gaunt in Prisoner of Azkaban.

That’s all the news for this February 2nd, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.

[Show music starts to fade]


News Discussion: Movie 7


Andrew: All right, thanks to Micah for that. Once again it was another one of those slow news weeks, but there’s going to be some interesting news coming out within the next couple of months, concerning the 7th film, but we haven’t really – There’s no official, official, official, official, announcement yet. So, we’ll have to wait for that, but in the meantime this week, we find out that, what’s his name, del Toro is directing The Hobbit.

Matt: Well, not technically directing, just yet.

Andrew: What do you mean?

Matt: He’s in talks with them right now.

Andrew: So, he…

Mikey: So, he hasn’t signed his contract yet.

Matt: No, Andrew.

Andrew: Oh, I thought he was signed.

Matt: But he’s showing very much interest and Peter Jackson and apparently – It’s going to happen, but it’s just official yet.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. All right.

Mikey: Wait, you know what? Honestly, it’s going to happen ’cause del Toro is just amazing, and him directing The Hobbit because Jackson doesn’t want to right now. Jackson has so much on his plate, it’s ridiculous.

Eric: He does! And I love all the films he’s doing right now.

Mikey: He’s producing so many films right now. He’s also doing the Halo movie, too.

Eric: Oh right. But…

Mikey: And he’s…

Matt: Tin Tin. He’s doing the Adventures of Tin Tin with, possibly Rupert Grint, that they were talking about.

Eric: Yeah, that’s…

Matt: A long time ago.

Eric: That’s true, but what would Peter Jackson just – now he’s having, obviously, some creative control of Hobbit, isn’t he? I mean, I…

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Eric: It just shocks me…

Mikey: Well, yeah. He’s a producer…

Eric: …that he wouldn’t be directing.

Mikey: He’s a producer so…

Eric: Well, that’s why I was asking.

Mikey: Well, a producer doesn’t have as much creative control as a director or even, you know, people that are going to be storyboarding it for him in general.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: Deciding where things are going to go. But, he’s definitely going to be there to collaborate. Because, truthfully what’s going to happen is any director, especially if you have someone that talented as your producer, you’re going to ask what does he think about what’s going on. Just like, my biggest concern last summer. Michael Bay did Transformers, and I was a huge fan of Transformers when I was younger. But I hate Michael Bay as a director. Not anymore.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: I think he did good on that movie. I really hated a lot of the stuff he had done. A lot of stuff he had done was bad. But, he had Spielberg as his producer on that movie.

Andrew: Matt, does this come as disappointing news to you? Because I know you were hoping for del Toro to direct.

Matt: It’s kind of bittersweet, I guess. Because…

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: …I mean, I really like del Toro as a director. I mean, I love, I absolutely love Pan’s Labyrinth. But, knowing that he’s going to direct The Hobbit, which I’m a huge fan of the book also, I really can’t complain.

Andrew: Okay.

Mikey: Now Matt, I know you’re a del Toro fan. Are you excited for Hellboy II as much as I am?

Matt: Yeah. A little bit.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: Come on. Have you seen the trailer? Del Toro, he like, when he released the trailer…

Matt: I was being sarcastic.

Mikey: …and he’s like, “Everybody, this is Hellboy II.” Like, he was so excited to do Hellboy I and Hellboy II. And I just think everything del Toro does is…

Matt: Everything he does is good.

Mikey: …pretty amazing. As of, like, recently.

Andrew: Well, we’ll wait for more developments about the movie. But, it should be very interesting to see how they’re going to, you know – of course, there’s still the rumors going around about Deathly Hallows being split into two movies and then of course we’ve still got to hear about the director. So, we’re hoping for an announcement about all that soon. If I was a betting man, which I’m not, but if I was I would say that Deathly Hallows is definitely going to be split into two.

Laura: Hmmm.

Andrew: But that’s just if I was a betting man.

Mikey: Do you think it’s going to be split into two or just, like, a long movie?

Andrew: No, I think it’s going to be split into two separate films.

Matt: I hope so.

Eric: Why would they do that, Andrew?

Matt: Because they want it…

Andrew: Money.

Matt: …to be good, I guess.

Mikey: Money. [laughs] Well, no. Money. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah, exactly.

Mikey: That means they’re going to get all of us to go twice [laughs] to see the movie. And buy two different DVDs and then when they come out as the combined DVD, buy the combined DVD one.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s…

Matt: Yeah.


Announcements


Andrew: That’s true, too. Well, we’ll have a really good – I’m sure we’ll have a really good discussion once there is an announcement made about, you know, the film being split into two. Of course, if that happens. Okay, so moving on, announcements real quick. It is a new month. Happy February everyone, it’s the month of love. Vote for us on Podcast Alley; get us up there in the top ten. We already are now, on February 1st, but there’s only a handful of votes. So thank you for placing your vote over there. I know I voted earlier today, place my vote.

Mikey: So did I.

Andrew: Good, good.

Matt: You liar. You did not.

Andrew: I did too. I have the confirmation e-mail to prove it. It’s easy, it’s very easy. You just go to Podcast Alley. You hit “vote,” for us, obviously. And you put in your e-mail address and you click the link they -email it to you and you’re done. Also, just a little update on the little east coast tour we’re hoping to put together. One bookstore chain turned us down because they would rather we do a tour in the summer around Harry’s birthday or the Book 7 paperback release. But, of course we can’t. We don’t really want to do it then, it’s too late. We want to do spring break. So, we’re looking at other options right now, and hopefully we’ll have something more firm to announce within the next few weeks. But we are still working on it, just so everybody knows. But let’s get right into Muggle Mail now, because we have a lot to discuss on this week’s show.


Muggle Mail: Helen McCrory’s Pregnancy


Eric: Okay, our first one comes from Emily Kate, age 16, from Bangladesh. She says:

“Dear MuggleCasters, I was sitting in study hall listening to MuggleCast and I had made it through almost all of Episode 129 without my study hall supervisor noticing that I was listening to my iPod (which I’m technically not supposed to listen to in class). There was about a minute left in the show when you guys were talking about Micah’s “pregnant comment” and I started laughing so loud the supervisor came over and I didn’t notice. I had my iPod taken away but I got it at the end of the day. But it was a great episode. So worth it.”

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: Thanks.

Laura: Awww.

Mikey: You know, I’ve actually done that before, too. I was listening to an episode – I don’t know, I think it was an early episode of MuggleCast. And I’m just, like, sitting there. And then I start cracking up out loud. And I’m sure it’s something Ben or Jamie did when they yelled at each other.

Andrew: No, I’m sure it was my joke.

Laura: I’m sure it wasn’t.

Mikey: Actually, you know what? It was right, I think it was the “Yeah! Yeah! Yeah!”

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Or something like that.

Andrew: Thanks.

Mikey: Something like that. Or Simmsy or something like that.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Pickles.

Andrew: Yeah, we get e-mails like this from time to time, saying that we do that. We get people in trouble in science class and whatnot. But, yeah, that’s funny.

[Matt laughs]

Mikey: But you should be paying attention to your classes because education…

Andrew: Yes, you should.

Mikey: …is for the future. It’s for the future.

Eric: Well, it was study hall. It was study hall.

Mikey: Oh.

Andrew: That’s not important.

Eric: I always used to sleep in study hall.


Muggle Mail: Tracking Umbridge and Voldemort’s Mind


Andrew: The next e-mail comes from Jeff, 23, of Connecticut. He writes:

“In regards to tracking Umbridge to the Ministry, I believe it was said in the book that only top officials were allowed to directly apparate inside the building. Umbridge, being undersecretary to the Minister, would most likely have been one of said “top officials.” Therefore, it probably would not have gone unnoticed if Kreacher showed up in the middle of the atrium and apparated away with one of the top officials. Unless they were able to somehow track down where Umbridge lived, the Ministry seems to be the only way of finding her.

Next, as far as Harry once again seeing into Voldemort’s mind, not only was it useful, but in the book it also stated that Harry gained control over the visions while burying Dobby after their escape from Malfoy Manor. On page 478 in the American edition it says,’His scar burned, yet he was master of the pain; he felt it, yet was apart from it. He had learned control at least, learned to shut his mind to Voldemort, the very thing Dumbledore had wanted him to learn from Snape.’ I think this was useful because after this he seems to be able to invade Voldemort’s mind whenever he wants. I think this was crucial to the book because it was probably the only instance in the whole series where Harry seemed to have a true magical talent over Voldemort. This may not be very relevant to the chapters you were discussing in your last episode but I think they were nonetheless important to the story. But to conclude, maybe Hermione was right to tell Harry he should block out those visions, because in the end it gave him the control to look into Voldemort’s mind whenever he wanted, which Hermione even encouraged him to do during the Battle for Hogwarts.”

So, yeah, that’s basically the point I was making. It just works to their advantage. It’s not necessarily a bad thing.

Eric: Harry won the argument when he was talking to Hermione in the bathroom. He was like, “You know, I’m totally going to do this, and I want to know what my enemy is doing.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And Hermione was like, “whatever.”

Matt: This is probably why I like…

Mikey: Don’t argue.

Matt: …Book 7 so much for Harry. It’s because he’s just so certain now, you know? He actually knows more than a lot of the people who are trying to inform him on.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Right, yeah.

Andrew: He’s very confident.

Matt: Yeah, he’s the most confident in the series.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Like I just read the Lupin scene today, and even though you’re shocked about how Harry acted, it’s just – it’s so well done, and then Harry’s like, you know, his own person. It’s really cool.


Muggle Mail: Nazi Germany Comparisons


Laura: All right, this one comes from Alexis from Westchester, New York. She writes:

“Hi everyone. I just listened to Episode 129, and was particularly intrigued by the lengthy discussion about parallels between Harry Potter and the Holocaust. As Laura said, Buchenwald and Auschwitz were Nazi concentration camps in Germany created and used to, in essence, exterminate European Jews. Nuremburg and Auschwitz had the words ‘Work Makes Freedom’ carved into its front gate. Nurmengard was a prison that housed Grindelwald’s opponents, and its entrance bore the slogan, ‘For the Greater Good.’ As also stated during the show, Dumbledore defeated Grindelwald in 1945, which is another parallel to the Holocaust. The prejudice demonstrated by the Holocaust still haunts us today, by way of racism and genocide in our world. In the wizarding world, Grindelwald’s ideas are projected through Voldemort and the pureblood/Muggle-born prejudice we’ve seen since ‘Chamber of Secrets.’ Just wanted to add to the Harry Potter/Holocaust discussion because I’ve spent years learning about the Holocaust. I love the show and I hope to meet up with you at the New York live podcast.”

Andrew: If we do it.

Laura: [laughs] Yeah. Yeah, it is really interesting that you bring up that point that Auschwitz had the “Work Makes Freedom” sign. You can actually read that in Elie Wiesel’s Night, which is an account of…

Eric: Elie himself.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Yes. He was a Hungarian Jew who spent time in Auschwitz.

Eric: I read that book in, I think it was seventh grade, and it was a really powerful book, and also, though, I’ve been to a concentration camp. I went to Dachau when I was in Germany, and that also has the sign above the entrance. It’s – I believe it translates to “Work makes one free,” or “Work makes freedom,” same deal. “Work makes one free” is pretty much kind of ironic, but that’s what the Nazis put on the gates of the entrance of the work camps.

Andrew: Interesting.

Laura: Mhm.

Eric: So, I’ve been there in person. It’s a really somber, solemn place.

Laura: Well, and it’s just interesting that Jo kind of used that whole “For the Greater Good” thing, because that’s a lot of what the Nazi propaganda was based on, just this idea that they were going to purify Germany and keep the evil, dirty Jews out and the perfect, wonderful Aryans in, and it’s just – it’s awful.

Eric: Yes. Absolutely. And last chapter, you guys, did you guys talk about the throne of Muggles? The throne made of Muggle bodies?

Andrew: Yeah. Yes, we did.

Eric: Yeah, because that was really – there’s something, there’s a structure in Dachau like that, and it’s a bit sickening.

Andrew: Really? Is it the same thing?

Eric: It’s not a throne of bodies, but I think it was a wall made of impressions of bodies, or something. It was actually of all the Jews and stuff. If was actually quite grotesque, but I think it’s inside Dachau.

Andrew: I bet.

Eric: So there’s something quite very similar that I’ve seen in real person, and it’s just really, really strong parallels in Jo’s book, and earlier I questioned, and this relates to this chapter, too. Earlier on the show I questioned some of the parallels. I said, “Do we really need a Nazi parallel in J.K. Rowling’s works?” I think reading these chapters, I think, really it sort of made me rethink that comment, and I’m really happy with this parallel because in a way, just the way that we see the Ministry befallen in these past few chapters, and now, with what Lupin is telling them, and all this stuff, of how the tabloids are taken, and all of this stuff we’re seeing, it’s good to have it in a children’s book.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Because all these kids who read about the Holocaust are seeing it also happen in their favorite – to their favorite boy wizard, to have it happen to Harry Potter. So I’m really proud of Jo for this, and I retract what I said before about it not really being needed. I think it’s really good.


Muggle Mail: More on Nazi Germany Parrallels


Matt: Okay, and our next e-mail comes from Emily Rowe, 18, from Rockaway, New Jersey, and she writes:

“While listening to last week’s Episode, 129, I noticed that you guys also recognized the parallel between the Death Eaters and the Nazi Party of Germany. If you will, let me throw in my two cents about this parallel.

One, Hitler’s main focus of prejudice during the Holocaust was the Jews when he himself had Jewish blood in him. Voldemort thought that Muggle-borns and half-bloods were unfit to practice magic, when he himself was half-Muggle. And even if he resents that part of him, it does not take away the fact that he has Muggle blood in him.

The next point is the one I stress most. The Swastika had been used for thousands of years as an Asian symbol for peace and prosperity. If you take a look at artifacts from India or anywhere else in Asia, you will see the swastika carved into them. Then Hitler got a hold of it, flipped it around and tilted it on its side to associate it with the Nazi party. This is similar to Grindelwald’s situation with the Deathly Hallows symbol. He posted this symbol on the walls of Durmstrang and it became negatively associated with him considering that he became a notorious Dark Wizard. But was the symbol for the Deathly Hallows really that bad? Did it really represent something evil like destroying Muggle-borns?

That’s all I have to comment on that subject. I love listening to you guys, and it really makes my day! Keep up the fantastic work. Emily.”

Andrew: Thanks!

Laura: Can I first interject something? About the Hitler is Jewish thing, that’s actually not proven. No one knows for sure. Where the theory comes from is Hitler’s grandfather, they believe Hitler’s grandfather may have been part Jewish because his father was an illegitimate child and so it’s possible that his grandmother, they know that she worked in the home of a wealthy Jew, so it’s possible that the son of the household got her pregnant, but no one knows for sure. But everyone does know that Hitler did not practice Judaism. So, just to clear that up.

Matt: No, I’m sure he didn’t.

Laura: Yeah.

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Laura: So it’s – I don’t think it’s really fair to say that he was Jewish, because..

Matt: I do agree though with her second point, though. I think that really is a…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: That’s a very nice connection.

Matt: It’s a good parallel between Deathly Hallows.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I actually said that over the tour. I said that over the tour once.

Andrew: Did you?

Mikey: Yeah, but we kind of skipped over it.

Eric: That Deathly Hallows symbol, we talked about it. I remember talking about it when we did the chapter “The Wedding,” and just saying about it. We don’t actually know, you know. Krum said that it was Grindelwald’s symbol, and Krum was sort of really adamant that Grindewald killed a lot of people. We don’t really know exactly what Grindelwald did, do we? You know, as of the end of the seventh book? We just know that he was all about sort of wizard above Muggle. And that’s sort of how that worked.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: But you know, we can’t really just – it can’t be really a World War II Nazi comparison, too, because it happened way down in the past, too, like with the Devil’s Pitchfork, it’s actually a triton from Neptune, I think it was.

Eric: Yeah. Well religious symbolism, yeah. It was actually from – the Pagans used that symbol too. And so it’s…

Matt: Right, and the Pagan witch hat too. They associate that with evil.

Eric: Yeah, yeah exactly. All this, it’s actually called iconography, I think. Or religious iconography.

Matt: Oh, of course.

Eric: Or something like that. There’s a bunch of names for it.

Mikey: No, that’s actually what it’s called. That’s what it’s called.

Eric: That’s what Robert Langdon studies, I think. Isn’t it? In Da Vinci Code, and in Angels and Demons?

Laura: Yes.

Matt: Da Vinci Code? Yeah.

[Eric makes happy noise]

Mikey: Yup. And Angels and Demons.

Eric: There’s all sorts of talk about it. It’s really fantastic, the history of symbols and stuff like that. That’s all in that book.


Harry and the Potters Interview


Andrew: Well let’s just keep rollin’ along here. Right now we’re joined by Paul DeGeorge now who is Harry, Year 7 in Harry and the Potters. Paul, how are you doing today?

Paul: Hi Andrew, thanks so much for having me on. This is my first MuggleCast appearance, I’m really pumped.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Yes. Well we wanted to have you on for a couple reasons today. First of all, we want to talk about Harry and the Potters though, because essentially it was the first wizard rock band, right? I mean, do you like to take credit for it, or do you give it to, what is it, The Switchblade Kittens?

Paul: Well, you know, I don’t mind taking credit for it if you’re going to give it to me.

Andrew:[laughs] Uh huh.

Paul: Sure, I mean really like Joe and I, I guess, were the first ones to sort of like do something so conceptually consistent, where we sort of adopted the characters of Harry and created our own band around it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Where we’re exclusively doing like, Joe is Harry, Year 4 and I’m Harry, Year 7, and through the magic of time travel we’re able to start a band together, you know. Kind of just assuming that if Harry had that ability to travel through time, that’s what he’d choose to do with it. I guess.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Why did you do Harry, Year 7 and Harry, Year 4?

Paul: Well, at the time we started, which was almost six years ago now, Joe was about 14 and so we thought, well that’s about Year 4, right?

Andrew: Ohhh. Right.

Paul: He was just about to turn 15. So that put – that’s where Joe goes, and I was a little older, like I was in my early 20s, so I was like, well you know all those characters on Beverly Hills 90210 were like in their 20s playing high school kids.

Andrew: [laughs] Right.

Paul: So we decided to go for that. Like I’d be Harry, Year 7, and since then we’ve taken a kind of Simpsons approach to it, where we don’t ever age.

Andrew: You never age.

Paul: Yeah.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Yeah, as is the case with most TV shows these days. Why did you start the wizard rock band? Why Harry and the Potters? Why Harry Potter music, since there was nothing at the time.

Paul: Yeah, well you know, Joe and I had played in bands, but we’d never played together. We’re brothers, but there’s eight years between us, so we never played in a band together, and we kind of – the idea just came to me one day like, what if Harry Potter had a band? You know? And I thought, well that’s something so cool to do with my younger brother, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Is to do this goofy, silly, fun band, and what really appealed to us about it was, you know, these Harry Potter books had had such a huge affect on so many young people’s lives, you know? Inspiring kids to read, and getting so many kids involved in literature. We thought well maybe we can sort of take that to a new level and you know, if we start this band and write some rock and roll songs about these books, maybe we can convince libraries to let us come and play in their library. Play these rock shows and get younger kids involved in rock and roll and seeing live music.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And that’s what it was like at first, you know? We would be playing in these libraries around Boston, and a lot of parents would take their younger kids like between 8 and 12 years old to come see us, and it was great. We had no audience established, and we were playing to rooms of 50-100 young kids and eventually, this was back in 2003, we noticed over the course of the summer that year as we had played in all these libraries around Boston more kids were coming regularly, and they would start to know all the words to our songs like they’d gotten our CD or something at a show.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Paul: They were coming, and they’d know all the words to the song. I was like, “This is incredible!”

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And then shortly after that, the Harry Potter fan community sort of caught wind of us, and that’s when things just kind of got crazy for us. We honestly at the time had no idea that such a thing existed- that there was this incredibly cohesive and enthusiastic online fan community, and it was actually, oddly enough – a post on MuggleNet at some point in the fall of 2003 that really slammed our web server, and…

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: …shut us down for a few days, I think. And that’s when our band sort of took a national presence, I guess.

Andrew: Yeah. You know, it’s funny you say that because for the past couple years now, we’ve been – we always thought that we were the first ones to post about you guys. And then Melissa came to me – Melissa Anelli from Leaky came to me a few months ago and said, “Could you find the post where you guys made the Wizard Rock, where you plugged Harry and the Potters?” And I looked it up, and I found it, and we actually credited Veritaserum for tipping us off.

Paul: Oh. Okay, okay.

Andrew: [laughs] So we were like, whoa! It actually wasn’t MuggleNet, but yeah, we did post that because I remember. I think it was Ben who posted it, or maybe Emerson. Do you remember who it was?

Paul: No, I can’t remember.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: I just remember being like, “Whoa! Look at all these websites. They’re all about Harry Potter!” [laughs] So that was my introduction to the online fan community. It was around that, at the same time, maybe just a few days before, it was really the Live Journal community that created a buzz about us. Some fan fiction writers and stuff just started mentioning us, and that kind of took off.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: All of a sudden I had a 400 dollar bandwidth charge for the month, you know?

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Right. And now you guys are on Trivial Pursuit cards. [laughs]

Paul: Oh man. [laughs]

Andrew: Do you want to tell this story? [laughs]

Paul: Yeah. I guess we’ve come a long way in these last few years.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: We got on a – that’s the most incredible thing that’s happened to us, I think.

Andrew: Mhm. [laughs]

Paul: Just a couple weeks ago, somebody sent in a JPEG, and it was a photograph of a Trivial Pursuit card from Sweden.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: And the question reads, “What do brothers Paul and Joe DeGeorge call themselves when rock out?”

Andrew: That is amazing.

Paul: Yeah, but the most amazing thing about it is that there isn’t even a context for it.

Andrew: Right. [laughs] Right. Right.

Paul: They’re just assuming that Joe and I are household names in Sweden.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: Which I think is kind of an outrageous assumption. I think it’s probably considered a difficult question in the game.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s like something you would expect for Bruce Springsteen. I know you guys are big Springsteen fans. [laughs]

Paul: [laughs] Yeah, right.

Andrew: Like U2 or something. But yeah, that’s awesome. That is so cool.

[Paul laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] I wonder if – I bet you guys would love to see the reactions of some people playing that game. They’d be like, “Paul DeGeorge? What?”

Paul: I know, right? [laughs] It’d be amazing. Hopefully somebody’s going to send us the card. I think the girl who notified us is going to send us the actual card, so we can frame it.

Andrew: [laughs] Oh yeah, of course.

Paul: That’s the kind of thing that you don’t even dare to dream about. I mean, what kind of jerky kid says, “Someday I want to be on a Trivial Pursuit Card.”

Andrew: [laughs] Right. Like, “What the hell are you thinking?”

[Paul and Andrewlaughs]

Andrew: So, now today, there are literally hundreds of wizard rock bands out there and…

Paul: Yeah, my last count was 420.

Andrew: Oh my God! You count? Where do you count?

Paul: No, I just look up on…

Andrew: Okay. [laughs]

Paul:Wizrocklopedia. Then I copy the entire band list into Excel and…

Andrew: Oh, good idea. [laughs]

Paul: …and let that count for me.

Andrew: That’s a good idea, actually.

Paul: So there’s a lot.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: There’s a lot of wizard rock bands. It’s incredible.

Andrew: Do you have any thoughts about this? Just how it’s grown so much since you guys started this? I’m sure you’re supportive of all these bands, and really it’s like, how I see it is it’s a great way for anyone interested in music but doesn’t know how to get really noticed, it’s a great place to start because there’s all these Harry Potter fans that are dying to just try out all these new bands.

Paul: Yeah. Well, honestly the way I think of it is it’s almost like the beginnings of punk rock, you know? The whole thing about punk rock is that it’s the kind of music that anybody can play. And there are these stories about people just grabbing guitars, and drums, and bass for the first time and just playing songs, you know? Whatever came to mind.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: Like bashing it out on a few chords, and that’s kind of like what I see in Wizard Rock. It’s these kids that are so pumped and amped on Harry Potter that they’re just looking for another way to express that love and that passion.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: So they’re grabbing instruments and starting bands for the first time, and it’s really wonderful. And the cool thing about it is that it allows for such a diversity of music out there. There really is something for everybody in the Wizard Rock community.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: There’s all sorts of stuff out there, and there’s plenty of like, you know, it get’s as abrasive or as pop friendly as you want it to be, you know? There’s like, a metal band in Holland playing songs about Voldemort, you know?

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: There is black metal…

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: …and there is ultra poppy stuff and dance pop and all that.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And so it is all there and that is the most amazing thing to me, is what a diverse and welcoming community it’s become where kids feel free to really experiment and try things out, and the unreal thing is that there is a community there for them to do it with.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And to get that feedback and support from. Whereas if it was a different situation, maybe these kids are recording in their bedroom and playing for their friends or something.

Andrew: Right, right.

Paul: That’s possibly what this would have been like ten years ago, but with the advent of technology and MySpace, it’s so easy for a band to become legitimized by MySpace. You just throw up a profile and all of a sudden you have a band.

Andrew: Exactly. [laughs]

Paul: Throw up a profile and a song and you are a band.

Andrew: Go to MySpace, create an account, boom – you’re done.

Paul: Ten minutes. You got a band.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: For real.

Andrew: MySpace really is where every wizard rock band is, right?

Paul: Well, yeah.

Andrew: Why does everyone go to MySpace? Just because it is great to host your songs and all that?

Paul: Well, the thing about MySpace is that – and it’s not just wizard rock bands anymore.

Andrew: Oh yeah.

Paul: As far as the music industry, it is where everybody, like if you’re going to the concert and you’re like, “Who is the opening band?” And they’re like, “Oh, I don’t know, whoever.”

Andrew: Oh that’s a good point.

Paul: If you go to their MySpace, you can listen to their songs. You know? And then if you went to their website then maybe you would have to dig around to find their songs.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: But you just go to MySpace and the songs are right there and you just listen real quick.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And so it is just sort of that accessibility of the music that has made MySpace so prevalent in our habits now-a-days.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s interesting. And then all your fans can comment on them. Do you guys base – I’ve always figured this, I don’t know if this is how you guys think of it – do you guys base the popularity of all the bands based on how many friends each you have? Because I mean if you look at the list, you guys have a gazillion friends and then everyone is lower from there. How do you guy – do you guys base popularity or does it not matter?

Paul: Yeah. Well, I don’t ever measure anything by popularity.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: That is not really a concern of mine, so I just think that I don’t really have any comment on that, I guess.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: It is not even something I think about. I mean, who cares what’s popular. Just find what you like.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s very true. Yeah. Now I guess we will talk about Wizard Rock EP of the Month Club, now.

Paul: Yeah.

Andrew: This is your big thing. You started it last year. Now you have got Matt Maggiacomo from The Whomping Willows helping you out. What is the Wizard Rock EP of the Month Club?

Paul: Well, the whole idea behind the EP of the Month Club is that it is sort of modeled after these old record clubs, where you would join up, like Subpop used to run a Subpop singles club, and they would release, they started it in the early ’80s and the first Nirvana single was released through the Subpop singles club and stuff like that.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: So the idea is that you sign up for a year and it costs like fifty or sixty bucks and every month you get a new record in the mail. It is a seven inch, you know back when records were cool.

Andrew: Right.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: And so it’s sort of modeled after that idea, and what we did last year was, we got together – I got together twelve bands that I thought were a good sampling of bands in the community at that time.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: At the time there was far less than 400. There were a hundred or so, so I just picked a bunch of people who I thought would be fun to work with and over the course of a year we released 12 different CDs, and people who subscribed to the club would get a couple CDs at a time in the mail, and we had stuff like Harry and the Potters released a CD and Draco and the Malfoys and The Parselmouths and The Remus Lupins and all these bands were contributing CDs worth of material, usually between five and ten songs that were all made just for this club. They were all exclusive CDs and we pressed a thousand copies of them and sold about 750 subscriptions and each band got a couple hundred copies that they could sell on their merch table, but otherwise all the money from the subscriptions went to an organization called “First Book,” which is a national nonprofit that donates new books to children from low income families.

Andrew: Oh wow, that’s great.

Paul: So, it is trying to promote literacy at an early age in communities where kids don’t often have access to that sort of thing.

Andrew: Yeah. Right.

Paul: Think of the joy as a little kid how pumped you were when you got a new book, or mom brought home something new to read to you at bed or something like that.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Paul: And that is the whole idea behind what they do, and they have been a great organization to work with, and so in 2007 we had the club, and we sold subscriptions and eventually the club sold out. We sold over 750 subscriptions and so far we have raised over $13,000 for “First Book” through subscription sales.

Andrew: Wow! That is incredible!

Paul: Yeah and this year we are doing it again with a whole new set of bands. Harry and the Potters are staying on as a flagship I guess.

Andrew: Of course. [laughs]

Paul: So we will be releasing another CD this year through the club and…

Andrew: All new music, too?

Paul: All new music.

Andrew: Wow! Sweet.

Paul: Yeah, Joe and I, we had a really fun time with it last year, where Joe and I kind of set aside a weekend, and kind of wrote and recorded all the songs that weekend.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs] Cool, cool.

Paul: Like, as fast as we could.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And we came up with like 14 songs and I think our CD is just under 14 minutes, you know. So, it’s just really a quick thrill ride…

Andrew: Uh huh. [laughs]

Paul: Of Wizard Rock.

Andrew: Cool.

Paul: But it was super fun for us to do and I had a blast sort of overseeing the club.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And helping each band put their CD together, like the artwork and all that.

Andrew: Mhm. Yeah, the albums look really cool. They’re nice and organized.

Paul: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, you have that certain theme going on with each album cover. It was very nice.

Paul: Right. We tried to have it – give it a consistent feel.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: It feels like you’re getting – at the end of the year, you have a collection. You have 12 CDs that all go together in some way and we’ll be doing that again this year. We have a different artist on board to handle the overall look of the club.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Paul: And it’s going to look really cool. It’s going to look, you know, really wonderful. I’ve been working with them in the past few days on getting stuff together for this year.

Andrew: Sweet.

Paul: And this year I got Matt Maggiacomo on board and he’s kind of helping. We’ve been throwing ideas around, you know, and we kind of picked out the bands together.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: We’ve got a great new troupe of bands, you know, of people. Well, I should mention who the bands are so the people can get excited.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Matt’s band, The Whomping Willows will obviously be contributing an EP, and rumor on the street is that it’s going to be the big Whompy EP, so Matt’s sort of been teasing everyone with certain big Whompy, like hip-hop style tracks for the past few years.

Andrew: Nice. [laughs]

Paul: And this time he’s going to make do on a whole EP’s worth, so that’s going to be pretty exciting.

Andrew: Awesome. His shows are always fun. I regret to say I haven’t been to a Harry and the Potters show yet, but The Whomping Willows – Matt’s a really fun guy. He’s just playing there with his acoustic guitar. He really interacts with the crowd.

Paul: Yeah, yeah.

Andrew: Sorry, go on. [laughs] Just had to say it.

Paul: Okay. Yeah, no problem. You’ll have to come see us some time, Andrew.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: I’ll put you on the guest list at the library.

Andrew: Yes!

Paul: That doesn’t actually exist.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: Those shows are free.

Andrew: I didn’t think so since it’s a public library.

[Paul laughs]

Paul: Uh, no. So we got The Whomping Willows and Gred and Forge.

Andrew: Okay.

Paul: Which is this guy Jared from North Carolina. I’m really excited about him. He actually just put out one of my favorite Wizard Rock CDs, which is called “Half the Band I Used to Be,” which is both a brilliant title and…

Andrew: Cool. Yeah, yeah.

Paul: A brilliant album. Really fun, like poppy, punky stuff, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Think of a really awesome Green Day songs.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Paul: And that’s the kind of stuff Jared’s doing with Gred and Forge.

Andrew: Uh huh.

Paul: We’ve got Catchlove, which is our favorite – one of our favorite Wizard Rock activists. Chase is an awesome dude and he’s all about promoting good causes and that sort of thing. He sort of uses his band, Catchlove, as a forum for Darfur awareness which I think is incredibly wonderful.

Andrew: Okay. Yeah.

Paul: He’s become a really great member of the Harry Potter Alliance and stuff. And we got the Hermione Crookshanks Experience from California and a couple really fun acts. We’ve got Tom Riddle and Friends, who are these two hilarious dudes from the Cincinnati area, I think. They’re just kind of – the way Matt described them was he said they’re like if Ben Stiller and Owen Wilson started a band about – from Voldemort’s perspective, which is really hilarious.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: I totally, totally suggest checking those guys out. Their MySpace has some really fun stuff on it. And The Giant Squid

Andrew: I have the list right here if you want to…

Paul: Oh, yeah. Okay. Well, I’m going off of the top of my head, but…

Andrew: Okay.

Paul: We got The Giant Squid Extravaganza. He’s really pro-environmentalist Wizard Rock, sort of. And this is along the same lines as, you know, The Whomping Willows are pretty heavy on the environmental stuff.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And so is The Giant Squid. He likes to plug that. He’s got some good stuff planned for sure.

Andrew: Cool. Uh, The Nifflers?

Paul: Yeah, The Nifflers: Canada’s first representative in the Wizard Rock Club.

Andrew: Oh, cool.

Paul: Yeah. They’re – I’m such a sucker for these sibling duos, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Like Draco and the Malfoys. The Nifflers are a brother-sister duo from the Toronto area. Super nice folks.

Andrew: Gryffindor Common Room Rejects.

Paul: Yeah! Oh man, they’re great, too.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: They’re like a pair of high school girls who produce really cool, low-fi punk rock on keyboards and stuff like that. It’s really, really, really fun stuff.

Andrew: All right, cool.

Paul: They kind of remind me of our band, where we would just, like, hit play on one of the keyboard demos and then record a quick song over it. It’s just like that.

Andrew: [laughs] Nice and easy.

Paul: [laughs] Yeah, and really fun too.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And we got Justin Finch-Fetchley, the Hufflepuff representative. He – he’s actually one of Matt’s old friends from way back. He’s kind of in that circle of Woodsocket wizard rockers.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Paul: Woodsocket, Rhode Island represent.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: And I think the last – oh, The Mudbloods. They’re from…

Andrew: Yes.

Paul: The Texas area. They’re fantastic. I really love their stuff. Just great. Indie rock sounding stuff, and they’ve got a great attitude, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: We kind of tried to pick bands that we really thought would be the most fun to work with and have a really great positive attitude that reflected what we liked best about wizard rock.

Andrew: Yeah. It all seems they’re very – they’re all very into – they’re supportive of the idea of raising money, since…

Paul: Yeah, well, exactly. You know, that’s the whole thing behind the club, the end result. We both want it to be super fun for people….

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: …who are subscribers, and we think it is, because over the course of the year if you subscribe you’re going to get 12 CDs, you know? And those 12 CDs are only come to you and a few other hundred people in the world.

Andrew: Right.

Paul: You know? They’re just for you, and I think there is something cool behind that. And then at the end of the day, the club costs 60 bucks, and I know that’s, like, kind of a lot of money, but at the same time you’re getting 12 CDs so it’s like 5 bucks a disc.

Andrew: Right.

Paul: And they’re all mailed to you. It’s very convenient. They show up at your home…

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: Once every few months, and then we’re going to raise – through it we’re going to raise a ton of money, and this year we’re sort of expanding it. We’re hoping to sell a few more subscriptions this year, and maybe raise almost twice as much money as we did last year.

Andrew: Okay, great.

Paul: And the money this year is going to go to First Book again and we’re also throwing some money over to the Harry Potter Alliance’s way.

Andrew: That’s great. Yeah.

Paul: Because this is going to be a big year for the HP Alliance.

Andrew: Oh definitely. Especially with Jo’s backing now.

Paul: Yeah, oh man, what a wonderful – what wonderful comments she made about the HP Alliance recently.

Andrew: Yeah. Absolutely, absolutely.

Paul: So, everybody at the HP Alliance is super pumped about that and just feel like this is the time to really reach out to the Harry Potter community and really catalyze them and really do something special together.

Andrew: Yeah, definitely, definitely.

Paul: I think it’s part of why Jo’s excited about it and part of why the fandom is so excited about it, because it has this sort of momentum to it.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: And the more people that are on board, like, the better the stuff we can do with it.

Andrew: Yeah., yeah.

Paul: You know?

Andrew: Yeah. So, it sounds like a good deal to me. Getting 12 CDs, each with a few songs, what, five to ten songs you would say?

Paul: Yeah, typically five to ten songs from each band, it’s great.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Paul: And those are just for you, just for you wizard rock fans.

Andrew: And they look great. They come – they come professionally packaged, and designed and all that.

Paul: Oh yeah. No rinky-dink operation.

Andrew: [laughs] This is no CDR from Wal-Mart. This is the real deal.

Paul: Oh yeah. They’ll go to pressing plants, you know. I have a roommate that’s a sound engineer, and he does all the mastering, so they sound great.

Andrew: Oh, good, good.

Paul: And they look great, and the bands are all great, so, you know, check it out. We’ve got a website that you can subscribe from, which is WizardRockClub.com, and you can totally check out more info on all the bands there and read more about what we’re about.

Andrew: Cool.

Paul: But you know the gist of it is, we’re having fun with wizard rock, and we’ve got a bunch of great bands involved, and we’re raising money for some really great causes.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: That – that really sort of encapsulates, to me, what wizard rock is about. It’s about this idea that we’re going to have a lot of fun together, and we’re going to put smiles on people’s faces, and try and do some good in the world too.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah. That’s great. You guys – the whole wizard rock community has a great sense of just togetherness, and it’s like one big family. It’s great what you guys have all created together.

Paul: Well, you know, it kind of stems from the whole Harry Potter fan community, actually. Like, I don’t think it’s unique at all to wizard rock. What it is, is it’s really the Harry Potter community…

Andrew: Oh yeah, absolutely.

Paul: That’s unique in that way now.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: Yeah, I mean, wizard rock – the bands help each other out and all that, but when you look at the Harry Potter community as a whole it’s such a welcoming place, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: And there are so many people that contribute to that, you know? Like you guys at MuggleNet are such a major part of that in bringing people together, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: I’m sure you guys must hear testimonials all the time, like, you know, these people met their best friends ever…

Andrew: Oh, god yeah.

Paul: …through MuggleNet. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Paul: Yeah, it’s such a wonderful thing. It’s so cool to hear those stories and realize that, well, not only have these books changed people’s lives in such a significant way, but really, like, they’ve created this community and these people are continuing to interact and be such a tremendously positive force in each other’s lives and now, through – through things like Wizard Rock and the Harry Potter Alliance, are taking that to the next level where we’re branching outside the community…

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: …of Harry Potter fans and, like, getting out into the real world and, like – and doing some really cool stuff…

Andrew: Absolutely.

Paul: …even outside the fan community.

Andrew: There’s quite a few examples of that in our fandom.

Paul: Yeah.

Andrew: It’s great. And, I mean, if – anyone listening, if you’ve never been to a Wizard Rock show, I highly recommend a Wizard Rock show with a few bands all coming together to play or even just one by themselves. I mean, they’re always a lot of fun and like Paul was saying, you know, you guys – you guys were impressed by some people singing your songs. I mean, now it’s like, all these people coming out to the shows are always singing along and dancing and just having a great time.

Paul: Yeah, it really is something special and unique, you know, and pure. So, I would definitely advise anyone to go check out a Wizard Rock show in your area because there’s a lot of cool stuff going on and you’re bound – you’re bound to have a good time, you know. You’re going to leave smiling. I’ve never had any sort of, like, real negative experience at one of these shows, you know?

Andrew: Oh, no.

Paul: Everybody – everybody goes with such a positive attitude.

Andrew: Yeah, definitely.

Paul: And when I think about the time I wasted at like, other boring concerts where people go and they, like, stand with their arms crossed and it’s almost like they go to, like, tear a band apart…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Paul: You know, like, “This band sucked” or “That band sucked.” But, like, Wizard Rock is like a total antithesis of that.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Paul: Where people are going because they want to have a good time. They want to see people. They want to have fun.

Andrew: Absolutely.

Paul: They want to get dressed up. Whatever. You know?

Andrew: And it’s a great time with all their friends and you meet new friends there. It’s just wonderful.

Paul: Absolutely.

Andrew: Definitely. Well, is there anything else you wanted to bring up? Should we wrap this up?

Paul: You know, earlier, before we started recording we mentioned that…

Andrew: Oh. [laughs]

Paul: …back in the day, back in the day – I think it was early 2005.

Andrew: Mhm.

Paul: So about three years ago, Harry and the Potters – we were kind of working with MuggleNet loosely for a Book 6 launch event and that’s when I started interacting with some of your staffers, I think.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: At the time – I don’t know if it was one of your guys’ ideas or mine, but I put together a MuggleNet theme song…

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: Which we never officially recorded, but which I did send – send into the MuggleNet circle.

Andrew: Yeah.

Paul: So, I think now it’s time for the official premiere of that.

Andrew: Oh, yeah. Absolutely.

Paul: That theme song.

Andrew: Three years later. [laughs]

Paul: I’m going to – three years later…

Andrew: It’s time for its premiere. [laughs]

Paul: We’ll dig up the demo and you can premiere it on this Muggle – MuggleCast here. It’s not a MuggleCast theme, but, you know, MuggleNet. Close enough. Actually, I could – you could just over-dub me. Ready? Here’s the clip. MuggleCast! So you can over-dub that at the end.

[Andrew laughs]

Paul: MuggleCast!

Andrew: Okay. Well, we’ll…

Paul: MuggleCast!

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: Well, we’ll have two versions: MuggleNet and MuggleCast.

Paul: There you go.

Andrew: We’ll just rearrange your words and all that. No, but – alright. Let’s play the clip now.

[Plays the clip]

We’ll post the news
And your magic-hungry Muggle eyes
Will devour every word
Trying to pacify your appetite
For boy-wizard related things
How can there be so much Harry Potter news?
MuggleNet!

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Paul: Awesome

Andrew: Ah. Brings back memories.

Paul: Cool.

Andrew: So, well, that’s great. [laughs] That’s great, Paul. We thank you so much for making that. I’m sure – I’m sure that will get some feedback.

Paul: No problem. It was no trouble.

Andrew: I remember over – I guess, maybe it was summer 2005 or summer 2006, Ben was always singing that song left and right at opportune moments.

Paul: Nice. It’s glad – I’m glad to know that it kind of lived on within the MuggleNet staff, you know?

Andrew: It did. Yeah, it did.

Paul: Even though it never made its way public until now.

Andrew: I almost forgot about it…

Paul: The world premiere.

Andrew: Until you brought it up before we started recording. But it’s good.

Paul: Cool.

[Andrew and Paul laugh]

Andrew: All right, well, Paul DeGeorge, thank you so much for joining us today on MuggleCast.

Paul: Yeah, thank you so much, Andrew, for having me.

Andrew: No problem. We’ll check out your MySpace, www.MySpace.com/harryandthepotters, and also you’re in our new Wizard Rock section and you wrote up a lengthy interview for us. Thanks for doing that.

Paul: [laughs] Yeah. I went kind of crazy on it. I had a lot of time on a bus ride, so I just…

Andrew: No, it’s great! It’s great!

Paul: …went ballistic on your interview questions. [laughs]

Andrew: Well, it’s all good. I’m sure everyone will be enjoying that.

Paul: Cool! Great!

Andrew: All right, Paul, thanks very much!

Paul: Thanks, Andrew!

Andrew: Talk to you again soon.

Paul: All right.

Andrew: That was Paul DeGeorge of Harry and the Potters. He’s like Harry himself, practically. He’s like just as popular.

Matt: He’s kind of a big thing.

Andrew: Yeah, he’s sort of a somebody in the Wizard Rock world. I’ll put it that way.

Eric: I really like what he’s doing with the Wizard EP of the Month. I really like that.

MuggleCast 130 Transcript (continued)


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapter 13 – The Muggleborn Registraion Commission


Andrew: Yeah. That’s what we talked about. This week we’re just going to try one chapter – Chapter 13 – The Muggleborn Registration Commission. We feel like there’s a lot to talk about this chapter and the next week following it, so next week might be one chapter, too. I don’t know. Heck! We could be going until summer! I hope not, but…

[Andrew, Eric, and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Not weekly, anyway.

Eric: Well, we’ll see.

Andrew: All right, well let’s just jump right into it. I mean, this is the chapter where Harry, Ron and Hermione infiltrate the Ministry and Harry goes into Umbridge’s office and searches for the locket, of course to no avail and they actually do end up getting the locket in one of the coolest scenes so far in this book., and probably one of my favorite scenes in the book as a whole.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: Totally agree. So they’ve actually infiltrated the Ministry in the previous chapter but they’re just stepping off of the elevator in the beginning of the chapter when Umbridge recognizes Hermione who is Mafalda Hopkirk. So Harry steps off the elevator and Umbridge gets on the elevator and Harry is confronted with Pius – by Pius Thicknesse who is under the Imperius Curse. Do we know who Imperiused Pius? Is that Voldemort, like, directly Imperiused him because this is the Minister of Magic?

Andrew: Presumably it would be Voldemort.

Mikey: No, no, I believe in the beginning it was….

Matt: It was Draco, wasn’t it?

Mikey: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. They stated that someone was supposed to do that at the beginning. I don’t remember who.

Mikey: Oh. I thought it was Yaxley because we were introduced to Yaxley in the very beginning of the book and I believe Voldemort talks to Yaxley about what’s the progress with the Ministry.

Eric: Oh.

Mikey: Things like – “we have Thickness under our control.”

Andrew: Oh, right. Yeah.

Mikey: So I believe it’s Yaxley, especially considering, you know, that would be great to build this character up because he’s kind of new in the seventh book and he’s the one that did this.

Eric: Yeah. Yeah.

Mikey: I don’t know. That’s just what I remember from reading, guys.

Eric: Yaxley’s making a bang. Yaxley’s is making a bang. I was just thinking in that scene it would be funny if Harry turned to him and said, you know, “I’m Harry Potter” and just watch him flip out, but…

Mikey: [laughs] No, actually, actually – again, like honestly, I want to see, you know, who’s Harry impersonating. Rancor – what’s his name?

Matt: Runcorn?

Andrew: Runcorn, yeah.

Mikey: Runcorn? And he’s like this high up Death Eater person…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: I would love for Harry – when Harry and Ron are in the elevator with Arthur – it’d just be like, “Arthur, it’s me, Harry, and this is Ron!” and just be like totally see Arthur Weasley just flip out and be like, “What are you doing here?” It’d be amazing, because like, you know?

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Harry feels bad the entire time in that entire scene.

Eric: Yeah, I agree. That’s what Jo’s so good at writing, though, is these scenes, you know? Like you really have to admire Jo for writing this just how she did because it’s like you almost want to reach out to the characters you’re seeing in peril. You know? Like Arthur Weasley getting intimidated and stuff – it’s just – I like how it all plays out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: No, I agree with you. It’s one of these – this book is, like I think I stated a long time ago – this book is one of those things where I was mad at it throughout the entire reading. Because it was like, I wanted them to do something and they weren’t doing it, or they weren’t – I was like talking to the book and obviously, you know, it’s not going to respond because it’s a book!

Eric: Did the book talk back?

Mikey: [laughs] I think it might’ve talked back at one point. It might’ve been a dream or no sleep or something.


The Pure-blood Pamphlets


Eric: Half asleep while reading it, yeah. That does it sometimes. Yeah, right before Harry goes into Umbridge’s office there’s that group of wizards and witches that are folding papers – the Ministry pamphlets with a flower strangling another flower on it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: What’d you guys think of that pure-blood pamphlet maniac crap?

Andrew: I thought – it sort of reminded me of like – sort of a telemarketer’s office or something where they’re all just grouped together and doing the same thing over and over again.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: I don’t know if Jo’s trying to draw another parallel to something within the government or – yeah, I don’t know.

Eric: Just the idea that they were magicking pamphlets together – what would they use to magick pamphlets because pamphlets can be made quite easily by just folding paper. But they were like magically waving their wands and – I know it’s a moot point, but…

Andrew: See, I don’t see the point in doing that because they have paper folders. I used to use one in the job I used to work at. You put like a stack of papers in and then it like folds it three ways and it comes out like a toaster. You can just stick it in the envelope.

Eric: Oh, that’s cool.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Where do you get one of those Andrew?

Mikey: Yeah, but see the problem is…

Andrew: OfficeMax? [hits the “Easy” button] Actually, Staples.

Mikey: I prefer Staples. That’s what I was going to say.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I prefer Staples, my friend.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: But – it’s one of those things, though. Even if they do have paper-folders, Andrew, this is a wizarding world. We’ve seen them turn down jeans and t-shirts as daily wear to wear cloaks. So obviously going to Staples (“That was easy!”) and getting a paper folder – they’re probably just going to use their wand because it’s free.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: So…

Eric: They can’t be bothered. They can’t be bothered, Andrew. Plus, the Ministry needs to create jobs.

Andrew: Yeah, it’s true.

Mikey: Yeah. Economy – good for the economy.

Matt: About the picture with the red rose being strangled by a green weed, being mean and evil-like – do you guys see that as, kind of, propaganda?

Laura: Oh, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, sort of.

Eric: It’s propaganda. Oh, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: I think Umbridge drew it, too.

Laura: It’s propaganda though.

Eric: Yeah and Umbridge drew it, too. Umbridge could have been responsible for that drawing, actually. That’s what, I think, Jo hinted at. Because she said when Harry took a look at that, he didn’t know who drew it, but the scars on the back of his hand tingled again as they had previously.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I thought it was a good comparison, too, because you know, roses are represented as the most beautiful, most prestigious flowers of the group…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: And that would represent like, Purebloods. I thought that was nice.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s a really good point.

Mikey: Yeah, but I think it’s also the fact that seeing a room of them folding it also lies in line with the pamphlet of what the Ministry has done previously about how to protect them and everything like that. I remember it was Half-Blood Prince and Harry was like, “I received a pamphlet form the Ministry,” and Dumbledore asks, “What did you think of it?” and he says, “It was pretty useless.”

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: That’s kind of what I think we’re seeing – that these are pretty useless because they’re propaganda and we see them as propaganda because that’s what the Ministry does because they’re kind of useless already.


The Eye of Moody


Andrew: So, the eye…

Eric: The eye! Nailed to the door. Or, you know, attached to the door. Guys, this is – this is sick. This is sick.

Andrew: It’s one of those classic Umbridge moments that I really was missing from Order of the Phoenix. Because like I’ve said so many times before, Order of the Phoenix gave me so much anger because of Umbridge. And that – you see Mad-Eye’s eye just framed up there like a trophy prize. It’s – I mean, it’s being used, but it’s still disgusting and wrong.

Matt: Well, it confirms that…

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: It confirms the fact that we know what happened – who got to Mad-Eye’s body first, too.

Andrew: That’s – oh yeah. Good point.

Mikey: But I think the – what the biggest question that came up to me when I read this was where did Mad-Eye get that magical eye, then? If it’s so unique that they’re taking it versus just creating their own…

Eric: Or getting their own, yeah.

Mikey: Where did he get this magical eye? Where did it come from?

Andrew: But I think Umbridge wanted it to just – I’m sure she was happy that Mad-Eye died, so – and I mean, they realized there was a use for it.

Matt: I’m sure she was there, too. She probably took it when they were examining his body.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah. Considering she takes the locket, too.

Matt: Yeah. She’s just taking stuff.

Eric: Yeah, she gets out and about a lot. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Umbridge gets around.

Matt: She goes to yard sales and everything.

Andrew:

[laughs] Hey, for all you guys know, she could have gotten that eye at a yard sale. But realistically, yeah, that just confirms that the Ministry got to Mad-Eye’s body. How unfortunate!


Umbridge’s Ministry Office


Eric: Yeah. So, I don’ know. If Harry walks in – when Harry walks in to her office and he sees that her office is pretty much the same as it was when it was at Hogwarts – I can’t wait to see that in the movie…

Andrew: That’s so funny, yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Because the whole time I was reading that scene, I was like, “Okay, time to bring the plates back out of the prop room.”

Eric: [laughs] Yeah.

Andrew: Because that’s…

Eric: Time to get another photo shoot of the cats and everything.

Andrew: Right. Well, hopefully – I mean, I’m sure they’re happy about that because now they know what to do for her office at the Ministry: same exact thing.

Matt: It’s easy, too, because it’s almost exactly like it was in the fifth story, so they really don’t have to change anything.

Andrew: Right. Exactly.

Eric: It’s interesting…

Mikey: Yeah, I actually kind of freaked out re-reading it. Because after I had seen the movie with all those cats now, versus just like – when I was envisioning before when I read the fifth book, now when I read it, I was like, “Oh my gosh, there are all these cats on the walls.” And I just started hearing the meows.

Matt: I know. It’s so surreal.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: And it’s so creepy! It’s like “Meeeeow! Meow!”

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Scratching. Ahhh, sorry, I’m freaking out!

[Eric makes “meow” noise]

Laura: I still just think of the cat plates they had in the bathrooms of the premiere party.

Andrew: I know.

Laura: And – oh my god.

Andrew: They would meow and stuff. That was really funny.

Eric: I wish I was there.

Matt: Yeah. So do I.

Andrew: Such a nice touch.

Mikey: Yeah, I didn’t go so…

Andrew: Not to have some inside talk even more, but another amazing thing about that after party is that they had an indoor area and there were portraits on the walls, but they were like plasma T.V. screens with portrait borders around them.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: And it was moving wizards and stuff – it was so cool.

Laura: Yeah, that whole thing was pretty sweet. I have to say…

Andrew: Yeah, it was. Sucks you guys weren’t there! [laughs]

Matt: Well, I’m glad you guys had fun.

Mikey: Yeah, I’m glad you guys had a lot of fun.

Matt: Yeah, jerk.

Andrew: Well, Laura’s the one who took a picture with Rupert.

Laura: I did! It’s on my Facebook.

Andrew: That was very exciting. I’m glad you did that. 

Eric: So, as if… 

Andrew: I was too afraid to do that. But anyway… 


Search in Office Reveals No Locket


Eric: So as if the shockingness – as if the chapter couldn’t get any more shocking, Harry unsuccessfully searches for the locket unsucessfully in her office. And ell, actually guys, do you want to talk about that decoy detonator? Because my favorite line in the chapter comes just as Harry’s exiting Umbridge’s office. 

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Can we jump to the favorites segment here quickly? 

Andrew: I guess so, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah. 


Eric’s Favorite Line and The Rain Cloud


Eric: Well, my favorite line in this chapter – they’re discussing the diversion that Harry created with the decoy detonator and they say, “I bet it sneaked up here from Experimental Charms. They’re so careless. Remember that poisonous duck?” [laughs].

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: You know, I agree. Because it’s one of those things where it also shows how lax and ridiculous the…

Eric: The office life is.

Mikey: …Ministry has gotten.

Eric: “Remember that poisonous duck that was up here?” “Yeah, those silly Experimental Charms people.”

Mikey: Poisonous Duck. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah, so the Ministry is sticking Dementors on the Muggle-borns.

Matt: They are?

Andrew: Which was very sad, but at the same time.

Mikey:

Andrew: It was definitely the coolest scene. Should we jump to that now? 

Matt: Yeah.

Mikey: Well actually, there’s something I put in there that sort of goes along with what Eric was saying – before we get down to the bottom of the elevator, guys. 

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Okay. 

Mikey: Eric brought up the exploding decoy and we know that’s from the twins. Then, Harry and Ron are in the elevator and Arthur Weasley shows up. And Arthur tells Ron, not knowing it’s Ron, how to stop to the rain in Yaxley’s office. 

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey:  My question is how does Arthur Weasley know exactly the spell? Do you think it’s the Order of The Phoenix making rain clouds in the offices? 

Eric: Oh no, no, no…

Matt: I think, if anything, it’s Fred and George’s stuff. 

Eric: No, he said he knew that spell because it worked for the other guy that had rain in his office. 

Mikey: Yeah, but that just seems way too convenient – that seems way too convenient that he happens to know it off the top of his head. I think there is something along there, where they’re tossing rain cloud frisbees or something and making rain clouds in all the offices of the Death Eaters. 

Matt: It’s very Fred and George-ish though. 

Laura: Yeah. 

Mikey: Yeah, that’s what – I agree. 

Matt: Like what they did in Movie 5 with the swamp in the Great Hall, or wherever it was. 

Eric: That’s true… 

Mikey: Swamp in the hallway.

Eric: Just because how close they’re watching Arthur Weasley, it just seems unlikely he’d be involved in it, but it is very pranksterish. 

Matt: I don’t think he is involved. I think it’s… 

Mikey: Yeah. I guess I can see it not being Arthur but I think Arthur knows exactly who’s doing it and what’s going on. I can really see it being a Fred and George thing where they snuck in and go, “Dad, just let these go,” and him doing it nonchalantly and they just go to where they need to go. Because that’s just amazing – come on, a rain cloud!  

Eric: What stuns me is that the raining offices floored Ron. I mean, he – when Hermione was mentioning suggestions, you know, Finite Incantatem or just Impervius and all that stuff – these are all spells that Ron had learned at Hogwarts for years and he was just completely unable to grasp the concept. He was fiddling in his pockets for a quill to write down the spells. And Ron is just completely stumped by this raining office when Hermione told him the spells to use and he just seems really incompetent.

Matt: Well, we know Ron’s reaction time isn’t as quick as the rest of them; he doesn’t very quick reactions. 

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: No, he doesn’t.

Mikey: Yeah, but it’s also one of those things where – what was it? Who was it? Yaxley? Again Yaxley said, “Fix the office and I might go easier on your wife.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: And again, Ron’s like, “I need to do this because I don’t want an innocent person to, you know, be killed.”

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Right. He’s getting freaked out.

Mikey: So one, Ron is under pressure and stuff like that. I think you guys picked on Ron a little too much, because I like him. [laughs]

Eric: [sings] “Under pressure…”

Mikey: No, it’s one of those things – yeah. [sings] “Under pressure…” But no, it’s one of things where Ron definitely is put under pressure and I think Harry, even Hermione, has problems under pressure. We see that coming up in a second and I’ll bring it up again. But Harry is the only one who does really well under pressure.  

Eric: “Fire!” “But there’s no wood!” “Are you a witch or not?” [laughs]

Mikey: [laughs] Well no, it’s also the same thing as like – again, there are Dementors all around and Hermione can’t cast a Patronus. It’s the only spell she’s ever had problems with.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Still, it’s like you’re under pressure. I work better under pressure, but I don’t know about you guys.


The Elevator and The Courtroom


Eric: Speaking of Nazi parallels, there’s a really good line in here when Jo is illustrating that Umbridge’s Patronus is keeping the Dementors’ cold effects from reaching the prosecutors. And it’s a line that says that “morbid feeling,” that “dismal existence was for the accused not the accusers.”

Matt: Right, well that’s in the next chapter, isn’t it?

Eric: No.

Mikey: No, that’s in this chapter.

Matt: Are you sure?

Eric: That’s in this chapter because they’re in the chamber.

Andrew: So we’re there now.

Mikey: Yeah. So, we’re going, now we’re moving down.

Eric: Right.

Mikey: Arthur Weasley just told Ron how to get – and we’re going down into – Harry puts on the Invisibility Cloak.

Andrew: Oh.

Eric: And Percy Weasley is on the elevator, he gets off the elevator – oh, and Arthur tells off Harry.

Mikey: Yeah, Arthur tells off Harry and Harry puts on the Invisibility Cloak and boom! They’re down in the courtrooms. That’s where we’re at.

Andrew: I was very surprised by Arthur Weasley’s attitude there because I don’t think that’s – I think that’s the first we’ve really seen him act like that. Of course, he’s not – he doesn’t know it’s Harry but still, I was kind of surprised by how mean he was.

Eric: Pleasantly surprised though.

Mikey: I wasn’t though. They’re not pushovers. You know what I mean?

Andrew: Yeah, I know.


Undesirable Number One and Eric’s Wizard Rock Band


Eric: Mikey.

Mikey: They’re family and – what?

Eric: It’s – he’s been hanging around Undesirable Number One too much. You know?

Andrew: Ah, yes.

Mikey: Yeah. That’s what it is.

Andrew: Those were cool names.

Matt: Now is that me or is that title just…

Eric: It’s the coolest title in the world.

Matt: …kind of, uncreative.

Andrew: I like it.

Matt: I don’t like it at all.

Eric: Who has not – see, I want to start a Wizard Rock band. I’ve been thinking about it for a long time and I’m going to call it – before someone else does – I want to call myself Undesirable Number One because it means…

Andrew: Well…

Eric: Because it’s just another nickname for Harry Potter but it’s – I don’t think it’s taken. So…

Andrew: That is a really good name but I think you just blew it.

Matt: You just blew it, you’ve got to…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: But guys, guys! Didn’t you know? Me and Eric started that band last week.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: Oh, okay.

Eric: Yeah, yeah.

Mikey: Undesirable Number One, that’s me and Eric. That’s me and you right?

Eric: Yeah, totally.

Mikey: Is that what it is?

Andrew: All you’ve got to do is – Paul and I discussed in the interview – all you’ve got to do is just create a new MySpace page and boom! You have a band. You’re done. So, just create the band real quick putu p a MySpace before the episode comes out.

Mikey: Yes! We should. Let’s do it right now. Guys, you’re listening to history in the making. Undesirable Number One is getting an e-mail at Gmail right now and a MySpace page in the next five minutes.

Eric: Mikey, if you…

Andrew: Sweet.

Eric: Could do that I’d love you forever.

Mikey: Actually I would let you do it because I’m actually looking at my bills now. I’m sorry.

Eric: That’s okay, it just won’t get done.

[Andrew laughs]

Eric: Just get that done. Okay, giving that name up for the public…

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: Undesirable Number One…

Mikey: Yes.

[Eric laughs]

Mikey: Make it and the just give Eric credit for the name because it’s awesome.


Back to Umbrigde’s Office: Rita’s Book


Andrew: Okay, well let’s…

Matt: Hey guys…

Andrew: Let’s keep moving along here.

Matt: Can I say something?

Andrew: Sure.

Matt: About – because we kind of passed it and I really hate going back but, I think this is a pivotal – one of the pivotal points in the chapter, when Harry looks at the book by Rita Skeeter about “The Life and Lies of Albus Dumbledore.”

Eric: Oh, you’re right. We missed that.

Matt: It has a picture of Dumbledore holding who I believe – isn’t it Dumbledore? He says it could be Armando Dippet, but…

Eric: No, Doge.

Matt: Doge. Doge. That’s it.

Eric: Dumbledore is there and he says it could be Doge he’s holding.

Matt: I kind of thought it was like, Grindelwald or something.

Eric: I think – it’s either talked – I don’t think it would be Grindelwald in that picture though. See, it depends on what picture. But, the one in the book…

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: I don’t know. If it’s…

Andrew: What made you think it was Grindelwald?

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: I don’t know. Because he was just holding his arm around him looking really happy and Dumbledore and him used to be really good friends.

Andrew: Well, what are you trying to say?

Mikey: Wellm it couldn’t have been – couldn’t it have been his brother?

Andrew: They were lovers. I don’t know.

Mikey: Were they lovers?

Andrew: No they weren’t.

Laura: No, they weren’t.

Andrew: But Dumbledore loved him.

Eric: You know what else is funny? Rita Skeeter – it said, from the same author as “Armando Dippet” – what was it? “Moron.” [laughs] Or something.

Andrew: Yeah, something like that.

Eric: “Master or Moron.” It was pretty funny.


Back to the Courtroom and The Locket


Andrew: So, let’s get to the chamber now in the courtroom. Harry is there with his Invisibility Cloak, scares Hermione by saying, “I’m behind you.” This – I love this scene. I think this is so cool.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Umbridge is explaining that the locket belongs to her ancestors and that just sends Harry through the roof. I can’t – I really cannot wait to see this scene.

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: Laura – what did you think about it, Laura?

Laura: I thought it was just fabulous. I mean you just – it’s just another one of those Umbridge moments that you talk about where it’s like, she’s just flat out lying, like… [makes frustrated noise]

Andrew: Right.

Laura: It’s so annoying.

Andrew: So easily. So easily.

Matt: What’s great about when she does these lies and stuff – she knows it’s a blatant lie and she knows that she can say it and it’s pretty much cannon when she says it, because no one can say anything.

Mikey: See, what I was going to say is like – this is great, you know, it’s this blatant lie. But if she knew what it really was, it’d be even that much more because it was Salazar Slytherin’s. It was one of the founders of Hogwarts. You know, she could say, “Oh, this is an old family heirloom but it was originally Salazar Slytherin’s.” That’s so much more than it was like, “it’s been in her family for generations” and I just find it very ironic that she’s making up a story that’s not even as good as the actual story behind it.

Laura: Yeah, that’s true.

Matt: Well if she – if she blatantly tells everybody that it’s from Slytherin, people are going to start to actually research it to see if she’s a liar or not. If she goes “Selwyn”…

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Matt: …it’s not as prestigious.

Mikey: No, I know. Yeah, I know, but the whole thing is though – like, the actual story behind what the locket is and what it is, is way more interesting and way more important than her made up story of “it’s been in my family for years.”
 

Andrew: Of course!
 

Eric: Umbridge has the locket around her neck and she is proud to wear it. But if Pius Thicknesse, if the Minister of Magic saw the locket at any point, you know, when maybe she was walking in, she showed it to the Minister: “Do you like my new locket?” Pius should’ve told – if Pius was under the Imperius control of Voldemort, Voldemort would’ve seen that locket, and he would’ve recognized that the locket was out of its hiding place. That’s a potential…
 

Andrew: Yeah!
 

Eric: … big plot hole that I just – I just thought of that.
 

Mikey: Well again we – I thought that we said that Pius wasn’t Imperiused by Voldemort.

Eric: Wasn’t under Voldemort. And I think that’s…
 

Laura: Yeah, I don’t think he was.
 

Mikey: And again, I think Voldemort was lying low still. He’s basically in control because all his cronies are controlling the Ministry. But he doesn’t actually need to be – I think they said, I think Arthur or…
 

Eric: It was Remus. It was Remus who said, “Yeah, that he doesn’t have to.”
 

Mikey: Yeah, it’s Remus that says he doesn’t need to because he has virtual control without having to make himself present. And if he did make himself present, then there would probably be more people that would stand against it because then it’s obvious, but…
 

Eric: But I just thought it was – yeah. Yeah.
 

Mikey: But I’m pretty confident it wasn’t Voldemort.
 

Eric: No, you’re right. It’s no plot hole.


Harry Attacks Umbridge, Hermione Takes The Locket


 

Andrew: So, another thing we wanted to talk about here. So, Harry sends a curse at – what was it again?

Eric: He shuts her face.
 

Matt: It was Stupify.
 

Andrew: It was Stupify, right.
 

Mikey: Was it Stupify, again? Oh, geez.

Andrew: It was.
 

Eric: Yeah, it was Stupify.. It was Stupify.

Mikey: It’s a good spell, isn’t it?

Andrew: It was.

Mikey: Stupify again.
 

Eric: Umbridge is boom – face desk, head desk.


Why Does Locket Have No Effect on Umbridge?


 

Andrew: Which is great, and then Hermione goes into it get the locket. One thing that Matt wanted to bring up was why does the locket not have an effect on Umbridge? Because as we know later on in the book – we’ll talk about it now just because Umbridge is wearing it now – Ron felt the effects of it. It made him separate from the group. So, what was it about Umbridge that…
 

Matt: Well, not only that, but when they put the locket on for the first time – in the next chapter though – you could feel it, an automatic heart beat. Like, wouldn’t she feel that?
 

Andrew: Yeah, well not just that. Harry said he felt the slightest heart beat…
 

Mikey: Heart beat and stuff, yeah. We read both chapters in preparation for this but then we just realized that the chapter’s too big.
 

Andrew: Yeah.
 

Mikey: For two chapters, but…
 

Andrew: So…

Mikey: Oh…

Andrew: The question is why – does anyone have any high ideas or theories why Umbridge wouldn’t feel anything? Does it matter if you’re wearing certain amount of clothing that’s protecting you from physically…
 

Eric: Well she does have the ruffles, the foliage…
 

Andrew: Touching skin?
 

Eric: But…
 

Andrew: Her dress. No, I’m just kidding.
 

Eric: No, well, I think she did feel it. I don’t think the locket had no effect on Umbridge. But I think, though, that Umbridge was so full of malice, generally – when she got the locket, she proceeded to – I mean that is when she proceeded to make those pamphlets and start crucifying and became the head of the Muggle-born Registration Committee. She was at a really crucial, really powerful, self-important time as part of her career at the Ministry. I just think the locket would have felt good – unusually good to wear. I think it attracted her to begin with.
 

Matt: Yeah.
 

Eric: And it just was one of those things that empowered her to do her job and have all that malice and evil. So, she might not have noticed that it was beating a heart beat, but I think it definitely affected her it made her – sort of brought out her evil and her cruelty.
 

Laura: Yeah, I agree. Definitely
 

Mikey: Yeah, I have to be with Eric, but I also think maybe – also kind of shows that – because it is part Voldemort. I know that Voldemort has a direct affect on the people that see him that are not his followers. It could also mean that she was a Death Eater and he had been in his presence before and did not seem any different. I personally think that just because how evil she was, she would definitely be one of the Death Eaters.
 

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, yeah.
 

Mikey: And this locket would not change anything. You know?

Laura: Well…

Mikey: It’s what she’s been used to.
 

Matt: That’s kind of the same as my theory, too. Although, I think since it is a Horcrux and it’s part of Voldemort – I think Horcruxes kind of have soul of its own. So, I think it could actually sense if it’s in danger or not. Maybe that’s why it affected Ron so much because it knew what – it kind of felt that it was kind in danger in this group of peoples’ hands.
 

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.
 

Matt: Whereas, if it was with Umbridge, it knew it was safe or it just could sense a comfortable…
 

Andrew: Oh, that’s true. Yeah.
 

Matt: …aura around her or something.
 

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.
 

Mikey: Yeah. I could believe that. That’s a good one.
 

Laura: Yeah, well I think the big point of the locket is that it brings out the worst in people. If you’re a good person like Ron is and it starts to magnify all of your worst traits, you’re clearly not going to be very happy.

Eric: You’re very fearsome.

Laura: But if you thrive in being evil like Umbridge does, then just making her power-hungry nature that much more bad would make her happy.

Matt: That’s true.

Laura: So, yeah.

Matt: That’s a good theory, too.

Eric: Yeah. Well, you know what Hermione does, guys? This is – this shocked me.

Andrew: But wait a second – was there anything that showed Dumbledore – or, sorry – that Umbridge – her cruelness was exemplified?

Eric: Well, it’s like…

Laura: Well, the way I think – I mean…

Eric: I’m not saying it’s inhuman. I’m not saying Umbridge is being super powerful now that she has the locket. I’m just saying that the locket would have felt good to wear around – as a general vibe, like…

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: …Umbridge would be – Umbridge would be getting this vibe to be cruel, and she’s proud to have this locket that is from the Sed – or Selwyn family, or whatever, which is not true.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well granted, also…

Laura: Well, I think that it…

Matt: Oh, sorry.

Andrew: Yeah. Let Laura go.

Laura: It’s okay. All right, I think that what it shows is it kind of took her whole pure – her obsession with pure-bloods to a whole new level, because in the fifth book, she didn’t really say anything about Muggle-borns, did she?

Eric: No, she just hated half-breeds, like centaurs.

Andrew: No.

Laura: It was mostly about magical creatures…

Eric: Yeah, magical creatures.

Laura: And this just took it to a whole new level. And gave her the opportunity.

Eric: Totally.

Andrew: But don’t you think that was Dumbledore’s – or, sorry – Voldemort’s doing?

Laura: Well I think that – I think that he allowed – I think he made that easier for her to do, but it also, I think, could become more acceptable for her if she had – you know, if the locket did bring out…

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: …that kind of…

Eric: I’m with Laura.

Laura: Evil, power-hungry…

Eric: I’m with Laura.

Laura: Personality of hers.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: Yeah, I can go with that. I’ll buy that.


Duplicating the Locket


Eric: You know what’s so shocking that I read, guys, is that Hermione duplicated the locket so that Umbridge didn’t know it was missing. Did you guys catch that?

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: Yeah. Mhm.

Andrew: Well, of course…

Eric: But I thought…

Andrew: That’s pretty important.

Eric: That’s so weird. So now, not only is there a locket around Kreacher’s neck, which is the false locket that R.A.B. put in the basin to replace the locket he took, but now there’s actually a duplicate locket that actually has an “S,” so it’s almost like an exact replica of the Slytherin artifact without Voldemort’s soul in it.

Matt: Uh huh.

Andrew: But that’s important because if Umbridge thought it was stolen, there would have been this huge search for that locket and…

Eric: Right, but…

Andrew: …they would have had a…

Eric: What exactly does it…

Mikey: And I’m sure Voldemort would have found out.

Eric: Matter? But what exactly does it…?

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Oh. Well…

Andrew: It matters because they don’t want another reason for Death Eaters and Voldemort to come after them. Or Umbridge – like, maybe Umbridge would have been really annoyed enough to go after…

Eric: Right. Okay.

Andrew: …Harry, Ron and Hermione to get the locket.

Eric: But at first I didn’t wonder, because, I mean, after they make the big escape from the Ministry, I think – I mean, there are several moments here – and this is another point too – there are several moments – see, Mary, the wife of Redge, who they’re rescuing from this trial – she’s really confused because Harry is, you know, personifying the man who put her there in the first place. But they shout each other’s names quite a bit when they’re escaping and throwing Patronuses at the Dementors, “Harry,” “Hermione,” “Ron this,” “Ron that,” and it seems pretty obvious that it’s Harry Potter, Ron Weasley and Hermione Granger that have appeared at the Ministry. It seems like Mary would be able to piece it together, or that, you know, somebody would be able to piece it together. Wouldn’t they just want to come after Harry Potter anyway for being at the Ministry? Wouldn’t that just make them want to come after them anyway?

Mikey: Yeah. Well, they’re already after Harry Potter anyway.

Eric: I guess. Yeah.

Mikey: But no, I think the big thing about the locket is, again, without her knowing the locket’s gone and making a fuss about it, Voldemort won’t get wind that his locket has been found and the people involved with taking it and stealing it was his one big enemy. You know what I mean? If Voldemort knew he was destroying his Horcruxes, I think he would have gone out and made more. You know? There are so many more things he could have done than to prevent himself from ever destroying all the Horcruxes. Do you know what I mean?

Eric: You’re right. Dolores…

Mikey: And Harry is this 96-year-old man…

Eric: Umbridge…

Mikey: Trying to kill, you know, the last seventeen of them.

Eric: You’re right, and Umbridge would have been making a big fuss if her locket was…

Matt: Well…

Eric: Stolen.

Matt: Back to what the original question was, though, about how come it didn’t affect her as much, was – I just thought about it – she didn’t wear the locket as long as Ron did either, so that’s probably why it didn’t affect her as much as it did Ron.

Laura: Fair point. Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I guess. Yeah.

Matt: Because it didn’t – weren’t they like out there for months?

Mikey: Yeah…

Laura: Yeah.

Mikey: But also, how long did she have the locket from what’s his name? From…

Eric: Mundungus. Dung.

Mikey: …Mundungus? Yeah. Do you know what I mean? She could have had it for months too, because they didn’t think about this locket until – remember when Dumbledore died? That’s like the summer before. Let’s say that’s like June or – and now it’s like, what? It’s like…

Eric: Now it’s September.

Mikey: …September maybe. So she’s had it on straight for months then if he got it right away. Do you know what I mean?

Matt: Did he say he sold it right away though?

Mikey: And actually, no. Mundungus stole it before Dumbledore’s death even, after freaking what’s his name’s death? After Sirius’s…

Laura: Oh, good old what’s-his-name!

Mikey: Which was like, years ago.

Eric: So all we know is that Umbridge came up to Dung while he was selling in Diagon Alley and said, “Do you have a permit to sell it here?” And he said no, he’s like, you know, whatever, and she’s like, “Give me that nice necklace, I want it.”

Mikey: Yeah, “give me that and I’ll turn a blind eye.”

MuggleCast 130 Transcript (continued)


The Escape and The Polyjuice Potion Issue


Eric: Well, next was just their – kind of their escape. Do you guys have any comments about their escape?

Andrew: The escape was interesting. I thought the biggest “Holy Sh…” moment was when the real – what was his name again?

Matt: Yaxley?

Andrew: No, no, no, the guy who went home to puke and then…

Eric: Reg Cattermole.

Mikey: Reg Cattermole.

Eric: Reggie Cattermole.

Andrew: Yeah, when he came back and, you know, everyone realized there was two of them. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: That was a very confusing scene, like…

Matt: It’s hard to read.

Andrew: …even Yaxley was confused. It is hard to read.

Matt: It’ll be a lot better in the movie though.

Eric: Well, Harry laid out this bald guy.

Mikey: Yeah! I think that’s a cool part. I was going to say that, and like, Harry’s just like – he punches a bald guy that lets them go through, and he’s like…

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: …”He’s helping Muggle-borns escape Yaxley!” and confuses everyone. That’s just awesome.

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: I think – but, again, this is not going to be a Daniel Radcliffe doing this scene, punching, and it’s going to be some guy playing Runcorn, and I want to see some big guy just punch another guy.

Eric: Oh, guys, what do you think is going to happen? Because this is a Polyjuice moment, but remember, they made a significant change in Chamber of Secrets when they used the Polyjuice. They still had their own voices, which was…it was a dumb change to make.

Andrew: Yeah, you know, I thought about that because Mrs. Cattermole was all confused in – once they knocked Umbridge out, she got all confused, but like, Harry and Hermione kept addressing each other as each other. So, I don’t understand really what’s going on there.

Mikey: But she was also worried about her life. She’s not paying attention to those little things. We catch them, obviously.

Andrew: Yeah, but she – but it’s not even a little thing. It’s like, “Harry come here, Hermione come here.” Like, you know?

Eric: It is, it is. Andrew is completely right, and, I mean, more to the point, in the book they don’t have their regular voices, and they shouldn’t either. I mean, that was stupid of Movie 2 to do it, but it was a plot device.

Matt: Well, they don’t in The Goblet of Fire either with Mad-Eye Moody. I think they just changed it ’cause they realized that’s how it happens.

Eric: Oh, you’re right, because Mad-Eye Moody, yeah okay, so that’s a Movie 2 error.

Andrew: But I do think from a movie stand point, especially with the trio, it’s too confusing while you’re watching a movie to follow who Harry, Ron and Hermione turn into. Don’t you think?

Laura: Yeah, I think they will change it for the benefit of the movie goer.

Eric: So what do you think they’ll do?

Andrew: Yeah, it’s just too confusing, especially with these random Ministry characters, like – you know, a typical movie goer will not understand – will probably get confused. Especially during these faster-paced action scenes, like, “Wait, who’s who again? I forget.” Like, you know, it’s not going to have like arrows pointing to who is who. You’ve got to have…

Mikey: But you know what? That’s actually what happens; Ron forgets what Harry looked like.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: You know what I mean? I think they’re not going to – I don’t think they’re going to dumb it down for movie goers, regardless of…

Eric: I don’t think they’re going to dumb it down, you’re right.

Matt: No.

Mikey: Yeah, I think they’re going to have different voices, and what’s going to happen is, we’re going to follow the one person that the movie’s through. We’re going to follow Harry. And we’re going to forget that it’s Hermione, but then he’s going to be under the Invisibility Cloak and go, “Hermione, I’m here.” And it’s going to go, “Oh, that’s Hermione’s character again, she changed from what she looked like.”

Andrew: I guess so.

Eric: Mafalda Hopkirk.

Mikey: And Ron forgot what he looked like, you know what I mean? There’s enough in there. The only part that’s going to be confusing is like, that ending part when two Reg Cattermoles come out.

Matt: Right.

Mikey: But then, you know what’s going to happen is? They’re going to start coming back.

Matt: Exactly.

Mikey: Because Yaxley has a moment of recognition, that’s when Harry’s scar is going to appear.

Eric: Or their voices change. Yeah.

Mikey: Or their voices start changing. You’re going to know – the movie goers are not – sorry, I get passionate when we start talking about the movie, even though I love the books.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: Because I’m a filmmaker, guys. But you know, it’s…

Eric: I know.

Andrew: Wait, wait. You’re a film major? You never said that before.

Mikey: Yeah! What can I say? I like movies.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: I didn’t know that. But wait, repeat it like five more times, because I think I’m going to forget.

Mikey: Mikey B! Likes movies. Okay, I’m going to leave it there. But no, it’s one of those things they can definitely keep in.

Eric: Yeah, well I agree.

Mikey: They don’t have to dumb it down. As long as they have the one thread which is Harry’s character as Runcorn, because we follow him, we know that’s Harry, and then, you know, Ron’s character comes back in. Even if we forgot what it was, he goes, “Ron, it’s me.” He’s like, “Oh Harry, I forgot what you looked like.” They bring that back up so we know what Ron looks like again, and then, you know, again we have Hermione.

Eric: I think they will cast actors. Yeah, I don’t think they’ll dumb it down, you’re right, Mikey. Have you seen Stardust? Have you guys seen Stardust?

Mikey: No.

Andrew: Well, obviously, they’re going to cast actors, but I – see, I think the way they did it in Chamber of Secrets says something. Sure, they could change it, but I think to avoid confusion – and yes, there will be confusion, I don’t care what you guys say. I mean, whatever, we can agree to disagree.

Mikey: But what about Mad-Eye? We didn’t have Mad-Eye doing a weird fake voice the entire time.

Andrew: Well, because then you would’ve known it was…

Laura: Because that was a longer period of time too.

Andrew: And the other thing was that you weren’t supposed to know that that was an impostor.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: Like if it was a different voice, people would’ve been like, “What the hell?”

Matt: Yeah, I know, but you can’t just change it, Andrew.

Andrew: Although I guess that’s the first time we’re meeting Mad-Eye anyway, so nobody would have known.

Mikey: So, it wouldn’t have mattered. Exactly.

Eric: Actually, wait, you guys are forgetting – wait, I remember it. No, it would be easier to understand because they’ll understand because of the seven Potters. The scene with the seven Potters, with all of those Dan Radcliffes.

Andrew: That’s going to be hard, too.

Eric: I don’t know even know if it will be hard, it will just be – they’ll understand that that kind of stuff happens, so the…

Matt: It’s possible, guys…

Eric: Filmmakers…

Matt: It’s not hard.

Eric: …establish that with the scene with the seven Potters to then help understand what happens in the Ministry of Magic.

Andrew: True, true.

Mikey: I want to see Dan Radcliffe walk in as Fleur Delacour. Just walking around, giving Bill a big old kiss.

Andrew: So, um, yeah their escape; it’s cool.

[Andrew and Eric laugh]

Andrew: The saddest moment is when they realize that they won’t be able to go back to Grimmauld Place anymore.

Eric: They don’t realize that yet.

Mikey: No. The saddest moment is when Ron gets splinched. That’s…

Eric: That doesn’t happen yet!

Andrew: Yeah, but he’s okay.

Eric: It doesn’t happen yet, guys. They’re in midair

Matt: You are skipping to the next chapter.

Eric: They are in midair….

Andrew: Oh. Right. Yeah.

Eric: …when the next chapter happens. Harry just feels Hermione’s grasp leaving him and then that’s…

Andrew: Oh, yeah that’s…

[Something beeps in the background]

Andrew: Something in my room keeps beeping!

Mikey: So that’s Chapter 13.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: All right. So it’s time for Quote Quiz-quiz-quiz-quiz… Okay, this week’s Quote Quiz from Chapter 14 is: “Can you feel it though?”

Matt: Yeah!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: I can feel it.

Andrew: No. No. That was Quote Quiz, Matt. That wasn’t a question.

Matt: Oh, oh, oh.


Make The Connection


Andrew: Ummm, okay. So let’s move on now to Make The Connection.

Matt: Is it Make “the” Connection or Make “a” Connection?

Andrew: Matt’s back this week with a…what?

Matt: Is it Make “the” Connection or Make “a” Connection?

Andrew: “The.”

Matt: Oh, it is?

Andrew: Well, we’ve always called it Make The Connection, so I don’t know.

Matt: All right. Okay.

Andrew: Let’s start with Mikey since he is new to this. I guess Eric hasn’t done one yet either, has he?

Mikey: I’ve done one before.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Mikey: I just haven’t done one in a long time because I haven’t been here.

Matt: I am going to give Mikey an easy one.

Mikey: Okay, good. Thank you. I appreciate that.

Matt: Okay. Let me look. Let me look. Let me look Okay, Mikey B, your Make The Connection for this week is: Make The Connection between Harry Potter and Anakin Skywalker.

Andrew: Oh god!

Mikey: Oh, eez! Which Anakin, though?

Eric: Dude!

Matt: The one in Star Wars.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Okay. Just checking, because really, I don’t want to make a connection between – well there is another one. There is Anakinn Solo.

Eric: Oh, you’re right.

Matt: In the movies. In the movies.

Mikey: In the movies.

Matt: In the movies. In the movies. In the movies. In the movies.

Mikey: In the movies. In the movies. Okay, well I am going to have to say Order of the Pheonix is a lot like Attack of the Clones, because they’re both big babies and whine about a lot of things.

[Andrew laughs]

Mikey: Because Harry Potter is like, “I’m mad! At the world! Beause I’m angsty, and I’m ALL CAPS HARRY!” And then in the movie, Anakin Skywalker goes, “I killed them all! I hated them. AHHH!”

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: “I hate them.”

Mikey: That’s a good one, right?

Eric: Yeah, yeah, yeah. Yeah, yeah.

Andrew: That’s a good one.

Matt: Mhm.

Mikey: “I hate them all! I killed them all like animals! I’m angry!”

Eric: “I smothered…”

Matt: That’s good!

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Actually, you guys want to hear a Star Wars story, a very quick one that kind of relates to this?

Andrew: Really quick.

Mikey: All right. I pulled out my Wii, Nintendo Wii again, and I set it up, and I’ve been playing Harry Potter and the Order of the Pheonix, and then I rented Lego Star Wars.

Eric: Oh! How is that for Wii? For Wii?

Mikey: That game is amazing! Lego Star Wars for the Wii is the most amazing thing. I beat Episode 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 and then I had to return it before I could beat Episode 6, so…

[Matt and Eric sigh]

Mikey: …I think that I may have to buy it or rent it again. Because Lego – and they’re making a Lego Indiana Jones.

Eric: Yeah.

Mikey: And I’m so excited. The Lego games are so entertaining.

Andrew: They are.

Mikey: They’re not little kid games. They are awesome. They’re Lego games.

Andrew: I used to love Lego Chess. That was a fun one.

Eric: That always froze my computer.

Mikey: Dude, Lego Star Wars.

Andrew: I guess I am the only dork who plays Lego Chess.

Eric: Lego Chess, yeah.

Mikey: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, anyway.

Eric: Well, Lego Chess inspired me…

Mikey: Make The Connection.

Matt: Wait, wait, wait! Let me say something about this, because I want to tell you the reason why I picked this – was because the person who sent this in had the most perfect Make The Connection, and I agree with it.

Andrew: Oh okay.

Matt: It is so funny. The reason why there is a Make The Connection between Harry Potter and Anakin Skywalker is because both main actors, Daniel Radcliffe and Hayden Christianson both are bad actors.

[Everyone boos]

Mikey: That’s mean!

[Matt laughs]

Eric: That’s the worst Making the Connection. I don’t like that one.

[Matt continues to laugh]

Mikey: But this is what happens, though. Let me explain why that’s completely wrong.

Matt: Oh. Okay!

Mikey: I can explain that. I can explain why that’s completely wrong. Harry Potter is originally a fictional character from a novel. Anakin Skywalker – we never had a novel of that. That’s George Lucas’s vision. Every Star Wars book never dealt with the story of Anakin Skywalker. That was originally released not as a novel, but as a movie. And that’s where Hayden Christianson is the canon for that, whereas Harry Potter – the canon for that is the book one, not the movie one.

Eric: Ah.

Mikey: Not Daniel Radcliffe.

Eric: That’s true. It is safe to say. Now Mikey B’s…

Mikey: They’re two different things.

Matt: I’m not convinced, but okay

Eric: So you can’t mess with Hayden Christianson.

Mikey: I’m sorry sure. Don’t mess with me and Star Wars. I have a Yoda tattoo and a Fox Phoenix tattoo, okay? I got my two friends.

Andrew: Mhm.

Mikey: Okay? Those are on my body for life.

Eric: Well, okay, none of you mentioned the fact that he’s a little boy when he figures out that he’s going to be whisked away and taken on a fate-entwined journey.

Andrew: There’s a million connections.

Mikey: There’s a million connections. But I wanted to bring up the whiny one so I could change my voice and go “I killed them all! Ah!”

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Eric: Oh, it was funny. It was funny. It was funny. That was a very, very scene. That was a very…

Andrew: All right.

Mikey: All right, and actually, you really like – honestly, go play Lego Star Wars. Even if you don’t like Star Wars, just to see the angsty Anakin Skywalker as a Lego is so entertaining! That’s what that voice came from. The “Ah!” It’s amazing. It’s so funny.

Eric: I am just so upset that they combined those games because I have one and two, which was the original trilogy, which was the sequel they made. And now they have the complete Saga for the Wii, the PS3, and the XBOX 360. And I don’t have any of those systems. So, I don’t have the combined game. Can I have a Making the Connection, Matt?

Matt: I got one for you, but I got Andrew because I like this one for Andrew. Make a Connection between Harry Potter and a furry hat.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: A furry hat? Well, what does that have to do with me?

Matt: I don’t know.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Okay. Well, Harry Potter and a furry hat. Yeah, are we talking a cap or like a…

Matt: It says, “A furry hat.” Go with it.

Andrew: Okay. Well, a furry hat is very warm and cozy on your head. It actually sometimes tickles your head because of the fibers that are coming off of it. And when you where a wizarding hat – or a witches’ hat – your head tingles, because when it’s a Sorting Hat, it talks to you.

[Eric laughs]

Matt: Hmmm.

Mikey: Booo!

Matt: A Sorting Hat?

Andrew: [laughs] I know it’s terrible, but that’s all you’re getting.

Mikey: That is horrible.

Andrew: That’s all your getting Sorry! That’s the best I can do.

Matt: Well, the person who sent this in…

Mikey: You had it going with the warm and fuzzy.

Andrew: Hold on, oh. Wait, what did the person say?

Matt: If Harry was in need of a birthday present for Luna, he could give her a furry hat and tell her it was made from the skin of a Crumple Horned Snorkack. Also, she probably…

Andrew: Oh!

Matt: …would appreciate pictures.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Oh, whatever. I thought it was going to be a connection between Luna’s lion from the Quidditch match.

Andrew: Oh! Yeah, I didn’t think of that. Yeah, that is fuzzy. That is funny – fuzzy.

Mikey: Yeah.

Andrew: If I was a betting man, if I was a betting man, I would bet that that’s going to be in the movie.

Matt: My next one’s for Eric. Eric?

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Are you here? Okay. Make The Connection between Harry Potter and receiving an electric shock in a bathtub filled with grape Kool-Aid.

[Laura and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: Wow!

Matt: There’s actually a good explanation for this. So, it’s not impossible.

Eric: Receiving a shock when you’re in a bathtub filled with grape Kool-Aid? Ummm…

Matt: Yes.

Eric: Well, that would be about as close as I could get to replicating the Ministry of Magic scene with the brain tub. The tub with the brains in it? The shocking brains. Like, if I wanted to recreate the Ministry of Magic scene in my own bathtub, that’s what I would do. I would get a bunch of grape juice and a hairdryer. And I would shock myself.

Mikey: Uh, grape Kool-Aid, my friend.

Eric: Oh, grape Kool-Aid. Sorry, yeah.

[Mikey laughs]

Eric: Sorry, if that fails.

Matt: No, that was okay.

Andrew: That’s all right.

Matt: There’s no wrong answer, right?

Andrew: That’s true.

Matt: All right.

Andrew: Well, unless you don’t Make The Connection. [laughs]

Matt: Mhm. See the listeners…

Andrew: What was…

Matt: Okay, the actual explanation for that was, in Goblet of Fire, Harry takes a bath in the Prefects bathroom to solve the golden egg clue…

Eric: Oh.

Matt: …with many multi-colored waters and bubbles. Hence the grape Kool-Aid. He receives a shock when Moaning Myrtle pays him a visit.

Eric: Oh, wow!

Laura: Oh, okay.

Eric: So Harry gets a shock!

Andrew: Oh! See, these are like puzzles. These are like puzzles. You have to work through your brain to find a connection.

Eric: That was proably the most intelligent one. That was really incredible. I don’t like myself. I like myself that much less because I did not make that connection.

Andrew: Awww.

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: Don’t get emo about it.

Matt: Awww, geez.

Laura: Awww. That’s sad.

Matt: It’s the Emo Cast now. [laughs]

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Okay, Laura. You’re next.

Laura: Oh, boy. I hate these things.

Matt: Okay, Laura. Don’t worry, I’m not going to be mean. Make The Connection between Harry Potter and putting a poisonous snake in a light bulb, then putting it in a glass box with another lizard, and smuggling the box to Texas.

Andrew: Ha, ha! [laughs] Poor Laura had a bad one last week too.

Laura: Yeah, I did. Well, okay so wait. Wait, we’re putting a poisonous snake inside of a light bulb. And then we’re putting that with a lizard, did you say, in a box?

Matt: Putting it in a glass box with another lizard. And then smuggling the box to Texas.

Laura: Hmmm. Well, you could definitely draw a Horcrux kind of parallel there. You know, housing something that’s living inside of an inanimate object. And also the idea that some of Voldemort’s Horcruxes were spread out across the continent, like one of them was in a tree in Albania, wasn’t it?

Eric: A tree in Albania.

Laura: So, yeah. I mean, there really aren’t any trees in Texas so you couldn’t say that it was in a tree there. But also, Voldemort has a snake.

Matt: Okay! Okay! Good!

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Laura: No, no, no. And he had her suspended in that ball thing, which is kind of lightbulb shaped, sort of.

Eric: It’s bulbous. It’s bulbous.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: Okay.

Laura: What was the actual connection?

Matt: I don’t know, wait. The connection is…

Mikey: I made that up.

Matt: Poisonous… Yeah I made it up.

[Matt and Laura laugh]

Matt: The connection is poisonous snakes are really dangerous to many people, just like Acromantula’s are. And in order to smuggle these dragon eggs, is to put them into something that isn’t clear, such as a lightbulb. Then to avoid suspicion, putting it into a box with a less dangerous animal. Then they would be able to smuggle it to where ever they want to. For example, how Hagrid smuggled Aragog into the castle. I don’t know.

Laura: What? Hagrid did not put Aragog in a lightbulb! I don’t understand.

Matt: I don’t know! I just wanted you to try, Laura.

Andrew: I think she made a good…

Mikey: Great job, Matt.

Matt: I just wanted to challenge you, I think you did an awesome job.

Laura: No, I’m just wondering where the person got that from. I don’t get it.

Andrew: I don’t know.

Mikey: People reach. People reach for these things.

Andrew: Yeah, you have to make a good connection, folks.

Matt: These are probably the best ones I got that stuck out in my mind. A lot of you – when you send a Make The Connection, please give me the connection after you’re done. Don’t just put it and then just say, “I don’t really know the connection, I just like it.”

Eric: Even though Jamie did that clearly to people.

Mikey: I do that. Don’t do what I do.

Eric: Jamie ruthlessly created connections.

[Mikey and Laura laugh]

Laura: Oh yeah, it’s true.

Eric: But maybe that’s just Jamie.

Mikey: I love Jamie.

Andrew: It’s right in front of you.

Eric: Yeah, it’s true. It’s true.

Matt: That’s Jamie’s charm though. He just does it just to see us suffer.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]


Top Ten Uses of a Pensieve


Eric: So, what are these Pensieve Possibilities? Because that is the title of last week’s show.

Andrew: Well, last week we asked you guys to send in possible uses for a Pensieve. And we had quite a few lists sent it; we thank everyone who contributed to the list, but the best one actually was a collaborative effort that I want to read. So, we asked you to send in your top 10 list. The top 10 uses for your Pensieve. If you had one, what would be the top 10 uses? Because in the book it’s only used to store your thoughts but then we realized, wait there’s more possibilities and we came up with some ideas on the show last week – just bounced some ideas around. And here’s one sent in by Kavitha, also known as Padfoot on the MuggleCast Fan Forums. She writes:

“Hello, MuggleCasters! I’d just like to say that the fan forums and I have created this list. We made a huge list, and voted on our favorite ten. You can check out the topic if you’d like to see them all! Here’s the link for the full thread.”

Andrew: And we’ll link to it on MuggleCast.com. And then here is the list. She actually didn’t number the list.

Eric: Top Ten Choices For What You Can Use A Pensieve For.

Andrew: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10. Is there 10 or 11 here?

Eric: There is eleven.

Mikey: Well, let’s just read them off anyway.

Andrew: Okay. So the first one: “Put some cucumbers in it, close it up, and make pickles! When you’re done with the pickles, keep them in the Pensieve, and send it to the P.O. box (or the Pensieve Object Box).”

Mikey: Ohhh.

Andrew: Wait. How do you create cucumbers out of pickles?

Eric: Vinegar.

Mikey: That’s what pickles are, my friend.

Andrew: Vinegar. Oh, okay. I didn’t know that.

Laura: Yeah. You didn’t know that pickles were made from cucumbers?

Andrew: With vinegar? No.

Matt: Well, with other ingredients too.

Laura: Did you think they just sprout out of the ground?

Eric: Are there pickle trees?

Mikey: In jars?

Andrew: Laura, I don’t know, I’ve never studied it!

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Maybe you should take Pickles 101 in college.

Eric: Andrew, forgive Laura for you not studying it. Maybe next time you create a catchphrase for the show you should do a little research behind it. You know? Kind of figure out where they come from.

Andrew: Well, I just never really cared, so…

Matt: Quack.

Andrew: So, next item: “Use it as a collector when you sit on the streets trying to get We Will Rock You tickets.” That’s a little rip at Jamie and I. You know, we can afford them! We don’t need to collect them, but thanks for the idea. Third item: “Hit Laura Mallory over the head with it.” That’s kind of mean.

Laura: That sounds like a good idea.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Mikey: [laughs] The next one’s my favorite.

[Matt laughs]

Mikey: I’m sorry, guys, it’s my favorite. It’s right up my alley.

Andrew: “At a sleepover, use your Pensieve to stick your friend’s hand in for a wonderful prank.” Ha!

Mikey: That is…

Andrew: It’s like when you stick your friend’s hand in warm water.

Mikey: Warm water!

Andrew: Apparently, but that doesn’t always work.

Mikey: Andrew?

Matt: So, what happens when you put your hand in it? You pee memories?

[Andrew, Eric and Mikey laugh]

Mikey: Somethining like that..

Andrew: I guess so.

Eric: Would you like to try it, Matt? I’ll get my Pensieve and we’ll give it a try, we’ll give it a whirl.

Mikey: Matt, Matt? You should… You know what?

Matt: Well, I think so! It flushes all the bad memories because that’s what urine is – it’s just waste.

Eric: I’ll stand well back from you, Matt, when you do that!

Matt: Huh!

Andrew: Next item: “Washing your MuggleCast Picklepack shirt in it.” I suppose that’s good, although it smell a little bit afterwards, especially if you use it as a toilet.

Matt: Mhm. All those who have the Picklepack shirt, right?

Andrew: Next one: “Put all your nightmares in it and…drunk people you hate in it”?

Eric: “Dunk people you hate in it.”

Mikey: No, dunk people, not…

Andrew: Oh, dunk. I thought it said drunk. Well, we know what I’m thinking about.

Laura: Yeah, really. [laughs]

Andrew: “Put all your nightmares in it and dunk people you hate in it.” Next item: “Put it outside and use it as a birdbath.” That’d be nice.

Matt: Yeah. I’d do that. It depends on whose Pensieve it is, though.

Eric: Actually, this one is my new favorite.

Andrew: “Put a motor and bubbles in it and use it as a foot massager.” [laughs]

Eric: [laughs] That one’s really inventive.

Andrew: Second to last one: “Use to house pet fish.” That’d be okay, but you’d always have to – it’s not glass so you’d have to look in it from the top.

Matt: Yeah. And also the fish would know all your deepest secrets, so you never know…

Eric: Yeah, because you’d put your…

Andrew: See, are we looking at these as if your memories are in it at the same time?

Mikey: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I thought we were…

Matt: That’s what a Pensieve is.

Andrew: No, but…

Laura: That’s what it is.

Andrew: No, I realize this, but I thought we were just using the basin or something. I don’t know.

Eric: Oh! Oh well, that would be funny if you were making pickles in your Pensieve while memories were floating around it, and by the time you actually construct the pickles, you take the pickle out, chomp on it, and relive one of your memories and be like, “Oooh, that’s a good pickle.”

Mikey: Memory pickles! Can you imagine that!?

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Can you imagine that?

Andrew: It’s like crack brownies.

[Mikey laughs]

Laura: We should put a patent on those.

Mikey: [laughs] What?

Andrew: They’re like crack brownies.

Eric: That’s a tasty pickle.

Mikey: [laughs] How do you compare memory pickles to crack brownies?

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Because you said you’re putting something into a food, like when people put illegal substances into their brownies.

Matt: Or you could put your pensieve in the freezer and have little ice cubes of your memories…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: …and have a nice little comfortable…

Andrew: Or Jell-O. Jell-O Pensieve shots.

Laura: Jell-O shots, yeah.

Eric: Muggle cubes, or memory cubes.

Mikey: I have lime Jell-O in the fridge right now.

Matt: Ewww.

Mikey: It’s tasty.

Andrew: And the last item: “Cry into it when MuggleCast stops doing weekly episodes.” [laughs]

Laura: Awww.

Eric: Which will never happen. We were just kidding by the way…

Andrew: That’s funny.

Eric: …about MuggleCast.

[Mikey and Andrew laugh]

Laura: No, we weren’t.

Andrew: So, thanks, everyone, on the MuggleCast fan forums for creating that. See, that’s a good idea. That’s what people do on the forums. They collaborate on ideas and thoughts about the show. MuggleCastFan.net.

Matt: Yay.


Contact Information


Andrew: All right, it is time to wrap up today’s show. This is a long episode. Hey, Laura, what’s the P.O. Box?

Laura: You can send everything except anything pickle related…

[Eric laughs]

Laura: …to:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

Andrew: We also have a MuggleCast hotline set up for the day that we do get back to voicemails. If you’re in the United States, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom it’s 020-8144-0677, and in Australia the number is 02-8003-5668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast to get in touch with us. No matter how you call us just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and take out some background noise so your call is crystal clear. We’ll get back to those when we have time someday. I don’t know if it’ll ever happen, so maybe we should stop making that announcement. [laughs]

Laura: Yeah. [laughs]

Andrew: [laughs] There’s also a feedback form on MuggleCast.com to get in touch with any one of us, or use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

[Show music plays]

Andrew: Of course, matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com, and mikeyb at staff, or is it just mikey?

Mikey: Nope, it’s just Mikey.

Andrew: It’s just Mikey?

Mikey: It’s just Mikey.

Andrew: Ok.

Mikey: It’s M-I-K-E-Y. It’s like Mickey, but no “e.”

Andrew: You mean “c.” [laughs]

Mikey: Just – oh yeah, “c.” I do have an e. M-I-K-E-Y. I don’t know what I’m doing. I’m tired. It’s a long day already. I had waffles this morning.

Andrew: We also have the community outlets on MuggleCast.com. We have MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the Fanlistings and the Forums over at MuggleCastFan.net.


Show Close


Andrew: So, that does it for today’s show. Thank you, everyone, for listening. Once again I’m Andrew Simssss, with the nose bubble.

Mikey: I’m Mikey B!

[Andrew and Matt laugh]

Mikey: Mikey B! Okay.

[Laura laughs]

Mikey: Okay!

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson…without a nose bubble?

Eric: I’m…

Andrew: Eric?

Eric: …Eric Scull, and floating in a tub of grape Kool-Aid.

Matt: And I’m Matt Britton, I guess?

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: Yeah! [in high pitched voice] Matt Britton! Matt Britton!

Andrew: Thank you, everyone, for listening. We’ll see you next week for Episode 131.

Eric: Sayonara.

Andrew: Woo! Happy February!

Laura: Bye.

Matt: Bye.

Mikey: Bye.

[Show Music ends]


Blooper 1


Mikey: Dude, you know, I wanted to build that up. I wanted to be like, and I’mmmmmmmm [makes drumroll noise] Link! After I fixed the tie and everything.

[Everyone laughs]

Mikey: But yeah, that’s what Mikey B’s got.

Andrew: Shut up, man.

Mikey: Because, come on, man. Could you not imagine…

Andrew: So what if I laugh like a girl?

Mikey: …me like dancing in front of the computer screen and going…

Andrew: Yeah.

Mikey: “And I’m Mikey B.” Yeah, anyway.

[Everyone laughs]


Blooper 2


Micah: But, see, if it was up to me, I would say: Because this is one long *bleep*in’ show, this is MuggleCast Episode 130 for February 2nd, 2008.

———————–

Transcript #129

MuggleCast 129 Transcript


Show Intro


[Music begins]

Andrew: Hey, Mason, I really need a good gift for my generic loved one. Any ideas?

Mason: Oh, yeah Andrew. I have the gift they need. If you sign up for GoDaddy’s economy blogcast package you’ll receive 1 gig of disk space, 100 gigs bandwidth, recording tools and much more!

Andrew: Whoa. With all those features, I guess that kind of package will run me at least $20 a month and be plastered with ads.

Mason: You’re wrong, Andrew. The blogcast economy package is just $4.49 a month for 12 months!

Andrew: That’s a deal! And a perfect way to get your own website, blog, or podcast started.

Mason: Oh, yeah! That is a deal! Plus enter code MUGGLE when you check out. Save an additional 10% on any order. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because a Pensieve can be used for just about anything, this is MuggleCast Episode 129 for January 26th, 2008.

[Music continues to play]

Andrew: Hey, everyone. Welcome to SpiderwickCast. The podcast where we bring you the latest information in Spiderwick news, theories, discussion, and much more. We have a great show today, including an interview with Freddie Highmore.

Laura: Oh, that’s exciting.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Let’s talk about everything, but Harry Potter.

Andrew: Yeah, I thought that would be a good idea, since most of our listeners believe now that we are turning into a Spiderwick program. Does anyone know anything about the upcoming film Spiderwick?

Micah: Honestly?

Laura: No.

[Laura and Micah laugh]

Micah: No.

Matt: No.

Andrew: Does anyone know about anything relating to Harry Potter?

Laura: Oh, of course not.

Micah: Maybe a few things possibly…

Laura: Why would we anything about it?

Andrew: Exactly! I don’t understand why people believe that we are doing a very fine interview with Freddie Highmore, some people seem to think that we are turning into a Spiderwick podcast. But actually, no. We are sticking to Harry Potter. So, this week we have an interview with Freddie Highmore, who is starring in an upcoming film, The Spiderwick Chronicles, but that’s not all. We also have plenty of Harry Potter discussion coming up as well. So, are we going to stick with Harry Potter or Spiderwick? I’m confused at this point.

Matt: I don’t know.

Andrew: The listeners are confusing.

Laura: Yeah, me, too. Maybe we should make a Facebook group.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Let them vote.

Andrew: I’m Andrew Sims.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: [hesitates] And I’m Matt Britton.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: What’s the problem, Matt?

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay, okay. Have we decided that I go last now?

Andrew: Yes. No offense, but it always goes in order of seniority. Who started on the show first. Like, it’s generally the order that is always followed.

Matt: I’m second to the oldest.

Laura: And I always forget…

Matt: I’m second oldest.

Laura: …when we don’t have many people on the show, like when we have four, I usually end up being second and I am used to being like third, or fourth. So, I’ll sit there and wait. [laughs] I’m like, ‘Oh! It’s my turn.’

[Music continues to play louder]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the latest Spider– I mean, MuggleCast News Stories.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. The Food Network’s Ace of Cakes did a special Thursday night on the Hogwarts Castle Cake from the Los Angeles Order of the Phoenix after party. DanRadcliffe.com now has the video online and you can watch it over at their site.

In a small interview with Entertainment Weekly, Alan Rickman, who plays Severus Snape in the Potter films reveals he’ll begin filming his parts for Half-Blood Prince in early February. When asked about his role, Rickman said, “Before you go any further, I never, ever talk about that character [referring to Professor Snape]. Number one, because it’s not fair on kids who haven’t read to the end. And for me to say anything, there’s a bit of it that just should be left innocent. It’s real storytelling, what she’s done, and I’m a part of that. So I just never talk about it.” He goes on to acknowledge that he does play a bigger role in this film and that it’s important stuff.

Speaking of filming, residents of the English town of Gloucester welcomed back, with open arms, crews intent on filming scenes for the upcoming sixth Harry Potter movie. Scenes from Half-Blood Prince shot at Gloucester Cathedral will include those set in different locations around Hogwarts, and quite a few of the college’s students have been cast as extras for the film. Interestingly, Gloucester has not been used as a filming location since the first two films were produced.

Gloucester City Council leader Paul James said, filming the blockbuster would pump cash into the local economy and put Gloucester on the map. He was quoted as saying:

“It brings excitement to the city. It also benefits the local economy on two levels. You’ve got the direct spend of people who come here filming and doing associated things and then when it’s aired that Gloucester is being used and people see parts of the city on their screens it puts us on the map.”

Finally, it was reported earlier this week that J.K. Rowling has halted printing of the Finnish Deathly Hallows translation due to environmental concerns. Jo insists “that it import paper certified by the Forest Stewardship Council as being derived from wood grown and harvested in a way that promotes sustainable forest development.” The Finnish translation is still due out on March 7th.

That’s all the news for this January 26th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.


Muggle Mail: Set Visit and Cut Scenes


Andrew: You know, it’s another slow news week. There wasn’t much going on in the Harry Potter world, unfortunately. But, Micah, you did want to talk about one e-mail that we got in? I guess instead of the news?

Micah: Yeah, and I guess it’s more directed at you than anybody else. But it came from Jimmy, 15, in Toronto. And he says:

“As today many Harry Potter fans such as myself have learned that MuggleNet and other ‘Harry Potter’ sites will be visiting the set over the next week. What are you guys looking forward to in the movie? What set will you guys be most anxious to see? Also what do you think will be cut in this movie? Sorry if you have answered these questions in a previous podcast but I have just started listening since the 100 podcast, right after Deathly Hallows was released. Thanks for reading! Jimmy.”

Andrew: I think it’s a question for all of us because we’re all going to see the sets in the film. It’s not like they’re any different in person.

Laura: Except they’re in person.

Matt: Well, I think what he’s meaning is, what are you looking forward to seeing on the trip?

Andrew: I don’t know. I think the coolest set – I don’t even know if it’s built right now. I guess it is? I sort of remember an article about, I think Dan Radcliffe said it was shot, is the cave scene.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I think that was shot already.

Matt: Well, didn’t Timothy Spall say they’re filming the next-to-the-last scene right now?

Andrew: Really?

Matt: What’s that word? Yeah. I’m so bad with grammar. What’s that word that he said?

Micah: The penultimate?

Andrew: Penultimate?

Matt: Pen – yeah. Penultimate scene.

Andrew: So which one would that be? The cave?

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: I mean, it depends on what’s in the script, though. So, you know, it could be a few things. I know for a fact that’s not what they’re filming next week. But, I don’t know, I guess – What scenes are you guys looking forward to?

Laura: I’m definitely looking forward to the cave most of all, I think. Because that was just so awesome; the way that was written. And I have a really…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Generally, when I read I don’t have a very detailed picture in my mind of how things are. I just kind of have a general idea of what they, what I think they are. But with the cave I just had this very detailed picture in my mind of what it is. So I’m really excited to see what they’ll do with it. And kind of see how it matches up to what I thought it was.

Matt: It’s kind of hard not to – for them to get a different vision than what most of the readers did. Because you can’t really go a different direction other than what’s in the book.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: I mean, it’s a cave and a basin in the middle of the lake.

Laura: Yeah, I know.

Andrew: I have very high expectations for Michael Gambon, though. I mean, especially once he starts drinking the potion. Because that, that is just – I really am having a hard time picturing him portraying Dumbledore drinking that and just suffering and, you know.

Matt: I think he’ll do it.

Andrew: What?

Matt: I think he’ll be good at it.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: He’s a really good actor.

Laura: He really is. I think that he really, I don’t know. I think he takes a lot of unnecessary crap off of people. Who, just because he doesn’t play the Dumbledore they like they automatically say he’s a bad actor.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: And I just don’t think that’s true.

Micah: I can speak as somebody who doesn’t really like Gambon in the role. But, I will also say, a lot of that has to do with the fact that it was initiated by another person. And a lot of times when you have that, it’s very hard to take the character of Dumbledore as anybody else playing him but Richard Harris. I think Harris established such a role early on, that’s it’s hard for a lot of people to move away from that.

Andrew: Mhm. See, I can’t see Richard Harris doing the cave scenes though. Like again, drinking the potion. Like, you know, even in Chamber of Secrets you can tell he was getting…

Matt: He was getting on.

Andrew: I mean, we all know he was old. But he was getting…

Matt: Weak.

Andrew: …weak. He was very soft. He…

Laura: He was very ill at that point. When they were shooting.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Yeah, he was.

Andrew: And say he didn’t, you know, regrettably die [laughs] back in, what was that, 2002? I mean, can you imagine six years later?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Like, you know?

Laura: Also, I think…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: …he played a much softer Dumbledore, too. He was a lot calmer, I think.

Micah: He was calm, but he was powerful.

Matt: Do you honestly think that we would have the release being this late in the years, if he didn’t die? Like, if Richard Harris didn’t pass away, do you think they would have skipped an extra year between Movie 2 and 3?

Andrew: Why would they do that?

Matt: I don’t know. His death probably delayed the production a little bit.

Andrew: Oh, maybe. I thought you were suggesting that they wanted to rush the films out quicker.

Laura: I remember when it happened it seemed like they were expecting it, because they knew he was really sick, but I did read an interview with Chris Columbus, I believe, where he said that they wanted to take breaks between every two movies to kind of give everyone some time off. It seems like that’s been a general pattern, too.

Andrew: That’s right actually, yeah.

Laura: They take somewhat of a long break between every two movies.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, if you think about it, because Goblet of Fire came out in 2002.

Matt: Goblet of Fire came out in 2005.

Andrew: Yeah, you’re right. Well, that’s interesting.

Matt: Well, you can answer the other question he asked. What do you think will be cut in the movie?

Andrew: Well, what does everyone think will be cut? I mean, I don’t know.

Micah: Well, I’m kind of starting to worry a little bit about the Riddles as we get closer and closer to…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …I guess the movie being released, because we haven’t heard a whole lot about that, and I think it’s something that creatively they probably could cut if they wanted to, but I think it’s really integral to the story, because it’s part of the whole flashback scenes between Harry and Dumbledore.

Matt: Well, there’s a lot of casting that – I mean, there’s a lot of characters that haven’t been cast is really getting kind of scary. Like that haven’t re-casted, or they haven’t brought back, Clemence Posey, and they haven’t casted Ron’s older brothers at all.

Micah: No, and I don’t think they will.

Matt: So…

Andrew: Hmmm, yeah.

Matt: So are they even going to do the whole Fleur and – the whole wedding? In Movie 7?

Laura: Yeah, that’s worrisome.

Matt: If they’re not even casting Fleur at all?

Andrew: Wow, I never thought of that.

Micah: Well, do we know that even the Weasley twins have been confirmed for this movie? Because I thought I read something where…

Matt: Yeah. Yeah they have.

Micah: …they were not going to be in it, but if they have then okay.

Matt: I think it’s – wasn’t there an article that said they were confirmed for doing a scene, a Weasley Christmas scene and a scene in Hogsmeade with the Weasley shop?

Andrew: Oh, really?

Micah: I hope so.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: The other scene – sorry.

Andrew: Well, I just wanted to say, they’ve been in every movie thus far, so, I mean, it’d be silly to cut them out at this point.

Micah: Right. Well, the other scene that I would be afraid that could be cut, realistically, would be the opening scene with the other minister, because we haven’t heard any casting for Scrimgeour either.

Andrew: Right, right.

Laura: Yeah, I would not…

Micah: Which I think is…

Laura: …be surprised if they brushed over that completely.

Micah: …is an awesome scene, if they did it the right way. I don’t think it would take a whole lot of filming, to be honest.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Honestly, what I think will happen is it will start at the Dursleys’ and Harry will have a copy of the Daily Prophet or something and it’ll say, “Fudge resigned,” or whatever. It’ll…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I think the first scene is going to be with Snape and Bellatrix and Narcissa.

Laura: Yeah, I mean I don’t…

Matt: Aren’t the first two chapters…

Laura: Yeah, those are the first two chapters.

Matt: …not even related to Harry at all?

Laura: But I wonder…

Andrew: No.

Laura: I mean, they have to have that in. They have to do it somewhere.

Andrew: See, but that just reminds me of the beginning of Goblet of Fire the – oh, wait, no, they included that.

Laura: Yeah, but they didn’t explain a whole lot about it. That was the one problem with that scene.

Andrew: Right.

Laura: If you had never read the book, that scene made no sense.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: I guess it would just get people worried. People who haven’t read the books, you know?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: But this, but Book 6 seems to me a lot easier to cut down than Book 5 was.

Andrew: Yeah. I mean…

Laura: Yeah. There was a lot.

Matt: There’s a lot of material in Book 6, but it could be cut down a lot more cleanly than the butcher they did in Book 5.

Andrew: See, I don’t think the wedding would be too hard to get into in Book 7. I could sort of see that just coming out of nowhere because it doesn’t need much set up. It’s a wedding.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: So, I mean, it could be set up in the beginning of Movie 7. They could just be like, “Oh, and the wedding’s in a few days. Oh, yeah, better go to that. Hope there won’t be a Death Eater attack.”

Matt: But not if it comes out of nowhere.

Andrew: Well, why not?

Matt: They don’t even have anyone casted.

Laura: Well, they don’t have to cast them yet if they’re just going to make it in “seven.”

Andrew: Right.

Laura: Because all they’d have to do is have Harry get a letter or have Ron tell him or something, be like, “Oh yeah, by the way, they’re getting married.” So…

Andrew: Or I could see like Mrs. Weasley walking in while they’re talking one day and being like, “Don’t forget, the wedding’s in three days,” and then they could change it so Harry’s just finding out about it. He can be like, “The wedding?” He’s like, “Yeah, blah, blah, blah, we’re having a wedding,” and you know? It’s all set up.

Matt: That’s just going to leave more stuff in an already huge story they have to tell for Book 7, though.

Micah: Yeah, well going back to what you said, Matt, I think they can probably do more in this movie than they’ve done in previous ones, because they can cut some stuff that’s really insignificant, but they can also do a good job setting up Book 7, or Movie 7, rather.

Matt: Yeah, because they actually know how it ends now.

Andrew: And that’s true. That’s very true, yeah.

Matt: And they can – I really hope they actually put in a little thing about the locket.

Micah: Yeah, they left that completely out of Movie 5.

Matt: They left that completely out, and as we’re going to do in Chapter-by-Chapter, it’s pretty significant, and they haven’t even casted what’s his name?

Andrew: Mundungus?

Matt: Mundungus Fletcher, yeah. They haven’t even casted him. So he’s just going to steal stuff from a house that he doesn’t even know?

Laura: I wonder if they’ll change that so they don’t have to cast him.

Andrew: Yeah, that sounds like something that will be changed.

Laura: Like have Kreacher have hidden it somewhere, or something. Just make it easy.

Matt: Or given it to Umbridge or something.

Andrew: Yeah. But see, as we’ll discuss later, the Mundungus scenes in this week’s Chapter-by-Chapter are really, really – I would love to see them in the movie. Played out in the movie.

Matt: Yeah.


Announcements


Andrew: Okay, so let’s move onto announcements and then we’re going to talk a little bit more about the movies in Muggle-mail. Just an update on the Spring Break tour that we’re sort of thinking about, we’re looking into the possibility with Borders and we’ll see what happens from there. It looks like we’ll have plenty of people for each of those five stops. So right now we’re aiming for Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore or DC and then finally Richmond, Virginia. So we’ll look into that more. Again, nothing is confirmed yet, we’re just giving you a heads up and black out your calendars if you live in this area for March 15th to the 20th, and we’ll see what we can do. Hopefully we’ll have an update within a few weeks if that works out.

Matt: I’m sorry people on the West Coast. We just don’t get anything.

Andrew: [laughs] You don’t get – Matt, you could do your own tour with Mikey! The Matt and Mikey Tour.

Matt: Ahhh!

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Mikey would be down with that. What was that, fake laugh? Do you not like Mikey or something?

Matt: No, no, no, that was sarcasm.

Andrew: Oh okay. So Podcast Alley, everyone be sure to vote for us over there. There is this podcast called Keith and the Girl, and they decided to take over more of the Podcast Alley top ten lists, and they have three of their shows on Podcast Alley top ten right now, which is kind of ridiculous.

Micah: Yeah, they were all in the top five but some podcast called MuggleCast knocked one of them down a spot.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Nice. So we’re number five right now, as of Thursday.

Matt: But they took the entire balcony of the New York, New York hotel in Las Vegas during New Year’s.

Andrew: [laughs] They did! Matt and I were coming out of New York, New York in Las Vegas and there was this little Keith and the Girl poster thing, and I think they were having some sort of outdoor get together right there. That was funny. We should have grafittied the sign, vote for MuggleCast on Podcast Alley.

[Laura laughs]

Micah: Yeah, go vote. Otherwise we are not going to do another podcast this month.

Andrew: That’s pretty mean.

Laura: Yeah, really.

Andrew: That’s pretty demanding.

Matt: There’s something buggin’ Micah.

Andrew: [laughs] Oooh!

Micah: Guys, come on.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Micah: It’s the last podcast of January, get it?

Andrew: Oh, I get it.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: That’s funny. Micah got us.

[Micah sighs]

Andrew: New segment, Micah Got Us!

Laura: Oh, can I say something?

Micah: Yeah, that’ll be up on Wikipedia after this show is released.

Andrew: Yeah, yes.

Micah: Along with all of our other useless segments.

Andrew: [laughs] Whoa!

Matt: Whoa!

Andrew: Okay we’ll move on. I’ll talk to you after the show.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: You need another spanking. Yeah, Laura.

Laura: I just wanted to address something. I’ve gotten a few e-mails about this. People who think I was mocking people who say “y’all” last week.

Micah: Oh yeah, I’ve seen those. What were you doing?

Laura: I was not – no, okay. When I was reading the e-mail…

Matt: What was going through your head?

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: A couple of weeks prior to this episode we got an e-mail…

Micah: It’s not like you live in Georgia.

Laura: I know. This is my point! People, I am from the South, why would I mock you? Anyway, okay. A couple of weeks prior to this last episode, we got an e-mail and it said, “y’all” in it, and Andrew was trying to read it, and it came out “yuh all,” and so I wasn’t really thinking about mocking anyone in particular so when I was reading the e-mail I just was kind of like “y’all,” emphasizing the fact that I knew how to say it. I wasn’t trying to be obnoxious.

Micah: So really, you were making fun of Andrew.

Laura: Yeah, and I mean I don’t personally use the word. I did when I was very young and I lived in Texas and everyone said “y’all,” but I don’t anymore, but I don’t have a problem with people who do. So please stop complaining.

Andrew: Y’all.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: You didn’t even say it right that time.

Laura: No, it was better. Y’all.

Andrew: Well, that’s how we east coasters say it. North easterners.

Matt: Oh, okay. It ain’t you all, it’s y’all.

Laura: It ticks me off when I’m up at school and all these people think that they’re southern, and they’re like, “what do y’all wanna do?” and I’m like no. Stop. Just stop. Don’t even.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Like if someone on another podcast mocked my east coast podcast, or my east coast accent, I wouldn’t be offended.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: You know, we’re just playing around. We’re sharing a few L-O-Ls back and forth.

Laura: Yeah. It’s not a big deal.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: And lastly, I just wanted to say that Eric had planned to come on the show this week, but he came down with a little flu action, so he regrets not being here, but if you want to send him some e-mails to eric at staff dot mugglenet dot com I’m sure that’ll make him feel a little better. He’s not, you know, he’s sick, so he couldn’t join us this week, but he tried. So let’s move onto Muggle-mail now. Who wants to take the first e-mail?


Muggle Mail: Movie 7 Intermission


Laura: Okay. The first e-mail comes from Rupsha, 13, of Dallas. She says:

“Dear MuggleCasters. In response to Episode 128, you were talking about how usually intermissions aren’t included in movies anymore. Actually, most all Hindi movies (movies from India) include intermissions because they are usually 3-4 hours long. These movies usually do very well in the Bollywood box office. If Warner Bros. makes the decision to make Deathly Hallows a longer film, instead of breaking it up into two movies, the prospect of having an intermission would be a good idea.”

Andrew: Yeah. This is a good e-mail. I hope Warner Bros. really takes into consideration – you know globally. They look at how other countries would do intermissions and see how successful they are. Because, like we said, it would be great for the movie theaters.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: They would love that, making all that extra money off of snacks and stuff. They’re doubling their income I would think.

Laura: Oh, yeah. For sure.

Matt: I honestly don’t think it’s a very smart idea to make two movies though.

Andrew: Why?

Matt: Especially – unless they release them both at the same time.

Laura: I think it would be better to make it one long movie with an intermission than to make it two movies.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, exactly.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: If they make it two movies, if they separate it in between a month even at the least, people are going to forget the first movie.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: People are going to – once they see the part two, they’re going to forget and want to watch the first one again.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: The first part.

Micah: I mean, it would be a logistical nightmare between premieres and getting the actors to get from one place to another in a short period of time, I think. And if you extend it out further you run into other people’s commitments and things like that. So…

Matt: It’s just too expensive, even just commercially.

Micah: Absolutely, yeah. No, I agree. I don’t dislike this idea. I think it would be cool to split it up and give people like a 15-minute break and then go back another two hours.

Andrew: Honestly, give us what we want for once. I mean, for how long? We’ve been saying this since Sorcerer’s Stone. Make the movies longer, fit in more, just do it.

Matt: And what part of the population would complain, too?

Andrew: What?

Matt: What part of the – how big of the population would not go see it just because of the intermission?

Andrew: Nobody, I guarantee you. Who would that affect?

Matt: It’s the last Harry Potter film.

Andrew: Right, the only concern I could see with this is parents bringing their little kids. If the parents aren’t fans of Harry Potter, they’re going to see that it’s like four and a half hours or whatever, but these days the parents will do whatever the kids want though.

Matt: It’s not a child’s film anymore though. It’s not even PG any more.

Andrew: Yeah, but there are. There are parents out there who have the ten-year olds, and the ten-year olds are like [in high voice]“Daddy I gotta see “Harry Potter.'”

Matt: Well, that’s the parent’s fault for bringing the little kids that scream during the film.

[Andrew, Laura, and Micah laugh]

Andrew: But what the kids want, the kids get. This is how America works.

Matt: You’re right, but what they fans want, they should be able to get for once.


Muggle Mail: Movie Split


Andrew: That’s, touché. Tou-frickin-ché. All right, so let’s move onto the next e-mail. This also talks about the split. This is from A. M., 13, of Chicago:

“I was listening to MuggleCast Episode 128 when you were discussing the movie being split in two parts. Number one: I personally don’t believe that the movie should be split into two parts. Number two: But I have an idea about were the movie should be split into two parts. Number three: If the ‘Harry Potter’ writers decide to split Movie 7 into two parts. Number four:I imagine that a great place to leave the first part, number five: would be when Harry is being caught by Greyback. I believe that this would create a great cliffhanger and leave the movie goers speechless as Harry is taken away by the bad guys. Love the show! Pickles, Quack!”

Andrew: I like that. You need a good cliffhanger.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: And it should be worth it. It should be a real – you’re about to explode. You want to see what’s about to happen, and then the lights come up and intermission or whatever it says.

Laura: Yeah, that would be fabulous.

Matt: Well, not only does it have to be a cliffhanger, but it needs some closure to what happened in the book.

Andrew: What are you talking about?

Matt: It needs a little downfall, but also an intent to get you to come back.

Andrew: Right, well that’s what the cliffhanger is.

Matt: Is that a good spot, do you think?

Laura: I think so.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: It’s about 450 pages into the book, so I don’t know how much that would leave afterwards, but I’m assuming the end scene with Hogwarts is going to be…

Laura: Yeah, that could give them…

Micah: …fairly long.

Laura: …extremely adequate time.

Matt: Now that I am looking at the names of the chapters, I think that is a good spot too, because that is right after they find out about the Deathly Hallows.

Andrew: Right, exactly. Yeah, you want to leave the viewers with a ton of information in their minds, but isn’t answered yet.

Matt: Oh, okay. I just read the end of right before the “Malfoy Manor” chapter. That is a perfect spot to end, cause that is right when they catch them with the taboo.

Andrew: Okay. Cool. Cool. I agree with what you are saying though. I didn’t see the point you were making at first, but when I think of Lost, how at the end of every episode there is basically a cliff hanger. It ends off right when something is about to happen. Is that what you are trying to say?

Matt: Sure.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Right. Instead of something just happening and then ending, it is about to happen and then it ends?

Matt: Well – yeah, sure.

Andrew: [laughs] Okay. Thanks for working with me on that.

[Matt laughs]

Micah: So we don’t think that it should be split in two, but if it were this would be a good spot.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: No, no. We do think it should be split in two, just with an intermission, not with two films being released.

Matt: Well the best times when something is split into two or when there is a to-be-continued, there is always a climactic scene that’s starting to go down, a descending climax, after the climax is starting to descend and then there’s another climax that is just about to start again.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but I think this person is saying that if the movie was split into two and it came out at two different times.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Right?

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Right.

Micah: Which we are against that it would split.

Matt: But this would be a good spot for an intermission as well.

Micah: Yeah, exactly, yeah. I think so, too.

Andrew: All right. Let’s move on to the next email.


Muggle Mail: Tongue Tying Curse


Matt: Our next e-mail comes from Shana, 23, from Norfolk, Virginia:

“Hey guys, let me apologize in advance if this sounds ‘know it all.’ It’s not you, just how I talk and type. I have three comments and I hope they are helpful.”

Oh, you guys gave me the long one!

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: Okay. Okay.

“Number One. As it relates to the Tongue Tying Curse, you all said it happened when the figure of Dumbledore appears but it is actually when they first step in and Moody’s voice asks ‘Severus Snape?’ They say ‘We’re not Snape’ and the curse is lifted. I think this curse lasted beyond Moody’s death because he made it so. Just like Grimmauld Place is unplottable because of Sirius’s dad and the posters in his room and the Black family tree have the Permanent Sticking Charm. Even after these characters have died the spell remains. Number Two…”

Andrew: Hold on, let’s address each one at a time.

Matt: Okay.

Andrew: I think she makes a good point with point one.

Matt: Well, the whole reason why the Sticking Charm wasn’t lifted was because hence the name “the permanent sticking charm.”

Micah: Yeah. [laughs]

Matt: That’s probably why the curse wasn’t lifted.

Micah: Right. And from what I remember it wasn’t just the spell that Dumbledore had put on Harry that was lifted, it was spells that Dumbledore had put on Hogwarts that were lifted as well.

Matt: Exactly.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: So, I don’t really…

Matt: That is how Hermione got all those books out of his office.

Micah: Yeah, so I think it would be almost an argument where it’s just one of those situations where a spell lasts beyond the life of a person.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Maybe there are certain spells that are lifted upon the death of a certain wizard as opposed to those that aren’t.

Matt: Well yeah, I am sure that there are some spells that aren’t completely permanent.

Micah: Right.

Matt: I mean… Sorry.

Micah: Well, I think her argument is almost going in the direction, well he put the spell on a place as opposed to a person, but we all know that Dumbledore also put spells on a place that at least from what I remember reading were supposedly lifted when he died.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: So, it doesn’t really hold much water this argument.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: I am sure there are other places or other things that we’ve seen throughout the series that have had spells placed on them, then when people died they didn’t go anywhere, but it’s just a good question I think – why wasn’t the spell lifted?

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Do we really have a good answer to it? I don’t know.

Andrew: Well, I think just like she says, just because Moody made it so.

[Matt laughs]

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: Yeah, that’s possible.

Andrew: I think it’s simple like that. It’s there for protection.

Matt: Yeah, if it’s intended to stay there then I don’t think it would have been lifted after the person dies.

Andrew: Right. Obviously. Yeah. Well, let’s move on to point two Matt.


Muggle Mail: The Fidelius Charm


Matt: Okay.

“Number two: As to the Fidelius Charm – like you all mentioned in the podcast, Wormtail would have had to tell Bathilda where the Potters were hidden for her to drop by. This could have been at the request of Lily. And Sirius might have known where the Potters were but if you check out hp-lexicon.org under the Fidelius Charm it says that ‘one could press their nose to the house and not see the Potters in it if they had not been told the secret. And when a Secret Keeper dies all those who know the secret becomes the Secret Keepers in turn.'”

Andrew: Yeah. We got a lot of e-mails about this.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I can’t believe we didn’t make the connection between Dumbledore, you know, the whole Grimmauld Place thing…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You know?

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: They all were the Secret Keeper.

Laura: Yeah, I guess I just felt like the difference was that they were supposed to be under such tight security measures and it just seemed weird that they would, I don’t know, tell people where they were.

Micah: Well, I mean, part of what we brought up on last week’s show, also, and I think I read something from the Lexicon, was that anybody could know where the Potters were, but they couldn’t tell anybody else what that location was. Only Wormtail could do that.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Right.

Andrew: Exactly.

Micah: So, a million people could’ve known where the Potters were at, but only Wormtail could divulge the information.

Andrew: Right. And those million people, if they weren’t Death Eaters, you know, and then the Death Eaters are looking for them, but they don’t know where they are because nobody could tell them.

Matt: That’s kind of, though, a little bit of a hole, though.

Andrew: Why?

Laura: I think it’s kind of a stretch.

Matt: Because if you know – I mean, just because somebody can’t tell you where they are, but you know that they know, you could probably trace how many people know and you could probably get to a certain vicinity of where the person’s hiding.

Andrew: That’s true. If you could follow – I mean, I guess the only other way would be to follow them.

Matt: If you’re a relatively good detective, you could probably figure it out.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: If that was the case.

Andrew: Yeah. I guess you would be able to follow them in, right? Because that’s why in this book, they’re always Apparating to the top step of Grimmauld Place.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Because if they were seen outside – or maybe it’s just so they know – maybe they only did that so they don’t know who’s in Grimmauld Place. I don’t know.

Matt: Well, I’m sure they all Apparate.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: I mean, the only reason why they didn’t Apparate to Grimmauld Place in that one instance was because Harry was too young.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah.

Matt: I don’t think you could really follow someone who Apparates unless they’re holding onto you, like they say in the book.

Andrew: No, well I wasn’t saying that, I was saying if – I’m saying someone who doesn’t know the secret could just follow someone walking who does know the secret.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You know? And just go right in. Maybe? I don’t know.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: Interesting stuff.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And point three.

MuggleCast 129 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: The Taboo


Matt: “As it refers to Voldemort’s name becoming taboo and Grimmauld Place, I think the Fidelius Charm would hold up to it. Yes, the Death Eaters would be able to sense the name being used, but the Fidelius Charm is such a powerful spell (hiding information in a human soul), that they would not be able to see the place or go near on in it without being told of its existence.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I agree with that.

Andrew: Shana, I think you make good points.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So, that cleared up a lot that…

Matt: Oh, wait. But that’s all she has to say, and “thanks for hearing me out.”

Andrew: Oh, okay.


Muggle Mail: Regulus Black


Micah: The next one comes from Rachel, 17, of Setauket, about Regulus Black. She says:

“Hey Guys! I was just listening to episode 128 and I started thinking about all the questions that I have about Regulus. I wonder if he knew about the prophecy and that Voldemort was planning the murder of the Potters because in the note he put in the locket he wrote, ‘I am destroying this in the hopes that when you meet your match, you’ll be mortal once more.’ I also was wondering what Voldemort thought happened with Regulus; he clearly didn’t know that he stole one of his Horcruxes but at the same time, Regulus did die at the lake, and according to Lupin, Regulus went on the run and was killed a few days after he deserted Voldemort by Death Eaters. So, I wonder if Voldemort ever cared to find out what really happened to Regulus or if maybe he knew that Regulus ran away and his Death Eaters just lied to him about killing him. Please tell me what you all think! I love the show keep up the great work, Rachel.”

Use some periods. That would be helpful.

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Andrew: That’s so mean! Sorry Rachel, I apologize on behalf of Micah.

Micah: Sorry. This is kind of interesting, I guess, because what we knew about Regulus was that he was on the run supposedly, and he was killed by Death Eaters, but that’s not the case, and I wonder if Voldemort ever did wonder about that – what happened to him or he probably just didn’t care very much.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: I mean, at that point we know he a lot of followers and it probably wouldn’t be that unusual to have one or two of them disappear like that, you know?

Andrew: Yeah. I agree.

Micah: Yep.

Andrew: All right. Well, that’s it for Muggle Mail this week. Our interview…

Micah: Spider mail?

Andrew: [laughs] To spider mail, yeah.

[Matt and Laura laugh]


Interview with Freddie Highmore: Part I


Andrew: Now we’re going to the Spiderwick portion of the show. Now – now it’s time for our interview with Freddie Highmore. This is part one. Part two will be coming out in another two weeks. So, enjoy. Okay, hi, everyone, I’m here with Freddie Highmore who is starring in the new movie The Spiderwick Chronicles that comes out February 15th. Freddie is only 15 years old, and he’s acted among actors such as Johnny Depp and Robin Williams in the acclaimed films, Finding Neverland, Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, and August Rush. His next movie, The Spiderwick Chronicles, comes out February 15th, and Freddie has agreed to be a guest host on MuggleCast, and tell us why Harry Potter fans will like it. So, Freddie, how are you doing today?

Freddie: Very good, how are you doing?

Andrew: I’m doing great. You have this big movie coming up. It’s being promoted like crazy in America, The Spiderwick Chronicles. Can you tell us a little bit about the movie?

Freddie: Yeah, I mean, it’s supposed to be about three kids that go off to the country, and – with their mom, and they discover an unseen world, with fairies, trolls, goblins, and I mean, it’s really fantastic. They are all CGI and it’s very impressive.

Andrew: Awesome. Now, MuggleCast, the podcast we are doing this interview for, has a huge Harry Potter audience, as you can imagine. So, what do you think Harry Potter fans will like about Spiderwick Chronicles.

Freddie: I think it’s amazing, you know, it lowers your defenses, almost like an Alfred Hitchcock movie. In a way, you know, there’s gentle moments where you relax and you feel comfortable, and just when you’re sort of lulled into the moment, a big creature goes crashing through the ceiling, or something like that and gives you a big fright. It’s really great. And also the way they’ve done the CGI, and the goblins and trolls, they actually look – they actually look real. That makes the unbelievable stuff, really believable.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah. Cool. So, let’s talk about Harry Potter just for a minute. Have you – I’m assuming you’ve read the series before?

Freddie: Yeah, no, I’ve read the book, and, you know, I love the films.

Andrew: Cool. What’s your favorite book? Harry Potter book?

Freddie: My favorite Harry Potter book – well they are called different things over here, but I really like the first one, The Sorcerer’s Stone.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: And I guess you have to first at the…

Andrew: Original.

Freddie: The first one, yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, and if you were to be in one of the Harry Potter films, which character do you think you would have wanted to play?

Freddie: [laughs] I remember I actually – I guess I was a bit too young when they started to get, you know, to get together.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: But I know the guy that plays Harry Potter quite well – Dan Radcliffe.

Andrew: Daniel Radcliffe.

Freddie: Yeah. I mean, we’re good friends and we’ve known each other, in fact, before Harry Potter started filming, so it’s kind of funny.

Andrew: Awesome. Yeah, I would have thought you would have made a great Harry Potter if it wasn’t for that darn Dan Radcliffe.

[Andrew and Freddie laugh]

Andrew: So, for Spiderwick, what was the audition process like?

Freddie: Well, I just basically went to Los Angeles, and had a screen test there, and they wanted to basically see if playing two people would work out – playing twins. So, I was auditioning for Mallory, as well. I remember thinking that they probably wouldn’t – they probably wouldn’t cast me, since she was so good.

Andrew: Yeah. [laughs]

Freddie: I didn’t think they’d cast two non-Americans, but there you go, they did, so I’m lucky.

Andrew: Yeah, well speaking of that, is it difficult to do an American accent for this film?

Freddie: It wasn’t too bad, actually. It was tougher the first time I did it. I did it for a film called August Rush.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: And I guess I had already…

Andrew: You had plenty of practice.

Freddie: …knew how to do it, and had some experience with it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: We had a voice coach that was always there on the set. Make sure any slip ups we had that could try and be corrected.

Andrew: Okay, good. So, if you were to do it now, do you think you could completely pull it off? Could you completely become American?

Freddie: [laughs] I hope so. How I tried to do it when I was filming, I’d just tried totalk in the accent as much as possible.

Andrew: Okay.

Freddie: Even when I go home, or go back to the apartment we had there in Montreal, you know, just an evening with my dad and stuff, just try and just keep it going and…

Andrew: [laughs] Just try and…

Freddie: So,I wouldn’t have to think about it when I was acting. It became second-nature.

Andrew: Right, yeah. Because once you stepped out of that American accent, it’s hard to get back in, I guess.

[Freddie laughs]

Andrew: So, what’s the best part about acting in a fantasy film for you?

Freddie: I mean this one was particularly great because I got to play twins, and that’s only the sort of opportunity you get if you’re lucky. Most people never get that opportunity.

Andrew: Yeah. I imagine that would have been hard to do. Was that a new challenge for you, playing twins? Because you are essentially filming the same scenes twice. Right?

Freddie: Yeah, I mean, that’s pretty much how they did it. They do one pass with me as Simon, or as Jared, and then I’d switch over to the other character and do it again. I mean, it was kind of nice to have two because you can work out things between them both and I mean – like, for example, there’s a scene towards the start of the movie in the bedroom and we come in.

Andrew: Mhm.

Freddie: And it’s just action and we’re moving around and it took quite a while to rehearse and all, set it up.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: But when you look back at it in the end, it’s kind of cool to see yourself talking to yourself.

Andrew: Right. [laughs] Yeah. I look forward to seeing that. Now, how – how does that work? Are you filming the same scenes on the same set or is there any green screen involved or what?

Freddie: Sometimes we use green screen, but I mean, I guess it complicted it further that sometimes there were ping pong balls for the goblins and trolls.

Andrew: Yeah.

Freddie: And then there’s also another one for another character of mine. But normally, I guess how they did it was they just do the scene once and film it how it was meant to be with something called motion control.

Andrew: Mhm.

Freddie: And then the camera can repeat its movement exactly the same each time, so…

Andrew: Oh! I see.

Freddie: I’d just – I’d just be one character and pretend to look where the other one should be…

Andrew: Right.

Freddie: And then they match the two images together and it seems like we’re there together at the same time.

Andrew: Oh, okay. That’s very cool.

Freddie: I mean, it’s pretty complicated.

Andrew: Oh, I’m sure. [laughs]

Freddie: But that’s just the basics, I guess.

Andrew: So, what we’re going to do now is Freddie is going to ask you guys a question related to Spiderwick and if you don’t know the answer you can always check SpiderwickChronicles.com for the answer. Freddie’s going to ask you the question and then the first 15 people to send their contact information and the correct answer to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX. So, Freddie, what is the question this week?

Freddie: The first question is, What will hobgoblin saliva give you when it applied to the eyes?

Andrew: All right, so once again, send in the correct answer and contact information to kaitlin at staff dot mugglenet dot com. That’s k-a-i-t-l-i-n at staff dot mugglenet dot com and the first 15 people to send in their correct answers will receive a pair of tickets to see the movie in IMAX. Part two of our interview with Freddie Highmore will come next week.

Micah: Who’s the person who did that interview? That – that person did a really great job.

Andrew: Oh, thank you. I’ll pass the compliments along to him. He’s a good friend of mine. He’s sort of a somebody in the Harry Potter fandom.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: It’s hard to get in touch with him. He’s very big in the…

Micah: Emerson?

Andrew: No. No. Bigger, actually.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: Much bigger.

Micah: Wow!

Andrew: Yes. In more ways than one. But it’s time to move on to Chapter-by-Chapter…

Laura: Ooo!


Chapter-by-Chapter: Chapters 11 and 12


Andrew: Now. This week we’re going to discuss Chapters 11 and 12. No Eric this week, so that means Chapter-by-Chapter is going to be about 5 minutes long.

[Laura laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah, so…

Micah: Ouch.

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: No, you can’t put that in there!

Andrew: I’m kidding.

Micah: No, you’re not.

[Laura laughs]

Laura: I know.

Andrew: No, I’m not.

Laura: That’s the best part.

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: We love each other on the show.

Andrew: No, we do. I’m just kidding.

Micah: We really do.

Matt: Of course.

Micah: Because people send in emails, “Why do you hate Eric?”

Andrew: Yeah. No, no, no, no, no.

Micah: We don’t.

Andrew: I didn’t mean that like I hate him. He adds a lot to the Chapter-by-Chapter. That’s all I mean by it.

Matt: A whole lot.


Chapter 11: The Bribe


Andrew: Yeah. So Chapter 11: “The Bribe.” I’m going to enjoy talking about this chapter because this whole situation…

Matt: I think we’re going to all enjoy this chapter. What do you guys think?

Andrew: Wow. That was – really loud.

Laura: Yeah. That was very happy, Matt.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Very positive.

Matt: I just drank a whole can of Mountain Dew in two seconds.

Andrew: Oh. I see.

Laura: Oh, wow.

Andrew: We should all drink a lot of sugar before the show. That would actually help a lot, I think. [laughs] All right, so, yeah, Chapter 11: “The Bribe.” It’s an interesting chapter. Basically, what happens in this chapter – basic summary is Remus Lupin tries to get with the trio to go along with them. He wants to join in on the action and Harry believes that his intentions aren’t for the right reasons. So, we’ll start off with the one thing that, Matt, you wanted to bring up, along with Laura.

Matt: Sure.

Andrew: Go for it.

Matt: Should I bring it up now?

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, okay cool. All right.

Andrew: It’s number one. Number one usually means the first thing.


World War II Parallels


Matt: Well, okay, thanks. Well, what Remus or Lupin or however we want to call him – he shows Harry and the trio that the Ministry has conducted a registration that is mandatory for all Muggle-born wizards to register themselves and have been written an account of being a Muggle. What is so great about this parallel is that it’s relevant to the same registering of the Jewish people during World War II during the Holocaust.

Laura: Yeah, definitely. Well, I think it’s really interesting because even though Jo has said she didn’t really base this on Hitler and Nazi Germany, because she has been asked that before, there really are a lot of parallels to the subject, like I was thinking about the kind of anti-semitic behavior that was really socially acceptable at that time. Jews would have their – had their homes and shops vandalized, they’d be terrorized during all hours of the night. I mean, not to mention the burning of their synagogues that happened before the actual concentration camps opened up. So, it’s really interesting when you look at the way Muggle-borns are treated in the Potter series even before this registration starts up.

Matt: Yeah. Well, this just proves that the wizarding world also has genocide just like the Muggle world.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, I mean…

Andrew: It’s a – this was really one of those wow moments – just to give you an idea of how badly Voldemort and the Death Eaters were taking over the wizarding world, because this is a huge punch. Especially…

Matt: Oh, this is a huge – this is a very dark, low moment for the – just for the whole government.

Andrew: Absolutely. Yeah.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Micah?

Micah: I was just agreeing with Laura and Matt because that’s really what came to mind, at least when I was re-reading it. You know, maybe it didn’t catch on to me the first time I read Deathly Hallows, but I mean, there’s a lot of, sort of, World War II, Naziism undertones in this book. And I think it started – we talked back at the chapter with the wedding in it, with the mark of Grindelwald is sort of a – you know, with it being displayed on the walls as it is like that Durmstrang and, you know, it kind of resembles a swastika. And…

Laura: Right.

Micah: …throughout the series more and more, and even Gregorovitch, where he’s locked, and I forget the name of the – it sort of resembles the name of a concentration camp, and, you know, I just thought that Jo kind of did that intentionally to show the strong prejudices that exist in the wizarding world. And, you know, this is another example and another chapter. As we move on we kind of see it more and more and I didn’t pay attention to it, really, on my first read through.

Matt: Are you referring to the concentration Auschwitz – is that’s how it’s pronounced?

Andrew: I think that was it, yeah.

Laura: Well, there were multiple concentration camps.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: But – there was – this one sounded, and I’m thinking, I don’t know why I’m thinking of Buchenwald, which was one. But the name…

Micah: Yeah. That’s…

Laura: …in the book sounded very similar to that.

Micah: And I think I said Gregorovitch and I meant Grindelwald.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Oh, oh, sorry.

Micah: Who was locked there. I think I said Gregorovitch was locked there, but that was a lie.

Andrew: Well I think, even if Jo knew she was drawing these parallels, I don’t think she would admit it. Like, I don’t think she does it on purpose – like, obviously there’s some inspiration from there, but I don’t think she really does it on purpose. I just think she’s well-educated on Nazi Germany and used it to create…

Laura: Well, also it’s not…

Andrew: …this Harry Potter world? I don’t know.

Laura: It’s not just Nazi Germany, though, I mean…

Matt: Yeah. It’s pretty much what happened.

Laura: …countries all over the world, including our own, have done terrible things to minority groups. I mean, during the mass immigration here through Ellis Island we actually sterilized people.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Who we though were unfit to breed.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: So, you know?

Micah: Right.

Laura: It just goes to show that it’s not just places like Germany that did these things, like…

Micah: Oh, of course.

Laura: It’s as near and dear as to our own home. So, it’s kind of scary when you think about it, but I think there are a lot of definite, very strong parallels and I think that when people think of these kinds of injustices they automatically think of the Holocaust.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Oh, of course.

Laura: I think it stands out, so we’re automatically going to think of it in comparison to this.

Matt: Well, it’s also because it just has a lot of direct parallels to what happened back then.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: But it’s just pretty much what happens when a totalitarian gets absolute power over an entire government.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, and, you know, it just – I think part of it is, too, what Jo had answered when a lot of people had brought up the year of 1945, the year that Grindelwald was defeated.

Andrew: Right.

Micah: And the parallels that were starting to be made and Jo basically said that you could make those comparisons, and I definitely think that in Deathly Hallows we get a better understanding of why that was, and, you know, Grindelwald himself….

Andrew: Yeah

Micah: …was imprisoned – I think the name here is Nurmengard, which was an actual prison that he built to house his opponents. So again, there’s that imagery of a concentration camp, almost. And Nurmengard sounds awfully similar to Nüremberg.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Matt: Oh, yeah.

Micah: Which obviously plays a very big role, at least for the trials of a lot the Nazis post-World War II.

Laura: Yeah, and you know what else I’m thinking of? I kind of compare it to this – after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, tons of American Japanese were rounded up and put into camps in America – in the Midwest.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And while it wasn’t anything on the scale of the Holocaust, it was still the idea of rounding up one group of people and finding a way to get rid of them or put them away where they couldn’t hurt your society because you believed that just because a few of them might of done something wrong, all would. So…

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: It just sort of sprung to mind, too.


Lupin’s Request


Andrew: Another big point in Chapter 11 we wanted to talk about was Lupin coming to Harry and asking to be a part of his adventure. So although the trio doesn’t want to tell Lupin anything about the mission given to them by Dumbledore, Lupin still gives them reasons why he should come along. And it seems at first that Harry, Ron, and Hermione are sort of into it, until Lupin reveals that Tonks is pregnant. Then Harry has a very sudden change of heart and, you know, this big argument occurs. So, do you guys think Lupin is truly a coward concerning his family? And Tonks and his family? Because that’s what Harry calls him. Or does he really believe in helping the trio? Because, you know, Harry was – Harry overreacted mainly because he can relate to it, his situation. He wouldn’t have wanted – his parents always stuck with him, so he doesn’t believe Lupin should just be leaving his kid and his wife even though the kid’s not born yet.

Laura: I wouldn’t really call Lupin a coward per se. I think it was more of a situation of cold feet for him. Because we saw at the end of Half-Blood Prince he already had reservation of marrying Tonks because of his age and because of him being a werewolf.

Matt: Mhm.

Laura: I do think it would be very wrong to get someone pregnant and then say, “Oh, look at what I’ve done to you. Because it’s clearly better for me to leave you by yourself and raise a kid on your own.”

Micah: Yeah, well…

Laura: I think that’s a load of crap. But at the same time I think he sincerely wanted to help too.

Andrew: Yeah, that’s the other thing, he said himself, “I believe your dad would’ve wanted me to come along,” and Harry says, “Well, I don’t think he would’ve ditched his kid.” You know?

Matt: But this doesn’t sound like Lupin though – this is like a different side of him we haven’t seen before.

Micah: Right. And I think part of him…

Andrew: I think he was having a breakdown, really.

Micah: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: He was looking forward to getting out of this Tonks situation.

Matt: How long – he probably hasn’t known much about the news that his wife is pregnant, this might be just a reaction to what he’s been just told.

Laura: Yeah, that’s what I was thinking.

Andrew: Oh, maybe! Oh, yeah!

Matt: A lot of parents, when they find out, their whole life flashes before their eyes and they see all the accomplishments they haven’t made and the things they thought – the kind of person they were. Lupin probably thought that he would never be the type of person who would have a wife and have a kid. He’d always seen himself as the person helping out and giving his life for his friends or something.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Matt: So this is probably a gut instinct of his, to come to the aid of his friends.

Laura: Well also…

Andrew: Although, you do have to keep in mind – real quick, he did say it took him three days longer because he had to knock off the Death Eater on his tail. So even if – say he heard about Tonks being pregnant and then he immediately ran away, I would’ve thought he would cool down after three days and maybe really think it through. Because he’s not selfish.

Laura: Mhm.

Matt: Well, his adrenaline is probably racing too because he has to constantly…

Andrew: Chased.

Matt: …think about dodging all these Death Eaters.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.

Laura: And I guess it’s also the terrifying idea of bringing a child into the world in the middle of a war.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I don’t know – he definitely was moving away from his responsibilities as a parent, but at the same I don’t know if he delivers the message to Harry the way that he wanted to or the way that we would have normally expected Lupin to. I think it came over to Harry in the wrong way and that’s why Harry reacted the way that he did. I’m not saying that Harry wasn’t exploitive in this particular scene because I think he cracked down on Lupin a little too hard, but I would also understand where Harry’s coming from – being orphaned himself he wouldn’t want to, you know, see the same thing happen to Lupin’s child.

Andrew: That’s exactly what I’m thinking.

Laura: Mhm.

Andrew: Because, like I said, Harry can really relate to this. He knows exactly what’s going on here which is why he picked up on it so quick. You know?

Laura: And also he would feel at fault for it because so many people have already died for him.

Andrew: Right.

Laura: And the thought of making another kid fatherless on his account.

Micah: Right, but – ironically, in the end…

Andrew: Ironically. [laughs]

Micah: …he ends up feeling bad about it anyway because that’s exactly what does happen and he ends up losing both of his parents.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Right. Another thing I wanted to bring up – if Tonks gave her permission directly to Harry – say, if Tonks was like, “It’s okay, I want Lupin to come help out you guys,” because maybe Tonks thinks they need a little help, do you think maybe Harry would have let Lupin come along then? Or do you think this is a personal issue with Harry that wouldn’t have been able to be changed?

Matt: Hmmm. No, no, no. Harry’s set in stone that Dumbledore just wanted Harry and Ron and Hermione to go along with him and Harry trusts Dumbledore’s word more than anyone’s.

Andrew: That’s not the point though, because Harry was considering taking Lupin but one of his primary reasons for Lupin not coming was because of his kid.

Matt: Well did he say he was thinking about it or did he just say it was a tempting offer?

Andrew: Well at first he was thinking about it because at first he’s like – they’re a little taken aback, I think. And then Harry or one of them is like, “What’s this all about?” and then Lupin says, “Oh, Tonks is having a kid.” So, I think Harry’s main argument wasn’t that it’s Dumbledore’s mission for the trio – that was part of the argument – but the real reason they were throwing spells at each other was just because Lupin was doing something Harry would never want to see a father do.

Matt: Well, I don’t think they probably would have broke out in a fight like they did. I know, but I’m saying if the situation wasn’t the fact that he was running away because his wife was pregnant. I don’t think it would have been a fight – I don’t think they would have had an argument like that. But I still don’t think Harry would let him in on it.

Laura: Yeah, I agree.


Muggle Mail: Lupin vs. Harry Argument


Andrew: So, relating to this, Georgia, 16, from Walnut Creek, CA writes:

“I’ve been looking forward to the Chapter-By-Chapter for Chapter 11 almost as much as I’ve been dreading it – probably because my Lupin fangirling knows no bounds. Since July, I have re-read and over-analyzed this chapter more times than I’d like to admit, and have come to several conclusions. The preeminent one being that Harry has a nasty habit of jumping go conclusions, and aught to learn to think before speaking. People leave their families to fight in wars all the time, and I can’t see how Remus is any different. He was frightened, yes, but I don’t see how he was in any way cowardly. He’s had to struggle with the prejudices against werewolves all his adult life, being shunned, subjected to poverty, and I don’t even want to imagine what sort of things he saw when he was spying on Greyback. The thought that he could have forced that sort of life onto an innocent child was just too much for him to handle. Nobody wants that for their child, especially not when the future looks so bleak already. And with all that aside, it’s obvious that he really cares about Harry, and I cannot believe that he was at all comfortable with the idea of him, Ron and Hermione running off into untold dangers all by themselves.”

That was my point.

“They might have been adults, but they were still missing an entire year of their education, and had just about no experience with taking care of themselves on their own. The notion that they were planning to do just that probably unsettled him almost as much as it did Mrs. Weasley. What Harry said to him was just awful, and I can’t help feeling that if Remus had not been trying so hard to hide his feelings, and had worded his request differently, things might have ended up much better. If nothing else, he could have at least helped prevent situations in which they’re all living off of toadstools.”

[laughs]

So, I agree with that. I agree with all the points she made. I mean, Remus wants to protect him. He wants to protect him. He wants to protect – by him I mean Harry – he wants to protect Harry for James. I mean – you know, why let three kids run off and do this huge battle that Dumbledore left them to. I mean, okay, Dumbledore left them to it but…

Matt: They’re seventeen.

Andrew: I mean, obviously they proved Lupin wrong but, I don’t know.

Laura: I guess it’s kind of like – and you consider an extreme circumstance in which your child and another child are both in danger – you know, who are you going to save first? Your kid, I mean, there’s no doubt about it. I mean, you try to help everyone you can but your kid should always be your priority.

Micah: Right, and I think, maybe him going to do this was his way of coping with the situation and I think that’s kind of what we were trying to bring up throughout this whole thing is that, this is kind of his coping mechanism. I think, for finding out – I think that’s what Matt had mentioned earlier and I guess you could argue either way. I mean, him leaving the situation doesn’t resolve the problem. I mean, the fact that his kid could grow up to be a werewolf, which I’m sure is something that he’s concerned about – you know, it’s not going to magically disappear if he goes off and gets himself killed and I think that’s probably what Harry is argument was mostly about. But I don’t think that Harry necessarily – as much as Lupin didn’t probably make his argument strong enough, I don’t think that Harry reacted the way he probably should have either.

Matt: Yeah, I just think it was just poorly delivered on both parts.

Micah: And the worst thing that I thought about was, if Lupin now goes off and got killed, that would have been the worst possible terms for Harry and Lupin to have ended on.

Andrew: [laughs] Right. Yeah.

Matt: Well don’t they mention that too? I mean, doesn’t…

Micah: Later on.

Matt: Doesn’t Harry mention that a couple of times later in the book. Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: He just can’t – he just doesn’t want to think of how he left things with Remus.


Scrimgeour Stays Loyal


Micah: But – yeah and through all of this, I mean, one thing that kind of got overshadowed that we didn’t talk about from Lupin’s visit was, you know, the fact that he mentions that Scrimgeour didn’t give Harry away. Which…

Andrew: Is big.

Micah: Is big.

Andrew: I mean that’s….

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah. If that’s the real story, I mean, we’ll never know though. [laughs] I mean, there could have been more to it, but from the reader’s perspective, yeah it looks like he died for Harry.


Kreacher Returns With Mundungus


Andrew: All right, so let’s move on now. The part in this chapter I hope really makes the movie.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: And you know, Jo insisted that Kreacher stay in…

Micah: Some comedy finally, you know?

Andrew: Yes, exactly.

Matt: I know.

Micah: In a very dark book.

Andrew: Kreacher returns with Mundungus like he promised, at this point Kreacher is loving Harry. You know, he’s making dinners and everything for the trio, he’s so far up there that…

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: You know, everything is going well. So, Harry starts interrogating Mundungus but not too soon – not too long after that Kreacher just comes up and starts hitting Mundungus on the head with a frying pan and it’s so funny and I just really hope that makes the film.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: What did you guys think of that part?

Laura: I thought it was really funny, especially when he said like – what was it? I forget. He was like, he called him Master Harry and he was like, “One more, please, Master Harry,” or whatever.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: [laughs] It was really cute.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Oh yeah. He says, “Perhaps just one more, Master Harry, for luck?”

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah and then Harry says, “No, we’ve got to keep him conscious.” So, the best part comes on pg. 222 when Mundungus starts explaining who he – who has the locket now and the realization is hilarious. Let me just read it real quick. “‘Who was this woman?’ asked Harry. ‘I don’t know some Ministry hack.’ Mundungus considered for a moment, brow wrinkled. ‘Little woman, bow on top of her head.’ He frowned and added, ‘Looked like a toad.'”

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: “Harry dropped his wand, it hit Mundungus on the nose.” And of course that’s when they realized, it’s Umbridge.

Matt: I have to say though, the endings of all the chapters in book seven are probably the best out of the series.

Andrew: Yeah. They’re so clever, they’re so movie-like.

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: They make you want to turn the page. Like, you know, I don’t know about you, but whenever I read the Harry Potter books I read so many more chapters than I intend.

Andrew: Oh, right. Absolutely.

Matt: Because each chapter…

Laura: Oh, definitely.

Matt: I just want to go, “Okay, just one more chapter,” because…

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Exactly.

Matt: …I want to know what happens now.

Andrew: Yeah, I used to do the same thing when I was reading them all for the first time. You just – and that’s one of the biggest compliments that the Harry Potter books receive. You just can’t put them down. That’s what everyone says the first time they read them, “I just couldn’t stop.” Okay, so, Chapter 12, there wasn’t as much going on in this chapter. Not really any big developments so we’re going to move through it pretty quick.

Laura: Well, hey guys, I’ve got to get going.

Andrew: All right Laura. No worries. See you.

Laura: Bye everyone!


Ron Finally Says “Voldemort”


Micah: The only other thing I wanted to note about this chapter was that it’s the first time, at least that I remember, Ron ever saying the word “Voldemort.”

Andrew: Is it the only time?

Micah: The first time.

Andrew: Is it the first time?

Micah: I thought so.

Andrew: Is it truly the first time?

Micah: Maybe I’m making this up. Somebody check me on it. It was on pg. 208, the U.S. edition. It’s the first time I’ve ever seen Ron say the word. Say the name “Voldemort.”

Andrew: I could see why this would be his first time, because this is really the start of the journey. So, maybe he is running on a nice little high.

Micah: Feeling brave.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Saying, “Hey, I guess if Hermione can say it then I can!”

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, exactly. [laughs] I don’t know. But okay, let’s move on to Chapter 12 now. Ummm, who wrote the first points? Someone else start. Go ahead.

Matt: I did.

Micah: I didn’t write any of the points, so…

Andrew: Was that you, Matt?

Matt: I actually wrote the first point.

Andrew: Okay, go ahead.

Matt: I don’t want to say it.

Andrew: Why not?

Matt: Well, I don’t know how to introduce it.

Micah: Just do a summary first. That’s probably the best thing.


Chapter 12: Magic is Might


Andrew: All right. So, the meaning of Chapter 12 – they’re getting into the Ministry at this point. They’ve all taken the Polyjuice potion, and they transformed into new Ministry people. Now, they’re going into the Ministry. First thing I wanted to bring up was the new statue. They replaced the Fountain of Magical Brethren.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: I’m good.

Matt: That’s true.


“Magic is Might”


Andrew: I’m proud of myself for that. Now, this new statue that reads “Magic is Might.” I don’t have the exact description up, I don’t know if you do, Matt. But it’s described as a large black statue that has a man and a woman, a wizard and a witch, sitting on a bunch of bodies.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: All wrangled up and just – are they dead? Can you tell they’re dead?

Matt: Uh, no, they’re holding them up. That’s the way it is.

Andrew: Right, they’re sitting on top of them.

Matt: Right, but it’s the whole fact that – you know, like 300 when all the slaves were holding up the big Persian master? That’s pretty much what the statue entailing.

Micah: Yeah, I have the quote right here.

Andrew: Go ahead and read it.

Micah: It says, “Now a gigantic statue of black stone dominated the scene. It was rather frightening, this vast sculpture of a witch and a wizard sitting on ornately carved thrones, looking down at the Ministry workers toppling out of fireplaces below them. Engraved in foot-high letters at the base of the statue were the words ‘MAGIC IS MIGHT.'” And I’m looking for the other part here.

Andrew: Yeah, then they make the realization that they’re not sitting on chairs, they’re actually bodies. And what’s the quote for that?

Micah: Hermione, who says to Harry, “‘Have you seen what they’re sitting on?’ Harry looked more closely and realized that what he had thought were decoratively carved thrones were actually mounds of cared humans: hundreds and hundreds of naked bodies, men, women, and children, all with rather stupid, ugly faces, twisted and pressed together to support the weight of the handsomely robed wizards.”

Andrew: Yeah, so, it’s a very nasty sight. I mean that’s terrible.

Matt: It’s very graphic.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And it’s supposedly Muggles, yeah? I’m guessing.

Andrew: Yeah. That’s what they realize as well. So, it’s just another sign of how the Ministry has changed, I mean, that is just a gigantic symbol of how the Ministry of Magic functions now. It’s – it’s just absolutely terrible. I mean, I don’t even see how Ministry employees could approve of that.

Micah: They probably don’t have a choice.

Andrew: Well, right but – yeah, it’s just…

Micah: It goes back to the whole Nazi Germany comparison…

Andrew: Right, exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …that was brought up last chapter.

Andrew: Oh, here I am coming to work. Oh, what’s the first thing I see? A giant black statue that has a witch and a wizard sitting on a ton of dead Muggles and Mudbloods.

Matt: That’s sad.

Andrew: Yep.


Snape is Headmaster


Micah: One of the other big things in the chapter that we learned, which actually takes place before they go to the Ministry, is from The Daily Prophet that Harry brings home saying that Snape is now a headmaster of Hogwarts. And, you know, we mentioned earlier in the Chapter-by-Chapter a couple of episodes back that when we heard that the Ministry had fallen was kind of the “Holy *bleep*!” moment of the series.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Did anybody kind of get the same feeling when they found out that Snape was running Hogwarts?

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: I mean, we don’t know yet, obviously, that he is good…

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: But this was another moment in the series where you really start to think – and this is, of course, in addition to everything that we’re learning, that’s going on in the Ministry with all the round-ups that are taking place. But this is really one of those moments where you realize things are getting pretty bad.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Because all of the sudden it’s like – you can’t believe – it’s like Hogwarts all of the sudden turns into a prison cell. That’s how I pictured it.

Micah: Right.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: It turned into a huge dungeon. It’s like Snape’s giant dungeon.

Micah: Yeah. It’s the big pieces that are slowly falling. You know. First it was the Ministry, now the only place, I think, that Harry has ever known to be safe, Hogwarts, is clearly not.

Andrew: Right.

Matt: Mhm. I had really mixed feelings when I read about Snape. This whole chapter – I mean this whole book even – but hearing that Snape had become headmaster, I…

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: You know, because there’s so much speculation if Snape was good or bad…

Andrew: Right.

Matt: …that you think, okay well if he’s good, then this is actually a good thing for all the students in Hogwarts – that they actually have Snape, who is really going against Voldemort, who is trying to help all the students or something.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: But…

Andrew: I guess that’s true.

Matt: But then you think if he’s bad, it’s just they’re screwed.

Andrew: But even if he is bad – I don’t know. I mean, in hindsight we all now know – I mean, Snape was doing it – Snape’s intentions were to protect the school. I mean…

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe it was never stated, but obviously he didn’t want to see Hogwarts go.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Who knows? For all we know Snape may have offered.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe Snape said to Voldemort, “Let me take over. Don’t put some…”

Matt: Well I’m sure he did.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Because he’s a familiar face for the school.

MuggleCast 129 Transcript (continued)


School is Mandatory


Andrew: Right. So next point: Why are the Weasleys, the Longbottoms and the Lovegoods (their families) sending Ginny, Neville and Luna back to school knowing everything that they know? Because I mean, they’re…

Matt: Well, they know. They know that they have to go. It’s mandatory now. They can’t keep them at home.

Andrew: Oh! That’s true. Duh! Next point. I don’t know who put that in. Probably, Laura.

Matt: That’s probably her. She didn’t read Chapter 12.

Andrew: Yeah. And she left, so we can blame everything on her.

Matt: Yeah.


Flawed Ministry Infiltration?


Andrew: Next point: Is the plan to penetrate the Ministry flawed? Micah, you wanted to bring this up because…

Matt: Mikey?

Andrew: Micah, I said.

Matt: Oh, I thought you said Mikey.

Andrew: You know, they’re just walking in with Polyjuice Potion, and before the show I was saying, “You know what? There’s got to be some flaws in this plan if they’re going – if they’re knocking these people out that they’re turning into – they’re knocking them out and they’re going to come back to work the next day and be like, you know, ‘Oh, wait a second. I didn’t do this. Oh wait a second. I didn’t do that.'” I mean, there are flaws in this plan that obviously didn’t get brought up in the book, because it would have been nice to see what would have happened.

Matt: That’s the whole point though. This whole thing was rushed.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah, but you don’t see any…

Matt: They don’t really care about the consequences anymore because all they’re thinking about is going forward.

Andrew: Right, but what I’m saying is – in reality, that would have really posed a problem. And, I mean, Jo could have wrote in some subplot, but it’s not that necessary, it’s sort of out of the way, and it obviously doesn’t effect the ending of the book. But in all reality, that must have caused some problems, because that probably would…

Matt: It probably did.

Andrew: …have been a security breach too. But we don’t know that. You know what I’m saying? Like don’t you think it would have been a huge security breach?

Matt: Yeah, because we only know it from their perspective. It probably was going on; it just didn’t reach them by the time all this stuff happened.

Andrew: Oh that’s true. That’s – yeah. They were out of touch when they were camping…

Micah: Well, I think Matt brought up a…

Matt: And the Ministry is huge.

Micah: …good point though, that it – the plan itself was definitely rushed because you have that whole conversation between Harry, Ron and Hermione, where Harry was saying, “Let’s just do it tomorrow.”

Andrew: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: And you can understand that from the perspective of, well we need to start acting; we can’t just keep talking about it. We need to just do it. But the thing that really bothered me about this part of the story was, to me, if you were these three young witches or wizards and you’re going to go and infiltrate the Ministry it would seem to me that you’d need to be a little more clever than just using Polyjuice Potion. And obviously…

Andrew: Right.

Micah: …it has consequences in the following chapters…

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: …where they come face-to-face with one of the people that they took out. But it just – it seems so unrealistic that they can just walk by Umbridge or walk by Yaxley or walk by any of these people and there is absolutely no recognition on the part of these Ministry officials that something is up until, you know, a little bit later on.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: And look, I know it’s a fantasy series. I know that…

Andrew: Right.

Micah: …all of this is unrealistic, but Jo usually does a really good job making things seem like, “Hey, you know, that could actually work.”

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And this was just one of those chapters where it’s almost like…

Matt: Everything was just coincidental…

Micah: Yeah. It’s just…

Matt: With them meeting everybody.

Micah: Like, we’re talking about the Ministry, which is supposedly under the control of Voldemort and they’re just going to walk right in disguised as other people, get the Horcrux, you know, have a little bit of trouble along the way, and get out.

Andrew: So Micah, say you were Harry. What would be your plan to infiltrate the Ministry? Say you were the James Bond of the Harry Potter world, how would you…

Micah: But…

Andrew: …get in the Ministry?

Micah: But my point is this: why would you have to get into the Ministry?

Andrew: The locket.

Micah: Doesn’t Umbridge live somewhere?

Matt: Yeah, I was just going to say, can’t you just like wait by her house?

Andrew: But doesn’t she keep the locket in the Ministry?

Micah: I don’t – there’s – is that a guarantee?

Matt: No, she keeps it around her neck.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Well, I guess in defense of [laughs] Jo, I guess, they know exactly where she works, they don’t know where she lives, and it would, you know – how would they find out where she lives? Wouldn’t they have to go into the Ministry? [laughs]

Matt: They could follow her.

Micah: Hey, hold on a second.

Andrew: Don’t say, “phonebook.”

Micah: “Kreacher, bring me Umbridge.”

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Oh yeah, but see, somebody would notice Umbridge was missing. And then Umbridge would run back and…

Micah: Would anybody care?

Matt: Well, I thought Hermione was getting used to the Memory Charms.

Andrew: Oh that’s true too. But once Umbridge – okay, this could also be solved with the Memory Charm, but once Umbridge is in Grimmauld Place, wouldn’t she be able to tell people where it is?

Matt: She wouldn’t know where she was.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Matt: Kreacher just brought her there. Kreacher didn’t say, “Oh yeah, we’re going to take you to Grimmauld Place.”

Micah: Yeah, we’re just trying to come up with other things…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: This is all pure speculation, I guess?

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. But look, we thought about this plan in what, five minutes? They could have done that.

Andrew: Right. [laughs] Right. [laughs again] Yeah, I don’t know. Talk to them someday.


Hermione’s Insistence


Andrew: Why does Hermione – last point we want to bring up today – why does Hermione still insist that Harry stay out of Voldemort’s mind? Because in this chapter, once again, Harry tries to hide it from Ron and Hermione. He runs up to the bathroom and then hides in there while he goes into Voldemort’s mind, but Hermione still insists that Harry stay out. Why does Hermione do that? Why can’t she just – I mean, she’s not going to be able to change Harry’s mind and, really, it does work to their advantage.

Matt: Yeah, well, in this book – in this chapter – in this book it did.

Andrew: Of course in Order of the Phoenix it didn’t, but Harry learned his lesson and, I mean, he just has to accept now that that’s a possibility, that that could happen. But really, he has nothing to lose at this point. Unless Voldemort makes up this scene where he’s about to kill Ron and Hermione, or any close Order members…

Matt: Mhm. Well, Hermione doesn’t know anything about it. That’s the whole point; the only thing that she knows is that Dumbledore told Harry that he shouldn’t be opening his mind to it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: That’s the only thing she knows, and she’s scared about it because of all the consequences that happened.

Micah: But, in the fact is, it’s a good thing. It’s really a good thing in the end. I mean, Harry even starts to think that he should be using this to his advantage. I mean it keeps him, you know, in sync with what Voldemort is doing, and it has a huge role, you know, later on when he can feel Voldemort going from place to place looking for all the Horcruxes that have been destroyed.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Mhm.

Micah: And, you know, I think it’s a connection that she should just step off on.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Because it’s giving Harry the clues that he needs to help solve this, you know, really complex puzzle.

Matt: Mhm. And, technically, is it really Occlumency? Because they are connected. He is part of Voldemort.

Micah: Yeah. Right, and maybe that’s the problem. Maybe he wouldn’t have been able to keep it out.

Matt: I mean, even if he tried to close his mind would it even work?

Andrew: Oh, that’s true. But, see, Dumbledore did know that he had the special connection with Voldemort, and Dumbledore still recommended that Snape teach him the lessons.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: So, I think Dumbledore would’ve had an idea whether or not the lessons would actually work. The Occlumency would really work.


Using Occlumency While Asleep


Matt: Okay, talking about Occlumency, since we’re on this subject.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Is it even possible to shut your mind while you’re asleep? I mean, aren’t you just vulnerable when you’re asleep? Can you use Occlumency, I mean, are you capable of doing Occlumency while you’re asleep?

Micah: That’s a good question.

Andrew: Well, I guess the question is, do we know how it actually works? I mean is it a – does it only work while you’re actually focusing on it? Or is there a way to keep it in your head somehow?

Matt: Well, it always happens when he’s at his most vulnerable point, and that’s when he’s asleep. He has a hard time doing it even when he’s conscious. So, how in the world is he going to be able to do it when he’s in a fragile, sleeping state?

Andrew: According to the Lexicon, “elementary Occlumency involves clearing the mind of thoughts and emotions so that the Legilimens can find no emotional ties to memories the target wished to conceal.” So say if you clear your mind for bed, and you fall asleep, because isn’t – aren’t there studies that say, like, you always dream about what you are thinking right when you fall asleep?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: So right, if you have your mind cleared…

Matt: Well, is that even possible? I mean, unless you have a Pensieve near your bed…

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: …and just empty all your mind.

Andrew: Hey! That’s too much work though. It’s like taking out your contacts at night or putting in your retainer before bed.

Micah: Yeah, I mean, where would you even get one of those?

Matt: Yeah, see, I would stop doing all of those.

Micah: You would like go to Home Depot and be like, “Yeah I’ll have a Pensieve.”

Andrew: [laughs] “I want an auto-Pensieve.”

Matt: [laughs] Yeah. You go to Costco and get the 10-pack.

Micah: Yeah, exactly

Andrew: Well, it’s not like a one use only. It is not like a disposable razor. I mean, you can use the same one night to night, right?


The Multi-Purpose Pensieve


Micah: And if you need to go to the bathroom in the middle of the night and it’s right there…

Matt: [laughs] “This Pensieve is not the same color it was yesterday.”

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: “Why is my Pensieve all yellow?”

Micah: It can be multi-purpose. I mean, if you’re sick…

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: …you know?

Andrew: “Mr. Bob: Pensieve Edition”

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: “Mr. Bob Is On The Job.”

Micah: You can wash your face when you get up in the morning. You don’t even need to go to the bathroom.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Oh, my god, Micah.

Matt: You wash your face in the morning and you’re hit with all these past aggressions and memories from your past.

Andrew: That is terrible.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Oh, my god. Brush your teeth, use it to go number two, the possibilities are endless.

Micah: I don’t know.

Matt: Okay, okay.

Micah: That’s a little too much.

Andrew: You guys don’t? I use a sink for everything. Just me?

[Micah laughs]

Matt: Yeah, I know you do.

Andrew: Hmmm, weird. [laughs] All right, well…


Ben’s Top Ten


Micah: Well, there’s a Ben’s Top Ten List: Top Ten Uses of a Pensieve.

Andrew: Yeah, there you go. Everyone submit…

Micah: Get creative.

Andrew: …not everyone. But, yeah, be creative, send in a creative list. “Top Ten Ways to Use a Pensieve.” We’ve given you some ideas, don’t copy all of them, but build it off of what we came up with.

Micah: [laughs] There’s a lot of room for improvement.

Andrew Yeah.

[Everyone laughs]


Back to Harry and Occlumency


Andrew: “In its more advance form, Occlemency allows the user to suppress only feelings and memories that contradict what the user wishes a Legitamens to believe, thus allowing the Occlamens to lie without self-betrayal.” So, I don’t know. I mean, this is used to Harry’s advantage and Harry’s learned his lesson once. I think at this point he would just – since he was still looking into Voldemort’s mind, I believe that he just has to take the risk and to decide whether or not it’s real.

Micah: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah. Let’s move along.

Andrew: Yeah, that does wrap up Chapter-by-Chapter today. Chapter 13 next week, maybe Chapter 14 as well. We’ll review it at our next board meeting.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: It’s time for Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz”]

[Matt and Micah laugh sarcastically]

Andrew: “She had to go down to the Court Rooms with Umbridge. She couldn’t refuse and…” cuts off.

Micah: Oh.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: This has been Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz”] I’m doing a new thing now where I move my head further away from the microphone so it’s more like, Quote Quiz. [echoes “quiz” with quieter echo]

Micah: That’s nice.

Matt: Yeah, that is sweet.

Micah: Very talented.

Andrew: Hey, I have a new idea. I have a new idea. We’ll all do the echo.

So I’ll do, “Quote quiz!” And then Matt goes, “…quiz,” and Micah goes, “…quiz.” And I go, “…quiz,” and then we all do it lower and lower.

Micah: Ummm…

Matt: Yeah, no. Let’s not do that.

Andrew: No, that’d be fun. That’d be fun. Can we try it, please? So, I’ll do it first. I’ll do, “Quote quiz!” and then Matt, you go, “…quiz.” And then Micah goes, “…quiz.” And I go, “…quiz.” Okay?

Micah: Sure, why not?

Andrew: All right. You have to do it fast. Quote quiz!

Matt: Quiz.

Micah: [pauses a long time] Quiz.

Matt: Stupid.

Andrew: Quiz… [laughs]

Micah: Alrighty.

Andrew: I liked it. Sorry, guys.

Matt: I’m so embarrassed right now for doing that.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Sorry. Want to have a little fun on the – Okay, you say Sweeney Todd last week. You can’t dig yourself any deeper.

Matt: Yeah, but I’m freaking awesome that way.


Make the Connection


Andrew: Hey, here’s a fun segment. It’s time to play Make the Connection. Since Jamie’s not around this week – and we don’t know when he’s going to be back, cause he’s back at school – Matt’s going to be taking over Make the Connection until Jamie returns. Matt, there’s a lot of pressure. A lot of pressure. I mean, Jamie sent you a couple of ideas, but…

Matt: Yeah, he sent me a couple things. Well, it’s pretty cool now, though. Because since Laura left – since Jamie only sent me two, I can just tell them to both of you.

Andrew: Well – okay.

Matt: Yeah. Okay.

Andrew: All right, so Micah starts first, since Micah didn’t go last time.

Matt: Yeah. All right, Micah. Make the connection between Harry Potter and writing a science fiction novel to be read only by camels.

Micah: Only by camels, right?

Matt: Only by camels.

Micah: [laughs] I don’t even know what to say to that.

Matt: [imitates Jamie] Oh, come on, Micah! It’s very simple.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: It’s right in front of you.

Micah: It’s right in front of you.

Matt: [imitates Jamie] I have faith in you, Micah. I have faith in you.

[Andrew laughs]

Micah: The only comparison I can think of was those two camels that those House-elves were riding in…

Andrew: [laughs] Goblet of Fire.

Micah:Goblet of Fire. Otherwise, I don’t know how you compare Harry Potter and a science fiction book wrote strictly for camels.

Andrew: [laughs] Well, you can say that the science fiction book told the House-elves – told the camels how to ride with House-elves on their back. Because House-elves are very light, so that poses the possible problem. Especially if they were to apparate off the back. Once that weight suddenly disappears, the camels might be thrown off balance.

Micah: Sure.

[Andrew presses the “That Was Easy Button”]

Micah: All right, let’s hear the other one.

Matt: Okay.

Micah: And I’ll help Andrew out on that.

Matt: Since I already sent you one, I’m going to think of something else.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: All right. So – okay. Harry Potter and eating Chick-Fil-A while watching Sweeney Todd.

Andrew: [laughs] What? Okay, seriously, that is the stupidest thing I’ve ever heard. Ummm…

Matt: Do it.

Andrew: Okay, I have to admit, Sweeney Todd is one of my favorite movies right now. And Chick-Fil-A is my favorite delicacy. So…

Matt: You’re stalling!

Andrew: No, no. When I get into the movies, when I see a Harry Potter film, I love seeing the Potter films while eating nachos and cheese, which is also one of my favorite delicacies. So, the connection is that you can eat your favorite delicacy while watching one of your favorite movies.

Matt: Ummm…

Andrew: No?

Matt: Maybe I’m just not getting Make the Connection.

Andrew: You just have to make a connection between Harry Potter and item number two.

Matt: All right, okay.

Andrew: I know that wasn’t exactly what I was supposed to – and that’s impossible, Matt, that’s [laughs] pretty impossible. I don’t know.

Matt: Well, the one that Jamie gave me wasn’t any better.

Micah: What was it?

Matt: It was Harry Potter and eating antique ice cream while fighting Hercules.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Micah: What?

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Well, Hercules is a very powerful charactal – uhhh…

Matt: Charactal, huh?

Andrew: Charactal, yeah. Sorry, if you watch home videos – I just did it again! [laughs]

[Matt makes slurring noises to mock Andrew]

[Andrew makes slurring noises]

Micah: Well, actually, you could – I don’t know how you would spin this – but Hercules defeated what’s his name, the three headed dog – the trio got by the three headed dog.

Matt: Ohhh.

Andrew: Did he?

Micah: But that has nothing to do with ice cream and battling Hercules.

Matt: Yeah, see…

Andrew: Well, you could say that dogs like ice cream. I don’t know.

[Micah laughs]

Andrew: Jamie would have to be there to moderate that, I don’t know, we’ll see. Matt, do you want people to e-mail in ideas? That’s what we used to do with Jamie.

Matt: Yeah sure, if Jamie’s not going to be on because he’s at school for the next couple of weeks, I’m perfectly okay with that.

Andrew: Okay! So e-mail in some good Make the Connections that are possible. Maybe if you have your own idea include it in the e-mail – include the connection in the e-mail and then Matt just won’t read that. He can read that after we answer ours. So yeah, answer your own make the connection so we know it’s doable, and you can quiz yourself at home. Matt at staff – no matthewb, sorry. Matthewb, M-a-t-t-h-e-w-b at staff dot mugglenet dot com. Matt, maybe I’ll make you an easier one that’s a little shorter.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul


Andrew: So we’ll wrap things up today, as always, with a nice little Chicken Soup that will make everyone feel good. This is a good segment we do. This one comes from Stacey B. 22, of [sings] Baaaltimooore, Maryland. She writes:

“This isn’t a normal Chicken Soup. You get letters every week about how someone’s grandmother just passed away or how stressed out they are from finals or just simply because work is torture. These people who are down and out reach out to you as MuggleCasters to help them on their way. No matter what our burden is, we can always count on you to brighten our day. Laughter is the best medicine of all. You have no idea how many lives you guys have touched. And I think I speak for the listeners when I say, ‘Thank you!’ from the bottom of our hearts. This Chicken Soup goes out to the MuggleCasters for everything they do for the fans.”

Andrew: Well, thank you, Stacey, that’s very nice of you.

Matt: Awww.

Andrew: Like I say almost every show, it’s always great to hear how MuggleCast really affects people’s lives and it’s one of the main reasons why we’ll never permanently end the show. I mean, that’s just mean! We’ll always be coming out with more episodes. We’ll aim for once a month after Chapter-by-Chapter is done. And, you know, more good things will come, more good things will come.

Matt: Yes!


Contact Information


Andrew: So, I think that’s about it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. But right now it’s time to remind everyone about our contact information in case you want to get in touch with us.

Micah: The po box.

Andrew: If you want to send us – huh?

Micah: The po box.

Andrew: The po box, Micah. If someone wants to send something to the pickle object box, where do they do that? How do they send it?

Micah: Send it to:

MuggleCast

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia, 30028

Andrew: Don’t forget you can also call in the MuggleCast hotline. If you’re in the United States you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC, if you’re in the United Kingdom you can call 02081440677, and if you’re in Australia you can 0280035668. You can also Skype the username MuggleCast. No matter how you call in just remember to keep your message under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible. Thank you.

You can also e-mail MuggleCast using the handy feedback form on MuggleCast.com, just click on “contact” at the top. You can reach anyone of us or – actually, Matt, you’re not in there, but I think it’s about time we add you in there.

Matt: Add me where?

Andrew: To the feedback form on MuggleCast.com.

Matt: Oh, okay.

Andrew: You can also contact us with our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, and like I said earlier, matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com. [whispers] Yeah! Dot com!


Community Outlets


Andrew: Don’t forget our community outlets. We got the MuggleCast MySpace, Facebook, YouTube, Frappr, Last.FM, and the fanlistings and forums, which are exploding! Right now. You can also Digg the show at Digg.com, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and rate and review us at Yahoo! Podcasts.


Show Close


Andrew: I think that’s about it for this week’s show.

Micah: Send in stuff for Chapter 13, because…

Andrew: Yes, send in stuff for chapter 13 that we can discuss.

Matt: Please?

Micah: And if we missed anything in Chapter 11 or 12 I’m sure we’ll hear about it, so… [laughs]

Andrew: We’ll hear about it. We’ll get a gazillion, kagillion, patrillion, apillion e-mails.

Matt: At least two.

Micah: Yeah.

[Andrew and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Now remember, kids, parallels.

Micah: When are voicemails coming back? Or are they never coming back? [laughs]

[Show music begins]

Andrew: No, voicemails will come back. We just have to have time in the show to fit them in. Maybe we’ll just do strictly Chapter-by-Chapter and voicemails next week with a fun segment, too.

Matt: Hopefully fun.

Andrew: If there’s no news next week. You know, we need a break because we’re trying to keep these shows a certain length each week. I mean, sometimes we go longer, sometimes shorter, but we aim for around an hour ten, an hour twenty an episode, you know?

Micah: Don’t forget the top ten.

Andrew: Top ten, vote for us at Podcast Alley too, yes, thank you, Micah.

Micah: No, I meant the Top Ten Pensieve uses.

Andrew: Oh, Top Ten list. Yes, yes.

Micah: Sorry.

Andrew: Please send in those lists. No, it’s all right.

Micah: Yeah, you can also vote for us at Podcast Alley if you want to.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Micah: Like I said, you won’t get another show in January if you don’t.

Matt: Uh-oh.

Andrew: Right, exactly. So look out. Ummm, all right. Okay. So that wraps up this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Once again, I’m Andrew Sims.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matthew Britton.

Andrew: Thank you everyone for joining us and we’ll see everyone next week for Episode 130 in February. Goodbye!

Matt: Goodbye!

[Show music ends]


Blooper


Matt: Was that…

Andrew: Yeah, that’s good enough.

Matt: Was that good enough? Okay.

Laura: Yeah. Just say that, like, that there were parallels drawn between that and Nazi Germany.

Matt: Oh okay. Oh yes, because I love parallels because they never meet.

Andrew: That was so funny, by the way.

Laura: That was really funny.

Andrew: I didn’t hear that when we were recording, but…

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Andrew: …when we were editing…

Matt: I don’t even remember saying that.

[Andrew laughs]

Matt: I must have been doing something else because I was just trying to talk while Eric was talking.

Andrew: Uh-huh.

Micah: Along with my pregnant comment. Do you remember that?

Matt: Yes. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah. That was funny, too. I missed that.

Laura: I didn’t – what – what is it?

Andrew: Sometimes Micah says things, and someone else is talking, so we don’t hear him. Say it, Micah, real quick.

Micah: Well, I think Andrew was talking about how – was it – Helena Bonham Carter? Or no, it was…

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: No, no, uh…

Micah: No, it was the other one who’s playing Narcissa.

Andrew: Helen McCory.

Matt: Helen McCory.

Micah: Yeah, she was supposed to play Bellatrix but she got pregnant, and then I just said – I guess under somebody else – I just said, “Sorry about that.”

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: And nobody noticed. Then it was on the show.

[Everyone is still laughing]

Micah: I saw people making comments about it, it was pretty funny.

Andrew: Yeah, when I heard it – when I heard it while editing, I was laughing my ass off. I IMed Micah and I was like, “Dude, I can’t believe we missed that.” It was so funny.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: He was like so straight forward, too. He was just like, [imitating Micah] “Sorry about that.”

Matt: [imitating Micah]

“Sorry about that.”

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Oh, that’s brilliant.

Matt: Okay, I’m going to bring us back.

Micah: All right.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Well, ummm…

———————–

Transcript #128

MuggleCast 128 Transcript


Show Intro


[Audio]: Hey there, MuggleCast listeners. I am back to inform you of some excellent news. GoDaddy.com is having better deals than ever. For only $3.59 a month for 12 months, you can get GoDaddy.com’s economy package. With 250 gigs of bandwith, five gigs of storage and up to 500 e-mail accounts you can get your own website up and running with success. And as usual, enter code Muggle – that’s M-U-G-G-L-E – when you check out and save an additional 10 percent on any order. Some restrictions apply, see site for details. Get your piece of the internet at GoDaddy.com.

[Music ends]

Andrew: This week’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the internet’s leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Get a free audiobook download of your choice when you sign up today. Log onto www.audiblepodcast.com/mugglecast today for details.

[Show music starts]

Micah: Because we have lots of unanswered questions, this is MuggleCast Episode 128 for January 19th, 2008.

[Music continues to play]

Andrew: Have you guys seen our brand new Wizard Rock section on MuggleNet?

Laura: I have.

Eric: I’m going right now, Andrew.

Laura: I must say, it’s very impressive.

Andrew: MuggleNet.com/app/rockband/home is the Universal Resource Locator. It’s our brand new section with a over 160 rock bands!

Laura: Yay!

Matt: Really?

Eric: And…

Andrew: Yeah. You guys like it?

Matt: Geez, that’s a lot.

Laura: Yeah, it…

Andrew: I made it all by myself.

Laura: It’s really, really cool, but…

Andrew: Thanks.

Laura: From what I can tell there is something missing, isn’t there?

Matt: There is one group that is not listed on that site.

Andrew: There is one band missing and it’s my Wizard Rock band, but…

Laura: Oh, well that’s probably for the best…

Andrew: I’ve decided that it’s…

[Andrew, Matt, and Micah laugh]

Andrew: I decided that the Wizard Rock section on MuggleNet was actually going to have the worst rock bands, or Wizard Rock bands, and mine’s good for it, so…

Laura: Oh, okay.

Andrew: I don’t want to blow everyone away. I don’t want to steal the limelight from great bands such as The Remus Lupins, The Moaning Myrtles, Harry and the Potters…

Laura: Well, you know I was just thinking about that one time at Prophecy when you were supposed to perform and you never did. And we had…

Andrew: I did. Yes, I did.

Laura: We had to peer pressure you into doing a chorus at the live Leaky Mug.

Andrew: Because I think it’s hard to do a rap acapello.

Laura: Yeah, whatever.

Andrew: There was a lot of pressure. There was a big audience. Anyway, we have a good show for you today including Chapter-by-Chapter, and we’re going to bring Favorites back, and we also have a couple little announcements. I’m Andrew Sims.

Eric: I’m Eric Scull.

Laura: I’m Laura Thompson.

Micah: I’m Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I’m Matt Britton.

[Music continues to play]


News


Andrew: Micah Tannenbaum is in the MuggleCast News Center with the past week’s top Harry Potter news stories. Hey, Micah.

Micah: All right, thanks, Andrew. Four months in development, on Wednesday nightMuggleNet released its latest project: MuggleNet’s Wizard Rock section. With over 160 bands in our database fans can read interviews, listen to samples, write reviews, and more. It’s the perfect place for fans to discover the fandom phenomenon that is the music genre of Wizard Rock.

It was announced on Thursday that J.K. Rowling will deliver the keynote address at this year’s Harvard University commencement ceremony on June 5th. University President Drew G. Faust was quoted as saying:

“Perhaps no one in our time has done more than J. K. Rowling to inspire young people to experience the excitement and the sheer joy of reading. Her tales of Harry, Ron, and Hermione and their Hogwarts adventures have cast a spell on millions of readers around the world. Harvard isn’t exactly Hogwarts, but I’m sure that her visit with us this June will be a moment of magic for J.K. Rowling’s many admirers across the University.”

Finally, Timothy Spall, who played Peter Pettigrew in Prisoner of Azkaban and Goblet of Fire, has said he will reprise that role for the final two films. Spall was quoted by saying:

“I’m in the next one. And I’m also in the one at the end. I have a very big scene in that. I think they might be shooting two of them back-to-back. Hard to know though, what with this writer’s strike and all. They’re shooting the penultimate one at the moment; which I have a brief appearance in it. I should be doing that soon.”

That’s all the news for this January 19th, 2008 edition of MuggleCast. Back to the show.

Andrew: All right, thank you Micah.

Micah: You’re welcome.


News Discussion: Deathly Hallows Split?


Andrew: You know, I’ve described the news, in the past, like a roller coaster. And I’m sticking with it. Because this week we only really have – actually, we have two things to discuss. One news story just came out today. Very briefly, though. One big story we want to talk about that’s been getting a lot of press, at least on the fan sites and even some British tabloids. Apparently there are rumors circulating around now saying that the final Harry Potter book is going to be split into two films.

Eric: Yes.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: And this was originally reported by the Daily Mail. And it says here in the article:

“For film-makers Warner Bros, whose first five ‘Potter’ films have made £2.5 billion in box office receipts…it could mean a £500 million bonus in ticket sales.”

Because people are essentially paying for the same movie twice.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: They’ll easily double their profits for the final film. Do you guys think this could come true?

Eric: Well gee, why didn’t they think about doubling their ticket revenue when they decided not to make any of the other movies into two parts?

Laura: Yeah. I mean, we’ve heard this same rumor a lot before. Didn’t it come around…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: …with Goblet of Fire, too?

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: It’s true.

Andrew: It did.

Eric: It’s true. And nothing came of that. Book 7’s not even the longest book. It’s shorter than – well, depending on what version you read, it’s actually the third longest, I think it was.

Laura: I think the difference with the seventh book is that there’s a lot more information in it that has to be covered. And…

Eric: Like what?

Laura: I think the difference with the seventh book is that there’s a lot of information that they’re going to be relying on that they haven’t used in previous movies. So on top of the information that we got in Deathly Hallows, they’re going to have to include a whole bunch of backstory that they never gave us in the other films to make it make sense.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.

Laura: So that would be the only reason I would see for them doing that. But honestly, I think we’re just going to have a regular length movie like we always have.

Matt: It would be nice to have a two-part.

Laura: It would. I would love it.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: But why? Why would they have not have done it for – I mean, there were so many other book I would rather be two-part movies than Book 7

Andrew: See, I’d rather it be the final film, because…

Laura: Yeah, it makes more sense. [laughs]

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Why does it make more sense? They should have made the…

Laura: Because it’s like the grand finale, you know. It’s the end.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Well…

Matt: And there’s not much you can cut out in this book.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Without it being really just crumbling.

Eric: Except the months and months they’re in the forest doing nothing.

[Matt and Micah laugh]

Andrew: Well, according to this article, it says:

A film source said: “There’s so much to fit that the view is the last movie should be in two halves. There is a huge battle when Harry, played by Daniel Radcliffe, takes on Voldemort that needs to be done really well.”

Eric: And this quote intrigued me, as well. Because I was thinking, well, yeah. I mean, the Battle of Hogwarts. God, they can make that so good, you know?

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: They can make that – but, I mean they’ve got a battle at Hogwarts to do in Movie 6, as well.

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: That they should probably turn into some kind of fruitfulness. But, I was thinking about that quote because I had read it too. And I was thinking, well then again, and I’m sure I’ve said this before. But when I first read the fifth Harry Potter book, which was after it came out June 20, 2003. When I first read it I was thinking at the end scene, you know the whole Department of Mysteries, etc. I said, “Wow, they could really make this alone an hour or two hour movie.” I mean, if you read that scene in the book, it’s just – the whole time, once they get to the Department of Mysteries, all the rooms they explore, up until the end of the book. You know, they could turn that into a really long period of time in the movie. And as we know now, they made it pretty short in the movie. They actually did, successfully or unsuccessfully, they made it into a short clip, a sort part of the movie and fit it into one film. So, no matter how long you think – no matter how long its appeared to be written in the books, they can always condense it and kind of get away with it.

Andrew: Yeah. [grumbles]

Eric: I just don’t think that – I think it’s not that cool that they should make the seventh book into a two-part movie if they didn’t make any of the other first six.

Andrew: The other thing to note here is that a script hasn’t even been written.

Eric: It’s true.

Andrew: Because Steve Kloves, he’s part of the Writer’s Guild, so he can’t start writing anything, which isn’t too much of a worry now because, you know, Half-Blood Prince still doesn’t come out until November. I would think he would, hopefully, if the strike ends soon. He would normally be writing the script, what, maybe starting in a few months from now. What’s the time frame for that, Matt?

Eric: Because pre-production happens quite soon.

Matt: Yeah, no, no, it does. Most of the entire production is pre-production. In-production of films actually are the shortest out of all the stages. They last for probably a month at the most. That’s it.

Andrew: Okay.

Matt: Like, they film the movie in almost a month or two month’s time.

Andrew: Oh, no, no, no, it takes a lot longer with Harry Potter

Laura: I thought with Harry Potter it took a lot longer.

Matt: Well, no, I’m talking about filming. It takes hours and hours of pre-production before they film, I’m saying.

Eric: Okay, and the actual filming…

Matt: But I mean, on the actual filming.

Eric: Interesting. So when do you think, like, would you think that they would already have a script for Movie 7? I mean, the trio is only going to get older the longer they wait to…

Matt: No, I don’t think they have anything written for Movie 7.

Eric: Well, they don’t, but would they? Should they, if it weren’t for the writer’s strike?

Andrew: No. I still think it’s too early.

Matt: For Movie 7, I don’t think so.

Eric: Okay.

Matt: Because they still have Movie 6.

Andrew: Yeah. I don’t think – how do I phrase this? I do think it is early enough for them to be considering putting the movie into two parts, because that is a big decision that I’m sure isn’t just made by the writer or producer. I mean, that goes way up to the top of Warner Brothers because it’s an essentially an eighth Harry Potter film.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric; Yeah.

Andrew: So, I think that’s an important discussion that if they are discussing, and I think it’s worth discussing, then yeah, it will take a lot of time to decide that. And I would imagine – don’t you think they would have to decide whether it’s going to be one or two parts before he starts writing, anyway? Because he has to plan how long the script is going to be.

Micah: Yeah, absolutely.

Eric: Well, usually they come up with drafts.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: They do several drafts of the film, and if they think it won’t all fit into a movie condensed version, then they would say – they would explore the possibility of two – I think, anyway. Do you guys think that if they split it into two movies they’d be called anything different?

Micah: No.

Eric: I mean, would they be Deathly Hallows, Part One and Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows, Part Two?

Laura: No. Yeah, it would just be part one and part two.

Micah: I think part of the problem, though, is that you have to take into consideration when these two would be released. Would they be released close to each other, or would they be separated out by a couple months? A year? Because that can cause some problems, I think.

Eric: It can.

Micah: Especially because of the flow of the movie, in the sense that, Eric, you brought up before how you really don’t think why this movie is special enough to warrant being split into two when there are other books that have come before it that could definitely have been split up as well. I know that might be prejudiced on the fact that you didn’t really like Deathly Hallows maybe as much as some of the books that came before, but I still think there’s a lot of consideration that has to go into this, and coming from the Daily Mail, I know it’s not a very reliable source. And even the comment that they had about being able to double their revenues. I don’t really think Warner Brothers is very concerned with its revenues from the Harry Potter series that they’re going to need to really consider making up for anything by doubling the revenues. I really just think that that’s an idiotic statement.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: Well said.

Eric: Have they – I mean, have they successfully done movies in continuum? I mean, I know Lord of the Rings was actually, you know, it was all filmed at once, it was, and then they broke it up and did different production sort of years and years and years. I was thinking of The Matrix trilogy though, with what you said that they would possibly separate them by a few months. I think it was in 2002, in February and November were the second and third Matrix released, the films were released then. And that was kind of…

Micah: I just think you run a risk because where do you leave off in Deathly Hallows, you know? People are going to want more right away.

Andrew: It would have to be a huge cliffhanger.

Micah: Exactly.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: You have to find the cliffhanger factor, because if non-Potter fans go and see the movie and they don’t like where it ends, they’re not going to see the second part. Unless a trailer or some other promotional device intrigues them, but I mean…

Eric: Cliffhanger part.

Andrew: …I’m just thinking what kind of publicity nightmare it would be for Warner Brothers. You’re releasing a two part book, everyone knows it’s one part but they’re splitting it into two. I just see that as like, are there two premieres? Are there multiple trailers?

Laura: Yeah, it’s so much extra work, basically.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah, and has it ever even been done before? This would be the first time or something it would happen.


Hallows Intermission?


Laura: Well actually movies used to be made quite successfully, especially movies made out of books, they were about four hours long. I’m thinking specifically of Gone With the Wind. But the way they were constructed was they actually had an intermission.

Matt: Right.

Laura: They would show both parts and you would leave the theater for 15-20 minutes, come back and see the second part. So when I think of a film like this, that’s the only way I can think of it being truly successful is just running it all at once.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: But I don’t really see why they’d do that anymore. It’s really not that common.

Eric: Here’s an interesting story.

Matt: Well, they don’t do that very much anymore because there’s so many movies in production.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, which is true, but you know what else is interesting? They turned – when I went and saw Chamber of Secrets in the theaters, they gave it an intermission, because of the young children in the audience, the movie theater that I ended up working for after that put a little 10, 15 minute sort of intermission in between the movie, in the middle of the movie. They put a stop break for all the kids to go to the bathroom or whatever and not miss the movie. So, they actually took Chamber of Secrets, which is only two-and-a-half hours long and they put an intermission in between. So they did that for the Harry Potter film when it was only one film, which was interesting.

Micah: Well, I also think they might have to bite the bullet and realize, “Hey, we need to make this movie longer than the six that have come before it.”

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: And not go to a two-hour-fifteen-minute…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …two-hour-and-a-half movie, we’re looking at something that needs to be over three hours long.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: If you got to give it that treatment, just yeah, make it one movie, but make it a longer movie.

Laura: Yeah I don’t see why not.

Andrew: Maybe we’re all blowing this out of proportion, maybe they will do it like Gone With the Wind style, and just give us an intermission. I mean, it doesn’t happen anymore but why not?

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Becaue how long have we been trying to convince them or trying to say that a four-hour movie, we couldn’t mind the four-hour movie.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, I can’t think of anyone who would care to be honest.

Matt: Right.

Andrew: Yeah, and plus movie theaters would eat that up. If there was an intermission, that’s extra food sales for them.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I mean, everyone is going to run out a buy new soda and stuff.

Matt: Yeah, definitely.

Eric: It’s true. And food is what people depend on. What movie theaters depend on. The concession sales.

Andrew: Yeah. Yup, yup.

Matt: I don’t think movies or movie theaters will really object to it because you know, they know that they’re going to make money off of Harry Potter films.

Eric: Yeah, it’s just less show times then…

Andrew: Yeah that’s one thing, but….

Eric: But, it’s interesting news.

Andrew: Yeah, so we’ll wait to hear more confirmation. I mean, WB hasn’t said much. The one thing that – WB did go to Empire Online and told them that nothing is official yet. That’s not a “no,” that’s what gets me. I mean.

Eric: It’s not a “no,” that’s a – yeah.

Andrew: I mean, normally, though, they would say “no” to stupid rumors.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: But saying nothing is official, nothing, you know, I think they actually told Empire Online or Empire Online just brought up the point that Steve Clovis can’t write right now and he hasn’t started.

Eric: Yeah.

Andrew: But like I said earlier, they might need to decide whether to make it one or two movies before they starts writing, at least for the very final draft.

Eric: That’s news to us though. Writer’s strike affects Harry Potter fans, here’s how.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I’m really tired of the writer’s strike. I don’t know about you guys.

Andrew: Well, the late night shows are back, so that’s all I care about.

Matt: Of course.

Laura: What about The Office?

Andrew: That’s a shame, but I was watching a re-run the other day, and it was nice.

[Eric and Matt laugh]


Who Will Direct Hallows?


Micah: What about the director talk? This seems like a lot of the same that we hear when every movie is considered.

Andrew: Mhm.

Micah: Who’s going to be directing it?

Eric: Spielberg said he was?

Andrew: No, it said in this article that Spielberg is one person being considered.

Eric: But I’m saying for the original film didn’t he – wasn’t there an interview we posted on MuggleNet recently that said Spielberg was in fact considered for the first film.

Andrew: I think we’ve known that for a while.

Laura: Yeah, he was.

Matt: Yeah, he was.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: But he was given his opinion on it or whatever. That was cool.

Andrew: He wanted to put American actors in it. I believe that was the problem.

Laura: Yeah, that’s right.

Eric: Well, it was an idea of his. It was an idea.

Andrew: We’ll move onto some other news, but I’m sure we’ll be talking about it more unless it gets completely thrown out by Warner Brothers.

Eric: Which it should.


News Discussion: Rowling to Make Keynote at Harvard


Andrew: Yeah, story that came out on Thursday. J.K. Rowling is going to speak at the Harvard commencement ceremony. She’s going to be delivering the main keynote address. How cool is that?

Laura: That’s really cool. Can you imagine havening J.K. Rowling speak at… Oh my gosh.

Eric: Your graduation?

Andrew: How amazing would that be?

Laura: That would be amazing. Jo.

Eric: Why is she doing it?

Laura: I don’t know.

Andrew: I don’t know – Yeah.

Matt: They’re giving her something aren’t they?

Andrew: Yeah, they’re giving her one of those doctor degrees, I think, that they give all the famous people just for being famous.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: [laughs] J.K. Rowling should speak at my graduation, you know.

Andrew: Oh yeah, it says… It says, “the University will also grant Rowling an honorary degree at the June 5th ceremony.”

Micah: Am I the only one here who’s had a commencement address?

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Yes, you have.

Laura: None of us have graduated yet.

Matt: Yeah, I’m sorry.

Eric: So far. We’re all in college, so that’s good.

Laura: I think Jo should come to McDaniel College. We would happily welcome her there.

Matt: I would just love to see Laura. I would just love to see you.

Laura: [laughs] I would probably just burst into tears. I’d be so happy.

Andrew: You’d be crying.

Eric: I’ll speak at your commencement, Laura. I’ll speak at your commencement.

Laura: Okay, Eric. You do that.

Andrew: [laughs] You know, what’s really special about this is think about how many times J.K. Rowling acts as a public speaker. I mean, besides her book readings, how many other times has she stood at a podium and made a speech?

Eric: Well, she’s spreading out, man. She’s totally spreading out. Now that she’s done writing…

Matt: She’s got more free time.

Eric: …she’s got much more free time.

Andrew: Well, obviously. No, but what I’m saying is that this isn’t her kind of thing.

Matt: No, well she also mentioned that in the documentary as well.

Andrew: Exactly, that’s where I was going.

Matt: Oh.

Andrew: She doesn’t even like doing this much, and now she’s doing it, so it’ll be really interesting to see what she says. I’m sure she’ll touch on her past life as living in a flat and being broke and all that. In other news, J.K. Rowling will be on MuggleCast next week.

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: So be sure you tune in for that. Not!

[Matt laughs]

Andrew: Yeah, so that’s cool.

Eric: You’re kidding right?

Andrew: Yeah, I’m kidding. No, I’m not. Yes, I am.

Eric: We’re pathetic.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: We’re pathetic, Andrew. We’re pathetic.


Announcements


Andrew: All right, so moving onto announcements now. It is a new month, and we’re reminding you kind of late, but we are in the top ten and we thank everyone, but vote for us on Podcast Alley so we can get as high up as possible. Because we like being high up on that list.

Micah: Yeah, not number nine.

Andrew: Also, thanks to everyone who…

Eric: We like being high…on the list.

Andrew: On the list, yeah. Thanks to everyone who sent us links to the online copies of the J.K. Rowling documentary. A lot of people sent these in. Someone did send me in a really good bit torrent though, and it downloaded nice and fast, and now I have it on my computer. So if any of you guys want it, I’ll forward it to you. So you can watch the documentary over and over again, but thanks everyone who emailed that in, a lot of you did.


Spring Break East Coast Road Tour


Andrew: Also, everyone here except Matt…

Matt: What?

Andrew: In other words…

Laura: Awww.

Andrew: In other words Eric, Laura, Micah and I are sort of kicking around the idea of doing a mini-spring break East Coast tour…

Eric: Of MuggleCast.

Andrew: ..come mid-March. Now, we need to remind everyone that this is only – this is very early on in the planning stages and is only a possibility. We want to know how many people would actually show up. So visit MuggleCast.com and we have five tour stops there. If you live on the New England, then visit MuggleCast.com – or even towards down in Virginia which isn’t really New England or Baltimore for that matter.

Eric: North of the line people.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: North of the line.

Andrew: Visit MuggleCast.com and vote for the location that you could attend, or vote and say that you can’t attend. Take the poll seriously. Don’t just vote for Philly because you used to live there and it’s your home town and you are representing the area. No, vote honestly. So we will look into this more.

Eric: We need to liven this up.

Andrew: If we do it, it will be between March 15th and March 20th, and it would be a lot of fun and it would be a nice tour. Laura and I were just talking the other day about how bad we want to go to Boston.

Laura: Yes. So all you Bostonians go out and vote please.

[Andrew and Laura laugh]

Laura: Because I really want to go to Boston.

Andrew: Yeah.

[Eric laughs]

Andrew: We’d like to do four or five stops and we’d be driving and it will be interesting to plan, because of where we are all living and how we are all going to get there, but it we wil figure it out. It will be good.

Then we are doing a podcast in Dallas, Texas because of Portus 2008, as we told everyone HP2008 dot org, so visit that site to sign up, register and come to Portus and we’ll be there for Potter Podcast Polooza Pickles.


Audible.com Ad


Andrew: We’d like to remind everyone again that today’s podcast is also brought to you by Audible.com, the leading provider of spoken word entertainment. Audibles has over 35,000 titles to choose from to be downloaded and played anywhere. Just like MuggleCast. If you’re into Harry Potter as much as we are, we recommedn checkng out Twilight, a book we’ve discussed on MuggleCast a few times. You’ve from our listeners about it, now you can give it a try free on Audible. Just visit www.audiblepodcast.com/mugglecast today to get your free audio book. Once again, it’s www.audiblepodcast.com/mugglecast for your free audio book.


Muggle Mail: Why Did Moody’s Curse Not Lift?


Andrew: Okay. Let’s move on to Muggle Mail now.

Eric: [sings] Muggle Mail!

Andrew: Who wants take the first e-mail. Who wants to read it?

Eric: Can I? Can I? Can I?

Andrew: Mhm.

[Laura laughs]


Muggle Mail: Why Did Moody’s Curse Not Lift?


Eric: First one is from Nathan Gard, 14, Virginia Beach, Virginia. Subject is “Chapter 9.” He says:

“Okay, this was just something I noticed while listening to Chapter-by-Chapter last week and wanted to see what you guys thought about it. If spells are supposed to lift if their caster dies, like when Dumbledore’s spell lifted off of Harry in Half-Blood Prince when Snape killed him, then why does Moody’s tongue-tying curse remain on Grimmauld Place after Moody dies? Just wondering what you thought. Thanks, love the show, bye!”

What do you guys think?

Laura: Ooo.

Andrew: I don’t know. I am still confused by this whole tongue situation.

Laura: Yeah. That whole concept throws me off.

Matt: Is it technically Mad Eye Moody’s? When they say Mad-Eye Moody’s tongue-tying curse, do they mean it’s the one that he made or the one that he did? Did he invent that curse?

Laura: No. He didn’t invent it.

Eric: But he put the booby trap on Grimmauld Place to attack if anybody should come in, should it be Snape or whatever. They are wondering why it is still there once Moody died, because when you put a spell on something, it’s removed. And I really don’t have that good of an answer.

Laura: Yeah, I don’t either.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Myself, because of the way that the Fidelius Charm was broken on Grimmauld Place itself. I was going to initially argue that something would be different if you put a spell on a place, such as all of Dumbledore’s defenses on Hogwarts, etc., would still remain up because they’re sort of on Hogwarts as opposed to being on Harry. Like, he was holding Harry still and when he died, that spell went off, but that is flawed.

Micah: Right.

Eric: Because of…

Micah: Because the same thing happens.

Eric: …the way the Fidelius Charm…

Micah: …with the tongue-tying curse.

Eric: Right.

Micah: It’s essentially a spell that has been cast on a place, so…

Andrew: Mhm.

Eric: Right. And it’s still there.

Micah: Yeah, I mean, it’s a good question. I don’t know if we have an answer for it except maybe it is a little bit of a mistake.

Eric: Oooh.

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: Because it would make perfect sense that the spell would not have any after-effect.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, it’s true.

Eric: Yeah. So either it does, or it doesn’t, sort of – either spells put on places do or don’t get removed when they die. And it’s – there’s some contradictions in the books.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Even the same book. Even the same book because of the way – the Grimmauld Place things – and I think we have a question later on in the show about that as well, the Fidelius Charm and how it actually works.


Muggle Mail: The True Killer of Dumbledore


Andrew: Yeah. Well, let’s move on. Next e-mail comes from Val, 17, of West Covina, California. She writes:

“As soon as you guys mentioned the possibilities, a thought popped into my head. The curse was to be used against the person that killed Dumbledore, right? Maybe it only took into account the true killer of Dumbledore. Snape killed Dumbledore, but not directly. What I mean by this is that he didn’t kill him for his own purposes, he was helping out Dumbledore, so the true killer of Dumbledore is the curse from the Horcrux that would have killed him if it wasn’t for Snape.”

So, she’s saying – she’s saying that’s how Snape got by, I guess.

Eric: So, what is the curse supposed to do? Tie it to the Horcrux?

Micah: I just think Snape is smart enough to get by. I don’t think it has anything to do with…

Laura: Yeah, I think that’s – I think Micah’s right.

Micah: …some other explanation, I mean, give the guy some credit. I mean, he’s a pretty…

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: …smart wizard.

Eric: He’s smart enough to say, “I didn’t kill you.” or “Why’d you make me kill you?” He’s smart enough to say the word “kill,” which disables the whole thing.

Andrew: Yeah.


Muggle Mail: Snape and Homenum Revelio


Eric: This one comes from Javed Mohammed, age 21 of Trinidad and Tobago. Oooh, nice place.

“Greetings from Trinidad again, I have a few comments about the chapter by chapter segment. You all said that Snape broke into Grimmauld Place yet remained unscathed, this may be probably so since he is an accomplished Occlumens and would be able to lie about who killed Moody and block his thoughts if the spell detected untruths. Also about Hermione’s Homenum Revelio curse. Hominoids and Hominids are direct ancestors of the primate family into which Humans (Homo Sapiens) also falls into. This may explain the use of the word Homenum in the curse. Still loving the show and all the best for the new year, Javed Mohammed.”

Oh, and it’s pronounced JAAH-ved. So, Javed Mohammed. Awesome, Javed, thanks for that. That’s what we said, we just came to that conclusion, then, about Snape being that good a wizard, but then he reveals something very cool about “Homenum,” which we talked about last week.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: Cool.

MuggleCast 128 Transcript (continued)


Muggle Mail: Rowling’s Documentary


Laura: All right, the next one comes from Kim, 19, of Houston, Texas. She says:

“Hey guys! I really enjoyed your discussion of JKR’s documentary in Episode 127. Actually, I thought the episode as a whole was brilliant! But, in regard to the documentary, I just wanted to add that I wish they had filmed Jo signing the bust inside the hotel upon finishing Book 7. It would have been interesting to witness or at least hear from Jo herself why she did it. I imagine it was rather spontaneous. Also, I’d like to comment on something y’all mentioned in the Chapter 9 discussion. I think Micah was right in saying Snape got in before Moody set the spell in Grimmauld Place. I’m not sure where I read or heard it, but I’m pretty sure that’s how it happened. You might want to check me on that! Thanks for reading, I love the show and I’m looking forward to anything y’all do in the future, HP-related or not! Pickles, Kim.”

Eric: Awww, pickles.

Andrew: It would’ve been nice to see her do this.

Laura: Yeah, I agree.

Matt: Yeah.

Andrew: Maybe there were some concerns with showing vandalism on T.V.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: It raises some ethical concerns. It really truly does.

[Andrew, Laura and Micah laugh]

Eric: I remember the additional shock…

[Matt laughs]

Eric: …you know, when we all found out that our favorite J.K. – our favorite author, J.K. Rowling, was a vandalist, or a graffiti-er.

Laura: [laughs] I’m sure the hotel does not view it that way.

Eric: Well…

Andrew: No, that’s just extra money for them now.

Eric: That’s only because of how much more their hotel is worth…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: …now that J.K. Rowling signed the bust there.

Laura: Because, you know, if we went there and signed a bust we’d probably…

Eric: I’m pretty sure they’d kick us out.

Andrew: We’d get fined.

[Andrew, Laura and Matt laugh]

Eric: Yeah, with a fine, with a fine, but since J.K. Rowling did it – I mean, it raises some questions, you’re right, if this documentary did follow J.K.R. as she was writing the book as it should have, pretty much, included that.

Laura: Maybe she did that by herself. Maybe she wanted her own private thing to do when the cameras weren’t rolling, you know?

Andrew: Maybe, yeah. Yeah.

Eric: I think it was because it was illegal, and they couldn’t legally tape it.

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: You know?

Andrew: It’s weird, because when she always wrote that – when she wrote that story about how she finished the book, and then how she wrote in the Balmoral on the bust, I always picture it as being a dark night, and you know, it was…

Matt: Alone?

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: She was alone, and it was dark. It was a small, little room. It was candlelight…

[Laura laughs]

Andrew: But now that we’ve seen the documentary, it’s broad daylight, there’s a crow in the air. Jo’s listening to – what’s the song she’s listening to when she finished?

Matt: Something by an artist?

Eric: No, really?

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: I really need to see this documentary.

Laura: I can’t remember who it was.

Andrew: Yeah, but I can’t remember the song right now, but you know, that’s cool that she listened to music afterwards. But, yeah, whatever. I think there were just some concerns. Maybe Jo was doing that when she had some private time.

Eric: Oh! Can I read the next mail, can I read the next mail?

Andrew: Yeah.


Muggle Mail: Voldemort Name Taboo


Eric: This one’s from Ruth H., age 27, of Rapid City, South Dakota. She says:

“Dear MuggleCasters, love the show. I’m a stay at home mom to a one year old and every time I put on MuggleCast as an alternative to Dora, or The Wiggles, my daughter dances to your opening music.”

Laura: Awww.

Eric: [laughs] Anyway.

Andrew: That’s so cute. Get a video.

Eric: It is cute.

Andrew: Take a video and put it on YouTube.

Eric: Take a video. Yes, please, and MuggleCast is a good alternative to Dora, or the Wiggles.

“Anyway my comment is regarding your discussion last week of the Voldemort name taboo, and maybe this should wait till your Chapter-by-Chapter for 20, but whatever.”

Oh, maybe it should.

“The trio does say the V word pretty quickly upon arriving at Grimmauld Place (Pg. 173) but nothing seems to happen and Ron does tell Harry later that the name ‘breaks protective enchantments, causes some kind of magical disturbance.'(Pg. 389) Doesn’t it seem like even if the Death Eaters in the square couldn’t see Number 12, they would still sense the magical disturbance. Do you think this is just a Jo boo-boo? Thanks a lot, keep up the good work, and Laura, you keep those boys in line!”

Laura: I’ll do that. For sure.

Andrew: Oooh.

Micah: [laughs] It seems like a lot of boo-boos are surfacing.

Laura: Yeah, I know. The only thing I can think of, and, I mean, we obviously all just read this chapter, so it’s all pretty fresh in our minds, but Remus says that the Death Eaters are all stationed outside of anywhere associated with Harry.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: But I was also thinking, maybe that has something to do with it. Maybe there’s some reason they can’t get in, but they can still sense it, so that’s why they’re there.

Eric: Yeah, because they’re confused. They’re like, well…

Matt: I still think – I still recall that there was a scene where, didn’t, like, either Harry or Ron went outside to get the paper, or something and they saw that there were Death Eaters outside the place, but they couldn’t see them?

Laura: I don’t remember. I don’t think it was in this chapter.

Eric: It’s definitely to come, though. It’s definitely to come when they see somebody in the square.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: Mhm.

Laura: And then Remus even said that he has to Apparate to the very first step so they couldn’t see him.

Eric: Which is what they tried to do, unsuccessfully, when they’re escaping the Ministry, yeah. Which is cool, kind of.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: It would be really interesting to ask, you know, some more specific questions about how these couple of subjects we’re kind of confused about work.

Eric: Yeah. J.K.R….

Laura: And they all center on Grimauld Place.

Eric: J.K.R. we’re not done with you, Jo. We’re not done. We have questions. We need answers. We’re Harry Potter fans. Come on. Yeah.

Andrew: Okay!

[Eric and Laura laugh]


Chapter-by-Chapter: Kreacher’s Tale


Andrew: So, let’s jump right into Chapter-by-Chapter. This week we’re just going to cover Chapter 10 – doing this one a week thing, the show is slowly living longer and longer. [laughs]

Eric: Hooray!

Andrew: Chapter 10, Kreacher’s Tale. So, short summary: In this chapter, Kreacher tells a tale.

Laura: [laughs] That was very enlightening!

Andrew: So…

Eric: That was a very brief summary.

Andrew: Well, it’s very emotional…

Laura: I can totally tell you read it.

Andrew: It’s a very emotional chapter, especially towards the end, focusing around House-Elves. I mean, you really – you really see the other side of House-Elves, the side that you just actually feel kind of bad for. So the first point that we wanted to bring up – and somebody put this in here, but I actually had it as my favorite quote, but I guess if it’s a discussion point, we could just talk about it first. Right there on the first page.


Harry Feels Lonely


Eric: Harry wakes up.

Andrew: It says, “Harry wondered if they had fallen asleep holding hands,” speaking about Ron and Hermione, “The idea made him feel strangely lonely.”

Eric: Yes.

Andrew: Now, this was nice because, sort of, you know, Harry feels a bit alone if Ron and Hermione are together. You sort of – he’s sort of the odd ball out in terms of relationships, love life in this situation. Obviously, he’s…

Matt: He does feel like the third wheel.

Andrew: Yeah. Yeah, he’s the go-to-guy, but on the other hand, he doesn’t have his life partner with him.

Matt: No.

Eric: He…

Andrew: So, I thought that was kind of sweet.

Eric: Had to leave her behind.

Laura: Yeah, I think it kind of highlights that separation, too. You know how Dumbledore told him…

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: He could really only trust Ron and Hermione with this and so it’s like he leaves behind Ginny, who he loves so much, you know, but he can’t tell her anything.

Eric: Yeah, it’s kind of interesting that for there to be a trio, Harry has – Ron and Hermione are both his friends, but yet they’re also sort of becoming boyfriend and girlfriend right in front of him. And the fact…

Andrew: Right.

Eric: That he wakes up, looks over, and sees that they could’ve been holding hands is a – is a really good, sort of, portrait of Harry and his feeling.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: This opens up, gives you some really good insight on to sort of how Harry views everything and same with later on. This whole chapter, I think, is very keen on Harry and describing sort of how he feels about things.

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: Well, I have a question for Laura regarding this. Do you think that the holding hands was a result of Ron’s book or do you think it was a genuine holding hands thing?

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: [sighs] Okay, thank you for bringing this up, Matt. Because I’ve actually gotten a lot of emails from people who are, like, “You don’t know what you’re talking about. At least he’s trying…” And, you know, I’m not refuting that point. Yes, I acknowledge that he was trying. But I also…

Micah: Well, first of all, he’s a fictional character so people should calm down just a little bit and back off Laura.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: Thank you! Thank you for that. And also, yeah, he was trying, but as a girl who has – hmmmm, what’s the best way to put this?

Eric: Just think about how you would say this before.

Laura: As a girl who has known men like this and you’re just, like, “Don’t – don’t do that.” Because you look at it and it gets very frustrating because you realize that they don’t completely get it even though they’re trying to, you know? And it’s kind of frustrating as a reader. It’s not like I’m saying that Jo shouldn’t have written it that way or that I didn’t enjoy it. I quite did. And frankly, there was really nothing to say that they had fallen asleep holding hands. Harry just thought it looked like they might have. And I think that’s what was really interesting about the quote because that type – romance seems to be really high on his mind at that moment because that’s the first thing he thinks when he looks over. He doesn’t think about anything else about the journeys they have ahead, even the fact that they could all die. He looks over and thinks, “Oh, I wonder if they could have fallen asleep holding hands.” And I think it shows that he’s kind of – I mean, it shows that loneliness and it shows that he’s kind of depressed about leaving Ginny behind. So…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Eric: Well, it said earlier Ron had a fit of gallantry and insisted that Hermione get the cushions or whatever.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: What was that about? Did it say that Ron was just asserting that Hermione be the most comfortable or?

Laura: Well, yeah! It’s kind of like the whole – it’s kind of like a lot of the old fashioned beliefs like guys are supposed to hold open doors for girls – just, you know, those kind of things.

Eric: Are they? I mean, am I a loser for not doing that?

Laura: No, no, no, no.

Micah: Have you ever commuted in New York City?

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: No, I’m just saying, like, it tends to be that when a guy is trying to impress a girl, he likes her to be the most comfortable, he doesn’t like her to have to do things for herself.

Eric: But after a year or two of marriage or a few months of dating, whatever the case is…

Laura: Yeah. It’s like, “You can sleep on the floor!”

[Eric laughs]

Laura: “You cow!”

Eric: Yeah, anyway. So, sorry to hear about your relationships, Laura. [laughs]

Laura: [laughs] Yeah. Me too.

[Everyone laughs]


Snape Parallels


Andrew: Who put the next point in there?

Laura: Oh, I did. I was kind of bringing that up because I thought it was an interesting parallel and you guys have heard me harp on and on about parallels…

Eric: I’m tired of it. I’m sick of it, actually. You discuss parallel once more…

Laura: Shut up, Eric.

Eric: I’m going to hit you.

Laura: I don’t care.

Eric: I’m gonna mail a thing that hits you to the P.O. Box.

Andrew: I like parallels. I think they’re good.

Laura: Yeah, I think parallels are awesome.

Eric: I know, I know. They’re cool. I agree.

Laura: See, you fail, Eric.

Matt: They never meet.

Laura: [laughs] Thank you, Matt.

Micah: Ohhh. So funny.

Laura: Yeah. So, what I thought was really interesting about Harry wondering, you know, if Snape has searched the house, and he thinks about him with scorn. You know, anytime Snape is mentioned throughout this book, no one likes him. They all think he’s bad. And I just thought it was a really interesting parallel to the first book where throughout the whole thing we think he’s this bad guy and then in the end we find out he’s good.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: So that’s all I really had to say about that.

Eric: Well, it’s a valid point too. It’s interesting that you say Harry wonders correctly if Snape has searched the house. It’s interesting that Snape has been there and Harry can kinda detect that. I think that’s pretty cool. But clearly, clearly, you know, with books being overturned and shelves and everything being searched through, you know, someone has been there in the house.

Laura: Right.


Sirius’ Bedroom


Eric: So, what, Harry wakes up and he goes up a few steps and finds himself inside Sirius’s bedroom? Or what was formerly Sirius’s bedroom?

Laura: Yeah.

Matt: Mhm.

Andrew: Yes.

Eric: And inside Sirius’s bedroom – there’s a contrast in this chapter that exists between Sirius’s bedroom and Regulus’s bedroom. And, as J.K. Rowling says, they couldn’t sort have been further apart. They’re quit the opposite of each other as far as – Sirius has all these Gryffindor banners, there are pictures of Muggle motorcycles, and even bikini-clad Muggle girls. [chuckles] Which I thought was funny.


The Letter


Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: In Sirius’s room, so he wanted to emphasize his difference from his parents, etc. etc. and when they go into Regulus’s room, there’s all sorts of Slytherin pride, and obviously a bunch of old newspaper clippings about the Dark Lord. So, I thought that was cool, and I wanted to bring that up. But, what do you think about the letter that Harry reads?

Micah: It’s depressing, I think.

Laura: It was.

Andrew: The letter was sweet, it was a little…

Micah: Not the letter itself, just the scene, I think, it was pretty depressing when you have him just sitting there reading it and it seems like, you know, you kind of get a feeling of everything that he’s gone through over the past sixteen or seventeen years of his life and how lonely its really been. It goes back to what Laura was saying, you know, at the beginning of the chapter, you know, with Harry looking over at Ron and Hermione. It’s just reemphasizing how lonely he has been, not just in recent years, but pretty much his whole life.

Matt: Well, this is the first time really Harry notices that his mother really lived.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: She really wrote – that her hand really wrote these words.

Matt: Yeah. This is the first time Harry actually touches something that his mother touched or created or something besides himself.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Yeah, and also… Go ahead.

Laura: Sorry, I was going to say, and also, that was a first for readers too. I mean, I don’t know about you guys, but when I was first reading this book and we had the letter from Lily, I was like, “Whoa, it’s really weird to see something from her perspective.”

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: Because this whole time we’ve just known her as someone’s who’s just dead. And then suddenly we have this letter from her. Whicah was weird.

Eric: She’s his mum.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: You know. She died saving Harry etc, etc. We’ve heard all this stuff about her, but actually hear – reading her writing, it’s actually quite cool. And I mean, couldn’t you guys just see the baby Harry on the broom? On the toy broom? [laughs]

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Speeding around on everything, that was so cool.

Andrew: I really hope that that’s one of the things that makes the movie.

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: I would love to see that picture and I think Dan Radcliffe could pull that off really well, making the realization that…

Matt: What, being a one-year-old baby?

Andrew: Huh?

[Micah laughs]

Eric: Yeah! They’d cast Dan Radcliffe as his toddler self.

Andrew: Being a one-year old… No, no, no. Just looking at the picture, looking at the letter.

Micah: Talk about pre-production.

Eric: Yeah. No, I agree.

Andrew: I agree. That was a very special momemnt.

Eric: Dan Radcliffe is really striking me as a really good actor. I’ve just liked him recently. I’ve just really noticed how intense he can be. It’s really cool.

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: That’s all he can be.

Micah: Talking about the letter, I think probably my best quote for this chapter is when they were talking about the G’s that she made.

Laura: Awww, yeah.

Micah: It said, “Each felt like a friendly little wave glimpsed from behind a veil.” I thought that was Jo just at her best, referencing the veil.

Andrew: I love when Jo writes…

Eric: Mym mom wrote here G’s…

Andrew: I love when Jo describes that kind of thing and makes things really – personify things, like even the letter “G.” [laughs]

Laura: Well, and also the reference to the veil too. I thought that was really great.

Micah: Right.

Eric: Yeah.

Laura: And she used the veil several times throughout the book. I remember reading and she would describe something as it was beyond some kind of veil, or something along those lines.

Eric: And yet we didn’t hear from Sirius in this book.

Laura: It’s because he’s dead!

Eric: I know, I know, I know. I accept that. I do.

Matt: He’s DEAD!

Eric: But yeah, you’re right, there was a lot of veil references, and I was like, “We’re totally going to see that room again aren’t we?” And then we didn’t. But that’s okay.

Laura: I know! And I really wanted to, and I was so upset. But anyway…

Eric: Next time, next time. In Book 8. Book 8, Laura.

Laura: Yeah, sure. [laughs]

Micah: And what about Dumbledore in this letter? I mean, it just kind of reinforces Harry’s…

Eric: See, this is one of those…

Micah: …mistrust in him.

Eric: This is one of those letters that really make the plot, you know? It’s these letters Harry happens to find in this book – not any previous book – but this book. And it’s so important and amazing and lovely. Just one of those things that spurs the plot into action. And you’re right, it totally reaffirms that there are some questionable things about Dumbledore.

Matt: Yeah. But she said it lightly like it’s not something very, I wouldn’t say, negative.

Laura: No.

Matt: It’s probably one of those secrets.

Eric: Just questionable, like, “Huh. What’s Dumbledore up to?”

Matt: Just like, “Dumbledore did this?!?”

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah, but Harry’s reaction was more anger, I think, than we’ve seen him previously. I think it’s slowly building up.

Andrew: I think it’s partially because Harry doesn’t know what exactly Lily was talking about. “Could you believe Dumbledore donated so much to charity?” We don’t know what it actually was.

Eric: Yeah, the second page is missing.

Andrew: Right.

Eric: Harry finds it later after the fact, doesn’t he?

Andrew: Yeah, we don’t know what it actually is about, which is a shame.

Eric: Yeah. So Harry is determined now to find Bathilda Bagshot.

Andrew: Wait, hold up real quick. Do you think Snape took it?

Laura: He did.

Eric: He did.

Micah: He did.

Andrew: I was being sarcastic.

[Everyone laughs]

Laura: He took – oh, okay.

Andrew: Come on you guys!

Laura: I thought – well, you didn’t sound very sarcastic, Andrew.

Andrew: Never mind, never mind, nevermind.

[Eric and Andrew laugh]

Andrew: Never mind.


Bathilda and Horcruxes


Eric: At one point in this chapter, they mention the tedious task of the Horcruxes – the difficult task Dumbledore had laid out for them. I guess it’s when Harry has just woken up. I’m thinking in retrospect – was it really terribly difficult to locate the Horcruxes? I think they were very successful in doing so once they did and I thought it was all right, I felt it wasn’t that big of a deal, necessarily. Hermione asks him if going to see Bathilda would really help search for the Horcruxes and I think it did.

Micah: I think it’s ironic how it almost gets them killed when they go visit with her.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: That part is just weird. That part is just weird. I’m sorry, it’s just weird.

Laura: No, that part is awesome and they better do it justice in the movie or I’ll be so mad.

Eric: I sure they will. I’m sure they will though.


The Fidelius Charm


Micah: Well who brought up this point about the Secret-Keeper and Fidelius Charm though?

Laura: That was me.

Micah: Okay.

Laura: What kind of throws me off is Lily in her letter talks about how Bathilda Bagshot is dropping by their house every day and I’m thinking they’re under the Fidelius charm right now, Peter Pettigrew is their Secret-Keeper, isn’t it kind of weird that people can just drop by their house even if it’s people they trust? Isn’t the whole point that it’s only one person that knows where they are?

Eric: Hmmm.

Matt: Hmmm.

Micah: These questions just keep coming up. I don’t know…

[Eric laughs]

Micah: It’s kind of hard to answer all of them.

Eric: It’s draining.

Laura: And then later on she’s like, “Oh Sirius, if you could just drop by, I’m sure it would make James so much happier!”

Eric: Yeah, because James is freaking out. Jame is like Sirius in Book 5. He’s feeling lonely and secluded.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: He wants to go out.

Micah: Cabin fever.

Andrew: They didn’t leave the house, right?

Laura: No.

Eric: Yeah, it’s cabin fever. You’re right, Micah.

Laura: She even says in the letter that Dumbledore has James’s cloak so it’s not like he can even sneak out. So you know they’re under the charm at that point.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: That’s true. And Harry also says – when she mentions Pettigrew being down – Harry says, “Did Pettigrew know that would be the last time he would be seeing them alive?” It’s really intense, you know they’re under the charm and hiding, why is Bathilda dropping by every second and why couldn’t they just torture Bathilda and find out the whereabouts of Jamess and Lily since she had been there?

Matt: Well, maybe…

Andrew: The only thing I could think of is that they could be meeting somewhere in the house that Bathilda could get to. I mean, because realistically, they couldn’t possibly – it couldn’t just be them three the whole time they’re in hiding. Realistically, they would have to be meeting with other people.

Laura: How so?

Andrew: I don’t know. To stay sane? I don’t know.

Eric: Well, they have a family to raise plenty of people raise families without any friends nearby.

Andrew: I’m trying to think. If there was a logical answer to this, what would it be?

Eric: Well, the question is would Pettigrew have to tell Bathilda where the Potters were for her to go visit them? Or what?

Matt: Well, she’s a neighbor so she already knows where they are.

Laura: And what else I don’t get – we know they were located in their home and Sirius clearly knew that’s where they were so why would it be any less safe to have Sirius not to be their Secret-Keeper if he knew where they were anyway?

Eric: Yeah, yeah, that’s awkward because the way this letter is written – you’re right, because of the way this letter is written. Anyone who intercepted this letter could figure out where they were. And was the charm destroyed once Pettigrew told Bathilda where they were or what? What happens when somebody – when somebody you confide in – when the Secret-Keeper tells where something is? Does that make it still closed off to the outside world or what? Or does it break the charm?

Matt: Well, it’s not a though secret anymore.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: It’s no a secret. So does the charm break or what?

Laura: I don’t know. There are too many questions.

Matt: Was it already – do you think when Peter Pettigrew told Voldemort do you think Voldemort automatically left as soon as he knew or do you think he waited a few days?

Micah: Oh this is interesting. I’m just kind of reading this on the Harry Potter Lexicon. It says, “Even if one of the Potters had been captured, force fed Veritaserum, or placed under the Imperius Curse, they would not have been able to give away the whereabouts of the other two. The only people who ever knew their precise location were those who Wormtail had told directly but none of them would have been able to pass on the information.”

Laura: Huh.

Micah: So, it’s possible that Sirius and Bathilda knew where they were but they would never be able to divulge the information if they were captured.

Eric: Interesting.

Laura: That is interesting.

Eric: Though, didn’t Jo also change the outcome of how the – on her website there was an old question, one of the original FAQs, regarding the Fidelius Charm and she later, you know, midway into Book 7, said, “Okay, I’ve changed my mind. This is what’s happening.”

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: This was from her official site though because the Lexicon has a note as to where the quote came from. So…

Eric: Okay. Because I…

Micah: …that was from Jo, herself.

Eric: Yeah. Because I think how it happens with everyone – because what happened with Grimmauld Place was, everyone who knew was then, in turn, a Secret-Keeper.

Micah: Right.

Eric: Isn’t that what she said? But that seems in contradiction with what she had previously said. So, I think she changed her mind, didn’t she? She told everyone about it. I recall that happening. I don’t know.

Andrew: Yeah. I don’t know.

Matt: Hmmm.


R.A.B. Revealed


Micah: Well, this is a big chapter and kind of how I wanted to start talking about this is – I mentioned this to Andrew, I think – is how predictable was this? When you guys were reading this, and I know…

Laura: Yeah.

Micah: …there’s so much theory that was out there about it.

Eric: Yeah.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: Were you kind of disappointed a little bit that it – and I mean, everything was not as I thought it was as far as how it all played out – but the general things. Who R.A.B. was, who, you know, went with him to cross the lake, you know?

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Was it all a little bit too, you know, easily figured out?

Eric: Well, see everyone knew because of how, you know, we had harped on it for so long, you know, and when Lexicon came out with their Arcturus, I think it was. Wasn’t it Lexicon who spoiled that, basically?

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: That Regulus had a… Everybody pretty much knew.

Laura: Even before that, a lot of people thought it was going to be Regulus Black.

Eric: Regulus Black.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: Right. But the thing was, the Lexicon got some sort of confirmation by somebody and then at that point they posted it on their site. They posted the whole name.

Micah: Right.

Andrew: And we even talked about this on the podcast and then it was knocked down and apparently Bloomsbury or whoever said, “Okay, take it off.”

Eric: But Micah’s right. There were – and it struck me as well, reading this, that there were actually two moments in this chapter that we already pretty much could have predicted long before Book 7. And so, are you asking basically what do we think about how Jo handled the fact that we all knew? So kind of, coming out to telling us wasn’t really that revolutionary, but yet she still kind of had to right it through so that it made sense?

Micah: Well, I think that there’s a couple of things here. The first being that with this story coming to an end, there had to be certain things that people could guess and guess right.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: I mean, you know. Jo is very good at what she does in terms of hiding little clues along the way. But I think that there are certain things that, you know, you just get to that point and what you guess is going to be right. And this just happened to be one of those things. I know – I’m not saying that I was disappointed in the chapter, but I just thought maybe it was a little bit too predictable.

Eric: Well, I kind of like how she gives Regulus quite a bit of humanity. He is not the coward that Sirius kind of portrayed him to be. You know, Sirius didn’t like his brother. But you see that human flaw in Sirius then of disliking pretty much anything that has to do with his family. Because that’s the sort of character Sirius was. For him to underestimate that his brother actually penetrated Voldemort’s defenses so much so and the reasoning why – I mean, I don’t think it discredits anything because when Kreacher tells the story of what exactly happened, I was so enthralled by it that I – to be honest, I thought it was really cool. And I thought it was fine that Sirius had already made a point to tell Harry that his brother was crap or a coward.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah. I mean, I don’t really – I know that a lot of people – I think this was before, when the whole thing with the Lexicon came out. But at one point, Jo said on her website, “I’m sure that a few of you will figure out what one of them is if you’ve read closely enough.” Then everybody, of course, gravitated to that locket which was a lot like the locket in Half-blood Prince.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Oh, right!

Laura: And of course the initials are “R” and “B.” So everyone thinks Regulus Black, regardless of the middle initial.

Eric: Of course, because people had already caught that little mid-sentence reference to a locket because she does mention a locket in book five. Then Harry, Ron, and Hermione in this book, in this chapter, say, “Wait, there was a locket!” “What?” “Remember, we saw a locket!” And everybody is like, “Oh my god, yeah!” And J.K. Rowling had referenced that like, in the middle of a sentence once before. So, I thought that…

Laura: Well, and also, everybody pretty much predicted that Mundungus took it and he ended up being the one who took it, which I just find funny. Just bringing up Micah saying that a lot of this was somewhat predictable.

Eric: Yeah, you’re right. Mundungus having it.

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: But it’s almost predictable in a sense that you’re just waiting for them to find out, to put the pieces together.

Laura: It was more like vindication, you know, for us. We were like, “Yes! We knew it all along!”

[Eric sings]

Micah: But I will give Jo the credit for completely taking it in different direction at the end of the chapter because I did not see that coming at all. And I guess we’ll talk about it in a little bit.

Eric: Didn’t see come what come along?

Micah: Where the locket went.

Eric: Well, we don’t know that yet at the end of the chapter.

Laura: Oh!

Eric: We don’t who it went to.

Micah: Oh, that’s the end of next chapter. Forget it.

Laura: Yeah. That’s the end of next chapter. [laughs]

Eric: Yeah, we don’t know who it went to yet.

Micah: See, this is what happens when you prepare with two chapters and you only go over one.

Eric: Oh, see, I didn’t know you did that, man. Sorry about that.

Laura: Yeah, yeah.

Eric: I’m sorry.

Andrew: I started reading the next one but then I was like, “Better not, I’m just going to get confused with everything.”

Micah: All right, my fault. Anyway.

Eric: But you’re right, you’re right, Micah. When we find out who actually has it, that’s – that’s messed up. That’s really messed up.

Matt: Mhm.

Eric: There’s an interesting point here I wanted to bring up where it says even though Regulus changed his mind about Voldemort, he didn’t satisfactorily attempt to explain that to Kreacher or his family before he died. Because it says they were safer sticking to the pure-blood line anyway, because there was a prejudice and discrimination against pure-bloods – or non-pure-bloods. So basically J.K. Rowling’s created this situation where Regulus Black disenchanted from Voldemort, didn’t really tell anybody, except set out to destroy it and ends up sacrificing himself so that he could destroy the locket. And he didn’t tell his family that Voldemort didn’t have the right idea because presumably – I mean, that’s what Hermione suggests – that it was just safer to be a pure-blood, and not sort of change your ideas if you were a Muggle-hater at that time. Because, for the reasons that we see later on in Book 7, which is all the – even the Ministry officials who are getting taken to court and put on trial for having Muggle husbands or wives or whatever.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: So, I thought that was a really interesting sort of no-win situation of war and hard times.

Laura: Yeah. I wonder what it was that made Regulus change his mind.

Eric: Well, wasn’t it when he suggested about the elf? Wasn’t it when he said, “I need an elf,” and he was horrified after Kreacher told him what he made Kreacher do.

Laura: Yeah, I mean I thought that was kind of – well, yeah.

Eric: Oh you’re right though.

Laura: I guess that’s right.

Eric: Because it said – because Kreacher says Regulus came to him a few months later then, after he had…

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And I guess that’s sort of after he had figured a little bit more out about what the cave was all about to begin with.

Micah: Right. Maybe he just got a better understanding of what was going on and realized, you know what…

Matt: Yeah.

Micah: …maybe this isn’t the right…

Eric: Thing.

Micah: …thing for me to be doing, and maybe…

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: …in the end, it’s not the best thing for the wizarding community as a whole. But I wanted to talk…

Matt: I mean he obviously shows compassion.

Eric: He does.

Micah: Yeah.

MuggleCast 128 Transcript (continued)


Kreacher


Eric: And so does Kreacher.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: What did you guys think? Because this whole chapter is like, pity for Kreacher at the end.

Laura: I felt so bad for him.

Eric: You really feel horrible.

Laura: It’s so sad. I did.

Eric: It’s like, “Wow, why do I feel this bad for that stupid elf?”

Andrew: See, he’s not stupid though.

Eric: Beacause he’s not stupid. He’s totally not, he’s totally not. But even the moment when Harry wants to be angry at Kreacher for selling out Sirius, there’s this total reversal where everything everybody else is saying makes perfect sense, and Sirius was just that flawed that he did not [stumbles] treat Kreacher with respect like everyone else did and that was his own problem. And Hermione and Dumbledore had always said human beings will always pay for their actions.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: And now they did.

Micah: Right.

Laura: Yeah.

Eric: And there’s just that…

Laura: I thought it was – I thought it was very important that Hermione said that. Like you were saying, Eric, you know, wizards will pay for the way they treated House-Elves, and so did Sirius.

Eric: Yeah.

Micah: Yep.

Matt: Yeah.

Laura: And I remember at that point – I remember reading it originally and I thought, oh man, Harry’s going to deck her one.

[Everyone laughs]

Eric: He’s just going to be like, “Hermione, come here a moment.”

Laura: He’s going to just kill her! [laughs]

Eric: Yeah. “Hermione, can I see you?”

Laura: But… And I thought it was important that Harry kind of remarked that he wanted – he felt like he should object or something along those lines…

Eric: But he had nothing to say.

Laura: But, yeah, when he thought about it there was really nothing to say because it was true.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, I like that moment a lot. So I like Kreacher, I think Jo did the right thing with this whole chapter. I thought it was really cool.

Micah: I like that line in particular where Harry was thinking to himself, how could Voldemort have made such a mistake. And that it goes back to what Laura was saying…

Eric: Of leaving Kreacher there to die, when House-Elves have a different magic that would have allowed him to escape.

Micah: Right.

Matt: This scene in the movie would’ve been butchered if they continued with the cutting of Kreacher.

Eric: I cannot wait to see the cave scene.

Laura: I’m so glad she told them not to cut it.

Eric: I cannot wait to see it.

Laura: Oh, so excited.

Eric: Sorry, but yeah, they’re going to have to sort of – now in Movie 7 they’re going to have to have Kreacher back at that cave. I think they should, I think they should cast Regulus Black. I think they should. It’ll be cool.

Andrew: It was very uplifting though, to see Kreacher side with Harry and Ron and Hermione. I mean, you know, he had to, but at the same time, I sort of got a sense like he was on their team, he was on their side. Like, he wanted to work with them.

Eric: He just appreciated being appreciated.

Andrew: Yeah, and it was nice reading that. It felt uplifting.

Eric: Yeah. And – well, at the very end when Kreacher sets off, he gives a low bow to Harry and Ron…

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: …the other wizard, and kind of does a little nudge or something in the direction of Hermione.

Matt: It’s a little jerk or something, yeah.

Eric: To Hermione, which is like, you know, so funny. You really love that guy, you love the elf. He just wants to be appreciated, so that was all cool.

Andrew: And to mention the movies real quick, this chapter really is the reason why he was in Order of the Phoenix. Because remember there was that whole debate over – Kreacher was left in there.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: I think it was Heyman who revealed that he was left in there just because Jo said so. Jo said, “He plays an important role in 7 so…”

Eric: Precisely.

Andrew: “I would recommend that he be in 5.”

Eric: And it’s because he knows the whereabouts of one of the seven Horcruxes.

Andrew: Great.

Eric: Yes, indeed.


Quote Quiz


Andrew: Well, it’s time for “Quote Quiz!! Ummm, hold on.

Eric: Andrew, that was horrible!

Andrew: There wasn’t enough echo.

Matt: Oh my god, where was the echo?

Andrew: It’s time for Quote, quote! Quiz, quiz, quiz, quiz, quiz. So the quote today is, of course, from Chapter 11, The Bribe: “It doesn’t seem likely that they were just strolling down Tottenham Court Road at the time does it? said”

Eric: Wait, that’s not a quote if you include, “said.” [laughs]

Andrew: Well, it’s a quote from the book. So all right, so that’s “Quote Quiz.” We’re going to do a segment now we haven’t done in a while, and the reason we’re bringing it back today, other than the demand for some older segments. By the way, “Make The Connection” would’ve been on here today but Jamie wasn’t here, so we’ll try to do them whether Jamie’s on or not, because Jamie’s back at school now, so it’s a little harder for him to record.

Micah: He comes out with the most outrageous connections you could possibly think of.

Andrew: That’s the beauty of it all. That’s why it’s “Make The Connection.”

Eric: That’s the beauty.

Matt: It’s funny to think, too – to think that he’s just sitting there making them up too.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah.

Eric: It is.


Favorites: Soundtracks


Andrew: So, this “Favorite’s” back when Matt Briton was just a mere fanboy of the show. He told me the other day he actually e-mailed in…

[Matt fake laughs]

Andrew: …a “Favorites” submission. He said it was his one e-mail to the show but then I searched his name and there were a few. But anyway…

[Eric laughs]

Matt: It’s a lie! You are such a liar!

Eric: It’s just all the Matt Briton posers out there.

Andrew: Yeah, I guess.

Laura: Awww, it’s okay, Matt.

Micah: No, it was all of his transcript submissions.

Matt: Yeah. [laughs] Because you guys talk over each other. I couldn’t hear a word you’re saying.

Andrew: Matt, what was your “Favorites” submission back way long ago?

Matt: Oh, okay, yeah. Well, that was when you guys just started “Favorites” and I thought it was an awesome thing. So, I’m a huge soundtrack fan, so I was wondering – I was curious what you guys’ opinions were for your favorite song off the Potter series soundtracks?

Andrew: Now, Matt’s a big…

Matt: What’s your favorite theme song?

Andrew: Matt’s a big soundtrack fan, so he holds this segment very near and dear to his heart. I would have to say my favorite – and I’ve always stuck with this one just because it would always run through my head, it was a perfect fit in the trailer – from Chamber of Secrets, “The Dueling Club.”

Eric: Ahhh, that was mine. [laughs]

Andrew: And that’s in the scene where Harry and Draco are dueling in the Dueling Club. And it was just – the movements on screen went along with the music. It was like… [hums to the tune of “The Dueling Club”] And if I remember correctly, it wasn’t exactly to the music but they moved to the music a little bit, it seemed. At least with their steps and everything. So…

Eric: Well, what it was to was, too, the snare drum was just awesome.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah.

Eric: It was just absolutely awesome.

Andrew: So, Eric, what was your favorite?

Eric: Yeah, “The Dueling Club.”

Andrew: Oh, same.

Eric: Well, see what I did is I went through my memory of the first movie and, obviously, the rest when I tried to pick my favorite one from each. And then, I figured, well, out of those five, which is my favorite and I said, “The Dueling Club.” And you’re right, it’s basically very similar to the “Gilderoy Lockhart Theme,” except with the drums and the sort of militaristic tone to it. So, yep, “The Dueling Club” is my favorite. But since you have already said that I’ll just have to go with “Hedwig’s Theme.”

Andrew: You’re so predictable.

Matt: It’s like a cop-out.

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah, it is.

Eric: A Cop-out? Okay, well, I have two. I can’t decide between “Professor Umbridge” and “The Room of Requirements” for 5. Movie 4 is “Neville’s Waltz.” Movie 3 is “The Night Bus.” You know, what else you’re going to do?

Andrew: That’s good, though, I thought.

Matt: Yeah!

Andrew: Good choice, I guess. I mean, it’s everyone’s favorite. Laura?

Laura: Well, I have to say, I enjoyed – if I had to pick a soundtrack, I enjoyed The Prisoner of Azkaban one the most. But there is one song that sticks out in my mind in particular. And I have to just say that I’ve always hated this song. I thought it was the dumbest song that I’ve ever heard in my life. It’s “Can You Dance Like a Hippogriff?” But…

Andrew: [to the tune of “Can you Dance Like a Hippogriff?”] Ba ba baa, ba ba baa, ba ba baaaa!

Laura: But there’s a very good memory that goes with this. I don’t know, Andrew, Matt, if you guys remember. [laughs]

Andrew: Yes.

Matt: Yes, I was going to say.

Laura: You, me, Emerson…

Andrew: Now, I remember.

[Matt laughs]

Laura: …Elysa, like a whole group of us at the ball at Prophecy all stood in a circle and danced to that freaking song.

Eric: Is it “Do the Hippogriff” by the Weird Sisters?

Laura: Yes. [laughs]

Andrew: Yeah.

Matt: I remember, too, Laura at that whole convention at Prophecy, you kept mentioning, “If they play ‘Dance like a Hippogriff,’ or ‘Do the Hippogriff’…”

Laura: [laughs] Play that freakin’ song.

Matt: “…I will shank somebody.”

[Andrew laughs]

Laura: [laughs] I did, and they played it at the end. I knew they would.

Andrew: Wait, wait, you shanked someone?

Matt: No, no.

Andrew: Oh.

Matt: No, but you were so excited, though. I was so surprised. I was waiting for like this violent reaction from you, but all you did was freak out and start dancing.

Andrew: Yeah.

Laura: Yeah, well I was very excited that night.

Matt: Yeeeaaah.

[Andrew, Laura, and Matt laugh]

Matt: It was fun.

Laura: It was very fun. Good times.

Andrew: Micah, how about you?

Micah: I was a big fan of the music in Order of the Pheonix, and I liked the – I think it was called “Fireworks”?

Matt: The first song?

Micah: When the Weasley twins were exiting.

Andrew: Oh, in Order of the Pheonix? [sings tune]

Micah: You know, and they basically smashed all those proclamations and Umbridge is running around like a nutcase.

Eric: Yeah, it’s a great scene.

Matt: I can see why you like it.

Andrew: I actually used the…

Matt: I thought the guitar solo too was really awesome in that song.

Andrew: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah.

Eric: Actually, you’re right.

Andrew: I actually used that music in the beginning of the show a couple months back underneath one of the ads.

Micah: For an ad or something?

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah. I remember that. It was – yeah, “Fireworks” is a great… I just really like Nicholas Hooper’s score for the fifth movie. If I had to say favorite soundtrack, it might be “5.” It actually might be, which is next to – closely followed by Chamber of Secrets, though, because Chamber of Secrets was just really good. Because coming with – I mean, I don’t own the first movie soundtrack. Do any of you guys?

Matt: Yes.

Eric: Really?

Laura: I don’t. Yeah.

Eric: Could you burn it and send it to me because I don’t remember there being – I forget all the names. I never learned them of the first Harry Potter movie soundtrack.

Matt: Well, the first soundtrack has a lot of horns. French horns and…

Eric: A lot of French horns?

Matt: Yeah, but you’ll just have to listen to it.

Eric: Because that’s what I really like about John Williams is his ability to build on what he’s already done, and sort of create different themes and different moods. It’s just all good, it’s all good. So, I owned the Chamber of Secrets one with Harry on the front, and I owned the other one with Dumbledore. I think I got a Dumbledore one too, with Richard Harris as Dumbledore, so that was cool. Because you know they made the five different covers for it?

Matt: Yeah.

Eric: Yeah, that was cool.

Andrew: So, Matt, what is your favorite?

Matt: Well, my favorite theme comes from the Prisoner of Azkaban soundtrack, which is definitely my favorite soundtrack of the five so far, because John Williams pretty much changed all the theme songs from the Harry Potters.

Andrew: Mhm.

Matt: He just came up with a whole new score for the series so my favorite would be entitled, “A Window to the Past.”

Laura: Yeah, that was a really good one.

Matt: It’s just – because every time they played it in the film it just fit whatever the dialogue was so beautifully.

Andrew: Yeah.

Eric: I remember this. This is nice flute.

Andrew: It’s very…

Matt: It just makes me think of Harry and Sirius and Harry and Remus. It just fits, you know, the whole part of them connecting to Harry’s parents.

Andrew: Yeah, it was very calming.

Matt: And it has a little clip of “Hedwig’s” Theme around the middle of the song. It’s kind of like a bittersweet song, that’s why I like it.


Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul: Exam Week


Andrew: Well, we’re just about finished today, but before we wrap up, we have a Chicken Soup. Matt, you want to read it?

Matt: Sure. This Chicken Soup for the MuggleCast Soul comes from Melani, 16, from San Antonio, Texas. And she writes:

“Hey, guys! Since it’s a new year and the holidays are over, I felt it necessary to take some time to let you guys know just how wonderful you are. Each week I hear all the different people who tell you how you’ve helped them through difficult times and each week I am thankful for what I like to call my weekly hour and a half of pure joy. This week it is first semester finals week at my school and so far is a more intense form of stress than I have ever been under before. In fact, most of my friends actually call it “dead week.”

[Everyone laughs]

“I am in a bunch of advanced classes and have killer exams and I have practice for the school musical until around six every night.”

Wow!

“The past few nights, I have found myself studying until around three or four in the morning. I can’t remember a time in my life when I have ever been this stressed. But through all these crazy, Dr. Pepper-filled nights, I have found joy (as usual) and relaxation in listening to past and current episodes of MuggleCast. Your witty comments and funny jokes make me laugh and keep me awake and entertained while I study into the wee hours of the morning. So, I would just like to thank you all for helping me survive exam week, and also for giving me my weekly hour-and-a-half of pure joy. Thanks again for all you have done for me, Melani.

Eric: That’s awesome.

Andrew: Awww, that’s sweet.

Laura: Awww.

Eric: All those crazy Dr. Pepper-filled nights.

Andrew: If she’s looking for a more pure joy, I would recommend Hairspray.

Eric: Hairspray. [laughs]

Matt: No, Sweeney Todd!

[Eric laughs]

Laura: Yeah, that’s pure joy!

Eric: That’s pure blood, and a little bit of…

Laura: Well, actually…

Andrew: You enjoy watching it. I don’t know what’s happening is enjoyable.

Matt: It depends on what kind of a person you are.


Announcement: Freddie Highmore Interview


Andrew: I think that does it for this weeks episode of MuggleCast. Next week, I just want to give everyone a little teaser, I did an interview today with Freddie Highmore who is starring in Spiderwick Chronicles. He’s the guy who played the kid in the chocolate movie.

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Charlie Bucket.

Laura: Wow, that’s very specific. How about he played Charlie?

Eric: And also that movie with the little people, and…

Andrew: Yeah. He played Charlie Bucket in Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory. The remake, with Johnny Depp, and he also was recently in August Rush and I interviewed him earlier today. It was a good interview, and he talks a little bit about Harry Potter and all that, so he’ll be on the show next week, and then two weeks from that show, he’ll be on again for an interview that we’re going to split in two.


Contact Information


So, let’s remind everyone about our contact information before we wrap up today. Laura, if I want to send a pickle object to the pickle object box, where do I deliver it?

Laura: Don’t send pickles.

Andrew: That’s what P.O. stands for. Pickle Object.

[Laura and Matt laugh]

Andrew: Remember last week?

Matt: She’s warning you right now.

Laura: Please send all of your parcel mail that does not include anything pickle-related to:

P.O. Box 3151
Cumming, Georgia
30028

Andrew: Keep in mind our new catchphrase is “gold box.”

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: You can also call in a MuggleCast voicemail. We’re going to get back to them soon, I promise. I’m sorry I keep saying that and then we don’t. We are going to get back to it soon. In the United States, you can dial 1-218-20-MAGIC. If you’re in the United Kingdom, you can dial 020-8144-0677. And if you’re in Australia, you can dial 02-8003-5668. Just remember to keep your question under 60 seconds and eliminate as much background noise as possible before you call. You can also call us via Skype – our Skype name, which is MuggleCast and just leave a voicemail.

You can also visit MuggleCast.com for a handy feedback form to contact any one of us. You can also use our first name at staff dot mugglenet dot com, except for Matt, who is matthewb at staff dot mugglenet dot com.

And also, do not forget our community outlets. You know, I always say it week to week, you know, just – I just, you know, roll through it, you know, it’s no big deal. But seriously, check out our MySpace at myspace dot com slash mugglecastfans. You can also check out our Facebook, we have a YouTube group, a Frappr group, Last.FM group, and the fan listing and the forums are exploding right now with new members everyday. There’s been lots of good discussions on there. I know Eric, Laura, Matt, and I have all been answering questions on the forums, so if you want to get some more MuggleCast, sort of. At least more of the hosts…

Micah: Are you saying that I don’t answer questions on the forum?

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: Are you even a member, Micah?

Eric: It was really a way of saying, “Yeah, pretty much.”

Andrew: [laughs] Yeah, so…

Micah: No, I’ve made some posts in there a few times.

Andrew: Oh, okay, yeah.

Eric: I have like – guys, I am so backlogged. I have like 33 questions to answer, so it’s pretty intense.

Andrew: Well, the forums are thriving, so check them out today to discuss MuggleCast and everything with…

Eric: It’s MuggleCastFan.net/Forums.

Andrew: MuggleCastFan.net/Forums, yeah. Cool. Also, Digg the show at Digg.com like we said at the beginning, vote for us once a month at Podcast Alley, and then don’t forget to rate and review us on iTunes and Yahoo! Podcasts.

And lastly, do not forget that we have a listener poll on MuggleCast.com to see if we can do this tour or not. We would love to have, you know, a few hundred come out to each tour stop. Realistically, we’ll probably have between 100 or 200 at each stop. Please go and vote so we know where to go this tour. We do want to keep it within those five locations, though.

[Show music plays]

Andrew: I don’t think we’ll be going any further north or south.

Eric: Is Richmond on that poll?

Andrew: Yes…

Laura: Yeah.

Andrew: …Richmond’s on that poll.

Eric: Cool. Awesome.

Andrew: So…

Micah: Yeah.

Andrew: Yeah.

Micah: And one more thing. For next week, Chapter 11, make sure to send in e-mails or voicemails regarding Chapter 11. We obviously want your feedback from Chapter 10, but it’s also good to have some of your ideas…

Eric: And your questions.

Micah: …as we are going through the chapter. So, send in stuff for both Chapter 10 and 11 for next week.

Andrew: Okay, cool.

Eric: And Chapter 11 is called The Bribe.

Matt: Yes.

Andrew: Yeah. All right, that does it for this week’s episode of MuggleCast. Once again, I am Andrew Sims.

Eric: I am Eric Skull.

Laura: I am Laura Thomspon.

Micah: I am Micah Tannenbaum.

Matt: And I am Matt Britton?

Andrew: [laughs] What was…

Laura: [laughs] You sounded so uncertain. “I am Matt Britton?”

Matt: “I am Ron Burgandy?”

Laura: “Is that my name?”

[Everyone laughs]

Andrew: We will see everyone next week for Episode 129. Buh-bye!

Laura: Buh-bye!

Eric: Buh-bye.

Micah: Bye.

Matt: Buh-bye! [pause] Okay. Are we pressing stop now?


Blooper 1


Andrew: Chapter 10, Kreacher’s Chit.

Eric: “Tale.”

[Everyone laughs]

Micah: Kreacher’s what?

Laura: Is that what is says, “Kreacher’s sh*t?”

[Eric and Laura laugh]

Andrew: Okay.

[Matt laughs]


Blooper 2


[Dogs barking]

[Matt laughs]

Eric: Laura, is that your dog?

Laura: No, that wasn’t mine.

Matt: No, that was mine.

Laura: Mine was barking earlier.

Eric: Matt, you better watch out because there is a Terminator nearby, because dogs don’t like Terminators. That’s when they bark…

Laura: Oh, have you been watching that? Is that not…

Eric: Yes, I have!

Laura: …the best show ever?

Eric: Yes. It’s pretty good. I’m impressed.

Laura: Ah, it is so good.

Eric: Yeah, Terminator: The Sarah Conner Chronicles Mondays nights on nine.

Laura: I thought it was going to suck. But it was actually quite good.

Matt: [mocking Laura] Oh, but it was so good.

Laura: Shut up, Matt. [laughs]

Matt: [still mocking Laura] Oh, my god.

[Micah laughs]

Eric: Ummm…

Laura: I hate you.


Blooper 3


[Dogs barking]

Matt: Okay, I’ll be right back.

Eric: Dude, you really have a Terminator. Seriously, man.

[Dogs continue with barking]

Matt: It’s probably my brother.

Eric: [laughs] Your brother?

Laura: Your brother is a Terminator?

[Everyone laughs]

Matt: One second. [in the background] What is going on?!

———————–